<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="cfr.xsl"?>
<CFRGRANULE xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="CFRMergedXML.xsd">
  <FDSYS>
    <CFRTITLE>42</CFRTITLE>
    <CFRTITLETEXT>Public Health</CFRTITLETEXT>
    <VOL>1</VOL>
    <DATE>2009-10-01</DATE>
    <ORIGINALDATE>2009-10-01</ORIGINALDATE>
    <COVERONLY>false</COVERONLY>
    <TITLE>PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</TITLE>
    <GRANULENUM>I</GRANULENUM>
    <HEADING>CHAPTER I</HEADING>
    <ANCESTORS>
      <PARENT HEADING="Title 42" SEQ="0">Public Health</PARENT>
    </ANCESTORS>
  </FDSYS>
  <CHAPTER>
    <TOC>
      <TOCHD>
        <PRTPAGE P="3"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER I—PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</HD>
      </TOCHD>
      <EDNOTE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Editorial Note:</HD>
        <P>Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 67 FR 36549, May 24, 2002.</P>
      </EDNOTE>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER A—GENERAL PROVISIONS</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <PTHD>Part</PTHD>
      <PGHD>Page</PGHD>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>1</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>2</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse patient records</SUBJECT>
        <PG>7</PG>
        <PT>2a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Protection of identity—research subjects</SUBJECT>
        <PG>26</PG>
        <PT>3</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Patient safety organizations and patient safety work product</SUBJECT>
        <PG>31</PG>
        <PT>4</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Library of Medicine</SUBJECT>
        <PG>63</PG>
        <PT>5</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Designation of health professional(s) shortage areas</SUBJECT>
        <PG>65</PG>
        <PT>6</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Federal tort claims act coverage of certain grantees and individuals</SUBJECT>
        <PG>83</PG>
        <PT>7</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Distribution of reference biological standards and biological preparations</SUBJECT>
        <PG>85</PG>
        <PT>8</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Certification of opioid treatment programs</SUBJECT>
        <PG>85</PG>
        <PT>9</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Standards of care for chimpanzees held in the federally supported sanctuary system</SUBJECT>
        <PG>106</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER B—PERSONNEL</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>21</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Commissioned officers</SUBJECT>
        <PG>120</PG>
        <PT>22</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Personnel other than commissioned officers</SUBJECT>
        <PG>130</PG>
        <PT>23</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Health Service Corps</SUBJECT>
        <PG>131</PG>
        <PT>24</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Senior Biomedical Research Service</SUBJECT>
        <PG>140</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER C—MEDICAL CARE AND EXAMINATIONS</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>31</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Medical care for certain personnel of the Coast Guard, National Ocean Survey, Public Health Service, and former Lighthouse Service</SUBJECT>
        <PG>144</PG>
        <PT>32</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Medical care for persons with Hansen's disease and other persons in emergencies</SUBJECT>
        <PG>149<PRTPAGE P="4"/>
        </PG>
        <PT>34</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Medical examination of aliens</SUBJECT>
        <PG>150</PG>
        <PT>35</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Hospital and station management</SUBJECT>
        <PG>157</PG>
        <PT>37</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Specifications for medical examinations of underground coal miners</SUBJECT>
        <PG>166</PG>
        <PT>38</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Disaster assistance for crisis counseling and training</SUBJECT>
        <PG>179</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER D—GRANTS</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>50</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Policies of general applicability</SUBJECT>
        <PG>183</PG>
        <PT>51</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Requirements applicable to the protection and advocacy for individuals with mental illness program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>196</PG>
        <PT>51a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Project grants for maternal and child health</SUBJECT>
        <PG>208</PG>
        <PT>51b</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Project grants for preventive health services</SUBJECT>
        <PG>211</PG>
        <PT>51c</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Grants for community health services</SUBJECT>
        <PG>218</PG>
        <PT>51d</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Mental health and substance abuse emergency response procedures</SUBJECT>
        <PG>233</PG>
        <PT>51e-51g</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>52</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Grants for research projects</SUBJECT>
        <PG>238</PG>
        <PT>52a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Institutes of Health center grants</SUBJECT>
        <PG>242</PG>
        <PT>52b</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Institutes of Health construction grants</SUBJECT>
        <PG>247</PG>
        <PT>52c</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Minority Biomedical Research Support Program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>255</PG>
        <PT>52d</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Cancer Institute Clinical Cancer Education Program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>258</PG>
        <PT>52e</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute grants for prevention and control projects</SUBJECT>
        <PG>261</PG>
        <PT>52h</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Scientific peer review of research grant applications and research and development contract projects</SUBJECT>
        <PG>264</PG>
        <PT>53</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Grants, loans and loan guarantees for construction and modernization of hospitals and medical facilities</SUBJECT>
        <PG>270</PG>
        <PT>54</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Charitable Choice regulations applicable to States receiving Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment block grants and/or Projects for Assistance in Transition from Homelessness grants</SUBJECT>
        <PG>278</PG>
        <PT>54a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Charitable Choice regulations applicable to States, local governments and religious organizations receiving discretionary funding under Title V of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 290aa, et seq., for substance abuse prevention and treatment services</SUBJECT>
        <PG>281</PG>
        <PT>55a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Program grants for Black Lung clinics</SUBJECT>
        <PG>286</PG>
        <PT>56</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Grants for migrant health services</SUBJECT>
        <PG>288</PG>
        <PT>57</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Grants for construction of teaching facilities, educational improvements, scholarships and student loans</SUBJECT>
        <PG>308<PRTPAGE P="5"/>
        </PG>
        <PT>58</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Grants for training of public health and allied health personnel</SUBJECT>
        <PG>350</PG>
        <PT>59</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Grants for family planning services</SUBJECT>
        <PG>350</PG>
        <PT>59a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Library of Medicine grants</SUBJECT>
        <PG>359</PG>
        <PT>60</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Health Education Assistance Loan Program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>363</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER E—FELLOWSHIPS, INTERNSHIPS, TRAINING</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>61</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Fellowships</SUBJECT>
        <PG>395</PG>
        <PT>62</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Health Service Corps Scholarship and Loan Repayment Programs</SUBJECT>
        <PG>400</PG>
        <PT>63</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Traineeships</SUBJECT>
        <PG>418</PG>
        <PT>63a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Institutes of Health training grants</SUBJECT>
        <PG>421</PG>
        <PT>64</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Library of Medicine training grants</SUBJECT>
        <PG>425</PG>
        <PT>64a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Obligated service for mental health traineeships</SUBJECT>
        <PG>427</PG>
        <PT>65</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences hazardous waste worker training</SUBJECT>
        <PG>431</PG>
        <PT>65a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences hazardous substances basic research and training grants</SUBJECT>
        <PG>434</PG>
        <PT>66</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Research Service Awards</SUBJECT>
        <PG>438</PG>
        <PT>67</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Agency for Health Care Policy and Research grants and contracts</SUBJECT>
        <PG>445</PG>
        <PT>68a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Institutes of Health (NIH) Clinical Research Loan Repayment Program for Individuals from Disadvantaged Backgrounds (CR-LRP)</SUBJECT>
        <PG>455</PG>
        <PT>68c</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Contraception and Infertility Research Loan Repayment Program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>460</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER F—QUARANTINE, INSPECTION, LICENSING</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>70</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Interstate quarantine</SUBJECT>
        <PG>466</PG>
        <PT>71</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Foreign quarantine</SUBJECT>
        <PG>468</PG>
        <PT>72</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>73</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Select agents and toxins</SUBJECT>
        <PG>479</PG>
        <PT>75</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Standards for the accreditation of educational programs for and the credentialing of radiologic personnel</SUBJECT>
        <PG>494</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER G—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH RESEARCH AND RELATED ACTIVITIES</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>80</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Administrative functions, practices, and procedures</SUBJECT>
        <PG>508</PG>
        <PT>81</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Guidelines for determining probability of causation under the energy employees occupational illness compensation program act of 2000.</SUBJECT>
        <PG>509<PRTPAGE P="6"/>
        </PG>
        <PT>82</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Methods for conducting dose reconstruction under the Energy Employees Occupational Illness Compensation Program Act of 2000</SUBJECT>
        <PG>516</PG>
        <PT>83</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Procedures for designating classes of employees as members of the special exposure cohort under the Energy Employees Occupational Illness Compensation Program Act of 2000</SUBJECT>
        <PG>527</PG>
        <PT>84</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Approval of Respiratory Protective Devices</SUBJECT>
        <PG>539</PG>
        <PT>85</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Requests for health hazard evaluations</SUBJECT>
        <PG>603</PG>
        <PT>85a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Occupational safety and health investigations of places of employment</SUBJECT>
        <PG>608</PG>
        <PT>86</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Grants for education programs in occupational safety and health</SUBJECT>
        <PG>613</PG>
        <PT>87</PT>
        <SUBJECT>National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Research and demonstration grants</SUBJECT>
        <PG>621</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER H—HEALTH ASSESSMENTS AND HEALTH EFFECTS STUDIES OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES RELEASES AND FACILITIES</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>90</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Administrative functions, practices, and procedures</SUBJECT>
        <PG>624</PG>
        <PT>93</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Public health service policies on research misconduct</SUBJECT>
        <PG>628</PG>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <RESERVED>SUBCHAPTER I [RESERVED]</RESERVED>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER J—VACCINES</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>100</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Vaccine injury compensation</SUBJECT>
        <PG>657</PG>
        <PT>102</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Smallpox compensation program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>662</PG>
        <PT>110</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER K—HEALTH RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>121</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network</SUBJECT>
        <PG>690</PG>
        <PT>124</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Medical facility construction and modernization</SUBJECT>
        <PG>701</PG>
        <PT>125-129</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER L—COMPASSIONATE PAYMENTS</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>130</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Ricky Ray Hemophilia Relief Fund Program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>737</PG>
        <PT>131-135</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
      </CHAPTI>
      <SUBCHAP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER M—INDIAN HEALTH SERVICE, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</HD>
      </SUBCHAP>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>136</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Indian health</SUBJECT>
        <PG>770</PG>
        <PT>136a</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Indian health</SUBJECT>
        <PG>804</PG>
        <PT>137</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Tribal self-governance</SUBJECT>
        <PG>812</PG>
        <PT>138-199</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
      </CHAPTI>
    </TOC>
    <SUBCHAP TYPE="N">
      <PRTPAGE P="7"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER A—GENERAL PROVISIONS</HD>
      <PART>
        <RESERVED>PART 1 [RESERVED]</RESERVED>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 2</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2—CONFIDENTIALITY OF ALCOHOL AND DRUG ABUSE PATIENT RECORDS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Introduction</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>2.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Statutory authority for confidentiality of drug abuse patient records.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Statutory authority for confidentiality of alcohol abuse patient records.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose and effect.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Criminal penalty for violation.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Reports of violations.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—General Provisions</HD>
            <SECTNO>2.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidentiality restrictions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minor patients.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incompetent and deceased patients.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Security for written records.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Undercover agents and informants.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.18</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Restrictions on the use of identification cards.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.19</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of records by discontinued programs.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relationship to State laws.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relationship to Federal statutes protecting research subjects against compulsory disclosure of their identity.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notice to patients of Federal confidentiality requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Patient access and restrictions on use.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Disclosures With Patient's Consent</HD>
            <SECTNO>2.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form of written consent.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Prohibition on redisclosure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disclosures permitted with written consent.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.34</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disclosures to prevent multiple enrollments in detoxification and maintenance treatment programs.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disclosures to elements of the criminal justice system which have referred patients.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Disclosures Without Patient Consent</HD>
            <SECTNO>2.51</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Medical emergencies.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.52</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Research activities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.53</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Audit and evaluation activities.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Court Orders Authorizing Disclosure and Use</HD>
            <SECTNO>2.61</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Legal effect of order.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.62</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Order not applicable to records disclosed without consent to researchers, auditors and evaluators.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.63</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidential communications.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.64</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures and criteria for orders authorizing disclosures for noncriminal purposes.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures and criteria for orders authorizing disclosure and use of records to criminally investigate or prosecute patients.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.66</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures and criteria for orders authorizing disclosure and use of records to investigate or prosecute a program or the person holding the records.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>2.67</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Orders authorizing the use of undercover agents and informants to criminally investigate employees or agents of a program.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 408 of Pub. L. 92-255, 86 Stat. 79, as amended by sec. 303 (a), (b) of Pub L. 93-282, 83 Stat. 137, 138; sec. 4(c)(5)(A) of Pub. L. 94-237, 90 Stat. 244; sec. 111(c)(3) of Pub. L. 94-581, 90 Stat. 2852; sec. 509 of Pub. L. 96-88, 93 Stat. 695; sec. 973(d) of Pub. L. 97-35, 95 Stat. 598; and transferred to sec. 527 of the Public Health Service Act by sec. 2(b)(16)(B) of Pub. L. 98-24, 97 Stat. 182 and as amended by sec. 106 of Pub. L. 99-401, 100 Stat. 907 (42 U.S.C. 290ee-3) and sec. 333 of Pub. L. 91-616, 84 Stat. 1853, as amended by sec. 122(a) of Pub. L. 93-282, 88 Stat. 131; and sec. 111(c)(4) of Pub. L. 94-581, 90 Stat. 2852 and transferred to sec. 523 of the Public Health Service Act by sec. 2(b)(13) of Pub. L. 98-24, 97 Stat. 181 and as amended by sec. 106 of Pub. L. 99-401, 100 Stat. 907 (42 U.S.C. 290dd-3), as amended by sec. 131 of Pub. L. 102-321, 106 Stat. 368, (42 U.S.C. 290dd-2).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>52 FR 21809, June 9, 1987, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Introduction</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Statutory authority for confidentiality of drug abuse patient records.</SUBJECT>

            <P>The restrictions of these regulations upon the disclosure and use of drug abuse patient records were initially authorized by section 408 of the Drug Abuse Prevention, Treatment, and Rehabilitation Act (21 U.S.C. 1175). That section as amended was transferred by Pub. L. 98-24 to section 527 of the Public Health Service Act which is codified <PRTPAGE P="8"/>at 42 U.S.C. 290ee-3. The amended statutory authority is set forth below:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">§ 290<E T="01">ee</E>-3.Confidentiality of patient records.</HD>
              <P>(a) <E T="03">Disclosure authorization</E>
              </P>
              <P>Records of the identity, diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment of any patient which are maintained in connection with the performance of any drug abuse prevention function conducted, regulated, or directly or indirectly assisted by any department or agency of the United States shall, except as provided in subsection (e) of this section, be confidential and be disclosed only for the purposes and under the circumstances expressly authorized under subsection (b) of this section.</P>
              <P>(b) <E T="03">Purposes and circumstances of disclosure affecting consenting patient and patient regardless of consent</E>
              </P>
              <P>(1) The content of any record referred to in subsection (a) of this section may be disclosed in accordance with the prior written consent of the patient with respect to whom such record is maintained, but only to such extent, under such circumstances, and for such purposes as may be allowed under regulations prescribed pursuant to subsection (g) of this section.</P>
              <P>(2) Whether or not the patient, with respect to whom any given record referred to in subsection (a) of this section is maintained, gives his written consent, the content of such record may be disclosed as follows:</P>
              <P>(A) To medical personnel to the extent necessary to meet a bona fide medical emergency.</P>
              <P>(B) To qualified personnel for the purpose of conducting scientific research, management audits, financial audits, or program evaluation, but such personnel may not identify, directly or indirectly, any individual patient in any report of such research, audit, or evaluation, or otherwise disclose patient identities in any manner.</P>
              <P>(C) If authorized by an appropriate order of a court of competent jurisdiction granted after application showing good cause therefor. In assessing good cause the court shall weigh the public interest and the need for disclosure against the injury to the patient, to the physician-patient relationship, and to the treatment services. Upon the granting of such order, the court, in determining the extent to which any disclosure of all or any part of any record is necessary, shall impose appropriate safeguards against unauthorized disclosure.</P>
              <P>(c) <E T="03">Prohibition against use of record in making criminal charges or investigation of patient</E>
              </P>
              <P>Except as authorized by a court order granted under subsection (b)(2)(C) of this section, no record referred to in subsection (a) of this section may be used to initiate or substantiate any criminal charges against a patient or to conduct any investigation of a patient.</P>
              <P>(d) <E T="03">Continuing prohibition against disclosure irrespective of status as patient</E>
              </P>
              <P>The prohibitions of this section continue to apply to records concerning any individual who has been a patient, irrespective of whether or when he ceases to be a patient.</P>
              <P>(e) <E T="03">Armed Forces and Veterans' Administration; interchange of records; report of suspected child abuse and neglect to State or local authorities</E>
              </P>
              <P>The prohibitions of this section do not apply to any interchange of records—</P>
              <P>(1) within the Armed Forces or witrhin those components of the Veterans' Administration furnishing health care to veterans, or</P>
              <P>(2) between such components and the Armed Forces.</P>
              <P>The prohibitions of this section do not apply to the reporting under State law of incidents of suspected child abuse and neglect to the appropriate State or local authorities.</P>
              <P>(f) <E T="03">Penalty for first and subsequent offenses</E>
              </P>
              <P>Any person who violates any provision of this section or any regulation issued pursuant to this section shall be fined not more than $500 in the case of a first offense, and not nore than $5,000 in the case of each subsequent offense.</P>
              <P>(g) <E T="03">Regulations; interagency consultations; definitions, safeguards, and procedures, including procedures and criteria for issuance and scope of orders</E>
              </P>

              <P>Except as provided in subsection (h) of this section, the Secretary, after consultation with the Administrator of Veterans' Affairs and the heads of other Federal departments and agencies substantially affected thereby, shall prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of this section. These regulations may contain such definitions, and may provide for such safeguards and procedures, including procedures and criteria for the issuance and scope of orders under subsection (b)(2)(C) of this section, as in the judgment of the Secretary are necessary or proper to effectuate the purposes of this section, to prevent circumvention or evasion thereof, or to facilitate compliance therewith.
              </P>
              <FP>(Subsection (h) was superseded by section 111(c)(3) of Pub. L. 94-581. The responsibility of the Administrator of Veterans' Affairs to write regulations to provide for confidentiality of drug abuse patient records under Title 38 was moved from 21 U.S.C. 1175 to 38 U.S.C. 4134.)</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Statutory authority for confidentiality of alcohol abuse patient records.</SUBJECT>

            <P>The restrictions of these regulations upon the disclosure and use of alcohol <PRTPAGE P="9"/>abuse patient records were initially authorized by section 333 of the Comprehensive Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Prevention, Treatment, and Rehabilitation Act of 1970 (42 U.S.C. 4582). The section as amended was transferred by Pub. L. 98-24 to section 523 of the Public Health Service Act which is codified at 42 U.S.C. 290dd-3. The amended statutory authority is set forth below:</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">§ 290<E T="01">dd</E>-3.Confidentiality of patient records</HD>
              <P>(a) <E T="03">Disclosure authorization</E>
              </P>
              <P>Records of the identity, diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment of any patient which are maintained in connection with the performance of any program or activity relating to alcoholism or alcohol abuse education, training, treatment, rehabilitation, or research, which is conducted, regulated, or directly or indirectly assisted by any department or agency of the United States shall, except as provided in subsection (e) of this section, be confidential and be disclosed only for the purposes and under the circumstances expressly authorized under subsection (b) of this section.</P>
              <P>(b) <E T="03">Purposes and circumstances of disclosure affecting consenting patient and patient regardless of consent</E>
              </P>
              <P>(1) The content of any record referred to in subsection (a) of this section may be disclosed in accordance with the prior written consent of the patient with respect to whom such record is maintained, but only to such extent, under such circumstances, and for such purposes as may be allowed under regulations prescribed pursuant to subsection (g) of this section.</P>
              <P>(2) Whether or not the patient, with respect to whom any given record referred to in subsection (a) of this section is maintained, gives his written consent, the content of such record may be disclosed as follows:</P>
              <P>(A) To medical personnel to the extent necessary to meet a bona fide medical emergency.</P>
              <P>(B) To qualified personnel for the purpose of conducting scientific research, management audits, financial audits, or program evaluation, but such personnel may not identify, directly or indirectly, any individual patient in any report of such research, audit, or evaluation, or otherwise disclose patient identities in any manner.</P>
              <P>(C) If authorized by an appropriate order of a court of competent jurisdiction granted after application showing good cause therefor. In assessing good cause the court shall weigh the public interest and the need for disclosure against the injury to the patient, to the physician-patient relationship, and to the treatment services. Upon the granting of such order, the court, in determining the extent to which any disclosure of all or any part of any record is necessary, shall impose appropriate safeguards against unauthorized disclosure.</P>
              <P>(c) <E T="03">Prohibition against use of record in making criminal charges or investigation of patient</E>
              </P>
              <P>Except as authorized by a court order granted under subsection (b)(2)(C) of this section, no record referred to in subsection (a) of this section may be used to initiate or substantiate any criminal charges against a patient or to conduct any investigation of a patient.</P>
              <P>(d) <E T="03">Continuing prohibition against disclosure irrespective of status as patient</E>
              </P>
              <P>The prohibitions of this section continue to apply to records concerning any individual who has been a patient, irrespective of whether or when he ceases to be a patient.</P>
              <P>(e) <E T="03">Armed Forces and Veterans' Administration; interchange of record of suspected child abuse and neglect to State or local authorities</E>
              </P>
              <P>The prohibitions of this section do not apply to any interchange of records—</P>
              <P>(1) within the Armed Forces or within those components of the Veterans' Administration furnishing health care to veterans, or</P>
              <P>(2) between such components and the Armed Forces.
              </P>
              <FP>The prohibitions of this section do not apply to the reporting under State law of incidents of suspected child abuse and neglect to the appropriate State or local authorities.</FP>
              
              <P>(f) <E T="03">Penalty for first and subsequent offenses</E>
              </P>
              <P>Any person who violates any provision of this section or any regulation issued pursuant to this section shall be fined not more than $500 in the case of a first offense, and not more than $5,000 in the case of each subsequent offense.</P>
              <P>(g) <E T="03">Regulations of Secretary; definitions, safeguards, and procedures, including procedures and criteria for issuance and scope of orders</E>
              </P>

              <P>Except as provided in subsection (h) of this section, the Secretary shall prescribe regulations to carry out the purposes of this section. These regulations may contain such definitions, and may provide for such safeguards and procedures, including procedures and criteria for the issuance and scope of orders under subsection(b)(2)(C) of this section, as in the judgment of the Secretary are necessary or proper to effectuate the purposes of this section, to prevent circumvention or evasion thereof, or to facilitate compliance therewith.
              </P>
              <FP>(Subsection (h) was superseded by section 111(c)(4) of Pub. L. 94-581. The responsibility of the Administrator of Veterans' Affairs to write regulations to provide for confidentiality of alcohol abuse patient records under Title 38 was moved from 42 U.S.C. 4582 to 38 U.S.C. 4134.)</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="10"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose and effect.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> Under the statutory provisions quoted in §§ 2.1 and 2.2, these regulations impose restrictions upon the disclosure and use of alcohol and drug abuse patient records which are maintained in connection with the performance of any federally assisted alcohol and drug abuse program. The regulations specify:</P>
            <P>(1) Definitions, applicability, and general restrictions in subpart B (definitions applicable to § 2.34 only appear in that section);</P>
            <P>(2) Disclosures which may be made with written patient consent and the form of the written consent in subpart C;</P>
            <P>(3) Disclosures which may be made without written patient consent or an authorizing court order in subpart D; and</P>
            <P>(4) Disclosures and uses of patient records which may be made with an authorizing court order and the procedures and criteria for the entry and scope of those orders in subpart E.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Effect.</E> (1) These regulations prohibit the disclosure and use of patient records unless certain circumstances exist. If any circumstances exists under which disclosure is permitted, that circumstance acts to remove the prohibition on disclosure but it does not compel disclosure. Thus, the regulations do not require disclosure under any circumstances.</P>
            <P>(2) These regulations are not intended to direct the manner in which substantive functions such as research, treatment, and evaluation are carried out. They are intended to insure that an alcohol or drug abuse patient in a federally assisted alcohol or drug abuse program is not made more vulnerable by reason of the availability of his or her patient record than an individual who has an alcohol or drug problem and who does not seek treatment.</P>

            <P>(3) Because there is a criminal penalty (a fine—see 42 U.S.C. 290ee-3(f), 42 U.S.C. 290dd-3(f) and 42 CFR 2.4) for violating the regulations, they are to be construed strictly in favor of the potential violator in the same manner as a criminal statute (see <E T="03">M. Kraus &amp; Brothers</E> v. <E T="03">United States,</E> 327 U.S. 614, 621-22, 66 S. Ct. 705, 707-08 (1946)).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Criminal penalty for violation.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Under 42 U.S.C. 290ee-3(f) and 42 U.S.C. 290dd-3(f), any person who violates any provision of those statutes or these regulations shall be fined not more than $500 in the case of a first offense, and not more than $5,000 in the case of each subsequent offense.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Reports of violations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The report of any violation of these regulations may be directed to the United States Attorney for the judicial district in which the violation occurs.</P>
            <P>(b) The report of any violation of these regulations by a methadone program may be directed to the Regional Offices of the Food and Drug Administration.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—General Provisions</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>For purposes of these regulations:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Alcohol abuse</E> means the use of an alcoholic beverage which impairs the physical, mental, emotional, or social well-being of the user.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Drug abuse</E> means the use of a psychoactive substance for other than medicinal purposes which impairs the physical, mental, emotional, or social well-being of the user.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Diagnosis</E> means any reference to an individual's alcohol or drug abuse or to a condition which is identified as having been caused by that abuse which is made for the purpose of treatment or referral for treatment.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Disclose or disclosure</E> means a communication of patient indentifying information, the affirmative verification of another person's communication of patient identifying information, or the communication of any information from the record of a patient who has been identified.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Informant</E> means an individual:</P>
            <P>(a) Who is a patient or employee of a program or who becomes a patient or employee of a program at the request of a law enforcement agency or official: and</P>

            <P>(b) Who at the request of a law enforcement agency or official observes one or more patients or employees of <PRTPAGE P="11"/>the program for the purpose of reporting the information obtained to the law enforcement agency or official.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Patient</E> means any individual who has applied for or been given diagnosis or treatment for alcohol or drug abuse at a federally assisted program and includes any individual who, after arrest on a criminal charge, is identified as an alcohol or drug abuser in order to determine that individual's eligibility to participate in a program.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Patient identifying information</E> means the name, address, social security number, fingerprints, photograph, or similar information by which the identity of a patient can be determined with reasonable accuracy and speed either directly or by reference to other publicly available information. The term does not include a number assigned to a patient by a program, if that number does not consist of, or contain numbers (such as a social security, or driver's license number) which could be used to identify a patient with reasonable accuracy and speed from sources external to the program.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Person</E> means an individual, partnership, corporation, Federal, State or local government agency, or any other legal entity.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Program</E> means:</P>
            <P>(a) An individual or entity (other than a general medical care facility) who holds itself out as providing, and provides, alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment or referral for treatment; or</P>
            <P>(b) An identified unit within a general medical facility which holds itself out as providing, and provides, alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment or referral for treatment; or</P>
            <P>(c) Medical personnel or other staff in a general medical care facility whose primary function is the provision of alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment or referral for treatment and who are identified as such providers. (See § 2.12(e)(1) for examples.)</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Program director</E> means:</P>
            <P>(a) In the case of a program which is an individual, that individual:</P>
            <P>(b) In the case of a program which is an organization, the individual designated as director, managing director, or otherwise vested with authority to act as chief executive of the organization.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Qualified service organization</E> means a person which:</P>
            <P>(a) Provides services to a program, such as data processing, bill collecting, dosage preparation, laboratory analyses, or legal, medical, accounting, or other professional services, or services to prevent or treat child abuse or neglect, including training on nutrition and child care and individual and group therapy, and</P>
            <P>(b) Has entered into a written agreement with a program under which that person:</P>
            <P>(1) Acknowledges that in receiving, storing, processing or otherwise dealing with any patient records from the progams, it is fully bound by these regulations; and</P>
            <P>(2) If necessary, will resist in judicial proceedings any efforts to obtain access to patient records except as permitted by these regulations.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Records</E> means any information, whether recorded or not, relating to a patient received or acquired by a federally assisted alcohol or drug program.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Third party payer</E> means a person who pays, or agrees to pay, for diagnosis or treatment furnished to a patient on the basis of a contractual relationship with the patient or a member of his family or on the basis of the patient's eligibility for Federal, State, or local governmental benefits.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Treatment</E> means the management and care of a patient suffering from alcohol or drug abuse, a condition which is identified as having been caused by that abuse, or both, in order to reduce or eliminate the adverse effects upon the patient.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Undercover agent</E> means an officer of any Federal, State, or local law enforcement agency who enrolls in or becomes an employee of a program for the purpose of investigating a suspected violation of law or who pursues that purpose after enrolling or becoming employed for other purposes.</P>
            <CITA>[52 FR 21809, June 9, 1987, as amended by 60 FR 22297, May 5, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General</E>—(1) <E T="03">Restrictions on disclosure.</E> The restrictions on disclosure in <PRTPAGE P="12"/>these regulations apply to any information, whether or not recorded, which:</P>
            <P>(i) Would identify a patient as an alcohol or drug abuser either directly, by reference to other publicly available information, or through verification of such an identification by another person; and</P>
            <P>(ii) Is drug abuse information obtained by a federally assisted drug abuse program after March 20, 1972, or is alcohol abuse information obtained by a federally assisted alcohol abuse program after May 13, 1974 (or if obtained before the pertinent date, is maintained by a federally assisted alcohol or drug abuse program after that date as part of an ongoing treatment episode which extends past that date) for the purpose of treating alcohol or drug abuse, making a diagnosis for that treatment, or making a referral for that treatment.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Restriction on use.</E> The restriction on use of information to initiate or substantiate any criminal charges against a patient or to conduct any criminal investigation of a patient (42 U.S.C. 290ee-3(c), 42 U.S.C. 290dd-3(c)) applies to any information, whether or not recorded which is drug abuse information obtained by a federally assisted drug abuse program after March 20, 1972, or is alcohol abuse information obtained by a federally assisted alcohol abuse program after May 13, 1974 (or if obtained before the pertinent date, is maintained by a federally assisted alcohol or drug abuse program after that date as part of an ongoing treatment episode which extends past that date), for the purpose of treating alcohol or drug abuse, making a diagnosis for the treatment, or making a referral for the treatment.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Federal assistance.</E> An alcohol abuse or drug abuse program is considered to be federally assisted if:</P>
            <P>(1) It is conducted in whole or in part, whether directly or by contract or otherwise by any department or agency of the United States (but see paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section relating to the Veterans' Administration and the Armed Forces);</P>
            <P>(2) It is being carried out under a license, certification, registration, or other authorization granted by any department or agency of the United States including but not limited to:</P>
            <P>(i) Certification of provider status under the Medicare program;</P>
            <P>(ii) Authorization to conduct methadone maintenance treatment (see 21 CFR 291.505); or</P>
            <P>(iii) Registration to dispense a substance under the Controlled Substances Act to the extent the controlled substance is used in the treatment of alcohol or drug abuse;</P>
            <P>(3) It is supported by funds provided by any department or agency of the United States by being:</P>
            <P>(i) A recipient of Federal financial assistance in any form, including financial assistance which does not directly pay for the alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment, or referral activities; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Conducted by a State or local government unit which, through general or special revenue sharing or other forms of assistance, receives Federal funds which could be (but are not necessarily) spent for the alcohol or drug abuse program; or</P>
            <P>(4) It is assisted by the Internal Revenue Service of the Department of the Treasury through the allowance of income tax deductions for contributions to the program or through the granting of tax exempt status to the program.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Exceptions—</E>(1) <E T="03">Veterans' Administration.</E> These regulations do not apply to information on alcohol and drug abuse patients maintained in connection with the Veterans' Administration provisions of hospital care, nursing home care, domiciliary care, and medical services under title 38, United States Code. Those records are governed by 38 U.S.C. 4132 and regulations issued under that authority by the Administrator of Veterans' Affairs.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Armed Forces.</E> These regulations apply to any information described in paragraph (a) of this section which was obtained by any component of the Armed Forces during a period when the patient was subject to the Uniform Code of Military Justice except:</P>
            <P>(i) Any interchange of that information within the Armed Forces; and</P>

            <P>(ii) Any interchange of that information between the Armed Forces and <PRTPAGE P="13"/>those components of the Veterans Administration furnishing health care to veterans.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Communication within a program or between a program and an entity having direct administrative control over that program.</E> The restrictions on disclosure in these regulations do not apply to communications of information between or among personnel having a need for the information in connection with their duties that arise out of the provision of diagnosis, treatment, or referral for treatment of alcohol or drug abuse if the communications are</P>
            <P>(i) Within a program or</P>
            <P>(ii) Between a program and an entity that has direct administrative control over the program.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Qualified Service Organizations.</E> The restrictions on disclosure in these regulations do not apply to communications between a program and a qualified service organization of information needed by the organization to provide services to the program.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Crimes on program premises or against program personnel.</E> The restrictions on disclosure and use in these regulations do not apply to communications from program personnel to law enforcement officers which—</P>
            <P>(i) Are directly related to a patient's commission of a crime on the premises of the program or against program personnel or to a threat to commit such a crime; and</P>
            <P>(ii) Are limited to the circumstances of the incident, including the patient status of the individual committing or threatening to commit the crime, that individual's name and address, and that individual's last known whereabouts.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Reports of suspected child abuse and neglect.</E> The restrictions on disclosure and use in these regulations do not apply to the reporting under State law of incidents of suspected child abuse and neglect to the appropriate State or local authorities. However, the restrictions continue to apply to the original alcohol or drug abuse patient records maintained by the program including their disclosure and use for civil or criminal proceedings which may arise out of the report of suspected child abuse and neglect.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Applicability to recipients of information—</E>(1) <E T="03">Restriction on use of information.</E> The restriction on the use of any information subject to these regulations to initiate or substantiate any criminal charges against a patient or to conduct any criminal investigation of a patient applies to any person who obtains that information from a federally assisted alcohol or drug abuse program, regardless of the status of the person obtaining the information or of whether the information was obtained in accordance with these regulations. This restriction on use bars, among other things, the introduction of that information as evidence in a criminal proceeding and any other use of the information to investigate or prosecute a patient with respect to a suspected crime. Information obtained by undercover agents or informants (see § 2.17) or through patient access (see § 2.23) is subject to the restriction on use.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Restrictions on disclosures</E>—<E T="03">Third party payers, administrative entities, and others.</E> The restrictions on disclosure in these regulations apply to:</P>
            <P>(i) Third party payers with regard to records disclosed to them by federally assisted alcohol or drug abuse programs;</P>
            <P>(ii) Entities having direct administrative control over programs with regard to information communicated to them by the program under § 2.12(c)(3); and</P>
            <P>(iii) Persons who receive patient records directly from a federally assisted alcohol or drug abuse program and who are notified of the restrictions on redisclosure of the records in accordance with § 2.32 of these regulations.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Explanation of applicability—</E>(1) <E T="03">Coverage.</E> These regulations cover any information (including information on referral and intake) about alcohol and drug abuse patients obtained by a program (as the terms “patient” and “program” are defined in § 2.11) if the program is federally assisted in any manner described in § 2.12(b). Coverage includes, but is not limited to, those treatment or rehabilitation programs, employee assistance programs, programs within general hospitals, school-based programs, and private practitioners who hold themselves out as <PRTPAGE P="14"/>providing, and provide alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment, or referral for treatment. However, these regulations would not apply, for example, to emergency room personnel who refer a patient to the intensive care unit for an apparent overdose, unless the primary function of such personnel is the provision of alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment or referral and they are identified as providing such services or the emergency room has promoted itself to the community as a provider of such services.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Federal assistance to program required.</E> If a patient's alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment, or referral for treatment is not provided by a program which is federally conducted, regulated or supported in a manner which constitutes Federal assistance under § 2.12(b), that patient's record is not covered by these regulations. Thus, it is possible for an individual patient to benefit from Federal support and not be covered by the confidentiality regulations because the program in which the patient is enrolled is not federally assisted as defined in § 2.12(b). For example, if a Federal court placed an individual in a private for-profit program and made a payment to the program on behalf of that individual, that patient's record would not be covered by these regulations unless the program itself received Federal assistance as defined by § 2.12(b).</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Information to which restrictions are applicable.</E> Whether a restriction is on use or disclosure affects the type of information which may be available. The restrictions on disclosure apply to any information which would identify a patient as an alcohol or drug abuser. The restriction on use of information to bring criminal charges against a patient for a crime applies to any information obtained by the program for the purpose of diagnosis, treatment, or referral for treatment of alcohol or drug abuse. (Note that restrictions on use and disclosure apply to recipients of information under § 2.12(d).)</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">How type of diagnosis affects coverage.</E> These regulations cover any record of a diagnosis identifying a patient as an alcohol or drug abuser which is prepared in connection with the treatment or referral for treatment of alcohol or drug abuse. A diagnosis prepared for the purpose of treatment or referral for treatment but which is not so used is covered by these regulations. The following are not covered by these regulations:</P>
            <P>(i) Diagnosis which is made solely for the purpose of providing evidence for use by law enforcement authorities; or</P>
            <P>(ii) A diagnosis of drug overdose or alcohol intoxication which clearly shows that the individual involved is not an alcohol or drug abuser (e.g., involuntary ingestion of alcohol or drugs or reaction to a prescribed dosage of one or more drugs).</P>
            <CITA>[52 FR 21809, June 9, 1987; 52 FR 42061, Nov. 2, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 22297, May 5, 1995]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidentiality restrictions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The patient records to which these regulations apply may be disclosed or used only as permitted by these regulations and may not otherwise be disclosed or used in any civil, criminal, administrative, or legislative proceedings conducted by any Federal, State, or local authority. Any disclosure made under these regulations must be limited to that information which is necessary to carry out the purpose of the disclosure.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Unconditional compliance required.</E> The restrictions on disclosure and use in these regulations apply whether the holder of the information believes that the person seeking the information already has it, has other means of obtaining it, is a law enforcement or other official, has obtained a subpoena, or asserts any other justification for a disclosure or use which is not permitted by these regulations.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Acknowledging the presence of patients: Responding to requests.</E> (1) The presence of an identified patient in a facility or component of a facility which is publicly identified as a place where only alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment, or referral is provided may be acknowledged only if the patient's written consent is obtained in accordance with subpart C of these regulations or if an authorizing court order is entered in accordance with subpart E of these regulations. The regulations permit acknowledgement of the presence of an identified patient in a facility or part of a facility if the <PRTPAGE P="15"/>facility is not publicy identified as only an alcohol or drug abuse diagnosis, treatment or referral facility, and if the acknowledgement does not reveal that the patient is an alcohol or drug abuser.</P>
            <P>(2) Any answer to a request for a disclosure of patient records which is not permissible under these regulations must be made in a way that will not affirmatively reveal that an identified individual has been, or is being diagnosed or treated for alcohol or drug abuse. An inquiring party may be given a copy of these regulations and advised that they restrict the disclosure of alcohol or drug abuse patient records, but may not be told affirmatively that the regulations restrict the disclosure of the records of an identified patient. The regulations do not restrict a disclosure that an identified individual is not and never has been a patient.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Minor patients.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Definition of minor.</E> As used in these regulations the term “minor” means a person who has not attained the age of majority specified in the applicable State law, or if no age of majority is specified in the applicable State law, the age of eighteen years.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">State law not requiring parental consent to treatment.</E> If a minor patient acting alone has the legal capacity under the applicable State law to apply for and obtain alcohol or drug abuse treatment, any written consent for disclosure authorized under subpart C of these regulations may be given only by the minor patient. This restriction includes, but is not limited to, any disclosure of patient identifying information to the parent or guardian of a minor patient for the purpose of obtaining financial reimbursement. These regulations do not prohibit a program from refusing to provide treatment until the minor patient consents to the disclosure necessary to obtain reimbursement, but refusal to provide treatment may be prohibited under a State or local law requiring the program to furnish the service irrespective of ability to pay.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">State law requiring parental consent to treatment.</E> (1) Where State law requires consent of a parent, guardian, or other person for a minor to obtain alcohol or drug abuse treatment, any written consent for disclosure authorized under subpart C of these regulations must be given by both the minor and his or her parent, guardian, or other person authorized under State law to act in the minor's behalf.</P>
            <P>(2) Where State law requires parental consent to treatment the fact of a minor's application for treatment may be communicated to the minor's parent, guardian, or other person authorized under State law to act in the minor's behalf only if:</P>
            <P>(i) The minor has given written consent to the disclosure in accordance with subpart C of these regulations or</P>
            <P>(ii) The minor lacks the capacity to make a rational choice regarding such consent as judged by the program director under paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Minor applicant for services lacks capacity for rational choice.</E> Facts relevant to reducing a threat to the life or physical well being of the applicant or any other individual may be disclosed to the parent, guardian, or other person authorized under State law to act in the minor's behalf if the program director judges that:</P>
            <P>(1) A minor applicant for services lacks capacity because of extreme youth or mental or physical condition to make a rational decision on whether to consent to a disclosure under subpart C of these regulations to his or her parent, guardian, or other person authorized under State law to act in the minor's behalf, and</P>
            <P>(2) The applicant's situation poses a substantial threat to the life or physical well being of the applicant or any other individual which may be reduced by communicating relevant facts to the minor's parent, guardian, or other person authorized under State law to act in the minor's behalf.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Incompetent and deceased patients.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Incompetent patients other than minors</E>—(1) <E T="03">Adjudication of incompetence.</E> In the case of a patient who has been adjudicated as lacking the capacity, for any reason other than insufficient age, to manage his or her own affairs, any consent which is required under these regulations may be given by the <PRTPAGE P="16"/>guardian or other person authorized under State law to act in the patient's behalf.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">No adjudication of incompetency.</E> For any period for which the program director determines that a patient, other than a minor or one who has been adjudicated incompetent, suffers from a medical condition that prevents knowing or effective action on his or her own behalf, the program director may exercise the right of the patient to consent to a disclosure under subpart C of these regulations for the sole purpose of obtaining payment for services from a third party payer.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Deceased patients</E>—(1) <E T="03">Vital statistics.</E> These regulations do not restrict the disclosure of patient identifying information relating to the cause of death of a patient under laws requiring the collection of death or other vital statistics or permitting inquiry into the cause of death.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Consent by personal representative.</E> Any other disclosure of information identifying a deceased patient as an alcohol or drug abuser is subject to these regulations. If a written consent to the disclosure is required, that consent may be given by an executor, administrator, or other personal representative appointed under applicable State law. If there is no such appointment the consent may be given by the patient's spouse or, if none, by any responsible member of the patient's family.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Security for written records.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Written records which are subject to these regulations must be maintained in a secure room, locked file cabinet, safe or other similar container when not in use; and</P>
            <P>(b) Each program shall adopt in writing procedures which regulate and control access to and use of written records which are subject to these regulations.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Undercover agents and informants.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Restrictions on placement.</E> Except as specifically authorized by a court order granted under § 2.67 of these regulations, no program may knowingly employ, or enroll as a patient, any undercover agent or informant.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Restriction on use of information.</E> No information obtained by an undercover agent or informant, whether or not that undercover agent or informant is placed in a program pursuant to an authorizing court order, may be used to criminally investigate or prosecute any patient.</P>
            <CITA>[52 FR 21809, June 9, 1987; 52 FR 42061, Nov. 2, 1987]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.18</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Restrictions on the use of identification cards.</SUBJECT>
            <P>No person may require any patient to carry on his or her person while away from the program premises any card or other object which would identify the patient as an alcohol or drug abuser. This section does not prohibit a person from requiring patients to use or carry cards or other identification objects on the premises of a program.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.19</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of records by discontinued programs.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> If a program discontinues operations or is taken over or acquired by another program, it must purge patient identifying information from its records or destroy the records unless—</P>
            <P>(1) The patient who is the subject of the records gives written consent (meeting the requirements of § 2.31) to a transfer of the records to the acquiring program or to any other program designated in the consent (the manner of obtaining this consent must minimize the likelihood of a disclosure of patient identifying information to a third party); or</P>
            <P>(2) There is a legal requirement that the records be kept for a period specified by law which does not expire until after the discontinuation or acquisition of the program.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Procedure where retention period required by law.</E> If paragraph (a)(2) of this section applies, the records must be:</P>
            <P>(1) Sealed in envelopes or other containers labeled as follows: “Records of [insert name of program] required to be maintained under [insert citation to statute, regulation, court order or other legal authority requiring that records be kept] until a date not later than [insert appropriate date]”; and</P>

            <P>(2) Held under the restrictions of these regulations by a responsible person who must, as soon as practicable <PRTPAGE P="17"/>after the end of the retention period specified on the label, destroy the records.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relationship to State laws.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The statutes authorizing these regulations (42 U.S.C. 290ee-3 and 42 U.S.C. 290dd-3) do not preempt the field of law which they cover to the exclusion of all State laws in that field. If a disclosure permitted under these regulations is prohibited under State law, neither these regulations nor the authorizing statutes may be construed to authorize any violation of that State law. However, no State law may either authorize or compel any disclosure prohibited by these regulations.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Relationship to Federal statutes protecting research subjects against compulsory disclosure of their identity.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Research privilege description.</E> There may be concurrent coverage of patient identifying information by these regulations and by administrative action taken under: Section 303(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 242a(a) and the implementing regulations at 42 CFR part 2a); or section 502(c) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 872(c) and the implementing regulations at 21 CFR 1316.21). These “research privilege” statutes confer on the Secretary of Health and Human Services and on the Attorney General, respectively, the power to authorize researchers conducting certain types of research to withhold from all persons not connected with the research the names and other identifying information concerning individuals who are the subjects of the research.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Effect of concurrent coverage.</E> These regulations restrict the disclosure and use of information about patients, while administrative action taken under the research privilege statutes and implementing regulations protects a person engaged in applicable research from being compelled to disclose any identifying characteristics of the individuals who are the subjects of that research. The issuance under subpart E of these regulations of a court order authorizing a disclosure of information about a patient does not affect an exercise of authority under these research privilege statutes. However, the research privilage granted under 21 CFR 291.505(g) to treatment programs using methadone for maintenance treatment does not protect from compulsory disclosure any imformation which is permitted to be disclosed under those regulations. Thus, if a court order entered in accordance with subpart E of these regulations authorizes a methadone maintenance treatment program to disclose certain information about its patients, that program may not invoke the research privilege under 21 CFR 291.505(g) as a defense to a subpoena for that information.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notice to patients of Federal confidentiality requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice required.</E> At the time of admission or as soon threreafter as the patient is capable of rational communication, each program shall:</P>
            <P>(1) Communicate to the patient that Federal law and regulations protect the confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse patient records; and</P>
            <P>(2) Give to the patient a summary in writing of the Federal law and regulations.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Required elements of written summary.</E> The written summary of the Federal law and regulations must include:</P>
            <P>(1) A general description of the limited circumstances under which a program may acknowledge that an individual is present at a facility or disclose outside the program information identifying a patient as an alcohol or drug abuser.</P>
            <P>(2) A statement that violation of the Federal law and regulations by a program is a crime and that suspected violations may be reported to appropriate authorities in accordance with these regulations.</P>
            <P>(3) A statement that information related to a patient's commission of a crime on the premises of the program or against personnel of the program is not protected.</P>
            <P>(4) A statement that reports of suspected child abuse and neglect made under State law to appropriate State or local authorities are not protected.</P>
            <P>(5) A citation to the Federal law and regulations.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Program options.</E> The program may devise its own notice or may use the <PRTPAGE P="18"/>sample notice in paragraph (d) to comply with the requirement to provide the patient with a summary in writing of the Federal law and regulations. In addition, the program may include in the written summary information concerning State law and any program policy not inconsistent with State and Federal law on the subject of confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse patient records.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Sample notice.</E>
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidentiality of Alcohol and Drug Abuse Patient Records</HD>

              <P>The confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse patient records maintained by this program is protected by Federal law and regulations. Generally, the program may not say to a person outside the program that a patient attends the program, or disclose any information identifying a patient as an alcohol or drug abuser <E T="03">Unless:</E>
              </P>
              <P>(1) The patient consents in writing:</P>
              <P>(2) The disclosure is allowed by a court order; or</P>
              <P>(3) The disclosure is made to medical personnel in a medical emergency or to qualified personnel for research, audit, or program evaluation.</P>
              <P>Violation of the Federal law and regulations by a program is a crime. Suspected violations may be reported to appropriate authorities in accordance with Federal regulations.</P>
              <P>Federal law and regulations do not protect any information about a crime committed by a patient either at the program or against any person who works for the program or about any threat to commit such a crime.</P>

              <P>Federal laws and regulations do not protect any information about suspected child abuse or neglect from being reported under State law to appropriate State or local authorities.
              </P>
              <FP>(See 42 U.S.C. 290dd-3 and 42 U.S.C. 290ee-3 for Federal laws and 42 CFR part 2 for Federal regulations.)</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 0930-0099)</APPRO>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Patient access and restrictions on use.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Patient access not prohibited.</E> These regulations do not prohibit a program from giving a patient access to his or her own records, including the opportunity to inspect and copy any records that the program maintains about the patient. The program is not required to obtain a patient's written consent or other authorization under these regulations in order to provide such access to the patient.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Restriction on use of information.</E> Information obtained by patient access to his or her patient record is subject to the restriction on use of his information to initiate or substantiate any criminal charges against the patient or to conduct any criminal investigation of the patient as provided for under § 2.12(d)(1).</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Disclosures With Patient's Consent</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form of written consent.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Required elements.</E> A written consent to a disclosure under these regulations must include:</P>
            <P>(1) The specific name or general designation of the program or person permitted to make the disclosure.</P>
            <P>(2) The name or title of the individual or the name of the organization to which disclosure is to be made.</P>
            <P>(3) The name of the patient.</P>
            <P>(4) The purpose of the disclosure.</P>
            <P>(5) How much and what kind of information is to be disclosed.</P>
            <P>(6) The signature of the patient and, when required for a patient who is a minor, the signature of a person authorized to give consent under § 2.14; or, when required for a patient who is incompetent or deceased, the signature of a person authorized to sign under § 2.15 in lieu of the patient.</P>
            <P>(7) The date on which the consent is signed.</P>
            <P>(8) A statement that the consent is subject to revocation at any time except to the extent that the program or person which is to make the disclosure has already acted in reliance on it. Acting in reliance includes the provision of treatment services in reliance on a valid consent to disclose information to a third party payer.</P>
            <P>(9) The date, event, or condition upon which the consent will expire if not revoked before. This date, event, or condition must insure that the consent will last no longer than reasonably necessary to serve the purpose for which it is given.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Sample consent form.</E> The following form complies with paragraph (a) of this section, but other elements may be added.
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <PRTPAGE P="19"/>
              <FP>1. I (name of patient) □ Request □ Authorize:</FP>
              <FP>2. (name or general designation of program which is to make the disclosure)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP>3. To disclose: (kind and amount of information to be disclosed)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP>4. To: (name or title of the person or organization to which disclosure is to be made)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP>5. For (purpose of the disclosure)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP>6. Date (on which this consent is signed)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP>7. Signature of patient</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP>8. Signature of parent or guardian (where required)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP>9. Signature of person authorized to sign in lieu of the patient (where required)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP>10. This consent is subject to revocation at any time except to the extent that the program which is to make the disclosure has already taken action in reliance on it. If not previously revoked, this consent will terminate upon: (specific date, event, or condition)</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Expired, deficient, or false consent.</E> A disclosure may not be made on the basis of a consent which:</P>
            <P>(1) Has expired;</P>
            <P>(2) On its face substantially fails to conform to any of the requirements set forth in paragraph (a) of this section;</P>
            <P>(3) Is known to have been revoked; or</P>
            <P>(4) Is known, or through a reasonable effort could be known, by the person holding the records to be materially false.</P>
            <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 0930-0099)</APPRO>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Prohibition on redisclosure.</SUBJECT>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Notice to accompany disclosure.</E> Each disclosure made with the patient's written consent must be accompanied by the following written statement:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>This information has been disclosed to you from records protected by Federal confidentiality rules (42 CFR part 2). The Federal rules prohibit you from making any further disclosure of this information unless further disclosure is expressly permitted by the written consent of the person to whom it pertains or as otherwise permitted by 42 CFR part 2. A general authorization for the release of medical or other information is NOT sufficient for this purpose. The Federal rules restrict any use of the information to criminally investigate or prosecute any alcohol or drug abuse patient.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            <CITA>[52 FR 21809, June 9, 1987; 52 FR 41997, Nov. 2, 1987]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disclosures permitted with written consent.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If a patient consents to a disclosure of his or her records under § 2.31, a program may disclose those records in accordance with that consent to any individual or organization named in the consent, except that disclosures to central registries and in connection with criminal justice referrals must meet the requirements of §§ 2.34 and 2.35, respectively.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.34</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disclosures to prevent multiple enrollments in detoxification and maintenance treatment programs.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Central registry</E> means an organization which obtains from two or more member progams patient identifying information about individuals applying for maintenance treatment or detoxification treatment for the purpose of avoiding an individual's concurrent enrollment in more than one program.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Detoxification treatment</E> means the dispensing of a narcotic drug in decreasing doses to an individual in order to reduce or eliminate adverse physiological or psychological effects incident to withdrawal from the sustained use of a narcotic drug.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Maintenance treatment</E> means the dispensing of a narcotic drug in the treatment of an individual for dependence upon heroin or other morphine-like drugs.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Member program</E> means a detoxification treatment or maintenance treatment program which reports patient identifying information to a central registry and which is in the same State as that central registry or is not more than 125 miles from any border of the State in which the central registry is located.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Restrictions on disclosure.</E> A program may disclose patient records to a central registry or to any detoxification or maintenance treatment program not more than 200 miles away for the purpose of preventing the multiple enrollment of a patient only if:<PRTPAGE P="20"/>
            </P>
            <P>(1) The disclosure is made when:</P>
            <P>(i) The patient is accepted for treatment;</P>
            <P>(ii) The type or dosage of the drug is changed; or</P>
            <P>(iii) The treatment is interrupted, resumed or terminated.</P>
            <P>(2) The disclosure is limited to:</P>
            <P>(i) Patient identifying information;</P>
            <P>(ii) Type and dosage of the drug; and</P>
            <P>(iii) Relevant dates.</P>
            <P>(3) The disclosure is made with the patient's written consent meeting the requirements of § 2.31, except that:</P>
            <P>(i) The consent must list the name and address of each central registry and each known detoxification or maintenance treatment program to which a disclosure will be made; and</P>
            <P>(ii) The consent may authorize a disclosure to any detoxification or maintenance treatment program established within 200 miles of the program after the consent is given without naming any such program.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Use of information limited to prevention of multiple enrollments.</E> A central registry and any detoxification or maintenance treatment program to which information is disclosed to prevent multiple enrollments may not redisclose or use patient identifying information for any purpose other than the prevention of multiple enrollments unless authorized by a court order under subpart E of these regulations.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Permitted disclosure by a central registry to prevent a multiple enrollment.</E> When a member program asks a central registry if an identified patient is enrolled in another member program and the registry determines that the patient is so enrolled, the registry may disclose—</P>
            <P>(1) The name, address, and telephone number of the member program(s) in which the patient is already enrolled to the inquiring member program; and</P>
            <P>(2) The name, address, and telephone number of the inquiring member program to the member program(s) in which the patient is already enrolled. The member programs may communicate as necessary to verify that no error has been made and to prevent or eliminate any multiple enrollment.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Permitted disclosure by a detoxification or maintenance treatment program to prevent a multiple enrollment.</E> A detoxification or maintenance treatment program which has received a disclosure under this section and has determined that the patient is already enrolled may communicate as necessary with the program making the disclosure to verify that no error has been made and to prevent or eliminate any multiple enrollment.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disclosures to elements of the criminal justice system which have referred patients.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A program may disclose information about a patient to those persons within the criminal justice system which have made participation in the program a condition of the disposition of any criminal proceedings against the patient or of the patient's parole or other release from custody if:</P>
            <P>(1) The disclosure is made only to those individuals within the criminal justice system who have a need for the information in connection with their duty to monitor the patient's progress (e.g., a prosecuting attorney who is withholding charges against the patient, a court granting pretrial or posttrial release, probation or parole officers responsible for supervision of the patient); and</P>
            <P>(2) The patient has signed a written consent meeting the requirements of § 2.31 (except paragraph (a)(8) which is inconsistent with the revocation provisions of paragraph (c) of this section) and the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Duration of consent.</E> The written consent must state the period during which it remains in effect. This period must be reasonable, taking into account:</P>
            <P>(1) The anticipated length of the treatment;</P>
            <P>(2) The type of criminal proceeding involved, the need for the information in connection with the final disposition of that proceeding, and when the final disposition will occur; and</P>
            <P>(3) Such other factors as the program, the patient, and the person(s) who will receive the disclosure consider pertinent.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Revocation of consent.</E> The written consent must state that it is revocable upon the passage of a specified amount of time or the occurrence of a specified, <PRTPAGE P="21"/>ascertainable event. The time or occurrence upon which consent becomes revocable may be no later than the final disposition of the conditional release or other action in connection with which consent was given.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Restrictions on redisclosure and use.</E> A person who receives patient information under this section may redisclose and use it only to carry out that person's official duties with regard to the patient's conditional release or other action in connection with which the consent was given.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Disclosures Without Patient Consent</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.51</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Medical emergencies.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General Rule.</E> Under the procedures required by paragraph (c) of this section, patient identifying information may be disclosed to medical personnel who have a need for information about a patient for the purpose of treating a condition which poses an immediate threat to the health of any individual and which requires immediate medical intervention.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Special Rule.</E> Patient identifying information may be disclosed to medical personnel of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) who assert a reason to believe that the health of any individual may be threatened by an error in the manufacture, labeling, or sale of a product under FDA jurisdiction, and that the information will be used for the exclusive purpose of notifying patients or their physicians of potential dangers.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> Immediately following disclosure, the program shall document the disclosure in the patient's records, setting forth in writing:</P>
            <P>(1) The name of the medical personnel to whom disclosure was made and their affiliation with any health care facility;</P>
            <P>(2) The name of the individual making the disclosure;</P>
            <P>(3) The date and time of the disclosure; and</P>
            <P>(4) The nature of the emergency (or error, if the report was to FDA).</P>
            <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 0930-0099)</APPRO>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.52</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Research activities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Patient identifying information may be disclosed for the purpose of conducting scientific research if the program director makes a determination that the recipient of the patient identifying information:</P>
            <P>(1) Is qualified to conduct the research;</P>
            <P>(2) Has a research protocol under which the patient identifying information:</P>
            <P>(i) Will be maintained in accordance with the security requirements of § 2.16 of these regulations (or more stringent requirements); and</P>
            <P>(ii) Will not be redisclosed except as permitted under paragraph (b) of this section; and</P>
            <P>(3) Has provided a satisfactory written statement that a group of three or more individuals who are independent of the research project has reviewed the protocol and determined that:</P>
            <P>(i) The rights and welfare of patients will be adequately protected; and</P>
            <P>(ii) The risks in disclosing patient identifying information are outweighed by the potential benefits of the research.</P>
            <P>(b) A person conducting research may disclose patient identifying information obtained under paragraph (a) of this section only back to the program from which that information was obtained and may not identify any individual patient in any report of that research or otherwise disclose patient identities.</P>
            <CITA>[52 FR 21809, June 9, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41997, Nov. 2, 1987]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.53</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Audit and evaluation activities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Records not copied or removed.</E> If patient records are not copied or removed, patient identifying information may be disclosed in the course of a review of records on program premises to any person who agrees in writing to comply with the limitations on redisclosure and use in paragraph (d) of this section and who:</P>
            <P>(1) Performs the audit or evaluation activity on behalf of:</P>

            <P>(i) Any Federal, State, or local governmental agency which provides financial assistance to the program or is <PRTPAGE P="22"/>authorized by law to regulate its activities; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Any private person which provides financial assistance to the program, which is a third party payer covering patients in the program, or which is a quality improvement organization performing a utilization or quality control review; or</P>
            <P>(2) Is determined by the program director to be qualified to conduct the audit or evaluation activities.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Copying or removal of records.</E> Records containing patient identifying information may be copied or removed from program premises by any person who:</P>
            <P>(1) Agrees in writing to:</P>
            <P>(i) Maintain the patient identifying information in accordance with the security requirements provided in § 2.16 of these regulations (or more stringent requirements);</P>
            <P>(ii) Destroy all the patient identifying information upon completion of the audit or evaluation; and</P>
            <P>(iii) Comply with the limitations on disclosure and use in paragraph (d) of this section; and</P>
            <P>(2) Performs the audit or evaluation activity on behalf of:</P>
            <P>(i) Any Federal, State, or local governmental agency which provides financial assistance to the program or is authorized by law to regulate its activities; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Any private person which provides financial assistance to the program, which is a third part payer covering patients in the program, or which is a quality improvement organization performing a utilization or quality control review.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Medicare or Medicaid audit or evaluation.</E> (1) For purposes of Medicare or Medicaid audit or evaluation under this section, audit or evaluation includes a civil or administrative investigation of the program by any Federal, State, or local agency responsible for oversight of the Medicare or Medicaid program and includes administrative enforcement, against the program by the agency, of any remedy authorized by law to be imposed as a result of the findings of the investigation.</P>
            <P>(2) Consistent with the definition of program in § 2.11, program includes an employee of, or provider of medical services under, the program when the employee or provider is the subject of a civil investigation or administrative remedy, as those terms are used in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.</P>
            <P>(3) If a disclosure to a person is authorized under this section for a Medicare or Medicaid audit or evaluation, including a civil investigation or administrative remedy, as those terms are used in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, then a quality improvement organization which obtains the information under paragraph (a) or (b) may disclose the information to that person but only for purposes of Medicare or Medicaid audit or evaluation.</P>
            <P>(4) The provisions of this paragraph do not authorize the agency, the program, or any other person to disclose or use patient identifying information obtained during the audit or evaluation for any purposes other than those necessary to complete the Medicare or Medicaid audit or evaluation activity as specified in this paragraph.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Limitations on disclosure and use.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, patient identifying information disclosed under this section may be disclosed only back to the program from which it was obtained and used only to carry out an audit or evaluation purpose or to investigate or prosecute criminal or other activities, as authorized by a court order entered under § 2.66 of these regulations.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Court Orders Authorizing Disclosure and Use</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.61</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Legal effect of order.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Effect.</E> An order of a court of competent jurisdiction entered under this subpart is a unique kind of court order. Its only purpose is to authorize a disclosure or use of patient information which would otherwise be prohibited by 42 U.S.C. 290ee-3, 42 U.S.C. 290dd-3 and these regulations. Such an order does not compel disclosure. A subpoena or a similar legal mandate must be issued in order to compel disclosure. This mandate may be entered at the same time as and accompany an authorizing court order entered under these regulations.<PRTPAGE P="23"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Examples.</E> (1) A person holding records subject to these regulations receives a subpoena for those records: a response to the subpoena is not permitted under the regulations unless an authorizing court order is entered. The person may not disclose the records in response to the subpoena unless a court of competent jurisdiction enters an authorizing order under these regulations.</P>
            <P>(2) An authorizing court order is entered under these regulations, but the person authorized does not want to make the disclosure. If there is no subpoena or other compulsory process or a subpoena for the records has expired or been quashed, that person may refuse to make the disclosure. Upon the entry of a valid subpoena or other compulsory process the person authorized to disclose must disclose, unless there is a valid legal defense to the process other than the confidentiality restrictions of these regulations.</P>
            <CITA>[52 FR 21809, June 9, 1987; 52 FR 42061, Nov. 2, 1987]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.62</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Order not applicable to records disclosed without consent to researchers, auditors and evaluators.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A court order under these regulations may not authorize qualified personnel, who have received patient identifying information without consent for the purpose of conducting research, audit or evaluation, to disclose that information or use it to conduct any criminal investigation or prosecution of a patient. However, a court order under § 2.66 may authorize disclosure and use of records to investigate or prosecute qualified personnel holding the records.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.63</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidential communications.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A court order under these regulations may authorize disclosure of confidential communications made by a patient to a program in the course of diagnosis, treatment, or referral for treatment only if:</P>
            <P>(1) The disclosure is necessary to protect against an existing threat to life or of serious bodily injury, including circumstances which constitute suspected child abuse and neglect and verbal threats against third parties;</P>
            <P>(2) The disclosure is necessary in connection with investigation or prosecution of an extremely serious crime, such as one which directly threatens loss of life or serious bodily injury, including homicide, rape, kidnapping, armed robbery, assault with a deadly weapon, or child abuse and neglect; or</P>
            <P>(3) The disclosure is in connection with litigation or an administrative proceeding in which the patient offers testimony or other evidence pertaining to the content of the confidential communications.</P>
            <P>(b) [Reserved]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.64</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures and criteria for orders authorizing disclosures for noncriminal purposes.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Application.</E> An order authorizing the disclosure of patient records for purposes other than criminal investigation or prosecution may be applied for by any person having a legally recognized interest in the disclosure which is sought. The application may be filed separately or as part of a pending civil action in which it appears that the patient records are needed to provide evidence. An application must use a fictitious name, such as John Doe, to refer to any patient and may not contain or otherwise disclose any patient identifying information unless the patient is the applicant or has given a written consent (meeting the requirements of these regulations) to disclosure or the court has ordered the record of the proceeding sealed from public scrunity.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice.</E> The patient and the person holding the records from whom disclosure is sought must be given:</P>
            <P>(1) Adequate notice in a manner which will not disclose patient identifying information to other persons; and</P>
            <P>(2) An opportunity to file a written response to the application, or to appear in person, for the limited purpose of providing evidence on the statutory and regulatory criteria for the issuance of the court order.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Review of evidence: Conduct of hearing.</E> Any oral argument, review of evidence, or hearing on the application must be held in the judge's chambers or in some manner which ensures that patient identifying information is not disclosed to anyone other than a party to the proceeding, the patient, or the person holding the record, unless the patient requests an open hearing in a <PRTPAGE P="24"/>manner which meets the written consent requirements of these regulations. The proceeding may include an examination by the judge of the patient records referred to in the application.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Criteria for entry of order.</E> An order under this section may be entered only if the court determines that good cause exists. To make this determination the court must find that:</P>
            <P>(1) Other ways of obtaining the information are not available or would not be effective; and</P>
            <P>(2) The public interest and need for the disclosure outweigh the potential injury to the patient, the physician-patient relationship and the treatment services.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Content of order.</E> An order authorizing a disclosure must:</P>
            <P>(1) Limit disclosure to those parts of the patient's record which are essential to fulfill the objective of the order;</P>
            <P>(2) Limit disclosure to those persons whose need for information is the basis for the order; and</P>
            <P>(3) Include such other measures as are necessary to limit disclosure for the protection of the patient, the physician-patient relationship and the treatment services; for example, sealing from public scrutiny the record of any proceeding for which disclosure of a patient's record has been ordered.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures and criteria for orders authorizing disclosure and use of records to criminally investigate or prosecute patients.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Application.</E> An order authorizing the disclosure or use of patient records to criminally investigate or prosecute a patient may be applied for by the person holding the records or by any person conducting investigative or prosecutorial activities with respect to the enforcement of criminal laws. The application may be filed separately, as part of an application for a subpoena or other compulsory process, or in a pending criminal action. An application must use a fictitious name such as John Doe, to refer to any patient and may not contain or otherwise disclose patient identifying information unless the court has ordered the record of the proceeding sealed from public scrutiny.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice and hearing.</E> Unless an order under § 2.66 is sought with an order under this section, the person holding the records must be given:</P>
            <P>(1) Adequate notice (in a manner which will not disclose patient identifying information to third parties) of an application by a person performing a law enforcement function;</P>
            <P>(2) An opportunity to appear and be heard for the limited purpose of providing evidence on the statutory and regulatory criteria for the issuance of the court order; and</P>
            <P>(3) An opportunity to be represented by counsel independent of counsel for an applicant who is a person performing a law enforcement function.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Review of evidence: Conduct of hearings.</E> Any oral argument, review of evidence, or hearing on the application shall be held in the judge's chambers or in some other manner which ensures that patient identifying information is not disclosed to anyone other than a party to the proceedings, the patient, or the person holding the records. The proceeding may include an examination by the judge of the patient records referred to in the application.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Criteria.</E> A court may authorize the disclosure and use of patient records for the purpose of conducting a criminal investigation or prosecution of a patient only if the court finds that all of the following criteria are met:</P>
            <P>(1) The crime involved is extremely serious, such as one which causes or directly threatens loss of life or serious bodily injury including homicide, rape, kidnapping, armed robbery, assault with a deadly weapon, and child abuse and neglect.</P>
            <P>(2) There is a reasonable likelihood that the records will disclose information of substantial value in the investigation or prosecution.</P>
            <P>(3) Other ways of obtaining the information are not available or would not be effective.</P>
            <P>(4) The potential injury to the patient, to the physician-patient relationship and to the ability of the program to provide services to other patients is outweighed by the public interest and the need for the disclosure.</P>
            <P>(5) If the applicant is a person performing a law enforcement function that:</P>

            <P>(i) The person holding the records has been afforded the opportunity to be <PRTPAGE P="25"/>represented by independent counsel; and</P>
            <P>(ii) Any person holding the records which is an entity within Federal, State, or local government has in fact been represented by counsel independent of the applicant.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Content of order.</E> Any order authorizing a disclosure or use of patient records under this section must:</P>
            <P>(1) Limit disclosure and use to those parts of the patient's record which are essential to fulfill the objective of the order;</P>
            <P>(2) Limit disclosure to those law enforcement and prosecutorial officials who are responsible for, or are conducting, the investigation or prosecution, and limit their use of the records to investigation and prosecution of extremely serious crime or suspected crime specified in the application; and</P>
            <P>(3) Include such other measures as are necessary to limit disclosure and use to the fulfillment of only that public interest and need found by the court.</P>
            <CITA>[52 FR 21809, June 9, 1987; 52 FR 42061, Nov. 2, 1987]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.66</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures and criteria for orders authorizing disclosure and use of records to investigate or prosecute a program or the person holding the records.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Application.</E> (1) An order authorizing the disclosure or use of patient records to criminally or administratively investigate or prosecute a program or the person holding the records (or employees or agents of that program or person) may be applied for by any administrative, regulatory, supervisory, investigative, law enforcement, or prosecutorial agency having jurisdiction over the program's or person's activities.</P>
            <P>(2) The application may be filed separately or as part of a pending civil or criminal action against a program or the person holding the records (or agents or employees of the program or person) in which it appears that the patient records are needed to provide material evidence. The application must use a fictitious name, such as John Doe, to refer to any patient and may not contain or otherwise disclose any patient identifying information unless the court has ordered the record of the proceeding sealed from public scrutiny or the patient has given a written consent (meeting the requirements of § 2.31 of these regulations) to that disclosure.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice not required.</E> An application under this section may, in the discretion of the court, be granted without notice. Although no express notice is required to the program, to the person holding the records, or to any patient whose records are to be disclosed, upon implementation of an order so granted any of the above persons must be afforded an opportunity to seek revocation or amendment of that order, limited to the presentation of evidence on the statutory and regulatory criteria for the issuance of the court order.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Requirements for order.</E> An order under this section must be entered in accordance with, and comply with the requirements of, paragraphs (d) and (e) of § 2.64 of these regulations.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Limitations on disclosure and use of patient identifying information:</E> (1) An order entered under this section must require the deletion of patient identifying information from any documents made available to the public.</P>
            <P>(2) No information obtained under this section may be used to conduct any investigation or prosecution of a patient, or be used as the basis for an application for an order under § 2.65 of these regulations.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.67</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Orders authorizing the use of undercover agents and informants to criminally investigate employees or agents of a program.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Application.</E> A court order authorizing the placement of an undercover agent or informant in a program as an employee or patient may be applied for by any law enforcement or prosecutorial agency which has reason to believe that employees or agents of the program are engaged in criminal misconduct.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice.</E> The program director must be given adequate notice of the application and an opportunity to appear and be heard (for the limited purpose of providing evidence on the statutory and regulatory criteria for the issuance of the court order), unless the application asserts a belief that:<PRTPAGE P="26"/>
            </P>
            <P>(1) The program director is involved in the criminal activities to be investigated by the undercover agent or informant; or</P>
            <P>(2) The program director will intentionally or unintentionally disclose the proposed placement of an undercover agent or informant to the employees or agents who are suspected of criminal activities.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Criteria.</E> An order under this section may be entered only if the court determines that good cause exists. To make this determination the court must find:</P>
            <P>(1) There is reason to believe that an employee or agent of the program is engaged in criminal activity;</P>
            <P>(2) Other ways of obtaining evidence of this criminal activity are not available or would not be effective; and</P>
            <P>(3) The public interest and need for the placement of an undercover agent or informant in the program outweigh the potential injury to patients of the program, physician-patient relationships and the treatment services.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Content of order.</E> An order authorizing the placement of an undercover agent or informant in a program must:</P>
            <P>(1) Specifically authorize the placement of an undercover agent or an informant;</P>
            <P>(2) Limit the total period of the placement to six months;</P>
            <P>(3) Prohibit the undercover agent or informant from disclosing any patient identifying information obtained from the placement except as necessary to criminally investigate or prosecute employees or agents of the program; and</P>
            <P>(4) Include any other measures which are appropriate to limit any potential disruption of the program by the placement and any potential for a real or apparent breach of patient confidentiality; for example, sealing from public scrutiny the record of any proceeding for which disclosure of a patient's record has been ordered.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Limitation on use of information.</E> No information obtained by an undercover agent or informant placed under this section may be used to criminally investigate or prosecute any patient or as the basis for an application for an order under § 2.65 of these regulations.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 2a</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2a—PROTECTION OF IDENTITY—RESEARCH SUBJECTS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>2a.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>2a.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>2a.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Application; coordination.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>2a.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Contents of application; in general.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>2a.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Contents of application; research projects in which drugs will be administered.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>2a.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Issuance of Confidentiality Certificates; single project limitation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>2a.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Effect of Confidentiality Certificate.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>2a.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Termination.</SUBJECT>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 3(a), Pub. L. 91-513 as amended by sec. 122(b), Pub. L. 93-282; 84 Stat. 1241 (42 U.S.C. 242a(a)), as amended by 88 Stat. 132.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>44 FR 20384, Apr. 4, 1979, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 2a.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Section 303(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 242a(a)) provides that “[t]he Secretary [of Health and Human Services] may authorize persons engaged in research on mental health, including research on the use and effect of alcohol and other psychoactive drugs, to protect the privacy of individuals who are the subject of such research by withholding from all persons not connected with the conduct of such research the names or other identifying characteristics of such individuals. Persons so authorized to protect the privacy of such individuals may not be compelled in any Federal, State, or local civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or other proceedings to identify such individuals.” The regulations in this part establish procedures under which any person engaged in research on mental health including research on the use and effect of alcohol and other psychoactive drugs (whether or not the research is federally funded) may, subject to the exceptions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, apply for such an authorization of confidentiality.</P>
          <P>(b) These regulations do not apply to:</P>

          <P>(1) Authorizations of confidentiality for research requiring an Investigational New Drug exemption under section 505(i) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355(i)) or to approved new drugs, such as methadone, requiring continuation of long-<PRTPAGE P="27"/>term studies, records, and reports. Attention is called to 21 CFR 291.505(g) relating to authorizations of confidentiality for patient records maintained by methadone treatment programs.</P>
          <P>(2) Authorizations of confidentiality for research which are related to law enforcement activities or otherwise within the purview of the Attorney General's authority to issue authorizations of confidentiality pursuant to section 502(c) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 872(c)) and 21 CFR 1316.21.</P>
          <P>(c) The Secretary's regulations on confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse patient records (42 CFR part 2) and the regulations of this part may, in some instances, concurrently cover the same transaction. As explained in 42 CFR 2.24 and 2.24-1, 42 CFR part 2 restricts voluntary disclosures of information from applicable patient records while a Confidentiality Certificate issued pursuant to the regulations of this part protects a person engaged in applicable research from being compelled to disclose identifying characteristics of individuals who are the subject of such research.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 2a.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any other officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Person</E> means any individual, corporation, government, or governmental subdivision or agency, business trust, partnership, association, or other legal entity.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Research</E> means systematic study directed toward new or fuller knowledge and understanding of the subject studied. The term includes, but is not limited to, behavioral science studies, surveys, evaluations, and clinical investigations.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Drug</E> has the meaning given that term by section 201(g)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321(g)(1)).</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Controlled drug</E> means a drug which is included in schedule I, II, III, IV, or V of part B of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 811-812).</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Administer</E> refers to the direct application of a drug to the body of a human research subject, whether such application be by injection, inhalation, ingestion, or any other means, by (1) a qualified person engaged in research (or, in his or her presence, by his or her authorized agent), or (2) a research subject in accordance with instructions of a qualified person engaged in research, whether or not in the presence of a qualified person engaged in research.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Identifying characteristics</E> refers to the name, address, any identifying number, fingerprints, voiceprints, photographs or any other item or combination of data about a research subject which could reasonably lead directly or indirectly by reference to other information to identification of that research subject.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Psychoactive drug</E> means, in addition to alcohol, any drug which has as its principal action an effect on thought, mood, or behavior.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 2a.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Application; coordination.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Any person engaged in (or who intends to engage in) the research to which this part applies, who desires authorization to withhold the names and other identifying characteristics of individuals who are the subject of such research from any person or authority not connected with the conduct of such research may apply to the Office of the Director, National Institute on Drug Abuse, the Office of the Director, National Institute of Mental Health, or the Office of the Director, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, Maryland 20857 for an authorization of confidentiality.</P>

          <P>(b) If there is uncertainty with regard to which Institute is appropriate or if the research project falls within the purview of more than one Institute, an application need be submitted only to one Institute. Persons who are uncertain with regard to the applicability of these regulations to a particular type of research may apply for an authorization of confidentiality under the regulations of this part to one of the Institutes. Requests which are within the scope of the authorities described <PRTPAGE P="28"/>in § 2a.1(b) will be forwarded to the appropriate agency for consideration and the person will be advised accordingly.</P>
          <P>(c) An application may accompany, precede, or follow the sumission of a request for DHHS grant or contract assistance, though it is not necessary to request DHHS grant or contract assistance in order to apply for a Confidentiality Certificate. If a person has previously submitted any information required in this part in connection with a DHHS grant or contract, he or she may substitute a copy of information thus submitted, if the information is current and accurate. If a person requests a Confidentiality Certificate at the same time he or she submits an application for DHHS grant or contract assistance, the application for a Confidentiality Certificate may refer to the pertinent section(s) of the DHHS grant or contract application which provide(s) the information required to be submitted under this part. (See §§ 2a.4 and 2a.5.)</P>
          <P>(d) A separate application is required for each research project for which an authorization of confidentiality is requested.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 2a.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Contents of application; in general.</SUBJECT>
          <P>In addition to any other pertinent information which the Secretary may require, each application for an authorization of confidentiality for a research project shall contain:</P>
          <P>(a) The name and address of the individual primarily responsible for the conduct of the research and the sponsor or institution with which he or she is affiliated, if any. Any application from a person affiliated with an institution will be considered only if it contains or is accompanied by documentation of institutional approval. This documentation may consist of a written statement signed by a responsible official of the institution or of a copy of or reference to a valid certification submitted in accordance with 45 CFR part 46.</P>
          <P>(b) The location of the research project and a description of the facilities available for conducting the research, including the name and address of any hospital, institution, or clinical laboratory facility to be utilized in connection with the research.</P>
          <P>(c) The names, addresses, and summaries of the scientific or other appropriate training and experience of all personnel having major responsibilities in the research project and the training and experience requirements for major positions not yet filled.</P>
          <P>(d) An outline of the research protocol for the project including a clear and concise statement of the purpose and rationale of the research project and the general research methods to be used.</P>
          <P>(e) The date on which research will begin or has begun and the estimated date for completion of the project.</P>
          <P>(f) A specific request, signed by the individual primarily responsible for the conduct of the research, for authority to withhold the names and other identifying characteristics of the research subjects and the reasons supporting such request.</P>
          <P>(g) An assurance (1) From persons making application for a Confidentiality Certificate for a research project for which DHHS grant or contract support is received or sought that they will comply with all the requirements of 45 CFR part 46, “Protection of Human Subjects,” or</P>
          <P>(2) From all other persons making application that they will comply with the informed consent requirements of 45 CFR 46.103(c) and document legally effective informed consent in a manner consistent with the principles stated in 45 CFR 46.110, if it is determined by the Secretary, on the basis of information submitted by the person making application, that subjects will be placed at risk. If a modification of paragraphs (a) or (b) of 45 CFR 46.110 is to be used, as permitted under paragraph (c) of that section, the applicant will describe the proposed modification and submit it for approval by the Secretary.</P>
          <P>(h) An assurance that if an authorization of confidentiality is given it will not be represented as an endorsement of the research project by the Secretary or used to coerce individuals to participate in the research project.</P>

          <P>(i) An assurance that any person who is authorized by the Secretary to protect the privacy of research subjects <PRTPAGE P="29"/>will use that authority to refuse to disclose identifying characteristics of research subjects in any Federal, State, or local civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or other proceedings to compel disclosure of the identifying characteristics of research subjects.</P>
          <P>(j) An assurance that all research subjects who participate in the project during the period the Confidentiality Certificate is in effect will be informed that:</P>
          <P>(1) A Confidentiality Certificate has been issued;</P>
          <P>(2) The persons authorized by the Confidentiality Certificate to protect the identity of research subjects may not be compelled to identify research subjects in any civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or other proceedings whether Federal, State, or local;</P>
          <P>(3) If any of the following conditions exist the Confidentiality Certificate does not authorize any person to which it applies to refuse to reveal identifying information concerning research subjects:</P>
          <P>(i) The subject consents in writing to disclosure of identifying information,</P>
          <P>(ii) Release is required by the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301) or regulations promulgated thereunder (title 21, Code of Federal Regulations), or</P>
          <P>(iii) Authorized personnel of DHHS request identifying information for audit or program evaluation of a research project funded by DHHS or for investigation of DHHS grantees or contractors and their employees or agents carrying out such a project. (See § 2a.7(b));</P>
          <P>(4) The Confidentiality Certificate does not govern the voluntary disclosure of identifying characteristics of research subjects;</P>
          <P>(5) The Confidentiality Certificate does not represent an endorsement of the research project by the Secretary.</P>
          <P>(k) An assurance that all research subjects who enter the project after the termination of the Confidentiality Certificate will be informed that the authorization of confidentiality has ended and that the persons authorized to protect the identity of research subjects by the Confidentiality Certificate may not rely on the Certificate to refuse to disclose identifying characteristics of research subjects who were not participants in the project during the period the Certificate was in effect. (See § 2a.8(c)).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 2a.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Contents of application; research projects in which drugs will be administered.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) In addition to the information required by § 2a.4 and any other pertinent information which the Secretary may require, each application for an authorization of confidentiality for a research project which involves the administering of a drug shall contain:</P>
          <P>(1) Identification of the drugs to be administered in the research project and a description of the methods for such administration, which shall include a statement of the dosages to be administered to the research subjects;</P>
          <P>(2) Evidence that individuals who administer drugs are authorized to do so under applicable Federal and State law; and</P>
          <P>(3) In the case of a controlled drug, a copy of the Drug Enforcement Administration Certificate of Registration (BND Form 223) under which the research project will be conducted.</P>
          <P>(b) An application for an authorization of confidentiality with respect to a research project which involves the administering of a controlled drug may include a request for exemption of persons engaged in the research from State or Federal prosecution for possession, distribution, and dispensing of controlled drugs as authorized under section 502(d) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 872(d)) and 21 CFR 1316.22. If the request is in such form, and is supported by such information, as is required by 21 CFR 1316.22, the Secretary will forward it, together with his or her recommendation that such request be approved or disapproved, for the consideration of the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 2a.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Issuance of Confidentiality Certificates; single project limitation.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) In reviewing the information provided in the application for a Confidentiality Certificate, the Secretary will take into account:<PRTPAGE P="30"/>
          </P>
          <P>(1) The scientific or other appropriate training and experience of all personnel having major responsibilities in the research project;</P>
          <P>(2) Whether the project constitutes bona fide “research” which is within the scope of the regulations of this part; and</P>
          <P>(3) Such other factors as he or she may consider necessary and appropriate. All applications for Confidentiality Certificates shall be evaluated by the Secretary through such officers and employees of the Department and such experts or consultants engaged for this purpose as he or she determines to be appropriate.</P>
          <P>(b) After consideration and evaluation of an application for an authorization of confidentiality, the Secretary will either issue a Confidentiality Certificate or a letter denying a Confidentiality Certificate, which will set forth the reasons for such denial, or will request additional information from the person making application. The Confidentiality Certificate will include:</P>
          <P>(1) The name and address of the person making application;</P>
          <P>(2) The name and address of the individual primarily responsible for conducting the research, if such individual is not the person making application;</P>
          <P>(3) The location of the research project;</P>
          <P>(4) A brief description of the research project;</P>
          <P>(5) A statement that the Certificate does not represent an endorsement of the research project by the Secretary;</P>
          <P>(6) The Drug Enforcement Administration registration number for the project, if any; and</P>
          <P>(7) The date or event upon which the Confidentiality Certificate becomes effective, which shall not be before the later of either the commencement of the research project or the date of issuance of the Certificate, and the date or event upon which the Certificate will expire.</P>
          <P>(c) A Confidentiality Certificate is not transferable and is effective only with respect to the names and other identifying characteristics of those individuals who are the subjects of the single research project specified in the Confidentiality Certificate. The recipient of a Confidentiality Certificate shall, within 15 days of any completion or discontinuance of the research project which occurs prior to the expiration date set forth in the Certificate, provide written notification to the Director of the Institute to which application was made. If the recipient determines that the research project will not be completed by the expiration date set forth in the Confidentiality Certificate he or she may submit a written request for an extension of the expiration date which shall include a justification for such extension and a revised estimate of the date for completion of the project. Upon approval of such a request, the Secretary will issue an amended Confidentiality Certificate.</P>
          <P>(d) The protection afforded by a Confidentiality Certificate does not extend to significant changes in the research project as it is described in the application for such Certificate (e.g., changes in the personnel having major responsibilities in the research project, major changes in the scope or direction of the research protocol, or changes in the drugs to be administered and the persons who will administer them). The recipient of a Confidentiality Certificate shall notify the Director of the Institute to which application was made of any proposal for such a significant change by submitting an amended application for a Confidentiality Certificate in the same form and manner as an original application. On the basis of such application and other pertinent information the Secretary will either:</P>
          <P>(1) Approve the amended application and issue an amended Confidentiality Certificate together with a Notice of Cancellation terminating original the Confidentiality Certificate in accordance with § 2a.8; or</P>
          <P>(2) Disapprove the amended application and notify the applicant in writing that adoption of the proposed significant changes will result in the issuance of a Notice of Cancellation terminating the original Confidentiality Certificate in accordance with § 2a.8.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 2a.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Effect of Confidentiality Certificate.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) A Confidentiality Certificate authorizes the withholding of the names and other identifying characteristics of <PRTPAGE P="31"/>individuals who participate as subjects in the research project specified in the Certificate while the Certificate is in effect. The authorization applies to all persons who, in the performance of their duties in connection with the research project, have access to information which would identify the subjects of the research. Persons so authorized may not, at any time, be compelled in any Federal, State, or local civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or other proceedings to identify the research subjects encompassed by the Certificate, except in those circumstances specified in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) A Confidentiality Certificate granted under this part does not authorize any person to refuse to reveal the name or other identifying characteristics of any research subject in the following circumstances:</P>
          <P>(1) The subject (or, if he or she is legally incompetent, his or her guardian) consents, in writing, to the disclosure of such information,</P>
          <P>(2) Authorized personnel of DHHS request such information for audit or program evaluation of a research project funded by DHHS or for investigation of DHHS grantees or contractors and their employees or agents carrying out such a project. (See 45 CFR 5.71 for confidentiality standards imposed on such DHHS personnel), or</P>
          <P>(3) Release of such information is required by the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301) or the regulations promulgated thereunder (title 21, Code of Federal Regulations).</P>
          <P>(c) Neither a Confidentiality Certificate nor the regulations of this part govern the voluntary disclosure of identifying characteristics of research subjects.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 2a.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Termination.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A Confidentiality Certificate is in effect from the date of its issuance until the effective date of its termination. The effective date of termination shall be the earlier of:</P>
          <P>(1) The expiration date set forth in the Confidentiality Certificate; or</P>
          <P>(2) Ten days from the date of mailing a Notice of Cancellation to the applicant, pursuant to a determination by the Secretary that the research project has been completed or discontinued or that retention of the Confidentiality Certificate is otherwise no longer necessary or desirable.</P>
          <P>(b) A Notice of Cancellation shall include: an identification of the Confidentiality Certificate to which it applies; the effective date of its termination; and the grounds for cancellation. Upon receipt of a Notice of Cancellation the applicant shall return the Confidentiality Certificate to the Secretary.</P>
          <P>(c) Any termination of a Confidentiality Certificate pursuant to this section is operative only with respect to the names and other identifying characteristics of individuals who begin their participation as research subjects after the effective date of such termination. (See § 2a.4(k) requiring researchers to notify subjects who enter the project after the termination of the Confidentiality Certificate of termination of the Certificate). The protection afforded by a Confidentiality Certificate is permanent with respect to subjects who participated in research during any time the authorization was in effect.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 3</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 3—PATIENT SAFETY ORGANIZATIONS AND PATIENT SAFETY WORK PRODUCT</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General Provisions</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>3.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—PSO Requirements and Agency Procedures</HD>
            <SECTNO>3.102</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Process and requirements for initial and continued listing of PSOs.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.104</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Secretarial actions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.106</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Security requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.108</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction of deficiencies, revocation, and voluntary relinquishment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.110</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assessment of PSO compliance.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.112</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Submissions and forms.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Confidentiality and Privilege Protections of Patient Safety Work Product</HD>
            <SECTNO>3.204</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Privilege of patient safety work product.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.206</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of patient safety work product.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.208</SECTNO>

            <SUBJECT>Continued protection of patient safety work product.<PRTPAGE P="32"/>
            </SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.210</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Required disclosure of patient safety work product to the Secretary.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.212</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonidentification of patient safety work product.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Enforcement Program</HD>
            <SECTNO>3.304</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Principles for achieving compliance.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.306</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Complaints to the Secretary.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.308</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Compliance reviews.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.310</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Responsibilities of respondents.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.312</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Secretarial action regarding complaints and compliance reviews.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.314</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Investigational subpoenas and inquiries.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.402</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Basis for a civil money penalty.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.404</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Amount of a civil money penalty.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.408</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Factors considered in determining the amount of a civil money penalty.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.414</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Limitations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.416</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Authority to settle.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.418</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exclusivity of penalty.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.420</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notice of proposed determination.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.422</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Failure to request a hearing.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.424</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Collection of penalty.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.426</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notification of the public and other agencies.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.504</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hearings before an ALJ.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.506</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rights of the parties.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.508</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Authority of the ALJ.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.510</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Ex parte contacts.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.512</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Prehearing conferences.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.514</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Authority to settle.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.516</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Discovery.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.518</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Exchange of witness lists, witness statements, and exhibits.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.520</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Subpoenas for attendance at hearing.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.522</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.524</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Form, filing, and service of papers.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.526</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Computation of time.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.528</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Motions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.530</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sanctions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.532</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Collateral estoppel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.534</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>The hearing.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.538</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Witnesses.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.540</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Evidence.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.542</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>The record.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.544</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Post hearing briefs.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.546</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>ALJ's decision.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.548</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Appeal of the ALJ's decision.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.550</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Stay of the Secretary's decision.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>3.552</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Harmless error.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>42 U.S.C. 216, 299b-21 through 299b-26; 42 U.S.C. 299c-6.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>73 FR 70796, Nov. 21, 2008, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General Provisions</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>

            <P>The purpose of this part is to implement the Patient Safety and Quality Improvement Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-41), which amended Title IX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 299 <E T="03">et seq.</E>) by adding sections 921 through 926, 42 U.S.C. 299b-21 through 299b-26.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this part, the terms listed alphabetically below have the meanings set forth as follows:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Affiliated provider</E> means, with respect to a provider, a legally separate provider that is the parent organization of the provider, is under common ownership, management, or control with the provider, or is owned, managed, or controlled by the provider.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">AHRQ</E> stands for the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality in HHS.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">ALJ</E> stands for an Administrative Law Judge of HHS.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Board</E> means the members of the HHS Departmental Appeals Board, in the Office of the Secretary, which issues decisions in panels of three.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Bona fide</E> contract means:</P>
            <P>(1) A written contract between a provider and a PSO that is executed in good faith by officials authorized to execute such contract; or</P>
            <P>(2) A written agreement (such as a memorandum of understanding or equivalent recording of mutual commitments) between a Federal, State, local, or Tribal provider and a Federal, State, local, or Tribal PSO that is executed in good faith by officials authorized to execute such agreement.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Complainant</E> means a person who files a complaint with the Secretary pursuant to § 3.306.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Component organization</E> means an entity that:</P>
            <P>(1) Is a unit or division of a legal entity (including a corporation, partnership, or a Federal, State, local or Tribal agency or organization); or</P>
            <P>(2) Is owned, managed, or controlled by one or more legally separate parent organizations.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Component PSO</E> means a PSO listed by the Secretary that is a component organization.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Confidentiality provisions</E> means for purposes of subparts C and D, any requirement or prohibition concerning confidentiality established by sections 921 and 922(b)-(d), (g) and (i) of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 299b-21, 299b-22(b)-(d), (g) and (i) and the <PRTPAGE P="33"/>provisions, at §§ 3.206 and 3.208, that implement the statutory prohibition on disclosure of identifiable patient safety work product.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Disclosure</E> means the release, transfer, provision of access to, or divulging in any other manner of patient safety work product by:</P>
            <P>(1) An entity or natural person holding the patient safety work product to another legally separate entity or natural person, other than a workforce member of, or a health care provider holding privileges with, the entity holding the patient safety work product; or</P>
            <P>(2) A component PSO to another entity or natural person outside the component PSO and within the legal entity of which the component PSO is a part.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Entity</E> means any organization or organizational unit, regardless of whether the organization is public, private, for-profit, or not-for-profit.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Group health plan</E> means an employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA)) to the extent that the plan provides medical care (as defined in paragraph (2) of section 2791(a) of the Public Health Service Act, including items and services paid for as medical care) to employees or their dependents (as defined under the terms of the plan) directly or through insurance, reimbursement, or otherwise.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Health insurance issue</E>r means an insurance company, insurance service, or insurance organization (including a health maintenance organization, as defined in 42 U.S.C. 300gg-91(b)(3)) which is licensed to engage in the business of insurance in a State and which is subject to State law which regulates insurance (within the meaning of 29 U.S.C. 1144(b)(2)). This term does not include a group health plan.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Health maintenance organization</E> means:</P>
            <P>(1) A Federally qualified health maintenance organization (HMO) (as defined in 42 U.S.C. 300e(a));</P>
            <P>(2) An organization recognized under State law as a health maintenance organization; or</P>
            <P>(3) A similar organization regulated under State law for solvency in the same manner and to the same extent as such a health maintenance organization.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">HHS</E> stands for the United States Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">HIPAA Privacy Rule</E> means the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), at 45 CFR part 160 and subparts A and E of part 164.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Identifiable patient safety work product</E> means patient safety work product that:</P>
            <P>(1) Is presented in a form and manner that allows the identification of any provider that is a subject of the work product, or any providers that participate in, or are responsible for, activities that are a subject of the work product;</P>
            <P>(2) Constitutes individually identifiable health information as that term is defined in the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR 160.103; or</P>
            <P>(3) Is presented in a form and manner that allows the identification of an individual who in good faith reported information directly to a PSO or to a provider with the intention of having the information reported to a PSO (“reporter”).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Nonidentifiable patient safety work product</E> means patient safety work product that is not identifiable patient safety work product in accordance with the nonidentification standards set forth at § 3.212.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">OCR</E> stands for the Office for Civil Rights in HHS.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Parent organization</E> means an organization that: owns a controlling interest or a majority interest in a component organization; has the authority to control or manage agenda setting, project management, or day-to-day operations; or the authority to review and override decisions of a component organization. The component organization may be a provider.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Patient Safety Act</E> means the Patient Safety and Quality Improvement Act of 2005 (Pub. L. 109-41), which amended Title IX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 299 <E T="03">et seq.</E>) by inserting a new Part C, sections 921 through 926, which are codified at 42 U.S.C. 299b-21 through 299b-26.<PRTPAGE P="34"/>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Patient safety activities</E> means the following activities carried out by or on behalf of a PSO or a provider:</P>
            <P>(1) Efforts to improve patient safety and the quality of health care delivery;</P>
            <P>(2) The collection and analysis of patient safety work product;</P>
            <P>(3) The development and dissemination of information with respect to improving patient safety, such as recommendations, protocols, or information regarding best practices;</P>
            <P>(4) The utilization of patient safety work product for the purposes of encouraging a culture of safety and of providing feedback and assistance to effectively minimize patient risk;</P>
            <P>(5) The maintenance of procedures to preserve confidentiality with respect to patient safety work product;</P>
            <P>(6) The provision of appropriate security measures with respect to patient safety work product;</P>
            <P>(7) The utilization of qualified staff; and</P>
            <P>(8) Activities related to the operation of a patient safety evaluation system and to the provision of feedback to participants in a patient safety evaluation system.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Patient safety evaluation system</E> means the collection, management, or analysis of information for reporting to or by a PSO.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Patient safety organization (PSO)</E> means a private or public entity or component thereof that is listed as a PSO by the Secretary in accordance with subpart B. A health insurance issuer or a component organization of a health insurance issuer may not be a PSO. See also the exclusions in § 3.102 of this part.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Patient safety work product:</E>
            </P>
            <P>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this definition, patient safety work product means any data, reports, records, memoranda, analyses (such as root cause analyses), or written or oral statements (or copies of any of this material)</P>
            <P>(i) Which could improve patient safety, health care quality, or health care outcomes; and</P>
            <P>(A) Which are assembled or developed by a provider for reporting to a PSO and are reported to a PSO, which includes information that is documented as within a patient safety evaluation system for reporting to a PSO, and such documentation includes the date the information entered the patient safety evaluation system; or</P>
            <P>(B) Are developed by a PSO for the conduct of patient safety activities; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Which identify or constitute the deliberations or analysis of, or identify the fact of reporting pursuant to, a patient safety evaluation system.</P>
            <P>(2)(i) Patient safety work product does not include a patient's medical record, billing and discharge information, or any other original patient or provider information; nor does it include information that is collected, maintained, or developed separately, or exists separately, from a patient safety evaluation system. Such separate information or a copy thereof reported to a PSO shall not by reason of its reporting be considered patient safety work product.</P>
            <P>(ii) Patient safety work product assembled or developed by a provider for reporting to a PSO may be removed from a patient safety evaluation system and no longer considered patient safety work product if:</P>
            <P>(A) The information has not yet been reported to a PSO; and</P>
            <P>(B) The provider documents the act and date of removal of such information from the patient safety evaluation system.</P>
            <P>(iii) Nothing in this part shall be construed to limit information that is not patient safety work product from being:</P>
            <P>(A) Discovered or admitted in a criminal, civil or administrative proceeding;</P>
            <P>(B) Reported to a Federal, State, local or Tribal governmental agency for public health or health oversight purposes; or</P>
            <P>(C) Maintained as part of a provider's recordkeeping obligation under Federal, State, local or Tribal law.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Person</E> means a natural person, trust or estate, partnership, corporation, professional association or corporation, or other entity, public or private.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Provider</E> means:</P>

            <P>(1) An individual or entity licensed or otherwise authorized under State law to provide health care services, including—<PRTPAGE P="35"/>
            </P>
            <P>(i) A hospital, nursing facility, comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facility, home health agency, hospice program, renal dialysis facility, ambulatory surgical center, pharmacy, physician or health care practitioner's office (includes a group practice), long term care facility, behavior health residential treatment facility, clinical laboratory, or health center; or</P>
            <P>(ii) A physician, physician assistant, registered nurse, nurse practitioner, clinical nurse specialist, certified registered nurse anesthetist, certified nurse midwife, psychologist, certified social worker, registered dietitian or nutrition professional, physical or occupational therapist, pharmacist, or other individual health care practitioner;</P>
            <P>(2) Agencies, organizations, and individuals within Federal, State, local, or Tribal governments that deliver health care, organizations engaged as contractors by the Federal, State, local, or Tribal governments to deliver health care, and individual health care practitioners employed or engaged as contractors by the Federal State, local, or Tribal governments to deliver health care; or</P>
            <P>(3) A parent organization of one or more entities described in paragraph (1)(i) of this definition or a Federal, State, local, or Tribal government unit that manages or controls one or more entities described in paragraphs (1)(i) or (2) of this definition.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Research</E> has the same meaning as the term is defined in the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR 164.501.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Respondent</E> means a provider, PSO, or responsible person who is the subject of a complaint or a compliance review.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Responsible person</E> means a person, other than a provider or a PSO, who has possession or custody of identifiable patient safety work product and is subject to the confidentiality provisions.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Workforce</E> means employees, volunteers, trainees, contractors, or other persons whose conduct, in the performance of work for a provider, PSO or responsible person, is under the direct control of such provider, PSO or responsible person, whether or not they are paid by the provider, PSO or responsible person.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—PSO Requirements and Agency Procedures</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.102</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Process and requirements for initial and continued listing of PSOs.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility and process for initial and continued listing</E>—(1) <E T="03">Submission of certification.</E> Any entity, except as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, may request from the Secretary an initial or continued listing as a PSO by submitting a completed certification form that meets the requirements of this section, in accordance with § 3.112. An individual with authority to make commitments on behalf of the entity seeking listing will be required to submit contact information for the entity and:</P>
            <P>(i) Attest that the entity is not subject to any exclusion in paragraph (a)(2) of this section;</P>
            <P>(ii) Provide certifications that the entity meets each requirement for PSOs in paragraph (b) of this section;</P>
            <P>(iii) If the entity is a component of another organization, provide the additional certifications that the entity meets the requirements of paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section;</P>
            <P>(iv) If the entity is a component of an excluded entity described in paragraph (a)(2)(ii), provide the additional certifications and information required by paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section;</P>
            <P>(v) Attest that the entity has disclosed if the Secretary has ever delisted this entity (under its current name or any other) or refused to list the entity or whether any of its officials or senior managers held comparable positions of responsibility in an entity that was denied listing or delisted and, if any of these circumstances apply, submit with its certifications and related disclosures, the name of the entity or entities that the Secretary declined to list or delisted;</P>

            <P>(vi) Attest that the PSO will promptly notify the Secretary during its period of listing if it can no longer comply with any of its attestations and the applicable requirements in §§ 3.102(b) and 3.102(c) or if there have been any changes in the accuracy of the information submitted for listing, along with the pertinent changes; and<PRTPAGE P="36"/>
            </P>
            <P>(vii) Provide other information that the Secretary determines to be necessary to make the requested listing determination.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Exclusion of certain entities.</E> The following types of entities may not seek listing as a PSO:</P>
            <P>(i) A health insurance issuer; a unit or division of a health insurance issuer; or an entity that is owned, managed, or controlled by a health insurance issuer;</P>
            <P>(ii)(A) An entity that accredits or licenses health care providers;</P>
            <P>(B) An entity that oversees or enforces statutory or regulatory requirements governing the delivery of health care services;</P>
            <P>(C) An agent of an entity that oversees or enforces statutory or regulatory requirements governing the delivery of health care services; or</P>
            <P>(D) An entity that operates a Federal, state, local or Tribal patient safety reporting system to which health care providers (other than members of the entity's workforce or health care providers holding privileges with the entity) are required to report information by law or regulation.</P>
            <P>(iii) A component of an entity listed in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) may seek listing as a component PSO subject to the requirements and restrictions of paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Submission of certification for continued listing.</E> To facilitate a timely Secretarial determination regarding acceptance of its certification for continued listing, a PSO must submit the required certification no later than 75 days before the expiration of a PSO's three-year period of listing.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Fifteen general PSO certification requirements.</E> The certifications submitted to the Secretary in accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section must conform to the following 15 requirements:</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Required certification regarding eight patient safety activities</E>—(i) <E T="03">Initial listing.</E> An entity seeking initial listing as a PSO must certify that it has written policies and procedures in place to perform each of the eight patient safety activities, defined in § 3.20. With respect to paragraphs (5) and (6) in the definition of patient safety activities regarding confidentiality and security, the policies and procedures must include and provide for:</P>
            <P>(A) Compliance with the confidentiality provisions of subpart C of this part and with appropriate security measures as required by § 3.106 of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(B) Notification of each provider that submitted patient safety work product or data as described in § 3.108(b)(2) to the entity if the submitted work product or data was subject to an unauthorized disclosure or its security was breached.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Continued Listing.</E> A PSO seeking continued listing must certify that it is performing, and will continue to perform, each of the patient safety activities defined in § 3.20, and is and will continue to comply with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Required certification regarding seven PSO criteria</E>—(i) <E T="03">Initial Listing.</E> In its initial certification submission, an entity must also certify that, if listed as a PSO, it will comply with the seven requirements in paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) through (G) of this section.</P>
            <P>(A) The mission and primary activity of the PSO must be to conduct activities that are to improve patient safety and the quality of health care delivery.</P>
            <P>(B) The PSO must have appropriately qualified workforce members, including licensed or certified medical professionals.</P>
            <P>(C) The PSO, within the 24-month period that begins on the date of its initial listing as a PSO, and within each sequential 24-month period thereafter, must have 2 bona fide contracts, each of a reasonable period of time, each with a different provider for the purpose of receiving and reviewing patient safety work product.</P>
            <P>(D) The PSO is not a health insurance issuer, and is not a component of a health insurance issuer.</P>
            <P>(E) The PSO must make disclosures to the Secretary as required under § 3.102(d), in accordance with § 3.112 of this subpart.</P>

            <P>(F) To the extent practical and appropriate, the PSO must collect patient safety work product from providers in a standardized manner that permits valid comparisons of similar cases among similar providers.<PRTPAGE P="37"/>
            </P>
            <P>(G) The PSO must utilize patient safety work product for the purpose of providing direct feedback and assistance to providers to effectively minimize patient risk.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Continued Listing.</E> A PSO seeking continued listing must certify that it is complying with, and will continue to comply with, the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(i)(A) through (G) of this section.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Compliance with the criterion for collecting patient safety work product in a standardized manner to the extent practical and appropriate.</E> With respect to paragraph (b)(2)(i)(F) of this section, the Secretary will assess compliance by a PSO in the following manner.</P>
            <P>(A) A PSO seeking continued listing must:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Certify that the PSO is using the Secretary's published guidance for common formats and definitions in its collection of patient safety work product (option (I));</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Certify that the PSO is using an alternative system of formats and definitions that permits valid comparisons of similar cases among similar providers (option (II)); or</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Provide a clear explanation for why it is not practical or appropriate for the PSO to comply with options (I) or (II) at this time.</P>
            <P>(B) The Secretary will consider a PSO to be in compliance if the entity complies with option (I), satisfactorily demonstrates that option (II) permits valid comparisons of similar cases among similar providers, or satisfactorily demonstrates that it is not practical or appropriate for the PSO to comply with options (I) or (II) at this time.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional certifications required of component organizations</E>—(1) <E T="03">Requirements when seeking listing</E>—(i) <E T="03">Requirements that all component organizations must meet.</E> In addition to meeting the 15 general PSO certification requirements of paragraph (b) of this section, an entity seeking initial listing that is a component of another organization must certify that it will comply with the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section. A component PSO seeking continued listing must certify that it is complying with, and will continue to comply with, the requirements of this same paragraph (c)(2). At initial and continued listing, a component entity must attach to its certifications for listing contact information for its parent organization(s).</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Additional requirements and limitations applicable to components of entities that are excluded from listing.</E> In addition to the requirements under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section, a component of an organization excluded from listing under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section must submit the additional certifications and specified information for initial and continued listing and comply with paragraph (c)(4) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Required component certifications</E>—(i) <E T="03">Separation of patient safety work product.</E> A component PSO must maintain patient safety work product separately from the rest of the parent organization(s) of which it is a part, and establish appropriate security measures to maintain the confidentiality of patient safety work product. The information system in which the component PSO maintains patient safety work product must not permit unauthorized access by one or more individuals in, or by units of, the rest of the parent organization(s) of which it is a part.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Nondisclosure of patient safety work product.</E> A component PSO must require that members of its workforce and any other contractor staff not make unauthorized disclosures of patient safety work product to the rest of the parent organization(s) of which it is a part.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">No conflict of interest.</E> The pursuit of the mission of a component PSO must not create a conflict of interest with the rest of the parent organization(s) of which it is a part.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Written agreements for assisting a component PSO in the conduct of patient safety activities.</E> Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a component PSO may provide access to identifiable patient safety work product to one or more individuals in, or to one or more units of, the rest of the parent organization(s) of which it is a part, if the component PSO enters into a written agreement with such individuals or units which requires that:<PRTPAGE P="38"/>
            </P>
            <P>(i) The component PSO will only provide access to identifiable patient safety work product to enable such individuals or units to assist the component PSO in its conduct of patient safety activities, and</P>
            <P>(ii) Such individuals or units that receive access to identifiable patient safety work product pursuant to such written agreement will only use or disclose such information as specified by the component PSO to assist the component PSO in its conduct of patient safety activities, will take appropriate security measures to prevent unauthorized disclosures and will comply with the other certifications the component has made pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section regarding unauthorized disclosures and conducting the mission of the PSO without creating conflicts of interest.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Required attestations, information and operational limitations for components of entities excluded from listing.</E> A component organization of an entity that is subject to the restrictions of paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section must:</P>
            <P>(i) Submit the following information with its certifications for listing:</P>
            <P>(A) A statement describing its parent organization's role, and the scope of the parent organization's authority, with respect to any of the following that apply: Accreditation or licensure of health care providers, oversight or enforcement of statutory or regulatory requirements governing the delivery of health care services, serving as an agent of such a regulatory oversight or enforcement authority, or administering a public mandatory patient safety reporting system;</P>
            <P>(B) An attestation that the parent organization has no policies or procedures that would require or induce providers to report patient safety work product to their component organization once listed as a PSO and that the component PSO will notify the Secretary within 5 calendar days of the date on which the component organization has knowledge of the adoption by the parent organization of such policies or procedures, and an acknowledgment that the adoption of such policies or procedures by the parent organization during the component PSO's period of listing will result in the Secretary initiating an expedited revocation process in accordance with § 3.108(e); and</P>
            <P>(C) An attestation that the component organization will prominently post notification on its Web site and publish in any promotional materials for dissemination to providers, a summary of the information that is required by paragraph (c)(4)(i)(A) of this section.</P>
            <P>(ii) Comply with the following requirements during its period of listing:</P>
            <P>(A) The component organization may not share staff with its parent organization(s).</P>
            <P>(B) The component organization may enter into a written agreement pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) but such agreements are limited to units or individuals of the parent organization(s) whose responsibilities do not involve the activities specified in the restrictions in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Required notifications.</E> Upon listing, PSOs must meet the following notification requirements:</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Notification regarding PSO compliance with the minimum contract requirement.</E> No later than 45 calendar days prior to the last day of the pertinent 24-month assessment period, specified in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C) of this section, the Secretary must receive from a PSO a certification that states whether it has met the requirement of that paragraph regarding two bona fide contracts, submitted in accordance with § 3.112 of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Notification regarding a PSO's relationships with its contracting providers</E>—(i) <E T="03">Requirement.</E> A PSO must file a disclosure statement regarding a provider with which it has a contract that provides the confidentiality and privilege protections of the Patient Safety Act (hereinafter referred to as a Patient Safety Act contract) if the PSO has any other relationships with this provider that are described in paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) through (D) of this section. The PSO must disclose all such relationships. A disclosure statement is not required if all of its other relationships with the provider are limited to Patient Safety Act contracts.</P>

            <P>(A) The provider and PSO have current contractual relationships, other <PRTPAGE P="39"/>than those arising from any Patient Safety Act contracts, including formal contracts or agreements that impose obligations on the PSO.</P>
            <P>(B) The provider and PSO have current financial relationships other than those arising from any Patient Safety Act contracts. A financial relationship may include any direct or indirect ownership or investment relationship between the PSO and the contracting provider, shared or common financial interests or direct or indirect compensation arrangements whether in cash or in-kind.</P>
            <P>(C) The PSO and provider have current reporting relationships other than those arising from any Patient Safety Act contracts, by which the provider has access to information regarding the work and operation of the PSO that is not available to other contracting providers.</P>
            <P>(D) Taking into account all relationships that the PSO has with the provider, the PSO is not independently managed or controlled, or the PSO does not operate independently from, the contracting provider.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Content.</E> A PSO must submit to the Secretary the required attestation form for disclosures with the information specified below in accordance with § 3.112 and this section. The substantive information that must be included with each submission has two required parts:</P>
            <P>(A) <E T="03">The Required Disclosures.</E> The first part of the substantive information must provide a succinct list of obligations between the PSO and the contracting provider apart from their Patient Safety Act contract(s) that create, or contain, any of the types of relationships that must be disclosed based upon the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) through (D) of this section. Each reportable obligation or discrete set of obligations that the PSO has with this contracting provider should be listed only once; noting the specific aspects of the obligation(s) that reflect contractual or financial relationships, involve access to information that is not available to other providers, or affect the independence of PSO operations, management, or control.</P>
            <P>(B) <E T="03">An Explanatory Narrative.</E> The second required part of the substantive information must provide a brief explanatory narrative succinctly describing: The policies and procedures that the PSO has in place to ensure adherence to objectivity and professionally recognized analytic standards in the assessments it undertakes; and any other policies or procedures, or agreements with this provider, that the PSO has in place to ensure that it can fairly and accurately perform patient safety activities.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Deadlines for submission.</E> The Secretary must receive a disclosure statement within 45 days of the date on which a PSO enters a contract with a provider if the circumstances described in any of the paragraphs (d)(2)(i)(A) through (D) of this section are met on the date the contract is entered. During the contract period, if these circumstances subsequently arise, the Secretary must receive a disclosure statement from the PSO within 45 days of the date that any disclosure requirement in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section first applies.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.104</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Secretarial actions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Actions in response to certification submissions for initial and continued listing as a PSO.</E> (1) In response to an initial or continued certification submission by an entity, pursuant to the requirements of § 3.102 of this subpart, the Secretary may—</P>
            <P>(i) Accept the certification submission and list the entity as a PSO, or maintain the listing of a PSO, if the Secretary determines that the entity meets the applicable requirements of the Patient Safety Act and this subpart;</P>
            <P>(ii) Deny acceptance of a certification submission and, in the case of a currently listed PSO, remove the entity from the list if the entity does not meet the applicable requirements of the Patient Safety Act and this subpart; or</P>

            <P>(iii) Condition the listing of an entity or the continued listing of a PSO, following a determination made pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section or a determination after review of the pertinent history of an entity that has been <PRTPAGE P="40"/>delisted or refused listing and its officials and senior managers.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Basis for determination.</E> In making a determination regarding listing, the Secretary will consider the certification submission; any prior actions by the Secretary regarding the entity or PSO including delisting; any history of or current non-compliance by the entity or the PSO or its officials or senior managers with statutory or regulatory requirements or requests from the Secretary; the relationships of the entity or PSO with providers; and any findings made by the Secretary in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Notification.</E> The Secretary will notify in writing each entity of action taken on its certification submission for initial or continued listing. The Secretary will provide reasons when an entity's certification is conditionally accepted and the entity is conditionally listed, when an entity's certification is not accepted and the entity is not listed, or when acceptance of its certification is revoked and the entity is delisted.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Actions regarding PSO compliance with the minimum contract requirement.</E> After the date on which the Secretary, under § 3.102(d)(1) of this subpart, must receive notification regarding compliance of a PSO with the minimum contract requirement—</P>
            <P>(1) If the PSO has met the minimum contract requirement, the Secretary will acknowledge in writing receipt of the notification and add information to the list established pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section stating that the PSO has certified that it has met the requirement.</P>
            <P>(2) If the PSO states that it has not yet met the minimum contract requirement by the date specified in § 3.102(d)(1), or if notice is not received by that date, the Secretary will issue to the PSO a notice of a preliminary finding of deficiency as specified in § 3.108(a)(2) and establish a period for correction that extends until midnight of the last day of the PSO's applicable 24-month period of assessment. Thereafter, if the requirement has not been met, the Secretary will provide the PSO a written notice of proposed revocation and delisting in accordance with § 3.108(a)(3).</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Actions regarding required disclosures by PSOs of relationships with contracting providers.</E> The Secretary will review and make findings regarding each disclosure statement submitted by a PSO, pursuant to § 3.102(d)(2), regarding its relationships with contracting provider(s), determine whether such findings warrant action regarding the listing of the PSO in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and make the findings public.</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Basis of findings regarding PSO disclosure statements.</E> In reviewing disclosure statements, submitted pursuant to § 3.102(d)(2) of this subpart, the Secretary will consider the disclosed relationship(s) between the PSO and the contracting provider and the statements and material submitted by the PSO describing the policies and procedures that the PSO has in place to determine whether the PSO can fairly and accurately perform the required patient safety activities.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Determination by the Secretary.</E> Based on the Secretary's review and findings, he may choose to take any of the following actions:</P>
            <P>(i) For an entity seeking an initial or continued listing, the Secretary may list or continue the listing of an entity without conditions, list the entity subject to conditions, or deny the entity's certification for initial or continued listing; or</P>
            <P>(ii) For a listed PSO, the Secretary may determine that the entity will remain listed without conditions, continue the entity's listing subject to conditions, or remove the entity from the list of PSOs.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Release of disclosure statements and Secretarial findings.</E> (i) Subject to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, the Secretary will make disclosure statements available to the public along with related findings that are made available in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.</P>

            <P>(ii) The Secretary may withhold information that is exempt from public disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act, <E T="03">e.g.</E>, trade secrets or confidential commercial information that are subject to the restrictions of 18 U.S.C. 1905.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Maintaining a list of PSOs.</E> The Secretary will compile and maintain a <PRTPAGE P="41"/>publicly available list of entities whose certifications as PSOs have been accepted. The list will include contact information for each entity, a copy of all certification forms and disclosure statements submitted by each entity in accordance with paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section, the effective date of the PSO's listing, and information on whether a PSO has certified that it has met the two contract requirement. The list also will include a copy of the Secretary's findings regarding each disclosure statement submitted by an entity, information describing any related conditions that have been placed by the Secretary on the listing of an entity as a PSO, and other information that this Subpart states may be made public. AHRQ may maintain a PSO website (or a comparable future form of public notice) and may post the list on this website.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Three-year period of listing.</E> (1) The three-year period of listing of a PSO will automatically expire at midnight of the last day of this period, unless the listing had been revoked or relinquished earlier in accordance with § 3.108 of this subpart, or if, prior to this automatic expiration, the PSO seeks a new three-year listing, in accordance with § 3.102, and the Secretary accepts the PSO's certification for a new three-year listing, in accordance with § 3.104(a).</P>
            <P>(2) The Secretary plans to send a written notice of imminent expiration to a PSO at least 60 calendar days prior to the date on which its three-year period of listing expires if the Secretary has not yet received a certification for continued listing. The Secretary plans to indicate, on the AHRQ PSO website, the PSOs from whom certifications for continued listing have not been timely received.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Effective dates of Secretarial actions.</E> Unless otherwise stated, the effective date of each action by the Secretary pursuant to this subpart will be specified in the written notice of such action that is sent to the entity. When the Secretary sends a notice that addresses acceptance or revocation of an entity's certifications or voluntary relinquishment by an entity of its status as a PSO, the notice will specify the effective date and time of listing or delisting.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.106</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Security requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Application.</E> A PSO must secure patient safety work product in conformance with the security requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. These requirements must be met at all times and at any location at which the PSO, its workforce members, or its contractors receive, access, or handle patient safety work product. Handling patient safety work product includes its processing, development, use, maintenance, storage, removal, disclosure, transmission and destruction.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Security framework.</E> A PSO must have written policies and procedures that address each of the considerations specified in this subsection. In addressing the framework that follows, the PSO may develop appropriate and scalable security standards, policies, and procedures that are suitable for the size and complexity of its organization.</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Security management.</E> A PSO must address:</P>
            <P>(i) Maintenance and effective implementation of written policies and procedures that conform to the requirements of this section to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the patient safety work product that is received, accessed, or handled; and to monitor and improve the effectiveness of such policies and procedures, and</P>
            <P>(ii) Training of the PSO workforce and PSO contractors who receive, access, or handle patient safety work product regarding the requirements of the Patient Safety Act, this Part, and the PSO's policies and procedures regarding the confidentiality and security of patient safety work product.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Distinguishing patient safety work product.</E> A PSO must address:</P>

            <P>(i) Maintenance of the security of patient safety work product, whether in electronic or other media, through either physical separation from non-patient safety work product, or if co-located with non-patient safety work product, by making patient safety work product distinguishable so that the appropriate form and level of security can be applied and maintained;<PRTPAGE P="42"/>
            </P>
            <P>(ii) Protection of the media, whether in electronic, paper, or other media or format, that contain patient safety work product, limiting access to authorized users, and sanitizing and destroying such media before their disposal or release for reuse; and</P>
            <P>(iii) Physical and environmental protection, to control and limit physical and virtual access to places and equipment where patient safety work product is received, accessed, or handled.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Security control and monitoring.</E> A PSO must address:</P>
            <P>(i) Identification of those authorized to receive, access, or handle patient safety work product and an audit capacity to detect unlawful, unauthorized, or inappropriate receipt, access, or handling of patient safety work product, and</P>
            <P>(ii) Methods to prevent unauthorized receipt, access, or handling of patient safety work product.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Security assessment.</E> A PSO must address:</P>
            <P>(i) Periodic assessments of security risks and controls to establish if its controls are effective, to correct any deficiency identified, and to reduce or eliminate any vulnerabilities.</P>
            <P>(ii) System and communications protection, to monitor, control, and protect PSO receipt, access, or handling of patient safety work product with particular attention to the transmission of patient safety work product to and from providers, other PSOs, contractors or any other responsible persons.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.108</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Correction of deficiencies, revocation, and voluntary relinquishment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Process for correction of a deficiency and revocation</E>—(1) <E T="03">Circumstances leading to revocation.</E> The Secretary may revoke his acceptance of an entity's certification (“revocation”) and delist the entity as a PSO if he determines—</P>
            <P>(i) The PSO is not fulfilling the certifications made to the Secretary as required by § 3.102;</P>
            <P>(ii) The PSO has not met the two contract requirement, as required by § 3.102(d)(1);</P>
            <P>(iii) Based on a PSO's disclosures made pursuant to § 3.102(d)(2) , that the entity cannot fairly and accurately perform the patient safety activities of a PSO with a public finding to that effect; or</P>
            <P>(iv) The PSO is not in compliance with any other provision of the Patient Safety Act or this part.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Notice of preliminary finding of deficiency and establishment of an opportunity for correction of a deficiency.</E> (i) Except as provided by paragraph (e) of this section, if the Secretary determines that a PSO is not in compliance with its obligations under the Patient Safety Act or this subpart, the Secretary must send a PSO written notice of the preliminary finding of deficiency. The notice must state the actions or inactions that encompass the deficiency finding, outline the evidence that the deficiency exists, specify the possible and/or required corrective actions that must be taken, and establish a date by which the deficiency must be corrected. The Secretary may specify in the notice the form of documentation required to demonstrate that the deficiency has been corrected.</P>
            <P>(ii) The notice of a preliminary finding of deficiency is presumed received five days after it is sent, absent evidence of the actual receipt date. If a PSO does not submit evidence to the Secretary within 14 calendar days of actual or constructive receipt of such notice, whichever is longer, which demonstrates that the preliminary finding is factually incorrect, the preliminary finding will be the basis for a finding of deficiency.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Determination of correction of a deficiency.</E> (i) Unless the Secretary specifies another date, the Secretary must receive documentation to demonstrate that the PSO has corrected any deficiency cited in the preliminary finding of deficiency no later than five calendar days following the last day of the correction period that is specified by the Secretary in such notice.</P>

            <P>(ii) In making a determination regarding the correction of any deficiency, the Secretary will consider the documentation submitted by the PSO, any assessments under § 3.110, recommendations of program staff, and any other information available regarding the PSO that the Secretary deems appropriate and relevant to the PSO's implementation of the terms of its certification.<PRTPAGE P="43"/>
            </P>
            <P>(iii) After completing his review, the Secretary may make one of the following determinations:</P>
            <P>(A) The action(s) taken by the PSO have corrected any deficiency, in which case the Secretary will withdraw the notice of deficiency and so notify the PSO;</P>
            <P>(B) The PSO has acted in good faith to correct the deficiency, but the Secretary finds an additional period of time is necessary to achieve full compliance and/or the required corrective action specified in the notice of a preliminary finding of deficiency needs to be modified in light of the experience of the PSO in attempting to implement the corrective action, in which case the Secretary will extend the period for correction and/or modify the specific corrective action required; or</P>
            <P>(C) The PSO has not completed the corrective action because it has not acted with reasonable diligence or speed to ensure that the corrective action was completed within the allotted time, in which case the Secretary will issue to the PSO a notice of proposed revocation and delisting.</P>
            <P>(iv) When the Secretary issues a written notice of proposed revocation and delisting, the notice will specify the deficiencies that have not been timely corrected and will detail the manner in which the PSO may exercise its opportunity to be heard in writing to respond to the deficiencies specified in the notice.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Opportunity to be heard in writing following a notice of proposed revocation and delisting.</E> The Secretary will afford a PSO an opportunity to be heard in writing, as specified in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section, to provide a substantive response to the deficiency finding(s) set forth in the notice of proposed revocation and delisting.</P>
            <P>(i) The notice of proposed revocation and delisting is presumed received five days after it is sent, absent evidence of actual receipt. The Secretary will provide a PSO with a period of time, beginning with the date of receipt of the notice of proposed revocation and delisting of which there is evidence, or the presumed date of receipt if there is no evidence of earlier receipt, and ending at midnight 30 calendar days thereafter, during which the PSO may submit a substantive response to the deficiency findings in writing.</P>

            <P>(ii) The Secretary will provide to the PSO any rules of procedure governing the form or transmission of the written response to the notice of proposed revocation and delisting. Such rules may also be posted on the AHRQ PSO Web site or published in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(iii) If a PSO does not submit a written response to the deficiency finding(s) within 30 calendar days of receipt of the notice of proposed revocation and delisting, the notice of proposed revocation becomes final as a matter of law and the basis for Secretarial action under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">The Secretary's decision regarding revocation.</E> The Secretary will review the entire administrative record pertaining to a notice of proposed revocation and delisting and any written materials submitted by the PSO under paragraph (a)(4) of this section. The Secretary may affirm, reverse, or modify the notice of proposed revocation and delisting and will make a determination with respect to the continued listing of the PSO.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Revocation of the Secretary's acceptance of a PSO's certifications</E>—(1) <E T="03">Establishing the date and time of revocation and delisting.</E> When the Secretary concludes, in accordance with a decision made under paragraphs (a)(5), (e)(3)(iii) or (e)(3)(iv)(C) of this section, that revocation of the acceptance of a PSO's certification is warranted for its failure to comply with requirements of the Patient Safety Act or of this Part, the Secretary will establish the effective time and date for such prompt revocation and removal of the entity from the list of PSOs, so notify the PSO in writing, and provide the relevant public notice required by § 3.108(d) of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Required notification of providers and status of data.</E> (i) Upon being notified of the Secretary's action pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the former PSO will take all reasonable actions to notify each provider, whose patient safety work product it collected <PRTPAGE P="44"/>or analyzed, of the Secretary's action(s) and the following statutory information: Confidentiality and privilege protections that applied to patient safety work product while the former PSO was listed continue to apply after the entity is removed from listing. Data submitted by providers to the former PSO for 30 calendar days following the date and time on which the entity was removed from the list of PSOs pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section will have the same status as data submitted while the entity was still listed.</P>
            <P>(ii) Within 15 days of being notified of the Secretary's action pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the former PSO shall submit to the Secretary confirmation that it has taken the actions in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Disposition of patient safety work product and data.</E> Within 90 days following the effective date of revocation and delisting pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the former PSO will take one or more of the following measures in regard to patient safety work product and data described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section:</P>
            <P>(i) Transfer such patient safety work product or data, with the approval of the source from which it was received, to a PSO that has agreed to receive such patient safety work product or data;</P>
            <P>(ii) Return such work product or data to the source from which it was submitted; or</P>
            <P>(iii) If returning such patient safety work product or data to its source is not practicable, destroy such patient safety work product or data.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Voluntary relinquishment</E>—(1) <E T="03">Circumstances constituting voluntary relinquishment.</E> A PSO will be considered to have voluntarily relinquished its status as a PSO if the Secretary accepts a notification from a PSO that it wishes to relinquish voluntarily its listing as a PSO.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Notification of voluntary relinquishment.</E> A PSO's notification of voluntary relinquishment to the Secretary must include the following:</P>
            <P>(i) An attestation that all reasonable efforts have been made, or will have been made by a PSO within 15 calendar days of this statement, to notify the sources from which it received patient safety work product of the PSO's intention to cease PSO operations and activities, to relinquish voluntarily its status as a PSO, to request that these other entities cease reporting or submitting any further information to the PSO as soon as possible, and inform them that any information reported after the effective date and time of delisting that the Secretary sets pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section will not be protected as patient safety work product under the Patient Safety Act.</P>
            <P>(ii) An attestation that the entity has established a plan, or within 15 calendar days of this statement, will have made all reasonable efforts to establish a plan, in consultation with the sources from which it received patient safety work product, that provides for the disposition of the patient safety work product held by the PSO consistent with, to the extent practicable, the statutory options for disposition of patient safety work product as set out in paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and</P>
            <P>(iii) Appropriate contact information for further communications from the Secretary.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Response to notification of voluntary relinquishment.</E> (i) After a PSO provides the notification required by paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the Secretary will respond in writing to the entity indicating whether the proposed voluntary relinquishment of its PSO status is accepted. If the voluntary relinquishment is accepted, the Secretary's response will indicate an effective date and time for the entity's removal from the list of PSOs and will provide public notice of the voluntary relinquishment and the effective date and time of the delisting, in accordance with § 3.108(d) of this subpart.</P>

            <P>(ii) If the Secretary receives a notification of voluntary relinquishment during or immediately after revocation proceedings for cause under paragraphs (a)(4) and (a)(5) of this section, the Secretary, as a matter of discretion, may accept voluntary relinquishment in accordance with the preceding paragraph or decide not to accept the entity's proposed voluntary relinquishment and proceed with the revocation for cause <PRTPAGE P="45"/>and delisting pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Non-applicability of certain procedures and requirements.</E> (i) A decision by the Secretary to accept a request by a PSO to relinquish voluntarily its status as a PSO pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section does not constitute a determination of a deficiency in PSO compliance with the Patient Safety Act or with this Subpart.</P>
            <P>(ii) The procedures and requirements of § 3.108(a) of this subpart regarding deficiencies including the opportunity to correct deficiencies and to be heard in writing, and the procedures and requirements of § 3.108(b) are not applicable to determinations of the Secretary made pursuant to this subsection.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Public notice of delisting regarding removal from listing.</E> If the Secretary removes an entity from the list of PSOs following revocation of acceptance of the entity's certification pursuant to § 3.108(b)(1), voluntary relinquishment pursuant to § 3.108(c)(3), or expiration of an entity's period of listing pursuant to § 3.104(e)(1), the Secretary will promptly publish in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> and on the AHRQ PSO website, or in a comparable future form of public notice, a notice of the actions taken and the effective dates.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Expedited revocation and delisting</E>—(1) <E T="03">Basis for expedited revocation.</E> Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Secretary may use the expedited revocation process described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section if he determines—</P>
            <P>(i) The PSO is not in compliance with this part because it is or is about to become an entity described in § 3.102(a)(2).</P>
            <P>(ii) The parent organization of the PSO is an entity described in § 3.102(a)(2) and requires or induces health care providers to report patient safety work product to its component PSO; or</P>
            <P>(iii) The circumstances for revocation in paragraph (a)(1) of this section exist, and the Secretary has determined that there would be serious adverse consequences if the PSO were to remain listed.</P>
            <P>(2) Applicable provisions. If the Secretary uses the expedited revocation process described in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, the procedures in paragraphs (a)(2) through (5) of this section shall not apply and paragraph (a)(1) and paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section shall apply.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Expedited revocation process.</E> (i) The Secretary must send the PSO a written notice of deficiency that:</P>
            <P>(A) Identifies the evidence that the circumstances for revocation and delisting under paragraph (a)(1) of this section exist, and any corrective action that the PSO must take if the Secretary determines that corrective action may resolve the matter so that the entity would not be delisted; and</P>
            <P>(B) Provides an opportunity for the PSO to respond in writing to correct the facts or the legal bases for delisting found in the notice, and to offer any other grounds for its not being delisted.</P>
            <P>(ii) The notice of deficiency will be presumed to be received five days after it is sent, absent evidence of the actual receipt date.</P>
            <P>(iii) If the PSO does not submit a written response to the Secretary within 14 calendar days of actual or constructive receipt of such notice, whichever is longer, the Secretary may revoke his acceptance of the PSO's certifications and remove the entity from the list of PSOs.</P>
            <P>(iv) If the PSO responds in writing within the required 14-day time period, the Secretary may take any of the following actions:</P>
            <P>(A) Withdraw the notice of deficiency;</P>
            <P>(B) Provide the PSO with more time to resolve the matter to the Secretary's satisfaction; or</P>
            <P>(C) Revoke his acceptance of the PSO's certifications and remove the entity from the list of PSOs.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.110</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Assessment of PSO compliance.</SUBJECT>

            <P>The Secretary may request information or conduct announced or unannounced reviews of, or site visits to, PSOs, to assess or verify PSO compliance with the requirements of this subpart and for these purposes will be allowed to inspect the physical or virtual sites maintained or controlled by the PSO. The Secretary will be allowed to inspect and/or be given or sent copies of any PSO records deemed necessary <PRTPAGE P="46"/>and requested by the Secretary to implement the provisions of this subpart. Such PSO records may include patient safety work product in accordance with § 3.206(d) of this part.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.112</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Submissions and forms.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Forms referred to in this subpart may be obtained on the PSO Web site (<E T="03">http://www.pso.ahrq.gov</E>) maintained for the Secretary by AHRQ or a successor agency or on successor publication technology or by requesting them in writing by e-mail at <E T="03">pso@ahrq.hhs.gov</E>, or by mail from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, CQuIPS, PSO Liaison, 540 Gaither Road, Rockville, MD 20850. A form (including any required attachments) must be submitted in accordance with the accompanying instructions.</P>

            <P>(b) Information submitted to AHRQ in writing, but not required to be on or attached to a form, and requests for information from AHRQ, may be submitted by mail or other delivery to the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, CQuIPS, PSO Liaison, 540 Gaither Road, Rockville, MD 20850, by facsimile at (301) 427-1341, or by e-mail at <E T="03">pso@ahrq.hhs.gov.</E>
            </P>
            <P>(c) If a submission to the Secretary is incomplete or additional information is needed to allow a determination to be made under this subpart, the submitter will be notified if any additional information is required.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Confidentiality and Privilege Protections of Patient Safety Work Product</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.204</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Privilege of patient safety work product.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Privilege.</E> Notwithstanding any other provision of Federal, State, local, or Tribal law and subject to paragraph (b) of this section and § 3.208 of this subpart, patient safety work product shall be privileged and shall not be:</P>
            <P>(1) Subject to a Federal, State, local, or Tribal civil, criminal, or administrative subpoena or order, including in a Federal, State, local, or Tribal civil or administrative disciplinary proceeding against a provider;</P>
            <P>(2) Subject to discovery in connection with a Federal, State, local, or Tribal civil, criminal, or administrative proceeding, including in a Federal, State, local, or Tribal civil or administrative disciplinary proceeding against a provider;</P>
            <P>(3) Subject to disclosure pursuant to section 552 of Title 5, United States Code (commonly known as the Freedom of Information Act) or any other similar Federal, State, local, or Tribal law;</P>
            <P>(4) Admitted as evidence in any Federal, State, local, or Tribal governmental civil proceeding, criminal proceeding, administrative rulemaking proceeding, or administrative adjudicatory proceeding, including any such proceeding against a provider; or</P>
            <P>(5) Admitted in a professional disciplinary proceeding of a professional disciplinary body established or specifically authorized under State law.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Exceptions to privilege.</E> Privilege shall not apply to (and shall not be construed to prohibit) one or more of the following disclosures:</P>
            <P>(1) Disclosure of relevant patient safety work product for use in a criminal proceeding, subject to the conditions at § 3.206(b)(1) of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(2) Disclosure to the extent required to permit equitable relief subject to the conditions at § 3.206(b)(2) of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(3) Disclosure pursuant to provider authorizations subject to the conditions at § 3.206(b)(3) of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(4) Disclosure of non-identifiable patient safety work product subject to the conditions at § 3.206(b)(5) of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Implementation and enforcement by the Secretary.</E> Privilege shall not apply to (and shall not be construed to prohibit) disclosures of relevant patient safety work product to or by the Secretary if such patient safety work product is needed to investigate or determine compliance, or to seek or impose civil money penalties, with respect to this part or the HIPAA Privacy Rule, or to make or support decisions with respect to listing of a PSO.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.206</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of patient safety work product.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Confidentiality.</E> Subject to paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section, <PRTPAGE P="47"/>and §§ 3.208 and 3.210 of this subpart, patient safety work product shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Exceptions to confidentiality.</E> The confidentiality provisions shall not apply to (and shall not be construed to prohibit) one or more of the following disclosures:</P>
            <P>(1) <E T="03">Disclosure in criminal proceedings.</E> Disclosure of relevant patient safety work product for use in a criminal proceeding, but only after a court makes an in-camera determination that:</P>
            <P>(i) Such patient safety work product contains evidence of a criminal act;</P>
            <P>(ii) Such patient safety work product is material to the proceeding; and</P>
            <P>(iii) Such patient safety work product is not reasonably available from any other source.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Disclosure to permit equitable relief for reporters.</E> Disclosure of patient safety work product to the extent required to permit equitable relief under section 922 (f)(4)(A) of the Public Health Service Act, provided the court or administrative tribunal has issued a protective order to protect the confidentiality of the patient safety work product in the course of the proceeding.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Disclosure authorized by identified providers.</E> (i) Disclosure of identifiable patient safety work product consistent with a valid authorization if such authorization is obtained from each provider identified in such work product prior to disclosure. A valid authorization must:</P>
            <P>(A) Be in writing and signed by the provider from whom authorization is sought; and</P>
            <P>(B) Contain sufficient detail to fairly inform the provider of the nature and scope of the disclosures being authorized;</P>
            <P>(ii) A valid authorization must be retained by the disclosing entity for six years from the date of the last disclosure made in reliance on the authorization and made available to the Secretary upon request.</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Disclosure for patient safety activities</E>—(i) <E T="03">Disclosure between a provider and a PSO.</E> Disclosure of patient safety work product for patient safety activities by a provider to a PSO or by a PSO to that disclosing provider.</P>
            <P>(ii) <E T="03">Disclosure to a contractor of a provider or a PSO.</E> A provider or a PSO may disclose patient safety work product for patient safety activities to an entity with which it has contracted to undertake patient safety activities on its behalf. A contractor receiving patient safety work product for patient safety activities may not further disclose patient safety work product, except to the provider or PSO with which it is contracted.</P>
            <P>(iii) <E T="03">Disclosure among affiliated providers.</E> Disclosure of patient safety work product for patient safety activities by a provider to an affiliated provider.</P>
            <P>(iv) <E T="03">Disclosure to another PSO or provider.</E> Disclosure of patient safety work product for patient safety activities by a PSO to another PSO or to another provider that has reported to the PSO, or, except as otherwise permitted in paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of this section, by a provider to another provider, provided:</P>
            <P>(A) The following direct identifiers of any providers and of affiliated organizations, corporate parents, subsidiaries, practice partners, employers, members of the workforce, or household members of such providers are removed:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Names;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Postal address information, other than town or city, State and zip code;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Telephone numbers;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Fax numbers;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Electronic mail addresses;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) Social security numbers or taxpayer identification numbers;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">7</E>) Provider or practitioner credentialing or DEA numbers;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">8</E>) National provider identification number;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">9</E>) Certificate/license numbers;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">10</E>) Web Universal Resource Locators (URLs);</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">11</E>) Internet Protocol (IP) address numbers;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">12</E>) Biometric identifiers, including finger and voice prints; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">13</E>) Full face photographic images and any comparable images; and</P>

            <P>(B) With respect to any individually identifiable health information in such patient safety work product, the direct identifiers listed at 45 CFR 164.514(e)(2) have been removed.<PRTPAGE P="48"/>
            </P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Disclosure of nonidentifiable patient safety work product.</E> Disclosure of nonidentifiable patient safety work product when patient safety work product meets the standard for nonidentification in accordance with § 3.212 of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Disclosure for research.</E> (i) Disclosure of patient safety work product to persons carrying out research, evaluation or demonstration projects authorized, funded, certified, or otherwise sanctioned by rule or other means by the Secretary, for the purpose of conducting research.</P>
            <P>(ii) If the patient safety work product disclosed pursuant to paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section is by a HIPAA covered entity as defined at 45 CFR 160.103 and contains protected health information as defined by the HIPAA Privacy Rule at 45 CFR 160.103, such patient safety work product may only be disclosed under this exception in the same manner as would be permitted under the HIPAA Privacy Rule.</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Disclosure to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and entities required to report to FDA.</E> (i) Disclosure by a provider of patient safety work product concerning an FDA-regulated product or activity to the FDA, an entity required to report to the FDA concerning the quality, safety, or effectiveness of an FDA-regulated product or activity, or a contractor acting on behalf of FDA or such entity for these purposes.</P>
            <P>(ii) Any person permitted to receive patient safety work product pursuant to paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section may only further disclose such patient safety work product for the purpose of evaluating the quality, safety, or effectiveness of that product or activity to another such person or the disclosing provider.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Voluntary disclosure to an accrediting body.</E> (i) Voluntary disclosure by a provider of patient safety work product to an accrediting body that accredits that provider, provided, with respect to any identified provider other than the provider making the disclosure:</P>
            <P>(A) The provider agrees to the disclosure; or</P>
            <P>(B) The identifiers at § 3.206(b)(4)(iv)(A) are removed.</P>
            <P>(ii) An accrediting body may not further disclose patient safety work product it receives pursuant to paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section.</P>
            <P>(iii) An accrediting body may not take an accrediting action against a provider based on a good faith participation of the provider in the collection, development, reporting, or maintenance of patient safety work product in accordance with this Part. An accrediting body may not require a provider to reveal its communications with any PSO.</P>
            <P>(9) <E T="03">Disclosure for business operations.</E> (i) Disclosure of patient safety work product by a provider or a PSO for business operations to attorneys, accountants, and other professionals. Such contractors may not further disclose patient safety work product, except to the entity from which they received the information.</P>
            <P>(ii) Disclosure of patient safety work product for such other business operations that the Secretary may prescribe by regulation as consistent with the goals of this part.</P>
            <P>(10) <E T="03">Disclosure to law enforcement.</E> (i) Disclosure of patient safety work product to an appropriate law enforcement authority relating to an event that either constitutes the commission of a crime, or for which the disclosing person reasonably believes constitutes the commission of a crime, provided that the disclosing person believes, reasonably under the circumstances, that the patient safety work product that is disclosed is necessary for criminal law enforcement purposes.</P>
            <P>(ii) Law enforcement personnel receiving patient safety work product pursuant to paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this section only may disclose that patient safety work product to other law enforcement authorities as needed for law enforcement activities related to the event that gave rise to the disclosure under paragraph (b)(10)(i) of this section.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Safe harbor.</E> A provider or responsible person, but not a PSO, is not considered to have violated the requirements of this subpart if a member of its workforce discloses patient safety work product, provided that the disclosure does not include materials, including oral statements, that:</P>

            <P>(1) Assess the quality of care of an identifiable provider; or<PRTPAGE P="49"/>
            </P>
            <P>(2) Describe or pertain to one or more actions or failures to act by an identifiable provider.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Implementation and enforcement by the Secretary.</E> The confidentiality provisions shall not apply to (and shall not be construed to prohibit) disclosures of relevant patient safety work product to or by the Secretary if such patient safety work product is needed to investigate or determine compliance or to seek or impose civil money penalties, with respect to this part or the HIPAA Privacy Rule, or to make or support decisions with respect to listing of a PSO.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">No limitation on authority to limit or delegate disclosure or use.</E> Nothing in subpart C of this part shall be construed to limit the authority of any person to enter into a contract requiring greater confidentiality or delegating authority to make a disclosure or use in accordance with this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.208</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Continued protection of patient safety work product.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, patient safety work product disclosed in accordance with this subpart, or disclosed impermissibly, shall continue to be privileged and confidential.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) Patient safety work product disclosed for use in a criminal proceeding pursuant to section 922(c)(1)(A) of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 299b-22(c)(1)(A), and/or pursuant to § 3.206(b)(1) of this subpart continues to be privileged, but is no longer confidential.</P>
            <P>(2) Non-identifiable patient safety work product that is disclosed is no longer privileged or confidential and not subject to the regulations under this part.</P>
            <P>(3) Paragraph (b) of this section applies only to the specific patient safety work product disclosed.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.210</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Required disclosure of patient safety work product to the Secretary.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Notwithstanding any other provision in this part, providers, PSOs, and responsible persons must disclose patient safety work product upon request by the Secretary when the Secretary determines such patient safety work product is needed to investigate or determine compliance or to seek or impose civil money penalties, with respect to this part or the HIPAA Privacy Rule, or to make or support decisions with respect to listing of a PSO.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.212</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonidentification of patient safety work product.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Patient safety work product is nonidentifiable with respect to a particular identified provider or a particular identified reporter if:</P>
            <P>(1) A person with appropriate knowledge of and experience with generally accepted statistical and scientific principles and methods for rendering information not individually identifiable:</P>
            <P>(i) Applying such principles and methods, determines that the risk is very small that the information could be used, alone or in combination with other reasonably available information, by an anticipated recipient to identify an identified provider or reporter; and</P>
            <P>(ii) Documents the methods and results of the analysis that justify such determination; or</P>
            <P>(2)(i) The following identifiers of such provider or reporter and of affiliated organizations, corporate parents, subsidiaries, practice partners, employers, members of the workforce, or household members of such providers or reporters are removed:</P>

            <P>(A) The direct identifiers listed at § 3.206(b)(4)(iv)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>) through (<E T="03">13</E>) of this subpart;</P>
            <P>(B) Geographic subdivisions smaller than a State, including street address, city, county, precinct, zip code and equivalent geocodes, except for the initial three digits of a zip code if, according to the current publicly available data from the Bureau of the Census, the geographic unit formed by combining all zip codes with the same three initial digits contains more than 20,000 people;</P>
            <P>(C) All elements of dates (except year) for dates directly related to a patient safety incident or event; and</P>
            <P>(D) Any other unique identifying number, characteristic, or code except as permitted for re-identification; and</P>

            <P>(ii) The provider, PSO or responsible person making the disclosure does not <PRTPAGE P="50"/>have actual knowledge that the information could be used, alone or in combination with other information that is reasonably available to the intended recipient, to identify the particular provider or reporter.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Re-identification.</E> A provider, PSO, or responsible person may assign a code or other means of record identification to allow information made nonidentifiable under this section to be re-identified by such provider, PSO, or responsible person, provided that:</P>
            <P>(i) The code or other means of record identification is not derived from or related to information about the provider or reporter and is not otherwise capable of being translated so as to identify the provider or reporter; and</P>
            <P>(ii) The provider, PSO, or responsible person does not use or disclose the code or other means of record identification for any other purpose, and does not disclose the mechanism for re-identification.</P>
            <P>(b) Patient safety work product is non-identifiable with respect to a particular patient only if the individually identifiable health information regarding that patient is de-identified in accordance with the HIPAA Privacy Rule standard and implementation specifications for the de-identification at 45 CFR 164.514(a) through (c).</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Enforcement Program</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.304</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Principles for achieving compliance.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Cooperation.</E> The Secretary will, to the extent practicable, seek the cooperation of providers, PSOs, and responsible persons in obtaining compliance with the applicable confidentiality provisions.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Assistance.</E> The Secretary may provide technical assistance to providers, PSOs, and responsible persons to help them comply voluntarily with the applicable confidentiality provisions.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.306</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Complaints to the Secretary.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Right to file a complaint</E>. A person who believes that patient safety work product has been disclosed in violation of the confidentiality provisions may file a complaint with the Secretary.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Requirements for filing complaints</E>. Complaints under this section must meet the following requirements:</P>
            <P>(1) A complaint must be filed in writing, either on paper or electronically.</P>
            <P>(2) A complaint must name the person that is the subject of the complaint and describe the act(s) believed to be in violation of the applicable confidentiality provision(s).</P>
            <P>(3) A complaint must be filed within 180 days of when the complainant knew or should have known that the act complained of occurred, unless this time limit is waived by the Secretary for good cause shown.</P>

            <P>(4) The Secretary may prescribe additional procedures for the filing of complaints, as well as the place and manner of filing, by notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Investigation</E>. The Secretary may investigate complaints filed under this section. Such investigation may include a review of the pertinent policies, procedures, or practices of the respondent and of the circumstances regarding any alleged violation. At the time of initial written communication with the respondent about the complaint, the Secretary will describe the act(s) that are the basis of the complaint.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.308</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Compliance reviews.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Secretary may conduct compliance reviews to determine whether a respondent is complying with the applicable confidentiality provisions.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.310</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Responsibilities of respondents.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Provide records and compliance reports</E>. A respondent must keep such records and submit such compliance reports, in such time and manner and containing such information, as the Secretary may determine to be necessary to enable the Secretary to ascertain whether the respondent has complied or is complying with the applicable confidentiality provisions.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Cooperate with complaint investigations and compliance reviews</E>. A respondent must cooperate with the Secretary, if the Secretary undertakes an investigation or compliance review of the policies, procedures, or practices of the respondent to determine whether it is complying with the applicable confidentiality provisions.<PRTPAGE P="51"/>
            </P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Permit access to information</E>. (1) A respondent must permit access by the Secretary during normal business hours to its facilities, books, records, accounts, and other sources of information, including patient safety work product, that are pertinent to ascertaining compliance with the applicable confidentiality provisions. If the Secretary determines that exigent circumstances exist, such as when documents may be hidden or destroyed, a respondent must permit access by the Secretary at any time and without notice.</P>
            <P>(2) If any information required of a respondent under this section is in the exclusive possession of any other agency, institution, or person, and the other agency, institution, or person fails or refuses to furnish the information, the respondent must so certify and set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.312</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Secretarial action regarding complaints and compliance reviews.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Resolution when noncompliance is indicated</E>. (1) If an investigation of a complaint pursuant to § 3.306 of this subpart or a compliance review pursuant to § 3.308 of this subpart indicates noncompliance, the Secretary may attempt to reach a resolution of the matter satisfactory to the Secretary by informal means. Informal means may include demonstrated compliance or a completed corrective action plan or other agreement.</P>
            <P>(2) If the matter is resolved by informal means, the Secretary will so inform the respondent and, if the matter arose from a complaint, the complainant, in writing.</P>
            <P>(3) If the matter is not resolved by informal means, the Secretary will—</P>
            <P>(i) So inform the respondent and provide the respondent an opportunity to submit written evidence of any mitigating factors. The respondent must submit any evidence to the Secretary within 30 days (computed in the same manner as prescribed under § 3.526 of this subpart) of receipt of such notification; and</P>
            <P>(ii) If, following action pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, the Secretary decides that a civil money penalty should be imposed, inform the respondent of such finding in a notice of proposed determination in accordance with § 3.420 of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Resolution when no violation is found</E>. If, after an investigation pursuant to § 3.306 of this subpart or a compliance review pursuant to § 3.308 of this subpart, the Secretary determines that further action is not warranted, the Secretary will so inform the respondent and, if the matter arose from a complaint, the complainant, in writing.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Uses and disclosures of information obtained</E>. (1) Identifiable patient safety work product obtained by the Secretary in connection with an investigation or compliance review under this subpart will not be disclosed by the Secretary, except in accordance with § 3.206(d) of this subpart, or if otherwise permitted by this part or the Patient Safety Act.</P>
            <P>(2) Except as provided for in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, information, including testimony and other evidence, obtained by the Secretary in connection with an investigation or compliance review under this subpart may be used by HHS in any of its activities and may be used or offered into evidence in any administrative or judicial proceeding.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.314</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Investigational subpoenas and inquiries.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Secretary may issue subpoenas in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 405(d) and (e), and 1320a-7a(j), to require the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of any other evidence including patient safety work product during an investigation or compliance review pursuant to this part.</P>
            <P>(1) A subpoena issued under this paragraph must—</P>
            <P>(i) State the name of the person (including the entity, if applicable) to whom the subpoena is addressed;</P>
            <P>(ii) State the statutory authority for the subpoena;</P>
            <P>(iii) Indicate the date, time, and place that the testimony will take place;</P>

            <P>(iv) Include a reasonably specific description of any documents or items required to be produced; and<PRTPAGE P="52"/>
            </P>
            <P>(v) If the subpoena is addressed to an entity, describe with reasonable particularity the subject matter on which testimony is required. In that event, the entity must designate one or more natural persons who will testify on its behalf, and must state as to each such person that person's name and address and the matters on which he or she will testify. The designated person must testify as to matters known or reasonably available to the entity.</P>
            <P>(2) A subpoena under this section must be served by—</P>
            <P>(i) Delivering a copy to the natural person named in the subpoena or to the entity named in the subpoena at its last principal place of business; or</P>
            <P>(ii) Registered or certified mail addressed to the natural person at his or her last known dwelling place or to the entity at its last known principal place of business.</P>
            <P>(3) A verified return by the natural person serving the subpoena setting forth the manner of service or, in the case of service by registered or certified mail, the signed return post office receipt, constitutes proof of service.</P>
            <P>(4) Witnesses are entitled to the same fees and mileage as witnesses in the district courts of the United States (28 U.S.C. 1821 and 1825). Fees need not be paid at the time the subpoena is served.</P>
            <P>(5) A subpoena under this section is enforceable through the district court of the United States for the district where the subpoenaed natural person resides or is found or where the entity transacts business.</P>
            <P>(b) Investigational inquiries are non-public investigational proceedings conducted by the Secretary.</P>
            <P>(1) Testimony at investigational inquiries will be taken under oath or affirmation.</P>
            <P>(2) Attendance of non-witnesses is discretionary with the Secretary, except that a witness is entitled to be accompanied, represented, and advised by an attorney.</P>
            <P>(3) Representatives of the Secretary are entitled to attend and ask questions.</P>
            <P>(4) A witness will have the opportunity to clarify his or her answers on the record following questioning by the Secretary.</P>
            <P>(5) Any claim of privilege must be asserted by the witness on the record.</P>
            <P>(6) Objections must be asserted on the record. Errors of any kind that might be corrected if promptly presented will be deemed to be waived unless reasonable objection is made at the investigational inquiry. Except where the objection is on the grounds of privilege, the question will be answered on the record, subject to objection.</P>
            <P>(7) If a witness refuses to answer any question not privileged or to produce requested documents or items, or engages in conduct likely to delay or obstruct the investigational inquiry, the Secretary may seek enforcement of the subpoena under paragraph (a)(5) of this section.</P>
            <P>(8) The proceedings will be recorded and transcribed. The witness is entitled to a copy of the transcript, upon payment of prescribed costs, except that, for good cause, the witness may be limited to inspection of the official transcript of his or her testimony.</P>
            <P>(9)(i) The transcript will be submitted to the witness for signature.</P>
            <P>(A) Where the witness will be provided a copy of the transcript, the transcript will be submitted to the witness for signature. The witness may submit to the Secretary written proposed corrections to the transcript, with such corrections attached to the transcript. If the witness does not return a signed copy of the transcript or proposed corrections within 30 days (computed in the same manner as prescribed under § 3.526 of this part) of its being submitted to him or her for signature, the witness will be deemed to have agreed that the transcript is true and accurate.</P>

            <P>(B) Where, as provided in paragraph (b)(8) of this section, the witness is limited to inspecting the transcript, the witness will have the opportunity at the time of inspection to propose corrections to the transcript, with corrections attached to the transcript. The witness will also have the opportunity to sign the transcript. If the witness does not sign the transcript or offer corrections within 30 days (computed in the same manner as prescribed <PRTPAGE P="53"/>under § 3.526 of this part) of receipt of notice of the opportunity to inspect the transcript, the witness will be deemed to have agreed that the transcript is true and accurate.</P>
            <P>(ii) The Secretary's proposed corrections to the record of transcript will be attached to the transcript.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.402</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Basis for a civil money penalty.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule</E>. A person who discloses identifiable patient safety work product in knowing or reckless violation of the confidentiality provisions shall be subject to a civil money penalty for each act constituting such violation.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Violation attributed to a principal</E>. A principal is independently liable, in accordance with the federal common law of agency, for a civil money penalty based on the act of the principal's agent, including a workforce member, acting within the scope of the agency if such act could give rise to a civil money penalty in accordance with § 3.402(a) of this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.404</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Amount of a civil money penalty.</SUBJECT>
            <EXT-XREF HREF="20090825" REFID="18">Link to an amendment published at 74 FR 42779, Aug. 25, 2009.</EXT-XREF>
            <P>(a) The amount of a civil money penalty will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section and § 3.408 of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(b) The Secretary may impose a civil money penalty in the amount of not more than $10,000.</P>
            <EFFDNOTP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
              <P>At 74 FR 42779, Aug. 25, 2009, § 3.404 was amended by revising paragraph (b), effective November 23, 2009. For the convenience of the user, the revised text is set forth as follows:</P>
              <REVTXT>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.404</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Amount of a civil money penalty.</SUBJECT>
                  <STARS/>
                  <P>(b) The Secretary may impose a civil money penalty in the amount of not more than $11,000.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.408</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Factors considered in determining the amount of a civil money penalty.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>In determining the amount of any civil money penalty, the Secretary may consider as aggravating or mitigating factors, as appropriate, any of the following:</P>
                  <P>(a) The nature of the violation.</P>
                  <P>(b) The circumstances, including the consequences, of the violation, including:</P>
                  <P>(1) The time period during which the violation(s) occurred; and</P>
                  <P>(2) Whether the violation caused physical or financial harm or reputational damage;</P>
                  <P>(c) The degree of culpability of the respondent, including:</P>
                  <P>(1) Whether the violation was intentional; and</P>
                  <P>(2) Whether the violation was beyond the direct control of the respondent.</P>
                  <P>(d) Any history of prior compliance with the Patient Safety Act, including violations, by the respondent, including:</P>
                  <P>(1) Whether the current violation is the same or similar to prior violation(s);</P>
                  <P>(2) Whether and to what extent the respondent has attempted to correct previous violations;</P>
                  <P>(3) How the respondent has responded to technical assistance from the Secretary provided in the context of a compliance effort; and</P>
                  <P>(4) How the respondent has responded to prior complaints.</P>
                  <P>(e) The financial condition of the respondent, including:</P>
                  <P>(1) Whether the respondent had financial difficulties that affected its ability to comply;</P>
                  <P>(2) Whether the imposition of a civil money penalty would jeopardize the ability of the respondent to continue to provide health care or patient safety activities; and</P>
                  <P>(3) The size of the respondent.</P>
                  <P>(f) Such other matters as justice may require.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.414</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Limitations.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>No action under this subpart may be entertained unless commenced by the Secretary, in accordance with § 3.420 of this subpart, within 6 years from the date of the occurrence of the violation.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.416</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Authority to settle.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>Nothing in this subpart limits the authority of the Secretary to settle any issue or case or to compromise any penalty.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <PRTPAGE P="54"/>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.418</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Exclusivity of penalty.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) Except as otherwise provided by paragraph (b) of this section, a penalty imposed under this part is in addition to any other penalty prescribed by law.</P>
                  <P>(b) Civil money penalties shall not be imposed both under this part and under the HIPAA Privacy Rule (45 CFR parts 160 and 164).</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.420</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Notice of proposed determination.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) If a penalty is proposed in accordance with this part, the Secretary must deliver, or send by certified mail with return receipt requested, to the respondent, written notice of the Secretary's intent to impose a penalty. This notice of proposed determination must include:</P>
                  <P>(1) Reference to the statutory basis for the penalty;</P>
                  <P>(2) A description of the findings of fact regarding the violations with respect to which the penalty is proposed;</P>
                  <P>(3) The reason(s) why the violation(s) subject(s) the respondent to a penalty;</P>
                  <P>(4) The amount of the proposed penalty;</P>
                  <P>(5) Any factors described in § 3.408 of this subpart that were considered in determining the amount of the proposed penalty; and</P>
                  <P>(6) Instructions for responding to the notice, including a statement of the respondent's right to a hearing, a statement that failure to request a hearing within 60 days permits the imposition of the proposed penalty without the right to a hearing under § 3.504 of this subpart or a right of appeal under § 3.548 of this subpart, and the address to which the hearing request must be sent.</P>
                  <P>(b) The respondent may request a hearing before an ALJ on the proposed penalty by filing a request in accordance with § 3.504 of this subpart.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.422</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Failure to request a hearing.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>If the respondent does not request a hearing within the time prescribed by § 3.504 of this subpart and the matter is not settled pursuant to § 3.416 of this subpart, the Secretary may impose the proposed penalty or any lesser penalty permitted by sections 921 through 926 of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 299b-21 through 299b-26. The Secretary will notify the respondent by certified mail, return receipt requested, of any penalty that has been imposed and of the means by which the respondent may satisfy the penalty, and the penalty is final on receipt of the notice. The respondent has no right to appeal a penalty under § 3.548 of this subpart with respect to which the respondent has not timely requested a hearing.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.424</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Collection of penalty.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) Once a determination of the Secretary to impose a penalty has become final, the penalty will be collected by the Secretary, subject to the first sentence of 42 U.S.C. 1320a-7a(f).</P>
                  <P>(b) The penalty may be recovered in a civil action brought in the United States district court for the district where the respondent resides, is found, or is located.</P>
                  <P>(c) The amount of a penalty, when finally determined, or the amount agreed upon in compromise, may be deducted from any sum then or later owing by the United States, or by a State agency, to the respondent.</P>
                  <P>(d) Matters that were raised or that could have been raised in a hearing before an ALJ, or in an appeal under 42 U.S.C. 1320a-7a(e), may not be raised as a defense in a civil action by the United States to collect a penalty under this part.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.426</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Notification of the public and other agencies.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>Whenever a proposed penalty becomes final, the Secretary will notify, in such manner as the Secretary deems appropriate, the public and the following organizations and entities thereof and the reason it was imposed: The appropriate State or local medical or professional organization, the appropriate State agency or agencies administering or supervising the administration of State health care programs (as defined in 42 U.S.C. 1320a-7(h)), the appropriate utilization and quality control peer review organization, and the appropriate State or local licensing agency or organization (including the agency specified in 42 U.S.C. 1395aa(a), 1396a(a)(33)).</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <PRTPAGE P="55"/>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.504</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Hearings before an ALJ.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) A respondent may request a hearing before an ALJ. The parties to the hearing proceeding consist of—</P>
                  <P>(1) The respondent; and</P>
                  <P>(2) The officer(s) or employee(s) of HHS to whom the enforcement authority involved has been delegated.</P>
                  <P>(b) The request for a hearing must be made in writing signed by the respondent or by the respondent's attorney and sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the address specified in the notice of proposed determination. The request for a hearing must be mailed within 60 days after notice of the proposed determination is received by the respondent. For purposes of this section, the respondent's date of receipt of the notice of proposed determination is presumed to be 5 days after the date of the notice unless the respondent makes a reasonable showing to the contrary to the ALJ.</P>
                  <P>(c) The request for a hearing must clearly and directly admit, deny, or explain each of the findings of fact contained in the notice of proposed determination with regard to which the respondent has any knowledge. If the respondent has no knowledge of a particular finding of fact and so states, the finding shall be deemed denied. The request for a hearing must also state the circumstances or arguments that the respondent alleges constitute the grounds for any defense and the factual and legal basis for opposing the penalty.</P>
                  <P>(d) The ALJ must dismiss a hearing request where—</P>
                  <P>(1) On motion of the Secretary, the ALJ determines that the respondent's hearing request is not timely filed as required by paragraph (b) or does not meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section;</P>
                  <P>(2) The respondent withdraws the request for a hearing;</P>
                  <P>(3) The respondent abandons the request for a hearing; or</P>
                  <P>(4) The respondent's hearing request fails to raise any issue that may properly be addressed in a hearing.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.506</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Rights of the parties.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) Except as otherwise limited by this subpart, each party may—</P>
                  <P>(1) Be accompanied, represented, and advised by an attorney;</P>
                  <P>(2) Participate in any conference held by the ALJ;</P>
                  <P>(3) Conduct discovery of documents as permitted by this subpart;</P>
                  <P>(4) Agree to stipulations of fact or law that will be made part of the record;</P>
                  <P>(5) Present evidence relevant to the issues at the hearing;</P>
                  <P>(6) Present and cross-examine witnesses;</P>
                  <P>(7) Present oral arguments at the hearing as permitted by the ALJ; and</P>
                  <P>(8) Submit written briefs and proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law after the hearing.</P>
                  <P>(b) A party may appear in person or by a representative. Natural persons who appear as an attorney or other representative must conform to the standards of conduct and ethics required of practitioners before the courts of the United States.</P>
                  <P>(c) Fees for any services performed on behalf of a party by an attorney are not subject to the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 406, which authorizes the Secretary to specify or limit their fees.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.508</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Authority of the ALJ.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) The ALJ must conduct a fair and impartial hearing, avoid delay, maintain order, and ensure that a record of the proceeding is made.</P>
                  <P>(b) The ALJ may—</P>
                  <P>(1) Set and change the date, time and place of the hearing upon reasonable notice to the parties;</P>
                  <P>(2) Continue or recess the hearing in whole or in part for a reasonable period of time;</P>
                  <P>(3) Hold conferences to identify or simplify the issues, or to consider other matters that may aid in the expeditious disposition of the proceeding;</P>
                  <P>(4) Administer oaths and affirmations;</P>
                  <P>(5) Issue subpoenas requiring the attendance of witnesses at hearings and the production of documents at or in relation to hearings;</P>
                  <P>(6) Rule on motions and other procedural matters;</P>

                  <P>(7) Regulate the scope and timing of documentary discovery as permitted by this subpart;<PRTPAGE P="56"/>
                  </P>
                  <P>(8) Regulate the course of the hearing and the conduct of representatives, parties, and witnesses;</P>
                  <P>(9) Examine witnesses;</P>
                  <P>(10) Receive, rule on, exclude, or limit evidence;</P>
                  <P>(11) Upon motion of a party, take official notice of facts;</P>
                  <P>(12) Conduct any conference, argument or hearing in person or, upon agreement of the parties, by telephone; and</P>
                  <P>(13) Upon motion of a party, decide cases, in whole or in part, by summary judgment where there is no disputed issue of material fact. A summary judgment decision constitutes a hearing on the record for the purposes of this subpart.</P>
                  <P>(c) The ALJ—</P>
                  <P>(1) May not find invalid or refuse to follow Federal statutes, regulations, or Secretarial delegations of authority and must give deference to published guidance to the extent not inconsistent with statute or regulation;</P>
                  <P>(2) May not enter an order in the nature of a directed verdict;</P>
                  <P>(3) May not compel settlement negotiations; or</P>
                  <P>(4) May not enjoin any act of the Secretary.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.510</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Ex parte contacts.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>No party or person (except employees of the ALJ's office) may communicate in any way with the ALJ on any matter at issue in a case, unless on notice and opportunity for both parties to participate. This provision does not prohibit a party or person from inquiring about the status of a case or asking routine questions concerning administrative functions or procedures.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.512</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Prehearing conferences.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) The ALJ must schedule at least one prehearing conference, and may schedule additional prehearing conferences as appropriate, upon reasonable notice, which may not be less than 14 business days, to the parties.</P>
                  <P>(b) The ALJ may use prehearing conferences to discuss the following—</P>
                  <P>(1) Simplification of the issues;</P>
                  <P>(2) The necessity or desirability of amendments to the pleadings, including the need for a more definite statement;</P>
                  <P>(3) Stipulations and admissions of fact or as to the contents and authenticity of documents;</P>
                  <P>(4) Whether the parties can agree to submission of the case on a stipulated record;</P>
                  <P>(5) Whether a party chooses to waive appearance at an oral hearing and to submit only documentary evidence (subject to the objection of the other party) and written argument;</P>
                  <P>(6) Limitation of the number of witnesses;</P>
                  <P>(7) Scheduling dates for the exchange of witness lists and of proposed exhibits;</P>
                  <P>(8) Discovery of documents as permitted by this subpart;</P>
                  <P>(9) The time and place for the hearing;</P>
                  <P>(10) The potential for the settlement of the case by the parties; and</P>
                  <P>(11) Other matters as may tend to encourage the fair, just and expeditious disposition of the proceedings, including the protection of confidentiality of identifiable patient safety work product that may be submitted into evidence or otherwise used in the proceeding, if appropriate.</P>
                  <P>(c) The ALJ must issue an order containing the matters agreed upon by the parties or ordered by the ALJ at a prehearing conference.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.514</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Authority to settle.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>The Secretary has exclusive authority to settle any issue or case without the consent of the ALJ.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.516</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Discovery.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) A party may make a request to another party for production of documents for inspection and copying that are relevant and material to the issues before the ALJ.</P>
                  <P>(b) For the purpose of this section, the term “documents” includes information, reports, answers, records, accounts, papers and other data and documentary evidence. Nothing contained in this section may be interpreted to require the creation of a document, except that requested data stored in an electronic data storage system must be produced in a form accessible to the requesting party.</P>

                  <P>(c) Requests for documents, requests for admissions, written interrogatories, <PRTPAGE P="57"/>depositions and any forms of discovery, other than those permitted under paragraph (a) of this section, are not authorized.</P>
                  <P>(d) This section may not be construed to require the disclosure of interview reports or statements obtained by any party, or on behalf of any party, of persons who will not be called as witnesses by that party, or analyses and summaries prepared in conjunction with the investigation or litigation of the case, or any otherwise privileged documents.</P>
                  <P>(e)(1) When a request for production of documents has been received, within 30 days the party receiving that request must either fully respond to the request, or state that the request is being objected to and the reasons for that objection. If objection is made to part of an item or category, the part must be specified. Upon receiving any objections, the party seeking production may then, within 30 days or any other time frame set by the ALJ, file a motion for an order compelling discovery. The party receiving a request for production may also file a motion for protective order any time before the date the production is due.</P>
                  <P>(2) The ALJ may grant a motion for protective order or deny a motion for an order compelling discovery if the ALJ finds that the discovery sought—</P>
                  <P>(i) Is irrelevant;</P>
                  <P>(ii) Is unduly costly or burdensome;</P>
                  <P>(iii) Will unduly delay the proceeding; or</P>
                  <P>(iv) Seeks privileged information.</P>
                  <P>(3) The ALJ may extend any of the time frames set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of this section.</P>
                  <P>(4) The burden of showing that discovery should be allowed is on the party seeking discovery.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.518</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Exchange of witness lists, witness statements, and exhibits.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) The parties must exchange witness lists, copies of prior written statements of proposed witnesses, and copies of proposed hearing exhibits, including copies of any written statements that the party intends to offer in lieu of live testimony in accordance with § 3.538, not more than 60, and not less than 15, days before the scheduled hearing.</P>
                  <P>(b)(1) If, at any time, a party objects to the proposed admission of evidence not exchanged in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, the ALJ must determine whether the failure to comply with paragraph (a) of this section should result in the exclusion of that evidence.</P>
                  <P>(2) Unless the ALJ finds that extraordinary circumstances justified the failure timely to exchange the information listed under paragraph (a) of this section, the ALJ must exclude from the party's case-in-chief—</P>
                  <P>(i) The testimony of any witness whose name does not appear on the witness list; and</P>
                  <P>(ii) Any exhibit not provided to the opposing party as specified in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
                  <P>(3) If the ALJ finds that extraordinary circumstances existed, the ALJ must then determine whether the admission of that evidence would cause substantial prejudice to the objecting party.</P>
                  <P>(i) If the ALJ finds that there is no substantial prejudice, the evidence may be admitted.</P>
                  <P>(ii) If the ALJ finds that there is substantial prejudice, the ALJ may exclude the evidence, or, if he or she does not exclude the evidence, must postpone the hearing for such time as is necessary for the objecting party to prepare and respond to the evidence, unless the objecting party waives postponement.</P>
                  <P>(c) Unless the other party objects within a reasonable period of time before the hearing, documents exchanged in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section will be deemed to be authentic for the purpose of admissibility at the hearing.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.520</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Subpoenas for attendance at hearing.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) A party wishing to procure the appearance and testimony of any person at the hearing may make a motion requesting the ALJ to issue a subpoena if the appearance and testimony are reasonably necessary for the presentation of a party's case.</P>

                  <P>(b) A subpoena requiring the attendance of a person in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section may also require the person (whether or not the <PRTPAGE P="58"/>person is a party) to produce relevant and material evidence at or before the hearing.</P>
                  <P>(c) When a subpoena is served by a respondent on a particular employee or official or particular office of HHS, the Secretary may comply by designating any knowledgeable HHS representative to appear and testify.</P>
                  <P>(d) A party seeking a subpoena must file a written motion not less than 30 days before the date fixed for the hearing, unless otherwise allowed by the ALJ for good cause shown. That motion must—</P>
                  <P>(1) Specify any evidence to be produced;</P>
                  <P>(2) Designate the witnesses; and</P>
                  <P>(3) Describe the address and location with sufficient particularity to permit those witnesses to be found.</P>
                  <P>(e) The subpoena must specify the time and place at which the witness is to appear and any evidence the witness is to produce.</P>
                  <P>(f) Within 15 days after the written motion requesting issuance of a subpoena is served, any party may file an opposition or other response.</P>
                  <P>(g) If the motion requesting issuance of a subpoena is granted, the party seeking the subpoena must serve it by delivery to the person named, or by certified mail addressed to that person at the person's last dwelling place or principal place of business.</P>
                  <P>(h) The person to whom the subpoena is directed may file with the ALJ a motion to quash the subpoena within 10 days after service.</P>
                  <P>(i) The exclusive remedy for contumacy by, or refusal to obey a subpoena duly served upon, any person is specified in 42 U.S.C. 405(e).</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.522</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>The party requesting a subpoena must pay the cost of the fees and mileage of any witness subpoenaed in the amounts that would be payable to a witness in a proceeding in United States District Court. A check for witness fees and mileage must accompany the subpoena when served, except that, when a subpoena is issued on behalf of the Secretary, a check for witness fees and mileage need not accompany the subpoena.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.524</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Form, filing, and service of papers.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) <E T="03">Forms.</E> (1) Unless the ALJ directs the parties to do otherwise, documents filed with the ALJ must include an original and two copies.</P>
                  <P>(2) Every pleading and paper filed in the proceeding must contain a caption setting forth the title of the action, the case number, and a designation of the paper, such as motion to quash subpoena.</P>
                  <P>(3) Every pleading and paper must be signed by and must contain the address and telephone number of the party or the person on whose behalf the paper was filed, or his or her representative.</P>
                  <P>(4) Papers are considered filed when they are mailed.</P>
                  <P>(b) <E T="03">Service.</E> A party filing a document with the ALJ or the Board must, at the time of filing, serve a copy of the document on the other party. Service upon any party of any document must be made by delivering a copy, or placing a copy of the document in the United States mail, postage prepaid and addressed, or with a private delivery service, to the party's last known address. When a party is represented by an attorney, service must be made upon the attorney in lieu of the party.</P>
                  <P>(c) <E T="03">Proof of service.</E> A certificate of the natural person serving the document by personal delivery or by mail, setting forth the manner of service, constitutes proof of service.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.526</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Computation of time.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) In computing any period of time under this subpart or in an order issued thereunder, the time begins with the day following the act, event or default, and includes the last day of the period unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday observed by the Federal Government, in which event it includes the next business day.</P>
                  <P>(b) When the period of time allowed is less than 7 days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays observed by the Federal Government must be excluded from the computation.</P>

                  <P>(c) Where a document has been served or issued by placing it in the mail, an additional 5 days must be added to the time permitted for any response. This <PRTPAGE P="59"/>paragraph does not apply to requests for hearing under § 3.504.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.528</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Motions.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) An application to the ALJ for an order or ruling must be by motion. Motions must state the relief sought, the authority relied upon and the facts alleged, and must be filed with the ALJ and served on all other parties.</P>
                  <P>(b) Except for motions made during a prehearing conference or at the hearing, all motions must be in writing. The ALJ may require that oral motions be reduced to writing.</P>
                  <P>(c) Within 10 days after a written motion is served, or such other time as may be fixed by the ALJ, any party may file a response to the motion.</P>
                  <P>(d) The ALJ may not grant a written motion before the time for filing responses has expired, except upon consent of the parties or following a hearing on the motion, but may overrule or deny the motion without awaiting a response.</P>
                  <P>(e) The ALJ must make a reasonable effort to dispose of all outstanding motions before the beginning of the hearing.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.530</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Sanctions.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>The ALJ may sanction a person, including any party or attorney, for failing to comply with an order or procedure, for failing to defend an action or for other misconduct that interferes with the speedy, orderly or fair conduct of the hearing. The sanctions must reasonably relate to the severity and nature of the failure or misconduct. The sanctions may include—</P>
                  <P>(a) In the case of refusal to provide or permit discovery under the terms of this part, drawing negative factual inferences or treating the refusal as an admission by deeming the matter, or certain facts, to be established;</P>
                  <P>(b) Prohibiting a party from introducing certain evidence or otherwise supporting a particular claim or defense;</P>
                  <P>(c) Striking pleadings, in whole or in part;</P>
                  <P>(d) Staying the proceedings;</P>
                  <P>(e) Dismissal of the action;</P>
                  <P>(f) Entering a decision by default;</P>
                  <P>(g) Ordering the party or attorney to pay the attorney's fees and other costs caused by the failure or misconduct; and</P>
                  <P>(h) Refusing to consider any motion or other action that is not filed in a timely manner.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.532</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Collateral estoppel.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>When a final determination that the respondent violated a confidentiality provision has been rendered in any proceeding in which the respondent was a party and had an opportunity to be heard, the respondent is bound by that determination in any proceeding under this part.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.534</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>The hearing.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) The ALJ must conduct a hearing on the record in order to determine whether the respondent should be found liable under this part.</P>
                  <P>(b)(1) The respondent has the burden of going forward and the burden of persuasion with respect to any challenge to the amount of a proposed penalty pursuant to §§ 3.404 and 3.408, including any factors raised as mitigating factors.</P>
                  <P>(2) The Secretary has the burden of going forward and the burden of persuasion with respect to all other issues, including issues of liability and the existence of any factors considered as aggravating factors in determining the amount of the proposed penalty.</P>
                  <P>(3) The burden of persuasion will be judged by a preponderance of the evidence.</P>
                  <P>(c) The hearing must be open to the public unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ for good cause shown, which may be that identifiable patient safety work product has been introduced into evidence or is expected to be introduced into evidence.</P>
                  <P>(d)(1) Subject to the 15-day rule under § 3.518(a) and the admissibility of evidence under § 3.540, either party may introduce, during its case in chief, items or information that arose or became known after the date of the issuance of the notice of proposed determination or the request for hearing, as applicable. Such items and information may not be admitted into evidence, if introduced—</P>

                  <P>(i) By the Secretary, unless they are material and relevant to the acts or omissions with respect to which the <PRTPAGE P="60"/>penalty is proposed in the notice of proposed determination pursuant to § 3.420 of this part, including circumstances that may increase penalties; or</P>
                  <P>(ii) By the respondent, unless they are material and relevant to an admission, denial or explanation of a finding of fact in the notice of proposed determination under § 3.420 of this part, or to a specific circumstance or argument expressly stated in the request for hearing under § 3.504, including circumstances that may reduce penalties.</P>
                  <P>(2) After both parties have presented their cases, evidence may be admitted in rebuttal even if not previously exchanged in accordance with § 3.518.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.538</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Witnesses.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, testimony at the hearing must be given orally by witnesses under oath or affirmation.</P>
                  <P>(b) At the discretion of the ALJ, testimony of witnesses other than the testimony of expert witnesses may be admitted in the form of a written statement. The ALJ may, at his or her discretion, admit prior sworn testimony of experts that has been subject to adverse examination, such as a deposition or trial testimony. Any such written statement must be provided to the other party, along with the last known address of the witness, in a manner that allows sufficient time for the other party to subpoena the witness for cross-examination at the hearing. Prior written statements of witnesses proposed to testify at the hearing must be exchanged as provided in § 3.518.</P>
                  <P>(c) The ALJ must exercise reasonable control over the mode and order of interrogating witnesses and presenting evidence so as to:</P>
                  <P>(1) Make the interrogation and presentation effective for the ascertainment of the truth;</P>
                  <P>(2) Avoid repetition or needless consumption of time; and</P>
                  <P>(3) Protect witnesses from harassment or undue embarrassment.</P>
                  <P>(d) The ALJ must permit the parties to conduct cross-examination of witnesses as may be required for a full and true disclosure of the facts.</P>
                  <P>(e) The ALJ may order witnesses excluded so that they cannot hear the testimony of other witnesses, except that the ALJ may not order to be excluded—</P>
                  <P>(1) A party who is a natural person;</P>
                  <P>(2) In the case of a party that is not a natural person, the officer or employee of the party appearing for the entity pro se or designated as the party's representative; or</P>
                  <P>(3) A natural person whose presence is shown by a party to be essential to the presentation of its case, including a person engaged in assisting the attorney for the Secretary.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.540</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Evidence.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) The ALJ must determine the admissibility of evidence.</P>
                  <P>(b) Except as provided in this subpart, the ALJ is not bound by the Federal Rules of Evidence. However, the ALJ may apply the Federal Rules of Evidence where appropriate, for example, to exclude unreliable evidence.</P>
                  <P>(c) The ALJ must exclude irrelevant or immaterial evidence.</P>
                  <P>(d) Although relevant, evidence may be excluded if its probative value is substantially outweighed by the danger of unfair prejudice, confusion of the issues, or by considerations of undue delay or needless presentation of cumulative evidence.</P>
                  <P>(e) Although relevant, evidence must be excluded if it is privileged under Federal law.</P>
                  <P>(f) Evidence concerning offers of compromise or settlement is inadmissible to the extent provided in Rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence.</P>
                  <P>(g) Evidence of crimes, wrongs, or acts other than those at issue in the instant case is admissible in order to show motive, opportunity, intent, knowledge, preparation, identity, lack of mistake, or existence of a scheme. This evidence is admissible regardless of whether the crimes, wrongs, or acts occurred during the statute of limitations period applicable to the acts or omissions that constitute the basis for liability in the case and regardless of whether they were referenced in the Secretary's notice of proposed determination under § 3.420.</P>

                  <P>(h) The ALJ must permit the parties to introduce rebuttal witnesses and evidence.<PRTPAGE P="61"/>
                  </P>
                  <P>(i) All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record must be open to examination by both parties, unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ for good cause shown.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.542</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>The record.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) The hearing must be recorded and transcribed. Transcripts may be obtained following the hearing from the ALJ. A party that requests a transcript of hearing proceedings must pay the cost of preparing the transcript unless, for good cause shown by the party, the payment is waived by the ALJ or the Board, as appropriate.</P>
                  <P>(b) The transcript of the testimony, exhibits, and other evidence admitted at the hearing, and all papers and requests filed in the proceeding constitute the record for decision by the ALJ and the Secretary.</P>
                  <P>(c) The record may be inspected and copied (upon payment of a reasonable fee) by any person, unless otherwise ordered by the ALJ for good cause shown, which may include the presence in the record of identifiable patient safety work product.</P>
                  <P>(d) For good cause, which may include the presence in the record of identifiable patient safety work product, the ALJ may order appropriate redactions made to the record.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.544</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Post hearing briefs.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>The ALJ may require the parties to file post-hearing briefs. In any event, any party may file a post-hearing brief. The ALJ must fix the time for filing the briefs. The time for filing may not exceed 60 days from the date the parties receive the transcript of the hearing or, if applicable, the stipulated record. The briefs may be accompanied by proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law. The ALJ may permit the parties to file reply briefs.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.546</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>ALJ's decision.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) The ALJ must issue a decision, based only on the record, which must contain findings of fact and conclusions of law.</P>
                  <P>(b) The ALJ may affirm, increase, or reduce the penalties imposed by the Secretary.</P>
                  <P>(c) The ALJ must issue the decision to both parties within 60 days after the time for submission of post-hearing briefs and reply briefs, if permitted, has expired. If the ALJ fails to meet the deadline contained in this paragraph, he or she must notify the parties of the reason for the delay and set a new deadline.</P>
                  <P>(d) Unless the decision of the ALJ is timely appealed as provided for in § 3.548, the decision of the ALJ will be final and binding on the parties 60 days from the date of service of the ALJ's decision.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.548</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Appeal of the ALJ's decision.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) Any party may appeal the decision of the ALJ to the Board by filing a notice of appeal with the Board within 30 days of the date of service of the ALJ decision. The Board may extend the initial 30 day period for a period of time not to exceed 30 days if a party files with the Board a request for an extension within the initial 30 day period and shows good cause.</P>
                  <P>(b) If a party files a timely notice of appeal with the Board, the ALJ must forward the record of the proceeding to the Board.</P>
                  <P>(c) A notice of appeal must be accompanied by a written brief specifying exceptions to the initial decision and reasons supporting the exceptions. Any party may file a brief in opposition to the exceptions, which may raise any relevant issue not addressed in the exceptions, within 30 days of receiving the notice of appeal and the accompanying brief. The Board may permit the parties to file reply briefs.</P>
                  <P>(d) There is no right to appear personally before the Board or to appeal to the Board any interlocutory ruling by the ALJ.</P>
                  <P>(e) The Board may not consider any issue not raised in the parties' briefs, nor any issue in the briefs that could have been raised before the ALJ but was not.</P>

                  <P>(f) If any party demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Board that additional evidence not presented at such hearing is relevant and material and that there were reasonable grounds for the failure to adduce such evidence at the hearing, the Board may remand the matter to the ALJ for consideration of such additional evidence.<PRTPAGE P="62"/>
                  </P>
                  <P>(g) The Board may decline to review the case, or may affirm, increase, reduce, reverse or remand any penalty determined by the ALJ.</P>
                  <P>(h) The standard of review on a disputed issue of fact is whether the initial decision of the ALJ is supported by substantial evidence on the whole record. The standard of review on a disputed issue of law is whether the decision is erroneous.</P>
                  <P>(i) Within 60 days after the time for submission of briefs and reply briefs, if permitted, has expired, the Board must serve on each party to the appeal a copy of the Board's decision and a statement describing the right of any respondent who is penalized to seek judicial review.</P>
                  <P>(j)(1) The Board's decision under paragraph (i) of this section, including a decision to decline review of the initial decision, becomes the final decision of the Secretary 60 days after the date of service of the Board's decision, except with respect to a decision to remand to the ALJ or if reconsideration is requested under this paragraph.</P>
                  <P>(2) The Board will reconsider its decision only if it determines that the decision contains a clear error of fact or error of law. New evidence will not be a basis for reconsideration unless the party demonstrates that the evidence is newly discovered and was not previously available.</P>
                  <P>(3) A party may file a motion for reconsideration with the Board before the date the decision becomes final under paragraph (j)(1) of this section. A motion for reconsideration must be accompanied by a written brief specifying any alleged error of fact or law and, if the party is relying on additional evidence, explaining why the evidence was not previously available. Any party may file a brief in opposition within 15 days of receiving the motion for reconsideration and the accompanying brief unless this time limit is extended by the Board for good cause shown. Reply briefs are not permitted.</P>
                  <P>(4) The Board must rule on the motion for reconsideration not later than 30 days from the date the opposition brief is due. If the Board denies the motion, the decision issued under paragraph (i) of this section becomes the final decision of the Secretary on the date of service of the ruling. If the Board grants the motion, the Board will issue a reconsidered decision, after such procedures as the Board determines necessary to address the effect of any error. The Board's decision on reconsideration becomes the final decision of the Secretary on the date of service of the decision, except with respect to a decision to remand to the ALJ.</P>
                  <P>(5) If service of a ruling or decision issued under this section is by mail, the date of service will be deemed to be 5 days from the date of mailing.</P>
                  <P>(k)(1) A respondent's petition for judicial review must be filed within 60 days of the date on which the decision of the Board becomes the final decision of the Secretary under paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
                  <P>(2) In compliance with 28 U.S.C. 2112(a), a copy of any petition for judicial review filed in any U.S. Court of Appeals challenging the final decision of the Secretary must be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the General Counsel of HHS. The petition copy must be a copy showing that it has been time-stamped by the clerk of the court when the original was filed with the court.</P>
                  <P>(3) If the General Counsel of HHS received two or more petitions within 10 days after the final decision of the Secretary, the General Counsel will notify the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation of any petitions that were received within the 10 day period.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.550</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Stay of the Secretary's decision.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>(a) Pending judicial review, the respondent may file a request for stay of the effective date of any penalty with the ALJ. The request must be accompanied by a copy of the notice of appeal filed with the Federal court. The filing of the request automatically stays the effective date of the penalty until such time as the ALJ rules upon the request.</P>
                  <P>(b) The ALJ may not grant a respondent's request for stay of any penalty unless the respondent posts a bond or provides other adequate security.</P>
                  <P>(c) The ALJ must rule upon a respondent's request for stay within 10 days of receipt.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <SECTION>
                  <PRTPAGE P="63"/>
                  <SECTNO>§ 3.552</SECTNO>
                  <SUBJECT>Harmless error.</SUBJECT>
                  <P>No error in either the admission or the exclusion of evidence, and no error or defect in any ruling or order or in any act done or omitted by the ALJ or by any of the parties is ground for vacating, modifying or otherwise disturbing an otherwise appropriate ruling or order or act, unless refusal to take such action appears to the ALJ or the Board inconsistent with substantial justice. The ALJ and the Board at every stage of the proceeding must disregard any error or defect in the proceeding that does not affect the substantial rights of the parties.</P>
                </SECTION>
                <PART>
                  <EAR>Pt. 4</EAR>
                  <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 4—NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE</HD>
                  <CONTENTS>
                    <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                    <SECTNO>4.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Programs to which these regulations apply.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>4.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>4.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Purpose of the Library.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>4.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Use of Library facilities.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>4.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Use of materials from the collections.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>4.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Reference, bibliographic, reproduction, and consultation services.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>4.7</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>4.8</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Publication of the Library and information about the Library.</SUBJECT>
                  </CONTENTS>
                  <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>42 U.S.C. 216, 286.</P>
                  </AUTH>
                  <SOURCE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
                    <P>56 FR 29188, June 26, 1991, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                  </SOURCE>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 4.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Programs to which these regulations apply.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) The regulations of this part govern access to the National Library of Medicine's facilities and library collections and the availability of its bibliographic, reproduction, reference, and related services. These functions are performed by the Library directly for the benefit of the general public and health-sciences professionals as required by sections 465(b) (3)-(6) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 286(b) (3)-(6)).</P>
                    <P>(b) The regulations of this part do not apply to:</P>
                    <P>(1) The Library's internal functions relating to the acquisition and preservation of materials and the organization of these materials as required by sections 465(b) (1) and (2) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 286(b) (1) and (2)).</P>
                    <P>(2) The availability of “records” under the Freedom of Information Act or the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552, 552a). These matters are covered in 45 CFR parts 5 and 5b.</P>
                    <P>(3) Federal assistance for medical libraries and other purposes which are authorized by sections 469-477 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 286b to 286b-8). (See parts 59a, 61 and 64 of this chapter.)</P>
                    <P>(4) The availability of facilities, collections, and related services of Regional Medical Libraries established or maintained under the authority in section 475 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 286b-6). (See part 59a, subpart B of this chapter.)</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 4.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>As used in this part:</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Act</E> means the Public Health Service Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 201 <E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Collections</E> means all books, periodicals, prints, audiovisual materials, films, videotapes, recordings, manuscripts, and other resource materials of the library. It does not include data processing tapes or programs used solely for internal processing activities to generate reference materials, nor does it include “records” of the Library as defined in 45 CFR 5.5. Records of the Library are available in accordance with the regulations under the Freedom of Information Act and Privacy Act of 1974. (See 45 CFR parts 5 and 5b.)</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Director</E> means the Director of the National Library of Medicine or the Director's delegate.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Health-sciences professional</E> means any person engaged in: (1) The administration of health activities; (2) the provision of health services; or (3) research, teaching, or education concerned with the advancement of medicine or other sciences related to health or improvement of the public health.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Historical collection</E> means: (1) Materials in the collections published or printed prior to 1914; (2) manuscripts and prints; (3) the archival film collection; and (4) other materials of the collections which, because of age, or unique or unusual value, require special handling, storage, or protection for their preservation, as determined by the Director.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Library</E> means the National Library of Medicine, established by section 465 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 286).<PRTPAGE P="64"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Regional Medical Library</E> means a medical library established or maintained as a regional medical library under section 475 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 286b-6).</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 4.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Purpose of the Library.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>The purpose of the Library is to assist the advancement of medical and related sciences and aid the dissemination and exchange of scientific and other information important to the progress of medicine and the public health. The Library acquires and maintains library materials pertinent to medicine, including audiovisual materials; compiles, publishes, and disseminates catalogs, indices, and bibliographies of these materials, as appropriate; makes available materials, through loan or otherwise; provides reference and other assistance to research; and engages in other activities in furtherance of this purpose.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 4.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Use of Library facilities.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The Library facilities are available to any person seeking to make use of the collections. The Director may prescribe reasonable rules to assure the most effective use of facilities by health-sciences professionals and to protect the collections from misuse or damage. These rules must be consistent with the regulations in this part and applicable Department regulations and policies on nondiscrimination.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Reading rooms.</E> Public reading rooms are available for obtaining and reading materials from the collections. The Director may prescribe reasonable rules designed to provide adequate reading space and orderly conditions and procedures.</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">Study rooms.</E> Upon request a limited number of study rooms may be made available to individuals requiring extensive use of Library materials. Requests for study rooms shall be addressed in writing to the Director. The Director shall give priority, in the following order, for study room use to:</P>
                    <P>(1) Persons engaged in “special scientific projects” under section 473 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 286b-4),</P>
                    <P>(2) Health-sciences professionals, and</P>
                    <P>(3) The general public.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 4.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Use of materials from the collections.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">Unrestricted materials.</E> Except as otherwise provided in this section, materials from the collections are generally available to any interested person only in facilities provided by the Library for this purpose. The Director may prescribe additional reasonable rules to assure the most effective use of the Library's resources by health-sciences professionals and to protect the collections from misuse or damage. The rules must be consistent with the regulations in this part and applicable Department regulations and policies on nondiscrimination. Materials in the collections are available upon each request which assures, to the Director's satisfaction, that the materials will be safeguarded from misuse, damage, loss, or misappropriation, and will be returned promptly after use or upon request of the Library.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Restricted materials</E>—(1) <E T="03">Historical collection.</E> Materials from the historical collection are available only as the Director may permit to assure their maximum preservation and protection. Copies of these materials may be made available in the form of microfilm and other copies, for which reasonable fees may be charged.</P>
                    <P>(2) <E T="03">Gifts.</E> Materials in the collections are available only in accordance with any limitations imposed as a condition of the acquisition of those materials, whether the acquisition was by gift or purchase.</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">Loans</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Requests for loans of materials must assure the Library that (i) the materials will be safeguarded from misuse, damage, loss, or misappropriation and (ii) the materials will be returned promptly after use or upon request of the Library. The Library may provide copies in lieu of original materials, which need not be returned unless otherwise stated at the time of the loan.</P>
                    <P>(2) <E T="03">Loans of audiovisual materials.</E> Audiovisual materials are available for loan under the same general terms as printed materials.</P>
                    <P>(3) <E T="03">Loans to other libraries.</E> Upon request materials or copies are available for use through libraries of public or private agencies or institutions. The requesting library must assure that it <PRTPAGE P="65"/>has first exhausted its own collection resources, those of other local libraries in the geographic area, and those of the Regional Medical Library network (including Regional and Resource Libraries) before making a request for a loan.</P>
                    <P>(4) <E T="03">Loans to health-sciences professionals.</E> The Director may make loans of materials directly to health-sciences professionals. An individual wishing a loan of library materials must assure to the satisfaction of the Director that the individual is geographically isolated, in terms of distance or available transportation, from medical literature resources likely to contain the desired material.</P>
                    <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 0925-0276)</APPRO>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 4.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Reference, bibliographic, reproduction, and consultation services.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> To the extent resources permit, the Library will make available, upon request, reference, bibliographic, reproduction, and consultation services. Priority will be given to requests from health-sciences professionals for services not reasonably available through local or regional libraries.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Specialized bibliographic services.</E> The Director may provide bibliographies on individually selected medical or scientific topics upon request where it is consistent with the Library's purpose. The Director may publish and make available for general distribution by the Library, bibliographic searches determined to be of general interest. The Library may also produce and distribute a limited number of bibliographies on topics of general interest to public or nonprofit health-related professional societies, research organizations, and other group users. These bibliographies may be produced on a regularly recurring or intermittent basis under contract between the Library and public or nonprofit agencies, when determined in each case by the Director to be necessary to assure more effective distribution of the bibliographic information.</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">Information retrieval system computer tapes.</E> To the extent Library resources permit and in order to further the Library's purpose, the Director may make available upon request by agencies, organizations, and institutions copies of all or part of the Library's magnetic tapes.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 4.7</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>The Director may charge reasonable fees for any service provided by the Library under this part, in accordance with a schedule available at the Library upon request, which are designed to recover all or a portion of the cost to the Library of providing the service.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 4.8</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Publication of the Library and information about the Library.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>Lists of bibliographies, Library publications sold by the Government Printing Office, necessary application forms, and other information concerning the organization, operation, functions, and services of the Library, are available from the National Library of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland 20894.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <PART>
                  <EAR>Pt. 5</EAR>
                  <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 5—DESIGNATION OF HEALTH PROFESSIONAL(S) SHORTAGE AREAS</HD>
                  <CONTENTS>
                    <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                    <SECTNO>5.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>5.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>5.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Procedures for designation of health professional(s) shortage areas.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>5.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Notification and publication of designations and withdrawals.</SUBJECT>
                    <APP>Appendix A to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas having Shortages of Primary Medical Care Professional(s)</APP>
                    <APP>Appendix B to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas having Shortages of Dental Professional(s)</APP>
                    <APP>Appendix C to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas Having Shortages of Mental Health Professionals</APP>
                    <APP>Appendix D to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas having Shortages of Vision Care Professional(s)</APP>
                    <APP>Appendix E to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas having Shortages of Podiatric Professional(s)</APP>
                    <APP>Appendix F to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas having Shortages of Pharmacy Professional(s)</APP>
                    <APP>Appendix G to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas having Shortages of Veterinary Professional(s)</APP>
                  </CONTENTS>
                  <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>Sec. 215 of the Public Health Service Act, 58 Stat. 690 (42 U.S.C. 216); sec. 332 of the Public Health Service Act, 90 Stat. 2270-2272 (42 U.S.C. 254e).</P>
                  </AUTH>
                  <SOURCE>
                    <PRTPAGE P="66"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
                    <P>45 FR 76000, Nov. 17, 1980, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                  </SOURCE>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 5.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>These regulations establish criteria and procedures for the designation of geographic areas, population groups, medical facilities, and other public facilities, in the States, as health professional(s) shortage areas.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 5.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Act</E> means the Public Health Service Act, as amended.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Health professional(s) shortage area</E> means any of the following which the Secretary determines has a shortage of health professional(s): (1) An urban or rural area (which need not conform to the geographic boundaries of a political subdivision and which is a rational area for the delivery of health services); (2) a population group; or (3) a public or nonprofit private medical facility.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Health service area</E> means a health service area whose boundaries have been designated by the Secretary, under section 1511 of the Act, for purposes of health planning activities.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Health systems agency</E> or <E T="03">HSA</E> means the health systems agency designated, under section 1515 of the Act, to carry out health planning activities for a specific health service area.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Medical facility</E> means a facility for the delivery of health services and includes: (1) A community health center, public health center, outpatient medical facility, or community mental health center; (2) a hospital, State mental hospital, facility for long-term care, or rehabilitation facility; (3) a migrant health center or an Indian Health service facility; (4) a facility for delivery of health services to inmates in a U.S. penal or correctional institution (under section 323 of the Act) or a State correctional institution; (5) a Public Health Service medical facility (used in connection with the delivery of health services under section 320, 321, 322, 324, 325, or 326 of the Act); or (6) any other Federal medical facility.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Metropolitan area</E> means an area which has been designated by the Office of Management and Budget as a standard metropolitan statistical area (SMSA). All other areas are “non-metropolitan areas.”</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Poverty level</E> means the povery level as defined by the Bureau of the Census, using the poverty index adopted by a Federal Interagency Committee in 1969, and updated each year to reflect changes in the Consumer Price Index.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any other officer or employee of the Department to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">State</E> includes, in addition to the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">State health planning and development agency</E> or <E T="03">SHPDA</E> means a State health planning and development agency designated under section 1521 of the Act.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 5.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Procedures for designation of health professional(s) shortage areas.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) Using data available to the Department from national, State, and local sources and based upon the criteria in the appendices to this part, the Department will annually prepare listings (by State and health service area) of currently designated health professional(s) shortage areas and potentially designatable areas, together with appropriate related data available to the Department. Relevant portions of this material will then be forwarded to each health systems agency, State health planning and development agency, and Governor, who will be asked to review the listings for their State, correct any errors of which they are aware, and offer their recommendations, if any, within 90 days, as to which geographic areas, population groups, and facilities in areas under their jurisdiction should be designated. An information copy of these listings will also be made available, upon request, to interested parties for their use in providing comments or recommendations to the Secretary and/or to the appropriate HSA, SHPDA, or Governor.</P>

                    <P>(b) In addition, any agency or individual may request the Secretary to designate (or withdraw the designation <PRTPAGE P="67"/>of) a particular geographic area, population group, or facility as a health professional(s) shortage area. Each request will be forwarded by the Secretary to the appropriate HSA, SHPDA, and Governor, who will be asked to review it and offer their recommendations, if any, within 30 days. An information copy will also be made available to other interested parties, upon request, for their use in providing comments or recommendations to the Secretary and/or to the appropriate HSA, SHPDA, or Governor.</P>
                    <P>(c) In each case where the designation of a public facility (including a Federal medical facility) is under consideration, the Secretary will give written notice of the proposed designation to the chief administrative officer of the facility, who will be asked to review it and offer their recommendations, if any, within 30 days.</P>
                    <P>(d) After review of the available information and consideration of the comments and recommendations submitted, the Secretary will designate health professional(s) shortage areas and withdraw the designation of any areas which have been determined no longer to have a shortage of health professional(s).</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 5.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Notification and publication of designations and withdrawals.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) The Secretary will give written notice of the designation (or withdrawal of designation) of a health professional(s) shortage area, not later than 60 days from the date of the designation (or withdrawal of designation), to:</P>
                    <P>(1) The Governor of each State in which the area, population group, medical facility, or other public facility so designated is in whole or in part located;</P>
                    <P>(2) Each HSA for a health service area which includes all or any part of the area, population group, medical facility, or other public facility so designated;</P>
                    <P>(3) The SHPDA for each State in which the area, population group, medical facility, or other public facility so designated is in whole or in part located; and</P>
                    <P>(4) Appropriate public or nonprofit private entities which are located in or which have a demonstrated interest in the area so designated.</P>

                    <P>(b) The Secretary will periodically publish updated lists of designated health professional(s) shortage areas in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> by type of professional(s) shortage. An updated list of areas for each type of professional(s) shortage will be published at least once annually.</P>

                    <P>(c) The effective date of the designation of an area shall be the date of the notification letter to the individual or agency which requested the designation, or the date of publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register,</E> whichever comes first.</P>
                    <P>(d) Once an area is listed in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> as a designated health professional(s) shortage area, the effective date of any later withdrawal of the area's designation shall be the date when notification of the withdrawal, or an updated list of designated areas which does not include it, is published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <APPENDIX>
                    <EAR>Pt. 5, App. A</EAR>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas Having Shortages of Primary Medical Care Professional(s)</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part I—Geographic Areas</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Federal and State Correctional Institutions.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Medium to maximum security Federal and State correctional institutions and youth detention facilities will be designated as having a shortage of primary medical care professional(s) if both the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The institution has at least 250 inmates.</P>
                    <P>(b) The ratio of the number of internees per year to the number of FTE primary care physicians serving the institution is at least 1,000:1.</P>
                    <P>Here the number of internees is defined as follows:</P>
                    <P>(i) If the number of new inmates per year and the average length-of-stay are not specified, or if the information provided does not indicate that intake medical examinations are routinely performed upon entry, then—Number of internees=average number of inmates.</P>

                    <P>(ii) If the average length-of-stay is specified as one year or more, and intake medical examinations are routinely performed upon entry, then—Number of internees=average number of inmates+(0.3)×number of new inmates per year.<PRTPAGE P="68"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(iii) If the average length-of-stay is specified as less than one year, and intake examinations are routinely performed upon entry, then—Number of internees=average number of inmates+(0.2)×(1+ALOS/2)×number of new inmates per year where ALOS=average length-of-stay (in fraction of year). (The number of FTE primary care physicians is computed as in part I, section B, paragraph 3 above.)</P>
                    <P>2. Determination of Degree of Shortage.</P>
                    <P>Designated correctional institutions will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups based on the number of inmates and/or the ratio (R) of internees to primary care physicians, as follows:</P>
                    <P>Group 1—Institutions with 500 or more inmates and no physicians.</P>
                    <P>Group 2—Other institutions with no physicians and institutions with R greater than (or equal to) 2,000:1.</P>
                    <P>Group 3—Institutions with R greater than (or equal to) 1,000:1 but less than 2,000:1.</P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether an area meets the criteria established by paragraph A of this part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Rational Areas for the Delivery of Primary Medical Care Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) The following areas will be considered rational areas for the delivery of primary medical care services:</P>
                    <P>(i) A county, or a group of contiguous counties whose population centers are within 30 minutes travel time of each other.</P>
                    <P>(ii) A portion of a county, or an area made up of portions of more than one county, whose population, because of topography, market or transportation patterns, distinctive population characteristics or other factors, has limited access to contiguous area resources, as measured generally by a travel time greater than 30 minutes to such resources.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Established neighborhoods and communities within metropolitan areas which display a strong self-identity (as indicated by a homogeneous socioeconomic or demographic structure and/or a tradition of interaction or interdependency), have limited interaction with contiguous areas, and which, in general, have a minimum population of 20,000.</P>
                    <P>(b) The following distances will be used as guidelines in determining distances corresponding to 30 minutes travel time:</P>
                    <P>(i) Under normal conditions with primary roads available: 20 miles.</P>
                    <P>(ii) In mountainous terrain or in areas with only secondary roads available: 15 miles.</P>
                    <P>(iii) In flat terrain or in areas connected by interstate highways: 25 miles.</P>
                    <P>Within inner portions of metropolitan areas, information on the public transportation system will be used to determine the distance corresponding to 30 minutes travel time.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Population Count.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The population count used will be the total permanent resident civilian population of the area, excluding inmates of institutions, with the following adjustments, where appropriate:</P>
                    <P>(a) Adjustments to the population for the differing health service requirements of various age-sex population groups will be computed using the table below of visit rates for 12 age-sex population cohorts. The total expected visit rate will first be obtained by multiplying each of the 12 visit rates in the table by the size of the area population within that particular age-sex cohort and adding the resultant 12 visit figures together. This total expected visit rate will then be divided by the U.S. average per capita visit rate of 5.1, to obtain the adjusted population for the area.</P>
                    <GPOTABLE CDEF="s10,5,5,5,5,5,5" COLS="7" OPTS="L2">
                      <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Sex</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Age groups</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">Under 5</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">5-14</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">15-24</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">25-44</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">45-64</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">65 and over</CHED>
                      </BOXHD>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Male</ENT>
                        <ENT>7.3</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.6</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.3</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.6</ENT>
                        <ENT>4.7</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.4</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Female</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.4</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.2</ENT>
                        <ENT>5.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.4</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>6.8</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(b) The effect of transient populations on the need of an area for primary care professional(s) will be taken into account as follows:</P>
                    <P>(i) Seasonal residents, i.e., those who maintain a residence in the area but inhabit it for only 2 to 8 months per year, may be included but must be weighted in proportion to the fraction of the year they are present in the area.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Other tourists (non-resident) may be included in an area's population but only with a weight of 0.25, using the following formula: Effective tourist contribution to population=0.25×(fraction of year tourists are present in area)×(average daily number of tourists during portion of year that tourists are present).</P>
                    <P>(iii) Migratory workers and their families may be included in an area's population, using the following formula: Effective migrant contribution to population=(fraction of year migrants are present in area)×(average daily number of migrants during portion of year that migrants are present).</P>
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Counting of Primary Care Practitioners.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>(a) All non-Federal doctors of medicine (M.D.) and doctors of osteopathy (D.O.) providing direct patient care who practice principally in one of the four primary care specialities—general or family practice, general internal medicine, pediatrics, and obstetrics <PRTPAGE P="69"/>and gynecology—will be counted. Those physicians engaged solely in administration, research, and teaching will be excluded. Adjustments for the following factors will be made in computing the number of full-time-equivalent (FTE) primary care physicians:</P>
                    <P>(i) Interns and residents will be counted as 0.1 full-time equivalent (FTE) physicians.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Graduates of foreign medical schools who are not citizens or lawful permanent residents of the United States will be excluded from physician counts.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Those graduates of foreign medical schools who are citizens or lawful permanent residents of the United States, but do not have unrestricted licenses to practice medicine, will be counted as 0.5 FTE physicians.</P>
                    <P>(b) Practitioners who are semi-retired, who operate a reduced practice due to infirmity or other limiting conditions, or who provide patient care services to the residents of the area only on a part-time basis will be discounted through the use of full-time equivalency figures. A 40-hour work week will be used as the standard for determining full-time equivalents in these cases. For practitioners working less than a 40-hour week, every four (4) hours (or <FR>1/2</FR> day) spent providing patient care, in either ambulatory or inpatient settings, will be counted as 0.1 FTE (with numbers obtained for FTE's rounded to the nearest 0.1 FTE), and each physician providing patient care 40 or more hours a week will be counted as 1.0 FTE physician. (For cases where data are available only for the number of hours providing patient care in office settings, equivalencies will be provided in guidelines.)</P>
                    <P>(c) In some cases, physicians located within an area may not be accessible to the population of the area under consideration. Allowances for physicians with restricted practices can be made, on a case-by-case basis. However, where only a portion of the population of the area cannot access existing primary care resources in the area, a population group designation may be more appropriate (see part II of this appendix).</P>
                    <P>(d) Hospital staff physicians involved exclusively in inpatient care will be excluded. The number of full-time equivalent physicians practicing in organized outpatient departments and primary care clinics will be included, but those in emergency rooms will be excluded.</P>
                    <P>(e) Physicians who are suspended under provisions of the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Act for a period of eighteen months or more will be excluded.</P>
                    <P>4. <E T="03">Determination of Unusually High Needs for Primary Medical Care Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>An area will be considered as having unusually high needs for primary health care services if at least one of the following criteria is met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The area has more than 100 births per year per 1,000 women aged 15-44.</P>
                    <P>(b) The area has more than 20 infant deaths per 1,000 live births.</P>
                    <P>(c) More than 20% of the population (or of all households) have incomes below the poverty level.</P>
                    <P>5. <E T="03">Determination of Insufficient Capacity of Existing Primary Care Providers.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>An area's existing primary care providers will be considered to have insufficient capacity if at least two of the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) More than 8,000 office or outpatient visits per year per FTE primary care physician serving the area.</P>

                    <P>(b) Unusually long waits for appointments for routine medical services (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, more than 7 days for established patients and 14 days for new patients).</P>
                    <P>(c) Excessive average waiting time at primary care providers (longer than one hour where patients have appointments or two hours where patients are treated on a first-come, first-served basis).</P>
                    <P>(d) Evidence of excessive use of emergency room facilities for routine primary care.</P>
                    <P>(e) A substantial proportion (2/3 or more) of the area's physicians do not accept new patients.</P>
                    <P>(f) Abnormally low utilization of health services, as indicated by an average of 2.0 or less office visits per year on the part of the area's population.</P>
                    <P>6. <E T="03">Contiguous Area Considerations.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Primary care professional(s) in areas contiguous to an area being considered for designation will be considered excessively distant, overutilized or inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration if one of the following conditions prevails in each contiguous area:</P>
                    <P>(a) Primary care professional(s) in the contiguous area are more than 30 minutes travel time from the population center(s) of the area being considered for designation (measured in accordance with paragraph B.1(b) of this part).</P>
                    <P>(b) The contiguous area population-to-full-time-equivalent primary care physician ratio is in excess of 2000:1, indicating that practitioners in the contiguous area cannot be expected to help alleviate the shortage situation in the area being considered for designation.</P>
                    <P>(c) Primary care professional(s) in the contiguous area are inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration because of specified access barriers, such as:</P>

                    <P>(i) Significant differences between the demographic (or socio-economic) characteristics of the area under consideration and those of the contiguous area, indicating that the population of the area under consideration may be effectively isolated from nearby resources. This isolation could be indicated, for example, by an unusually high proportion of non-English-speaking persons.<PRTPAGE P="70"/>
                    </P>

                    <P>(ii) A lack of economic access to contiguous area resources, as indicated particularly where a very high proportion of the population of the area under consideration is poor (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, where more than 20 percent of the population or the households have incomes below the poverty level), and Medicaid-covered or public primary care services are not available in the contiguous area.</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Designated areas will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups, based on the ratio (R) of population to number of full-time equivalent primary care physicians and the presence or absence of unusually high needs for primary health care services, according to the following table:</P>
                    <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r55,r55" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
                      <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"/>
                        <CHED H="1">High needs not indicated</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">High needs indicated</CHED>
                      </BOXHD>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Group 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>No physicians</ENT>
                        <ENT>No physicians; or R≥5,000</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Group 2</ENT>
                        <ENT>R≥5,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,000&gt;R≥4,000</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Group 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,000&gt;R≥4,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,000&gt;R≥3,500</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Group 4</ENT>
                        <ENT>4,000&gt;R≥3,500</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,500&gt;R≥3,000</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>D. <E T="03">Determination of size of primary care physician shortage.</E> Size of Shortage (in number of FTE primary care physicians needed) will be computed using the following formulas:</P>
                    <P>(1) For areas without unusually high need or insufficient capacity:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Primary care physician shortage=area population/3,500−number of FTE primary care physicians</FP>
                    <P>(2) For areas with unusually high need or insufficient capacity:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Primary care physician shortage=area population/3,000−number of FTE primary care physicians</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part II—Population Groups</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. In general, specific population groups within particular geographic areas will be designated as having a shortage of primary medical care professional(s) if the following three criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The area in which they reside is rational for the delivery of primary medical care services, as defined in paragraph B.1 of part I of this appendix.</P>
                    <P>(b) Access barriers prevent the population group from use of the area's primary medical care providers. Such barriers may be economic, linguistic, cultural, or architectural, or could involve refusal of some providers to accept certain types of patients or to accept Medicaid reimbursement.</P>
                    <P>(c) The ratio of the number of persons in the population group to the number of primary care physicians practicing in the area and serving the population group is at least 3,000 : 1.</P>
                    <P>2. Indians and Alaska Natives will be considered for designation as having shortages of primary care professional(s) as follows:</P>
                    <P>(a) Groups of members of Indian tribes (as defined in section 4(d) of Pub. L. 94-437, the Indian Health Care Improvement Act of 1976) are automatically designated.</P>
                    <P>(b) Other groups of Indians or Alaska Natives (as defined in section 4(c) of Pub. L. 94-437) will be designated if the general criteria in paragraph A are met.</P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Each designated population group will be assigned to a degree-of-shortage group, based on the ratio (R) of the group's population to the number of primary care physicians serving it, as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 1—No physicians or R&gt;5,000.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 2—5,000&gt;R≥4,000.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 3—4,000&gt;R≥3,500.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 4—3,500&gt;R≥3,000.</FP>
                    
                    <P>Population groups which have received “automatic” designation will be assigned to degree-of-shortage group 4 if no information on the ratio of the number of persons in the group to the number of FTE primary care physicians serving them is provided.</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of size of primary care physician shortage.</E> Size of shortage (in number of primary care physicians needed) will be computed as follows:</P>
                    <P>Primary care physician shortage=number of persons in population group/3,000−number of FTE primary care physicians</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part III—Facilities</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Federal and State Correctional Institutions.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Medium to maximum security Federal and State correctional institutions and youth detention facilities will be designated as having a shortage of primary medical care professional(s) if both the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The institution has at least 250 inmates.</P>
                    <P>(b) The ratio of the number of internees per year to the number of FTE primary care physicians serving the institution is at least 1,000:1. (Here the number of internees is the number of inmates present at the beginning of the year plus the number of new inmates entering the institution during the year, including those who left before the end of the year; the number of FTE primary care physicians is computed as in part I, section B, paragraph 3 above.)</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Designated correctional institutions will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups based on the number of inmates and/or the ratio (R) of internees to primary care physicians, as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 1—Institutions with 500 or more inmates and no physicians.</FP>

                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 2—Other institutions with no physicians and institutions with R≥2,000.<PRTPAGE P="71"/>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 3—Institutions with 2,000&gt;R≥1,000.</FP>
                    
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Public or Non-Profit Medical Facilities.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Public or non-profit private medical facilities will be designated as having a shortage of primary medical care professional(s) if:</P>
                    <P>(a) the facility is providing primary medical care services to an area or population group designated as having a primary care professional(s) shortage; and</P>
                    <P>(b) the facility has insufficient capacity to meet the primary care needs of that area or population group.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Methodology</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether public or nonprofit private medical facilities meet the criteria established by paragraph B.1 of this Part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">Provision of Services to a Designated Area or Population Group.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A facility will be considered to be providing services to a designated area or population group if either:</P>
                    <P>(i) A majority of the facility's primary care services are being provided to residents of designated primary care professional(s) shortage areas or to population groups designated as having a shortage of primary care professional(s); or</P>
                    <P>(ii) The population within a designated primary care shortage area or population group has reasonable access to primary care services provided at the facility. Reasonable access will be assumed if the area within which the population resides lies within 30 minutes travel time of the facility and non-physical barriers (relating to demographic and socioeconomic characteristics of the population) do not prevent the population from receiving care at the facility.</P>
                    <P>Migrant health centers (as defined in section 319(a)(1) of the Act) which are located in areas with designated migrant population groups and Indian Health Service facilities are assumed to be meeting this requirement.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Insufficient capacity to meet primary care needs.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A facility will be considered to have insufficient capacity to meet the primary care needs of the area or population it serves if at least two of the following conditions exist at the facility:</P>
                    <P>(i) There are more than 8,000 outpatient visits per year per FTE primary care physician on the staff of the facility. (Here the number of FTE primary care physicians is computed as in Part I, Section B, paragraph 3 above.)</P>
                    <P>(ii) There is excessive usage of emergency room facilities for routine primary care.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Waiting time for appointments is more than 7 days for established patients or more than 14 days for new patients, for routine health services.</P>
                    <P>(iv) Waiting time at the facility is longer than 1 hour where patients have appointments or 2 hours where patients are treated on a first-come, first-served basis.</P>
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Each designated medical facility will be assigned to the same degree-of-shortage group as the designated area or population group which it serves.</P>
                    <CITA>[45 FR 76000, Nov. 17, 1980, as amended at 54 FR 8737, Mar. 2, 1989; 57 FR 2480, Jan. 22, 1992]</CITA>
                  </APPENDIX>
                  <APPENDIX>
                    <EAR>Pt. 5, App. B</EAR>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix B to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas Having Shortages of Dental Professional(s)</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part I—Geographic Areas</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Federal and State Correctional Institutions.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Medium to maximum security Federal and State correctional institutions and youth detention facilities will be designated as having a shortage of dental professional(s) if both the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The institution has at least 250 inmates.</P>
                    <P>(b) The ratio of the number of internees per year to the number of FTE dentists serving the institution is at least 1,500:1.</P>
                    <P>Here the number of internees is defined as follows:</P>
                    <P>(i) If the number of new inmates per year and the average length-of-stay are not specified, or if the information provided does not indicate that intake dental examinations are routinely performed by dentists upon entry, then—Number of internees=average number of inmates.</P>
                    <P>(ii) If the average length-of-stay is specified as one year or more, and intake dental examinations are routinely performed upon entry, then—Number of internees=average number of inmates+number of new inmates per year.</P>

                    <P>(iii) If the average length-of-stay is specified as less than one year, and intake dental examinations are routinely performed upon entry, then—Number of internees=average number of inmates+<FR>1/3</FR>×(1+2×ALOS)×number of new inmates per year where ALOS=average length-of-stay (in fraction of year).
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">(The number of FTE dentists is computed as in part I, section B, paragraph 3 above.)</FP>
                    
                    <P>2. Determination of Degree of Shortage.</P>
                    <P>Designated correctional institutions will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups based on the number of inmates and/or the ratio (R) of internees to dentists, as follows:</P>
                    <P>Group 1—Institutions with 500 or more inmates and no dentists.</P>

                    <P>Group 2—Other institutions with no dentists and institutions with R greater than (or equal to) 3,000:1.<PRTPAGE P="72"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>Group 3—Institutions with R greater than (or equal to) 1,500:1 but less than 3,000:1.</P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether an area meets the criteria established by paragraph A of this part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Rational Area for the Delivery of Dental Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) The following areas will be considered rational areas for the delivery of dental health services:</P>
                    <P>(i) A county, or a group of several contiguous counties whose population centers are within 40 minutes travel time of each other.</P>
                    <P>(ii) A portion of a county (or an area made up of portions of more than one county) whose population, because of topography, market or transportation patterns, distinctive population characteristics, or other factors, has limited access to contiguous area resources, as measured generally by a travel time of greater than 40 minutes to such resources.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Established neighborhoods and communities within metropolitan areas which display a strong self-identity (as indicated by a homogenous socioeconomic or demographic structure and/or a traditional of interaction or intradependency), have limited interaction with contiguous areas, and which, in general, have a minimum population of 20,000.</P>
                    <P>(b) The following distances will be used as guidelines in determining distances corresponding to 40 minutes travel time:</P>
                    <P>(i) Under normal conditions with primary roads available: 25 miles.</P>
                    <P>(ii) In mountainous terrain or in areas with only secondary roads available: 20 miles.</P>
                    <P>(iii) In flat terrain or in areas connected by interstate highways: 30 miles.</P>
                    <P>Within inner portions of metropolitan areas, information on the public transportation system will be used to determine the distance corresponding to 40 minutes travel time.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Population Count.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The population count use will be the total permanent resident civilian population of the area, excluding inmates of institutions, with the following adjustments:</P>
                    <P>(a) Seasonal residents, i.e., those who maintain a residence in the area but inhabit it for only 2 to 8 months per year, may be included but must be weighted in proportion to the fraction of the year they are present in the area.</P>
                    <P>(b) Migratory workers and their families may be included in an area's population using the following formula: Effective migrant contribution to population=(fraction of year migrants are present in area)×(average daily number of migrants during portion of year that migrants are present).</P>
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Counting of Dental Practitioners.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) All non-Federal dentists providing patient care will be counted, except in those areas where it is shown that specialists (those dentists not in general practice or pedodontics) are serving a larger area and are not addressing the general dental care needs of the area under consideration.</P>
                    <P>(b) Full-time equivalent (FTE) figures will be used to reflect productivity differences among dental practices based on the age of the dentists, the number of auxiliaries employed, and the number of hours worked per week. In general, the number of FTE dentists will be computed using weights obtained from the matrix in Table 1, which is based on the productivity of dentists at various ages, with different numbers of auxiliaries, as compared with the average productivity of all dentists. For the purposes of these determinations, an auxiliary is defined as any non-dentist staff employed by the dentist to assist in operation of the practice.</P>
                    <GPOTABLE CDEF="s35,5,5,5,5" COLS="5" OPTS="L2">
                      <TTITLE>Table 1—Equivalency Weights, by Age and Number of Auxiliaries</TTITLE>
                      <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"/>
                        <CHED H="1">&lt;55</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">55-59</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">60-64</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">65+</CHED>
                      </BOXHD>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">No auxiliaries</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.8</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.7</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.6</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.5</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">One auxiliary</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.0</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.9</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.8</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.7</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Two auxiliaries</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.2</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.0</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.0</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.8</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Three auxiliaries</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.4</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.2</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.0</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.0</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Four or more auxiliaries</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.3</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.2</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>If information on the number of auxiliaries employed by the dentist is not available, Table 2 will be used to compute the number of full-time equivalent dentists.</P>
                    <GPOTABLE CDEF="s35,5,5,5,5" COLS="5" OPTS="L2">
                      <TTITLE>Table 2—Equivalency Weights, by Age</TTITLE>
                      <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"/>
                        <CHED H="1">55</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">55-59</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">60-64</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">65+</CHED>
                      </BOXHD>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Equivalency weights</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.2</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.9</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.8</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.6</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>The number of FTE dentists within a particular age group (or age/auxiliary group) will be obtained by multiplying the number of dentists within that group by its corresponding equivalency weight. The total supply of FTE dentists within an area is then computed as the sum of those dentists within each age (or age/auxiliary) group.</P>

                    <P>(c) The equivalency weights specified in tables 1 and 2 assume that dentists within a particular group are working full-time (40 hours per week). Where appropriate data are available, adjusted equivalency figures for dentists who are semi-retired, who operate a reduced practice due to infirmity or other limiting conditions, or who are available to the population of an area only on a part-time basis will be used to reflect the reduced availability of these dentists. In computing these equivalency figures, every 4 hours (or <FR>1/2</FR> day) spent in the dental practice will be counted as 0.1 FTE except that each dentist working more than 40 hours a week will be <PRTPAGE P="73"/>counted as 1.0. The count obtained for a particular age group of dentists will then be multiplied by the appropriate equivalency weight from table 1 or 2 to obtain a full-time equivalent figure for dentists within that particular age or age/auxiliary category.</P>
                    <P>4. <E T="03">Determination of Unusually High Needs for Dental Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>An area will be considered as having unusually high needs for dental services if at least one of the following criteria is met:</P>
                    <P>(a) More than 20% of the population (or of all households) has incomes below the poverty level.</P>
                    <P>(b) The majority of the area's population does not have a fluoridated water supply.</P>
                    <P>5. <E T="03">Determination of Insufficient Capacity of Existing Dental Care Providers.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>An area's existing dental care providers will be considered to have insufficient capacity if at least two of the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) More than 5,000 visits per year per FTE dentist serving the area.</P>

                    <P>(b) Unusually long waits for appointments for routine dental services (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, more than 6 weeks).</P>
                    <P>(c) A substantial proportion (<FR>2/3</FR> or more) of the area's dentists do not accept new patients.</P>
                    <P>6. <E T="03">Contiguous Area Considerations.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Dental professional(s) in areas contiguous to an area being considered for designation will be considered excessively distant, overutilized or inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration if one of the following conditions prevails in each contiguous area:</P>
                    <P>(a) Dental professional(s) in the contiguous area are more than 40 minutes travel time from the center of the area being considered for designation (measured in accordance with Paragraph B.1.(b) of this part).</P>
                    <P>(b) Contiguous area population-to-(FTE) dentist ratios are in excess of 3,000 : 1, indicating that resources in contiguous areas cannot be expected to help alleviate the shortage situation in the area being considered for designation.</P>
                    <P>(c) Dental professional(s) in the contiguous area are inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration because of specified access barriers, such as:</P>
                    <P>(i) Significant differences between the demographic (or socioeconomic) characteristics of the area under consideration and those of the contiguous area, indicating that the population of the area under consideration may be effectively isolated from nearby resources. Such isolation could be indicated, for example, by an unusually high proportion of non-English-speaking persons.</P>
                    <P>(ii) A lack of economic access to contiguous area resources, particularly where a very high proportion of the population of the area under consideration is poor (i.e., where more than 20 percent of the population or of the households have incomes below the poverty level) and Medicaid-covered or public dental services are not available in the contiguous area.</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The degree of shortage of a given geographic area, designated as having a shortage of dental professional(s), will be determined using the following procedure:</P>
                    <P>Designated areas will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups, based on the ratio (R) of population to number of full-time-equivalent dentists and the presence or absence of unusually high needs for dental services, or insufficient capacity of existing dental care providers according to the following table:</P>
                    <GPOTABLE CDEF="s25,r55,r55" COLS="3" OPTS="L2">
                      <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"/>
                        <CHED H="1">High needs or insufficient capacity not indicated</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">High needs or insufficient capacity indicated</CHED>
                      </BOXHD>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Group 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>No dentists</ENT>
                        <ENT>No dentists or R≥8,000.</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Group 2</ENT>
                        <ENT>R≥8,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,000&gt;R≥6,000.</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Group 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>8,000&gt;R≥6,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,000&gt;R≥5,000.</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Group 4</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,000&gt;R≥5,000</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,000&gt;R≥4,000.</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>D. <E T="03">Determination of size of dental shortage.</E> Size of Dental Shortage (in number of FTE dental practitioners needed) will be computed using the following formulas:</P>
                    <P>(1) For areas without unusually high need:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Dental shortage=area population/5,000−number of FTE dental practitioners</FP>
                    <P>(2) For areas with unusually high need:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Dental shortage=area population/4,000−number of FTE dental practitioners</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part II—Population Groups</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. In general, specified population groups within particular geographic areas will be designated as having a shortage of dental care professional(s) if the following three criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>a. The area in which they reside is rational for the delivery of dental care services, as defined in paragraph B.1 of part I of this appendix.</P>
                    <P>b. Access barriers prevent the population group from use of the area's dental providers.</P>
                    <P>c. The ratio (R) of the number of persons in the population group to the number of dentists practicing in the area and serving the population group is at least 4,000:1.</P>
                    <P>2. Indians and Alaska Natives will be considered for designation as having shortages of dental professional(s) as follows:</P>
                    <P>(a) Groups of members of Indian tribes (as defined in section 4(d) of Pub. L. 94-437, the Indian Health Care Improvement Act of 1976) are automatically designated.</P>

                    <P>(b) Other groups of Indians or Alaska Natives (as defined in section 4(c) of Pub. L. 94-437) will be designated if the general criteria in paragraph 1 are met.<PRTPAGE P="74"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Each designated population group will be assigned to a degree-of-shortage group as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 1—No dentists or R≥8,000.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 2—8,000&gt;R≥6,000.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 3—6,000&gt;R≥5,000.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 4—5,000&gt;R≥4,000.</FP>
                    
                    <FP>Population groups which have received “automatic” designation will be assigned to degree-of-shortage group 4 unless information on the ratio of the number of persons in the group to the number of FTE dentists serving them is provided.</FP>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of size of dental shortage.</E> Size of dental shortage will be computed as follows:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Dental shortage=number of persons in population group/4,000−number of FTE dental practitioners</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part III—Facilities</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Federal and State Correctional Institutions.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Medium to maximum security Federal and State correctional institutions and youth detention facilities will be designated as having a shortage of dental professional(s) if both the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The institution has at least 250 inmates.</P>
                    <P>(b) The ratio of the number of internees per year to the number of FTE dentists serving the institution is at least 1,500:1. (Here the number of internees is the number of inmates present at the beginning of the year plus the number of new inmates entering the institution during the year, including those who left before the end of the year; the number of FTE dentists is computed as in part I, section B, paragraph 3 above.)</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Determination of Degree-of-Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Designated correctional institutions will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups as follows, based on number of inmates and/or the ratio (R) of internees to dentists:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 1—Institutions with 500 or more inmates and no dentists.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 2—Other institutions with no dentists and institutions with R &gt; 3,000.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 3—Institutions with 3,000 &gt; R &gt; 1,500.</FP>
                    
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Public or Non-Profit Private Dental Facilities.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Public or nonprofit private facilties providing general dental care services will be designated as having a shortage of dental professional(s) if both of the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The facility is providing general dental care services to an area or population group designated as having a dental professional(s) shortage; and</P>
                    <P>(b) The facility has insufficent capacity to meet the dental care needs of that area or population group.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether public or nonprofit private facilities meet the criteria established by paragraph B.1. of this part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">Provision of Services to a Designated Area or Population Group.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A facility will be considered to be providing services to an area or population group if either:</P>
                    <P>(i) A majority of the facility's dental care services are being provided to residents of designated dental professional(s) shortage areas or to population groups designated as having a shortage of dental professional(s); or</P>
                    <P>(ii) The population within a designated dental shortage area or population group has reasonable access to dental services provided at the facility. Reasonable access will be assumed if the population lies within 40 minutes travel time of the facility and non-physical barriers (relating to demographic and socioeconomic characteristics of the population) do not prevent the population from receiving care at the facility.</P>
                    <P>Migrant health centers (as defined in section 319(a)(1) of the Act) which are located in areas with designated migrant population groups and Indian Health Service facilities are assumed to be meeting this requirement.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Insufficient Capacity To Meet Dental Care Needs.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A facility will be considered to have insufficient capacity to meet the dental care needs of a designated area or population group if either of the following conditions exists at the facility.</P>
                    <P>(i) There are more than 5,000 outpatient visits per year per FTE dentist on the staff of the facility. (Here the number of FTE dentists is computed as in part I, section B, paragraph 3 above.)</P>
                    <P>(ii) Waiting time for appointments is more than 6 weeks for routine dental services.</P>
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Each designated dental facility will be assigned to the same degree-of-shortage group as the designated area or population group which it serves.</P>
                    <CITA>[45 FR 76000, Nov. 17, 1980, as amended at 54 FR 8738, Mar. 2, 1989; 57 FR 2480, Jan. 22, 1992]</CITA>
                  </APPENDIX>
                  <APPENDIX>
                    <EAR>Pt. 5, App. C</EAR>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix C to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas Having Shortages of Mental Health Professionals</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part I—Geographic Areas</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria.</E> A geographic area will be designated as having a shortage of mental health professionals if the following four criteria are met:<PRTPAGE P="75"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. The area is a rational area for the delivery of mental health services.</P>
                    <P>2. One of the following conditions prevails within the area:</P>
                    <P>(a) The area has—</P>
                    <P>(i) A population-to-core-mental-health-professional ratio greater than or equal to 6,000:1 and a population-to-psychiatrist ratio greater than or equal to 20,000:1, or</P>
                    <P>(ii) A population-to-core-professional ratio greater than or equal to 9,000:1, or</P>
                    <P>(iii) A population-to-psychiatrist ratio greater than or equal to 30,000:1;</P>
                    <P>(b) The area has unusually high needs for mental health services, and has—</P>
                    <P>(i) A population-to-core-mental-health-professional ratio greater than or equal to 4,500:1 and</P>
                    <P>A population-to-psychiatrist ratio greater than or equal to 15,000:1, or</P>
                    <P>(ii) A population-to-core-professional ratio greater than or equal to 6,000:1, or</P>
                    <P>(iii) A population-to-psychiatrist ratio greater than or equal to 20,000:1;</P>

                    <P>3. Mental health professionals in contiguous areas are overutilized, excessively distant or inaccessible to residents of the area under consideration.
                    </P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether an area meets the criteria established by paragraph A of this part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Rational Areas for the Delivery of Mental Health Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) The following areas will be considered rational areas for the delivery of mental health services:</P>
                    <P>(i) An established mental health catchment area, as designated in the State Mental Health Plan under the general criteria set forth in section 238 of the Community Mental Health Centers Act.</P>
                    <P>(ii) A portion of an established mental health catchment area whose population, because of topography, market and/or transportation patterns or other factors, has limited access to mental health resources in the rest of the catchment area, as measured generally by a travel time of greater than 40 minutes to these resources.</P>
                    <P>(iii) A county or metropolitan area which contains more than one mental health catchment area, where data are unavailable by individual catchment area.</P>
                    <P>(b) The following distances will be used as guidelines in determining distances corresponding to 40 minutes travel time:</P>
                    <P>(i) Under normal conditions with primary roads available: 25 miles.</P>
                    <P>(ii) In mountainous terrain or in areas with only secondary roads available: 20 miles.</P>
                    <P>(iii) In flat terrain or in areas connected by interstate highways: 30 miles.</P>
                    <P>Within inner portions of metropolitan areas, information on the public transportation system will be used to determine the distance corresponding to 40 minutes travel time.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Population Count.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The population count used will be the total permanent resident civilian population of the area, excluding inmates of institutions.</P>
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Counting of mental health professionals.</E> (a) All non-Federal core mental health professionals (as defined below) providing mental health patient care (direct or other, including consultation and supervision) in ambulatory or other short-term care settings to residents of the area will be counted. Data on each type of core professional should be presented separately, in terms of the number of full-time-equivalent (FTE) practitioners of each type represented.</P>
                    <P>(b) Definitions:</P>
                    <P>(i) <E T="03">Core mental health professionals</E> or <E T="03">core professionals</E> includes those psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, clinical social workers, psychiatric nurse specialists, and marriage and family therapists who meet the definitions below.</P>
                    <P>(ii) <E T="03">Psychiatrist</E> means a doctor of medicine (M.D.) or doctor of osteopathy (D.O.) who</P>
                    <P>(A) Is certified as a psychiatrist or child psychiatrist by the American Medical Specialities Board of Psychiatry and Neurology or by the American Osteopathic Board of Neurology and Psychiatry, or, if not certified, is “broad-eligible” (i.e., has successfully completed an accredited program of graduate medical or osteopathic education in psychiatry or child psychiatry); and</P>
                    <P>(B) Practices patient care psychiatry or child psychiatry, and is licensed to do so, if required by the State of practice.</P>
                    <P>(iii) <E T="03">Clinical psychologist</E> means an individual (normally with a doctorate in psychology) who is practicing as a clinical or counseling psychologist and is licensed or certified to do so by the State of practice; or, if licensure or certification is not required in the State of practice, an individual with a doctorate in psychology and two years of supervised clinical or counseling experience. (School psychologists are not included.)</P>
                    <P>(iv) <E T="03">Clinical social worker</E> means an individual who—</P>
                    <P>(A) Is certified as a clinical social worker by the American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work, or is listed on the National Association of Social Workers' Clinical Register, or has a master's degree in social work and two years of supervised clinical experience; and</P>
                    <P>(B) Is licensed to practice as a social worker, if required by the State of practice.</P>
                    <P>(v) <E T="03">Psychiatric nurse specialist</E> means a registered nurse (R.N.) who—</P>

                    <P>(A) Is certified by the American Nurses Association as a psychiatric and mental health clinical nurse specialist, or has a master's degree in nursing with a specialization in psychiatric/mental health and two years of supervised clinical experience; and<PRTPAGE P="76"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(B) Is licensed to practice as a psychiatric or mental health nurse specialist, if required by the State of practice.</P>
                    <P>(vi) <E T="03">Marriage and family therapist</E> means an individual (normally with a master's or doctoral degree in marital and family therapy and at least two years of supervised clinical experience) who is practicing as a marital and family therapist and is licensed or certified to do so by the State of practice; or, if licensure or certification is not required by the State of practice, is eligible for clinical membership in the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy.</P>
                    <P>(c) Practitioners who provide patient care to the population of an area only on a part-time basis (whether because they maintain another office elsewhere, spend some of their time providing services in a facility, are semi-retired, or operate a reduced practice for other reasons), will be counted on a partial basis through the use of full-time-equivalency calculations based on a 40-hour week. Every 4 hours (or <FR>1/2</FR> day) spent providing patient care services in ambulatory or inpatient settings will be counted as 0.1 FTE, and each practitioner providing patient care for 40 or more hours per week as 1.0 FTE. Hours spent on research, teaching, vocational or educational counseling, and social services unrelated to mental health will be excluded; if a practitioner is located wholly or partially outside the service area, only those services actually provided within the area are to be counted.</P>
                    <P>(d) In some cases, practitioners located within an area may not be accessible to the general population of the area under consideration. Practitioners working in restricted facilities will be included on an FTE basis based on time spent outside the facility. Examples of restricted facilities include correctional institutions, youth detention facilities, residential treatment centers for emotionally disturbed or mentally retarded children, school systems, and inpatient units of State or county mental hospitals.</P>
                    <P>(e) In cases where there are mental health facilities or institutions providing both inpatient and outpatient services, only those FTEs providing mental health services in outpatient units or other short-term care units will be counted.</P>
                    <P>(f) Adjustments for the following factors will also be made in computing the number of FTE providers:</P>
                    <P>(i) Practitioners in residency programs will be counted as 0.5 FTE.</P>
                    <P>(ii) Graduates of foreign schools who are not citizens or lawful permanent residents of the United States will be excluded from counts.</P>
                    <P>(iii) Those graduates of foreign schools who are citizens or lawful permanent residents of the United States, and practice in certain settings, but do not have unrestricted licenses to practice, will be counted on a full-time-equivalency basis up to a maximum of 0.5 FTE.</P>
                    <P>(g) Practitioners suspended for a period of 18 months or more under provisions of the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Act will not be counted.</P>
                    <P>4. <E T="03">Determination of unusually high needs for mental health services.</E> An area will be considered to have unusually high needs for mental health services if one of the following criteria is met:</P>
                    <P>(a) 20 percent of the population (or of all households) in the area have incomes below the poverty level.</P>
                    <P>(b) The youth ratio, defined as the ratio of the number of children under 18 to the number of adults of ages 18 to 64, exceeds 0.6.</P>
                    <P>(c) The elderly ratio, defined as the ratio of the number of persons aged 65 and over to the number of adults of ages 18 to 64, exceeds 0.25.</P>
                    <P>(d) A high prevalence of alcoholism in the population, as indicated by prevalence data showing the area's alcoholism rates to be in the worst quartile of the nation, region, or State.</P>
                    <P>(e) A high degree of substance abuse in the area, as indicated by prevalence data showing the area's substance abuse to be in the worst quartile of the nation, region, or State.</P>
                    <P>5. <E T="03">Contiguous area considerations.</E> Mental health professionals in areas contiguous to an area being considered for designation will be considered excessively distant, overutilized or inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration if one of the following conditions prevails in each contiguous area:</P>
                    <P>(a) Core mental health professionals in the contiguous area are more than 40 minutes travel time from the closest population center of the area being considered for designation (measured in accordance with paragraph B.1(b) of this part).</P>
                    <P>(b) The population-to-core-mental-health-professional ratio in the contiguous area is in excess of 3,000:1 and the population-to-psychiatrist ratio there is in excess of 10,000:1, indicating that core mental health professionals in the contiguous areas are overutilized and cannot be expected to help alleviate the shortage situation in the area for which designation is being considered. (If data on core mental health professionals other than psychiatrists are not available for the contiguous area, a population-to-psychiatrist ratio there in excess of 20,000:1 may be used to demonstrate overutilization.)</P>
                    <P>(c) Mental health professionals in contiguous areas are inaccessible to the population of the requested area due to geographic, cultural, language or other barriers or because of residency restrictions of programs or facilities providing such professionals.</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of degree of shortage.</E> Designated areas will be assigned to degree-of-<PRTPAGE P="77"/>shortage groups according to the following table, depending on the ratio (R<E T="52">C</E>) of population to number of FTE core-mental-health-service providers (FTE<E T="52">C</E>); the ratio (R<E T="52">P</E>) of population to number of FTE psychiatrists (FTE<E T="52">P</E>); and the presence or absence of high needs:</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">High Needs Not Indicated</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 1—FTE<E T="52">C</E>=0 and FTE<E T="52">P</E>=0</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 2—R<E T="52">C</E> gte * 6,000:1 and FTE<E T="52">P</E>=0</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 3—R<E T="52">C</E> gte 6,000:1 and R<E T="52">P</E> gte 20,000</FP>

                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 4(a)—For psychiatrist placements only: All other areas with FTE<E T="52">P</E>=0 or R<E T="52">P</E> gte 30,000</FP>

                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 4(b)—For other mental health practitioner placements: All other areas with R<E T="52">C</E> gte 9,000:1.</FP>
                    
                    <P>* Note: “gte” means “greater than or equal to”.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">High Needs Indicated</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 1—FTE<E T="52">C</E>=0 and FTE<E T="52">P</E>=0</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 2—R<E T="52">C</E> gte 4,500:1 and FTE<E T="52">P</E>=0</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 3—R<E T="52">C</E> gte 4,500:1 and R<E T="52">P</E> gte 15,000</FP>

                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 4(a)—For psychiatrist placements only: All other areas with FTE<E T="52">P</E>=0 or R<E T="52">P</E> gte 20,000</FP>

                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 4(b)—For other mental health practitioner placements: All other areas with R<E T="52">C</E> gte 6,000:1.</FP>
                    <P>D. <E T="03">Determination of Size of Shortage.</E> Size of Shortage (in number of FTE professionals needed) will be computed using the following formulas:</P>
                    <P>(1) For areas without unusually high need:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Core professional shortage=area population/6,000−number of FTE core professionals</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Psychiatrist shortage=area population/20,000−number of FTE psychiatrists</FP>
                    
                    <P>(2) For areas with unusually high need:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Core professional shortage=area population/4,500−number of FTE core professionals</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Psychiatrist shortage=area population/15,000−number of FTE psychiatrists</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part II—Population Groups</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria.</E> Population groups within particular rational mental health service areas will be designated as having a mental health professional shortage if the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>1. Access barriers prevent the population group from using those core mental health professionals which are present in the area; and</P>
                    <P>2. One of the following conditions prevails:</P>
                    <P>(a) The ratio of the number of persons in the population group to the number of FTE core mental health professionals serving the population group is greater than or equal to 4,500:1 and the ratio of the number of persons in the population group to the number of FTE psychiatrists serving the population group is greater than or equal to 15,000:1; or,</P>
                    <P>(b) The ratio of the number of persons in the population group to the number of FTE core mental health professionals serving the population group is greater than or equal to 6,000:1; or,</P>
                    <P>(c) The ratio of the number of persons in the population group to the number of FTE psychiatrists serving the population group is greater than or equal to 20,000:1.</P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Determination of degree of shortage.</E> Designated population groups will be assigned to the same degree-of-shortage groups defined in part I.C of this appendix for areas with unusually high needs for mental health services, using the computed ratio (R<E T="52">C</E>) of the number of persons in the population group to the number of FTE core mental health service providers (FTE<E T="52">C</E>) serving the population group, and the ration (R<E T="52">P</E>) of the number of persons in the population group to the number of FTE psychiatrists (FTE<E T="52">P</E>) serving the population group.</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of size of shortage.</E> Size of shortage will be computed as follows:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Core professional shortage=number of persons in population group/4,500−number of FTE core professionals</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Psychiatrist shortage=number of persons in population group/15,000−number of FTE psychiatrists</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part III—Facilities</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Federal and State Correctional Institutions</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Medium to maximum security Federal and State correctional institutions for adults or youth, and youth detention facilities, will be designated as having a shortage of psychiatric professional(s) if both of the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The institution has more than 250 inmates, and</P>
                    <P>(b) The ratio of the number of internees per year to the number of FTE psychiatrists serving the institution is at least 2,000:1. (Here the number of internees is the number of inmates or residents present at the beginning of the year, plus the number of new inmates or residents entering the institution during the year, including those who left before the end of the year; the number of FTE psychiatrists is computed as in part I, section B, paragraph 3 above.)</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Correctional facilities and youth detention facilities will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups, based on the number of inmates and/or the ratio (R) of internees to FTE psychiatrists, as follows:
                    </P>
                    <P>Group 1—Facilities with 500 or more inmates or residents and no psychiatrist.</P>
                    <P>Group 2—Other facilities with no psychiatrists and facilities with 500 or more inmates or residents and R&gt;3,000.</P>
                    <P>Group 3—All other facilities.
                    </P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">State and County Mental Hospitals.</E>
                      <PRTPAGE P="78"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A State or county hospital will be designated as having a shortage of psychiatric professional(s) if both of the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(a) The mental hospital has an average daily inpatient census of at least 100; and</P>
                    <P>(b) The number of workload units per FTE psychiatrists available at the hospital exceeds 300, where workload units are calculated using the following formula:</P>
                    <P>Total workload units = average daily inpatient census + 2 × (number of inpatient admissions per year) + 0.5 × (number of admissions to day care and outpatient services per year).</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>State or county mental hospitals will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups, based on the ratio (R) of workload units to number of FTE psychiatrists, as follows:
                    </P>
                    <P>Group 1—No psychiatrists, or R&gt;1,800.</P>
                    <P>Group 2—1,800&gt;R&gt;1,200.</P>
                    <P>Group 3—1,200&gt;R&gt;600.</P>
                    <P>Group 4—600&gt;R&gt;300.
                    </P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Community Mental Health Centers and Other Public or Nonprofit Private Facilities.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A community mental health center (CMHC), authorized by Pub. L. 94-63, or other public or nonprofit private facility providing mental health services to an area or population group, may be designated as having a shortage of psychiatric professional(s) if the facility is providing (or is responsible for providing) mental health services to an area or population group designated as having a mental health professional(s), and the facility has insufficient capacity to meet the psychiatric needs of the area or population group.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether CMHCs or other public or nonprofit private facilities meet the criteria established in paragraph C.1 of this Part, the following methodology will be used.</P>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">Provision of Services to a Designated Area or Population Group.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The facility will be considered to be providing services to a designated area or population group if either:</P>
                    <P>(i) A majority of the facility's mental health services are being provided to residents of designated mental health professional(s) shortage areas or to population groups designated as having a shortage of mental health professional(s); or</P>
                    <P>(ii) The population within a designated psychiatric shortage area or population group has reasonable access to mental health services provided at the facility. Such reasonable access will be assumed if the population lies within 40 minutes travel time of the facility and nonphysical barriers (relating to demographic and socioeconomic characteristics of the population) do not prevent the population from receiving care at the facility.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Responsibility for Provision of Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>This condition will be considered to be met if the facility, by Federal or State statute, administrative action, or contractual agreement, has been given responsibility for providing and/or coordinating mental health services for the area or population group, consistent with applicable State plans.</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">Insufficient capacity to meet mental health service needs.</E> A facility will be considered to have insufficient capacity to meet the mental health service needs of the area or population it serves if:</P>
                    <P>(i) There are more than 1,000 patient visits per year per FTE core mental health professional on staff of the facility, or</P>
                    <P>(ii) There are more than 3,000 patient visits per year per FTE psychiatrist on staff of the facility, or</P>
                    <P>(iii) No psychiatrists are on the staff and this facility is the only facility providing (or responsible for providing) mental health services to the designated area or population.</P>
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Determination of Degree-of-Shortage.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Each designated facility will be assigned to the same degree-of-shortage group as the designated area or population group which it serves.</P>
                    <CITA>[45 FR 76000, Nov. 17, 1980, as amended at 54 FR 8738, Mar. 2, 1989; 57 FR 2477, Jan. 22, 1992]</CITA>
                  </APPENDIX>
                  <APPENDIX>
                    <EAR>Pt. 5, App. D</EAR>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix D to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas Having Shortages of Vision Care Professional(s)</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part I—Geographic Areas</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A geographic area will be designated as having a shortage of vision care professional(s) if the following three criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>1. The area is a rational area for the delivery of vision care services.</P>
                    <P>2. The estimated number of optometric visits supplied by vision care professional(s) in the area is less than the estimated requirements of the area's population for these visits, and the computed shortage is at least 1,500 optometric visits.</P>
                    <P>3. Vision care professional(s) in contiguous areas are excessively distant, overutilized, or inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration.</P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether an area meets the criteria established by paragraph A of this part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Rational Areas for the Delivery of Vision Care Services.</E>
                      <PRTPAGE P="79"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) The following areas will be considered rational areas for the delivery of vision care services:</P>
                    <P>(i) A county, or a group of contiguous counties whose population centers are within 40 minutes travel time of each other;</P>
                    <P>(ii) A portion of a county (or an area made up of portions of more than one county) whose population, because of topography, market or transportation patterns, or other factors, has limited access to contiguous area resources, as measured generally by a travel time of greater than 40 minutes to these resources.</P>
                    <P>(b) The following distances will be used as guidelines in determining distances corresponding to 40 minutes travel time:</P>
                    <P>(i) Under normal conditions with primary roads available: 25 miles.</P>
                    <P>(ii) In mountainous terrain or in areas with only secondary roads available: 20 miles.</P>
                    <P>(iii) In flat terrain or in areas connected by interstate highways: 30 miles.</P>
                    <P>Within inner portions of metropolitan areas, information on the public transportation system will be used to determine the distance corresponding to 40 minutes travel time.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Determination of Estimated Requirement for Optometric Visits.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The number of optometric visits required by an area's population will be estimated by multiplying each of the following visit rates by the size of the population within that particular age group and then adding the figures obtained together.</P>
                    <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,9,9,9,9,9,9" COLS="7" OPTS="L2">
                      <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Age</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Annual number of optometric visits required per person, by age</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">Under 20</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">20-29</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">30-39</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">40-49</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">50-59</CHED>
                        <CHED H="2">60 and over</CHED>
                      </BOXHD>
                      <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Number of visits</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.11</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.20</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.24</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.35</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.41</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.48</ENT>
                      </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>For geographic areas where the age distribution of the population is not known, it will be assumed that the percentage distribution, by age groups, for the area is the same as the distribution for the county of which it is a part.</P>
                    <P>(3) <E T="03">Determination of Estimated Supply of Optometric Visits.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>The estimated supply of optometric services will be determined by use of the following formula:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Optometric visits supplied = 3,000 × (number of optometrists under 65)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Optometric visits supplied + 2,000 × (number of optometrists 65 and over)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Optometric visits supplied + 1,500 × (number of ophthamologists)</FP>
                    
                    <P>(4) <E T="03">Determination of Size of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Size of shortage (in number of optometric visits) will be computed as follows:</P>
                    <P>Optometric visit shortage = visits required − visits supplied</P>
                    <P>(5) <E T="03">Contiguous Area Considerations.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Vision care professional(s) in area contiguous to an area being considered for designation will be considered execessively distant, overutilized or inaccessible to the population of the area if one of the following conditions prevails in each contiguous area:</P>
                    <P>(a) Vision care professional(s) in the contiguous area are more than 40 minutes travel time from the center of the area being considered for designation (measured in accordance with paragraph B.1(b) of this part).</P>
                    <P>(b) The estimated requirement for vision care services in the contiguous area exceeds the estimated supply of such services there, based on the requirements and supply calculations previously described.</P>
                    <P>(c) Vision care professional(s) in the contiguous area are inaccessible to the population of the area because of specified access barriers (such as economic or cultural barriers).</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of Degree-of-Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Designated areas (and population groups) will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups, based on the ratio of optometric visits supplied to optometric visits required for the area (or group), as follows:
                    </P>
                    <P>Group 1—Areas (or groups) with no optometric visits being supplied (i.e., with no optometrists or ophthalmologists).</P>
                    <P>Group 2—Areas (or groups) where the ratio of optometric visits supplied to optometric visits required is less than 0.5.</P>
                    <P>Group 3—Areas (or groups) where the ratio of optometric visits supplied to optometric visits required is between 0.5 and 1.0.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part II—Population Groups</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Population groups within particular geographic areas will be designated if both the following criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>(1) Members of the population group do not have access to vision care resources within the area (or in contiguous areas) because of non-physical access barriers (such as economic or cultural barriers).</P>

                    <P>(2) The estimated number of optometric visits supplied to the population group (as determined under paragraph B.3 of part I of this Appendix) is less than the estimated number of visits required by that group (as determined under paragraph B.2 of part I of this Appendix), and the computed shortage is at least 1,500 optometric visits.<PRTPAGE P="80"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The degree of shortage of a given population group will be determined in the same way as described for areas in paragraph C of part I of this appendix.</P>
                  </APPENDIX>
                  <APPENDIX>
                    <EAR>Pt. 5, App. E</EAR>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix E to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas Having Shortages of Podiatric Professional(s)</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part I—Geographic Areas</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A geographic area will be designated as having a shortage of podiatric professional(s) if the following three criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>1. The area is a rational area for the delivery of podiatric services.</P>
                    <P>2. The area's ratio of population to foot care practitioners is at least 28,000:1, and the computed podiatrist shortage to meet this ratio is at least 0.5.</P>
                    <P>3. Podiatric professional(s) in contiguous areas are overutilized, excessively distant, or inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration.</P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether an area meets the criteria established by paragraph A of this Part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Rational Areas for the Delivery of Podiatric Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) The following areas will be considered rational areas for the delivery of podiatric services:</P>
                    <P>(i) A county or a group of contiguous counties whose population centers are within 40 minutes travel time of each other.</P>
                    <P>(ii) A portion of a county, or an area made up of portions of more than one county, whose population, because of topography, market and/or transportation patterns or other factors, has limited access to contiguous area resources, as measured generally by a travel time of greater than 40 minutes from its population center to these resources.</P>
                    <P>(b) The following distances will be used as guidelines in determining distances corresponding to 40 minutes travel time:</P>
                    <P>(i) Under normal conditions with primary roads available: 25 miles.</P>
                    <P>(ii) In mountainous terrain or in areas with only secondary roads available: 20 miles.</P>
                    <P>(iii) In flat terrain or in areas connected by interstate highways: 30 miles.</P>
                    <P>Within inner portions of metropolitan areas, information on the public transportation system will be used to determine the area corresponding to 40 minutes travel time.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Population Count.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>The population count used will be the total permanent resident civilian population of the area, excluding inmates of institutions, adjusted by the following formula to take into account the differing utilization rates of podiatric services by different age groups within the population:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Adjusted population=total population × (1 + 2.2 × (percent of population 65 and over) − 0.44 × (percent of population under 17)).</FP>
                    
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Counting of Foot Care Practitioners.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>(a) All podiatrists providing patient care will be counted. However, in order to take into account productivity differences in podiatric practices associated with the age of the podiatrists, the following formula will be utilized:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Number of FTE podiatrists = 1.0 × (podiatrists under age 55)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+ .8 × (podiatrists age 55 and over)</FP>
                    

                    <P>(b) In order to take into account the fact that orthopedic surgeons and general and family practitioners devote a percentage of their time to foot care, the total available foot care practitioners will be computed as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Number of foot care practitioners = number of FTE podiatrists</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">+ .15 × (number of orthopedic surgeons)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+ .02 × (number of general and family practioners).</FP>
                    
                    <P>4. <E T="03">Determination of Size of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Size of shortage (in number of FTE podiatrists) will be computed as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Podiatrist shortage = adjusted population/28,000 − number of FTE foot care practitioners.</FP>
                    
                    <P>5. <E T="03">Contiguous Area Considerations.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Podiatric professional(s) in areas contiguous to an area being considered for designation will be considered excessively distant, overutilized or inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration if one of the following conditions prevails in each contiguous area:</P>
                    <P>(a) Podiatric professional(s) in the contiguous area are more than 40 minutes travel time from the center of the area being considered for designation.</P>
                    <P>(b) The population-to-foot care practitioner ratio in the contiguous areas is in excess of 20,000 : 1, indicating that contiguous area podiatric professional(s) cannot be expected to help alleviate the shortage situation in the area for which designation is requested.</P>
                    <P>(c) Podiatric professional(s) in the contiguous area are inaccessible to the population of the area under consideration because of specified access barriers (such as economic or cultural barriers).</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of Degree of Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Designated areas will be assigned to groups, based on the ratio (R) of adjusted population to number of foot care practitioners, as follows:
                      <PRTPAGE P="81"/>
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 1 Areas with no foot care practitioners, and areas with R &gt; 50,000 and no podiatrists.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 2 Other areas with R &gt; 50,000.</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Group 3 Areas with 50,000 &gt; R &gt; 28,000.</FP>
                  </APPENDIX>
                  <APPENDIX>
                    <EAR>Pt. 5, App. F</EAR>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix F to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas Having Shortages of Pharmacy Professional(s)</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part I—Geographic Areas</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A geographic area will be designated as having a shortage of pharmacy professional(s) if the following three criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>1. The area is a rational area for the delivery of pharmacy services.</P>
                    <P>2. The number of pharmacists serving the area is less than the estimated requirement for pharmacists in the area, and the computed pharmacist shortage is at least 0.5.</P>
                    <P>3. Pharmacists in contiguous areas are overutilized or excessively distant from the population of the area under consideration.</P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether an area meets the criteria established by paragraph A of this Part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Rational Areas for the Delivery of Pharmacy Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) The following areas will be considered rational areas for the delivery of pharmacy services:</P>
                    <P>(i) A county, or a group of contiguous counties whose population centers are within 30 minutes travel time of each other; and</P>
                    <P>(ii) A portion of a county, or an area made up of portions of more than one county, whose population, because of topography, market or transportation patterns or other factors, has limited access to contiguous area resources, as measured generally by a travel time of greater than 30 minutes to these resources.</P>
                    <P>(b) The following distances will be used as guidelines in determining distances corresponding to 30 minutes travel time:</P>
                    <P>(i) Under normal conditions with primary roads available: 20 miles.</P>
                    <P>(ii) In mountainous terrain or in areas with only secondary roads available: 15 miles.</P>
                    <P>(iii) In flat terrain or in areas connected by interstate highways: 25 miles.</P>
                    <P>Within inner portions of metropolitan areas, information on the public transportation system will be used to determine the area corresponding to 30 minutes travel time.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Counting of Pharmacists.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>All active pharmacists within the area will be counted, except those engaged in teaching, administration, or pharmaceutical research.</P>
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Determination of Estimated Requirement for Pharmacists.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">Basic estimate.</E> The basic estimated requirement for pharmacists will be calculated as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Basic pharmacist requirement = .15 × (resident civilian population/1,000) + .035 × (total number of physicians engaged in patient care in the area).</FP>
                    
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Adjusted estimate.</E> For areas with less than 20,000 persons, the following adjustment is made to the basic estimate to compensate for the lower expected productivity of small practices.
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Estimated pharmacist requirement = (2 − population/20,000) × basic pharmacist requirement.</FP>
                    
                    <P>4. <E T="03">Size of Shortage Computation.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>The size of the shortage will be computed as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Pharmacist shortage = estimated pharmacist requirement − number of pharmacists available.</FP>
                    
                    <P>5. <E T="03">Contiguous Area Considerations.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Pharmacists in areas contiguous to an area being considered for designation will be considered excessively distant or overutilized if either:</P>
                    <P>(a) Pharmacy professional(s) in contiguous areas are more than 30 minutes travel time from the center of the area under consideration, or</P>
                    <P>(b) The number of pharmacists in each contiguous area is less than or equal to the estimated requirement for pharmacists for that contiguous area (as computed above).</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of Degree-of-Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Designated areas will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups, based on the proportion of the estimated requirement for pharmacists which is currently available in the area, as follows:
                    </P>
                    <P>Group 1—Areas with no pharmacists.</P>
                    <P>Group 2—Areas where the ratio of available pharmacists to pharmacists required is less than 0.5.</P>
                    <P>Group 3—Areas where the ratio of available pharmacists to pharmacists required is between 0.5 and 1.0.</P>
                  </APPENDIX>
                  <APPENDIX>
                    <EAR>Pt. 5, App. G</EAR>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix G to Part 5—Criteria for Designation of Areas Having Shortages of Veterinary Professional(s)</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">Part I—Geographic Areas</HD>
                    <P>A. <E T="03">Criteria for Food Animal Veterinary Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>A geographic area will be designated as having a shortage of food animal veterinary professional(s) if the following three criteria are met:<PRTPAGE P="82"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>1. The area is a rational area for the delivery of veterinary services.</P>
                    <P>2. The ratio of veterinary livestock units to food animal veterinarians in the area is at least 10,000 : 1, and the computed food animal veterinarian shortage to meet this ratio is at least 0.5.</P>
                    <P>3. Food animal veterinarians in contiguous areas are overutilized or excessively distant from the population of the area under consideration.</P>
                    <P>B. <E T="03">Criteria for Companion Animal Veterinary Shortage.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>A geographic area will be designated as having a shortage of companion animal veterinary professional(s) if the following three criteria are met:</P>
                    <P>1. The area is a rational area for the delivery of veterinary services.</P>
                    <P>2. The ratio of resident civilian population to number of companion animal veterinarians in the area is at least 30,000 : 1 and the computed companion animal veterinary shortage to meet this ratio is at least 0.5.</P>
                    <P>3. Companion animal veterinarians in contiguous areas are overutilized or excessively distant from the population of the area under consideration.</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Methodology.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In determining whether an area meets the criteria established by paragraphs A and B of this part, the following methodology will be used:</P>
                    <P>1. <E T="03">Rational Areas for the Delivery of Veterinary Services.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(a) The following areas will be considered rational areas for the delivery of veterinary services:</P>
                    <P>(i) A county, or a group of contiguous counties whose population centers are within 40 minutes travel time of each other.</P>
                    <P>(ii) A portion of a county (or an area made up of portions of more than one county) which, because of topography, market and/or transportation patterns or other factors, has limited access to contiguous area resources, as measured generally by a travel time of greater than 40 minutes to these resources.</P>
                    <P>(b) The following distances will be used as guidelines in determining distances corresponding to 40 minutes travel time:</P>
                    <P>(i) Under normal conditions with primary roads available: 25 miles.</P>
                    <P>(ii) In mountainous terrain or in areas with only secondary roads available: 20 miles.</P>
                    <P>(iii) In flat terrain or in areas connected by interstate highways: 30 miles.</P>
                    <P>2. <E T="03">Determination of Number of Veterinary Livestock Units (VLU) Requiring Care.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Since various types of food animals require varying amounts of veterinary care, each type of animal has been assigned a weight indicating the amount of veterinary care it requires relative to that required by a milk cow. Those weights are used to compute the number of “Veterinary Livestock Units” (VLU) for which veterinary care is required.</P>
                    <P>The VLU is computed as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Veterinary Livestock Units (VLU)=(number of milk cows)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.2×(number of other cattle and calves)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.05×(number of hogs and pigs)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.05×(number of sheep)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.002×(number of poultry).</FP>
                    
                    <P>3. <E T="03">Counting of Food Animal Veterinarians.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>The number of food animal veterinarians is determined by weighting the number of veterinarians within each of several practice categories according to the average fraction of practice time in that category which is devoted to food animal veterinary care, as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Number of Food Animal Veterinarians=(number of veterinarians in large animal practice, exclusively)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+(number of veterinarians in bovine practice, exclusively)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+(number of veterinarians in poultry practice, exclusively)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.75×(mixed practice veterinarians with greater than 50% of practice in large animal care)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.5×(mixed practice veterinarians with approximately 50% of practice in large animal care)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.25×(mixed practice veterinarians with less than 50% of practice in large animal care).</FP>
                    
                    <P>4. <E T="03">Counting of Companion Animal Veterinarians</E> (that is, those who provide services for dogs, cats, horses, and any other animals maintained as companions to the owner rather than as food animals).</P>

                    <P>The number of full-time equivalent companion animal veterinarians is determined by weighting the number of veterinarians within each of several practice categories by the average portion of their practice which is devoted to companion animal care by the practitioners within that category, as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Number of Companion Animal Veterinarians=(number of veterinarians in large animal practice, exclusively)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+(number of veterinarians in equine practice, exclusively)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.75×(mixed practice veterinarians with greater than 50% of practice in small animal care)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.5×(mixed practice veterinarians with approximately 50% of practice in small animal care)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+.25×(mixed practice veterinarians with less than 50% of practice in small animal care).</FP>
                    
                    <P>5. <E T="03">Size of Shortage Computation.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The size of shortage will be computed as follows:</P>
                    <P>(a) Food animal veterinarian shortage=(VLU/10,000)−(number of food animal veterinarians).</P>

                    <P>(b) Companion animal veterinarian shortage=(resident civilian pop./<PRTPAGE P="83"/>30,000)−(number of companion animal veterinarians).</P>
                    <P>6. <E T="03">Contiguous Area Considerations.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Veterinary professional(s) in areas contiguous to an area being considered for designation will be considered excessively distant from the population of the area or overutilized if one of the following conditions prevails in each contiguous area:</P>
                    <P>(a) Veterinary professional(s) in the contiguous area are more than 60 minutes travel time from the center of the area being considered for designation (measured in accordance with paragraph C.1.(b) of this part).</P>
                    <P>(b) In the case of food animal veterinary professional(s), the VLU-to-food animal veterinarian ratio in the contiguous area is in excess of 5,000 : 1.</P>
                    <P>(c) In the case of companion animal veterinary professional(s), the population-to-companion animal veterinarian ratio in the contiguous area is in excess of 15,000 : 1.</P>
                    <P>C. <E T="03">Determination of Degree-of-Shortage.</E>
                    </P>

                    <P>Designated areas will be assigned to degree-of-shortage groups as follows:
                    </P>
                    <P>Group 1—Areas with a food animal veterinarian shortage and no veterinarians.</P>
                    <P>Group 2—Areas (not included above) with a food animal veterinarian shortage and no food animal veterinarians.</P>
                    <P>Group 3—All other food animal veterinarian shortage areas.</P>
                    <P>Group 4—All companion animal shortage areas (not included above) having no veterinarians.</P>
                    <P>Group 5—All other companion animal shortage areas.</P>
                  </APPENDIX>
                </PART>
                <PART>
                  <EAR>Pt. 6</EAR>
                  <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 6—FEDERAL TORT CLAIMS ACT COVERAGE OF CERTAIN GRANTEES AND INDIVIDUALS</HD>
                  <CONTENTS>
                    <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                    <SECTNO>6.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>6.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>6.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Eligible entities.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>6.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Covered individuals.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>6.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Deeming process for eligible entities.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>6.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Covered acts and omissions.</SUBJECT>
                  </CONTENTS>
                  <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>Sections 215 and 224 of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 216 and 233.</P>
                  </AUTH>
                  <SOURCE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
                    <P>60 FR 22532, May 8, 1995, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                  </SOURCE>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 6.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>This part applies to entities and individuals whose acts and omissions related to the performance of medical, surgical, dental, or related functions are covered by the Federal Tort Claims Act (28 U.S.C. 1346(b) and 2671-2680) in accordance with the provisions of section 224(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 233(g)).</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 6.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Act</E> means the Public Health Service Act, as amended.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Attorney General</E> means the Attorney General of the United States and any other officer or employee of the Department of Justice to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Covered entity</E> means an entity described in § 6.3 which has been deemed by the Secretary, in accordance with § 6.5, to be covered by this part.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Covered individual</E> means an individual described in § 6.4.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Effective date</E> as used in § 6.5 and § 6.6 refers to the date of the Secretary's determination that an entity is a covered entity.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) and any other officer or employee of the Department of HHS to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Subrecipient</E> means an entity which receives a grant or a contract from a covered entity to provide a full range of health services on behalf of the covered entity.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 6.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Eligible entities.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">Grantees.</E> Entities eligible for coverage under this part are public and nonprofit private entities receiving Federal funds under any of the following grant programs:</P>
                    <P>(1) Section 329 of the Act (relating to grants for migrant health centers);</P>
                    <P>(2) Section 330 of the Act (relating to grants for community health centers);</P>
                    <P>(3) Section 340 of the Act (relating to grants for health services for the homeless); and</P>
                    <P>(4) Section 340A of the Act (relating to grants for health services for residents of public housing).</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Subrecipients.</E> Entities that are subrecipients of grant funds described in paragraph (a) of this section are eligible for coverage only if they provide a full range of health care services on behalf of an eligible grantee and only for those services carried out under the grant funded project.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <PRTPAGE P="84"/>
                    <SECTNO>§ 6.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Covered individuals.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) Officers and employees of a covered entity are eligible for coverage under this part.</P>
                    <P>(b) Contractors of a covered entity who are physicians or other licensed or certified health care practitioners are eligible for coverage under this part if they meet the requirements of section 224(g)(5) of the Act.</P>
                    <P>(c) An individual physician or other licensed or certified health care practitioner who is an officer, employee, or contractor of a covered entity will not be covered for acts or omissions occurring after receipt by the entity employing such individual of notice of a final determination by the Attorney General that he or she is no longer covered by this part, in accordance with section 224(i) of the Act.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 6.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Deeming process for eligible entities.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>Eligible entities will be covered by this part only on and after the effective date of a determination by the Secretary that they meet the requirements of section 224(h) of the Act. In making such determination, the Secretary will receive such assurances and conduct such investigations as he or she deems necessary.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 6.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Covered acts and omissions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) Only acts and omissions occurring on and after the effective date of the Secretary's determination under § 6.5 and before the later date specified in section 224(g)(3) of the Act are covered by this part.</P>
                    <P>(b) Only claims for damage for personal injury, including death, resulting from the performance of medical, surgical, dental, or related functions are covered by this part.</P>
                    <P>(c) With respect to covered individuals, only acts and omissions within the scope of their employment (or contract for services) are covered. If a covered individual is providing services which are not on behalf of the covered entity, such as on a volunteer basis or on behalf of a third-party (except as described in paragraph (d) of this section), whether for pay or otherwise, acts and omissions which are related to such services are not covered.</P>
                    <P>(d) Only acts and omissions related to the grant-supported activity of entities are covered. Acts and omissions related to services provided to individuals who are not patients of a covered entity will be covered only if the Secretary determines that:</P>
                    <P>(1) The provision of the services to such individuals benefits patients of the entity and general populations that could be served by the entity through community-wide intervention efforts within the communities served by such entity;</P>
                    <P>(2) The provision of the services to such individuals facilitates the provision of services to patients of the entity; or</P>
                    <P>(3) Such services are otherwise required to be provided to such individuals under an employment contract or similar arrangement between the entity and the covered individual.</P>
                    <P>(e) <E T="03">Examples.</E> The following are examples of situations within the scope of paragraph (d) of this section:</P>
                    <P>(1) A community health center deemed to be a covered entity establishes a school-based or school-linked health program as part of its grant supported activity. Even though the students treated are not necessarily registered patients of the center, the center and its health care practitioners will be covered for services provided, if the Secretary makes the determination in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.</P>
                    <P>(2) A migrant health center requires its physicians to obtain staff privileges at a community hospital. As a condition of obtaining such privileges, and thus being able to admit the center's patients to the hospital, the physicians must agree to provide occasional coverage of the hospital's emergency room. The Secretary would be authorized to determine that this coverage is necessary to facilitate the provision of services to the grantee's patients, and that it would therefore be covered by paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>

                    <P>(3) A homeless health services grantee makes arrangements with local community providers for after-hours coverage of its patients. The grantee's physicians are required by their employment contracts to provide periodic cross-coverage for patients of these <PRTPAGE P="85"/>providers, in order to make this arrangement feasible. The Secretary may determine that the arrangement is within the scope of paragraph (d)(3) of this section.</P>
                    <CITA>[60 FR 22532, May. 8, 1995; 60 FR 36073, July 13, 1995]</CITA>
                  </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <PART>
                  <EAR>Pt. 7</EAR>
                  <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 7—DISTRIBUTION OF REFERENCE BIOLOGICAL STANDARDS AND BIOLOGICAL PREPARATIONS</HD>
                  <CONTENTS>
                    <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                    <SECTNO>7.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>7.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Establishment of a user charge.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>7.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>7.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Schedule of charges.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>7.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Payment procedures.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>7.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Exemptions.</SUBJECT>
                  </CONTENTS>
                  <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>Sec. 215, 58 Stat. 690, as amended (42 U.S.C. 216); title V of the Independent Offices Appropriation Act of 1952 (31 U.S.C. 9701); and sec. 352 of the Public Health Service Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 263).</P>
                  </AUTH>
                  <SOURCE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
                    <P>52 FR 11073, Apr. 7, 1987, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                  </SOURCE>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 7.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>The provisions of this part are applicable to private entities requesting from the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) reference biological standards and biological preparations for use in their laboratories.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 7.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Establishment of a user charge.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>Except as otherwise provided in § 7.6, a user charge shall be imposed to cover the cost to CDC of producing and distributing reference biological standards and biological preparations.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 7.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Biological standards</E> means a uniform and stable reference biological substance which allows measurements of relative potency to be made and described in a common currency of international and national units of activity.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Biological preparations</E> means a reference biological substance which may be used for a purpose similar to that of a standard, but which has been established without a full collaborative study, or where a collaborative study has shown that it is not appropriate to establish the preparation as an international standard.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 7.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Schedule of charges.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>The charges imposed in § 7.2 are based on the amount published in CDC's price list of available products. These charges will reflect direct costs (such as salaries and equipment), indirect costs (such as rent, telephone service, and a proportionate share of management and administrative costs), and the costs of particular ingredients. Charges may vary over time and between different biological standards or biological preparations, depending upon the cost of ingredients and the complexity of production. An up-to-date schedule of charges is available from the Biological Products Branch, Center for Infectious Diseases, Centers for Disease Control, 1600 Clifton Road, Atlanta, Georgia 30333.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 7.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Payment procedures.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>The requester may obtain information on terms of payment and a fee schedule by writing the “Centers for Disease Control,” Financial Management Office, Buckhead Facility, Room 200, Centers for Disease Control, 1600 Clifton Road, Atlanta, Georgia 30333.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 7.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Exemptions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>State and local health departments, governmental institutions (e.g., State hospitals and universities), the World Health Organization, and ministries of health of foreign governments may be exempted from paying user charges, when using biological standards or biological preparations for public health purposes.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                </PART>
                <PART>
                  <EAR>Pt. 8</EAR>
                  <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 8—CERTIFICATION OF OPIOID TREATMENT PROGRAMS</HD>
                  <CONTENTS>
                    <SUBPART>
                      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Accreditation</HD>
                      <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                      <SECTNO>8.1</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.2</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.3</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Application for approval as an accreditation body.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.4</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Accreditation body responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.5</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Periodic evaluation of accreditation bodies.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.6</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Withdrawal of approval of accreditation bodies.</SUBJECT>
                    </SUBPART>
                    <SUBPART>
                      <PRTPAGE P="86"/>
                      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Certification and Treatment Standards</HD>
                      <SECTNO>8.11</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Opioid treatment program certification.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.12</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Federal opioid treatment standards.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.13</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Revocation of accreditation and accreditation body approval.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.14</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Suspension or revocation of certification.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.15</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Forms.</SUBJECT>
                    </SUBPART>
                    <SUBPART>
                      <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Procedures for Review of Suspension or Proposed Revocation of OTP Certification, and of Adverse Action Regarding Withdrawal of Approval of an Accreditation Body</HD>
                      <SECTNO>8.21</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.22</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.23</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Limitation on issues subject to review.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.24</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Specifying who represents the parties.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.25</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Informal review and the reviewing official's response.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.26</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Preparation of the review file and written arguments.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.27</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Opportunity for oral presentation.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.28</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Expedited procedures for review of immediate suspension.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.29</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Ex parte communications.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.30</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Transmission of written communications by reviewing official and calculation of deadlines.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.31</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Authority and responsibilities of the reviewing official.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.32</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Administrative record.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.33</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Written decision.</SUBJECT>
                      <SECTNO>8.34</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Court review of final administrative action; exhaustion of administrative remedies.</SUBJECT>
                    </SUBPART>
                  </CONTENTS>
                  <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>21 U.S.C. 823; 42 U.S.C. 257a, 290aa(d), 290dd-2, 300x-23, 300x-27(a), 300y-11.</P>
                  </AUTH>
                  <SOURCE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
                    <P>66 FR 4090, Jan. 17, 2001, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                  </SOURCE>
                  <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Accreditation</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.1</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>The regulations in this part establish the procedures by which the Secretary of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) will determine whether a practitioner is qualified under section 303(g) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 823(g)) to dispense opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid addiction. These regulations also establish the Secretary's standards regarding the appropriate quantities of opioid drugs that may be provided for unsupervised use by individuals undergoing such treatment (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1)). Under these regulations, a practitioner who intends to dispense opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid addiction must first obtain from the Secretary or by delegation, from the Administrator, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), a certification that the practitioner is qualified under the Secretary's standards and will comply with such standards. Eligibility for certification will depend upon the practitioner obtaining accreditation from an accreditation body that has been approved by SAMHSA. These regulations establish the procedures whereby an entity can apply to become an approved accreditation body. This part also establishes requirements and general standards for accreditation bodies to ensure that practitioners are consistently evaluated for compliance with the Secretary's standards for opiate addiction treatment with an opioid agonist treatment medication.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.2</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>The following definitions apply to this part:</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Accreditation</E> means the process of review and acceptance by an accreditation body.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Accreditation body</E> means a body that has been approved by SAMHSA under § 8.3 to accredit opioid treatment programs using opioid agonist treatment medications.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Accreditation body application</E> means the application filed with SAMHSA for purposes of obtaining approval as an accreditation body, as described in § 8.3(b).</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Accreditation elements</E> mean the elements or standards that are developed and adopted by an accreditation body and approved by SAMHSA.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Accreditation survey</E> means an onsite review and evaluation of an opioid treatment program by an accreditation body for the purpose of determining compliance with the Federal opioid treatment standards described in § 8.12.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Accredited opioid treatment program</E> means an opioid treatment program that is the subject of a current, valid accreditation from an accreditation body approved by SAMHSA under § 8.3(d).</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Certification</E> means the process by which SAMHSA determines that an <PRTPAGE P="87"/>opioid treatment program is qualified to provide opioid treatment under the Federal opioid treatment standards.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Certification application</E> means the application filed by an opioid treatment program for purposes of obtaining certification from SAMHSA, as described in § 8.11(b).</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Certified opioid treatment program</E> means an opioid treatment program that is the subject of a current, valid certification under § 8.11.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Comprehensive maintenance treatment</E> is maintenance treatment provided in conjunction with a comprehensive range of appropriate medical and rehabilitative services.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Detoxification treatment</E> means the dispensing of an opioid agonist treatment medication in decreasing doses to an individual to alleviate adverse physical or psychological effects incident to withdrawal from the continuous or sustained use of an opioid drug and as a method of bringing the individual to a drug-free state within such period.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Federal opioid treatment standards</E> means the standards established by the Secretary in § 8.12 that are used to determine whether an opioid treatment program is qualified to engage in opioid treatment. The Federal opioid treatment standards established in § 8.12 also include the standards established by the Secretary regarding the quantities of opioid drugs which may be provided for unsupervised use.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">For-cause inspection</E> means an inspection of an opioid treatment program by the Secretary, or by an accreditation body, that may be operating in violation of Federal opioid treatment standards, may be providing substandard treatment, or may be serving as a possible source of diverted medications.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Interim maintenance treatment</E> means maintenance treatment provided in conjunction with appropriate medical services while a patient is awaiting transfer to a program that provides comprehensive maintenance treatment.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Long-term detoxification treatment</E> means detoxification treatment for a period more than 30 days but not in excess of 180 days.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Maintenance treatment</E> means the dispensing of an opioid agonist treatment medication at stable dosage levels for a period in excess of 21 days in the treatment of an individual for opioid addiction.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Medical director</E> means a physician, licensed to practice medicine in the jurisdiction in which the opioid treatment program is located, who assumes responsibility for administering all medical services performed by the program, either by performing them directly or by delegating specific responsibility to authorized program physicians and healthcare professionals functioning under the medical director's direct supervision.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Medical and rehabilitative services</E> means services such as medical evaluations, counseling, and rehabilitative and other social programs (e.g., vocational and educational guidance, employment placement), that are intended to help patients in opioid treatment programs become and/or remain productive members of society.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Medication unit</E> means a facility established as part of, but geographically separate from, an opioid treatment program from which licensed private practitioners or community pharmacists dispense or administer an opioid agonist treatment medication or collect samples for drug testing or analysis.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Opiate addiction</E> is defined as a cluster of cognitive, behavioral, and physiological symptoms in which the individual continues use of opiates despite significant opiate-induced problems. Opiate dependence is characterized by repeated self-administration that usually results in opiate tolerance, withdrawal symptoms, and compulsive drug-taking. Dependence may occur with or without the physiological symptoms of tolerance and withdrawal.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Opioid agonist treatment medication</E> means any opioid agonist drug that is approved by the Food and Drug Administration under section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355) for use in the treatment of opiate addiction.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Opioid drug</E> means any drug having an addiction-forming or addiction-sustaining liability similar to morphine or being capable of conversion into a drug having such addiction-forming or addiction-sustaining liability.<PRTPAGE P="88"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Opioid treatment</E> means the dispensing of an opioid agonist treatment medication, along with a comprehensive range of medical and rehabilitative services, when clinically necessary, to an individual to alleviate the adverse medical, psychological, or physical effects incident to opiate addiction. This term encompasses detoxification treatment, short-term detoxification treatment, long-term detoxification treatment, maintenance treatment, comprehensive maintenance treatment, and interim maintenance treatment.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Opioid treatment program</E> or “OTP” means a program or practitioner engaged in opioid treatment of individuals with an opioid agonist treatment medication.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Patient</E> means any individual who undergoes treatment in an opioid treatment program.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Program sponsor</E> means the person named in the application for certification described in § 8.11(b) as responsible for the operation of the opioid treatment program and who assumes responsibility for all its employees, including any practitioners, agents, or other persons providing medical, rehabilitative, or counseling services at the program or any of its medication units. The program sponsor need not be a licensed physician but shall employ a licensed physician for the position of medical director.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Registered opioid treatment program</E> means an opioid treatment program that is registered under 21 U.S.C. 823(g).</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Short-term detoxification treatment</E> means detoxification treatment for a period not in excess of 30 days.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">State Authority</E> is the agency designated by the Governor or other appropriate official designated by the Governor to exercise the responsibility and authority within the State or Territory for governing the treatment of opiate addiction with an opioid drug.</P>
                      <P>
                        <E T="03">Treatment plan</E> means a plan that outlines for each patient attainable short-term treatment goals that are mutually acceptable to the patient and the opioid treatment program and which specifies the services to be provided and the frequency and schedule for their provision.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.3</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Application for approval as an accreditation body.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility.</E> Private nonprofit organizations or State governmental entities, or political subdivisions thereof, capable of meeting the requirements of this part may apply for approval as an accreditation body.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Application for initial approval.</E> Three copies of an accreditation body application form [SMA-163] shall be submitted to SAMHSA at rm. 12-105, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, and marked ATTENTION: OTP Certification Program. SAMHSA will consider and accept the electronic submission of these materials when electronic submission systems are developed and available. Accreditation body applications shall include the following information and supporting documentation:</P>
                      <P>(1) Name, address, and telephone number of the applicant and a responsible official for the accreditation body. The application shall be signed by the responsible official;</P>

                      <P>(2) Evidence of the nonprofit status of the applicant (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> of fulfilling Internal Revenue Service requirements as a nonprofit organization) if the applicant is not a State governmental entity or political subdivision;</P>
                      <P>(3) A set of the accreditation elements or standards and a detailed discussion showing how the proposed accreditation elements or standards will ensure that each OTP surveyed by the applicant is qualified to meet or is meeting each of the Federal opioid treatment standards set forth in § 8.12;</P>
                      <P>(4) A detailed description of the applicant's decisionmaking process, including:</P>
                      <P>(i) Procedures for initiating and performing onsite accreditation surveys of OTPs;</P>
                      <P>(ii) Procedures for assessing OTP personnel qualifications;</P>

                      <P>(iii) Copies of an application for accreditation, guidelines, instructions, and other materials the applicant will send to OTPs during the accreditation process, including a request for a complete history of prior accreditation activities and a statement that all information and data submitted in the application for accreditation is true and accurate, and that no material fact has been omitted;<PRTPAGE P="89"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(iv) Policies and procedures for notifying OTPs and SAMHSA of deficiencies and for monitoring corrections of deficiencies by OTPs;</P>
                      <P>(v) Policies and procedures for suspending or revoking an OTP's accreditation;</P>
                      <P>(vi) Policies and procedures that will ensure processing of applications for accreditation and applications for renewal of accreditation within a timeframe approved by SAMHSA; and</P>
                      <P>(vii) A description of the applicant's appeals process to allow OTPs to contest adverse accreditation decisions.</P>
                      <P>(5) Policies and procedures established by the accreditation body to avoid conflicts of interest, or the appearance of conflicts of interest, by the applicant's board members, commissioners, professional personnel, consultants, administrative personnel, and other representatives;</P>
                      <P>(6) A description of the education, experience, and training requirements for the applicant's professional staff, accreditation survey team membership, and the identification of at least one licensed physician on the applicant's staff;</P>
                      <P>(7) A description of the applicant's training policies;</P>
                      <P>(8) Fee schedules, with supporting cost data;</P>
                      <P>(9) Satisfactory assurances that the body will comply with the requirements of § 8.4, including a contingency plan for investigating complaints under § 8.4(e);</P>
                      <P>(10) Policies and procedures established to protect confidential information the applicant will collect or receive in its role as an accreditation body; and</P>
                      <P>(11) Any other information SAMHSA may require.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Application for renewal of approval.</E> An accreditation body that intends to continue to serve as an accreditation body beyond its current term shall apply to SAMHSA for renewal, or notify SAMHSA of its intention not to apply for renewal, in accordance with the following procedures and schedule:</P>
                      <P>(1) At least 9 months before the date of expiration of an accreditation body's term of approval, the body shall inform SAMHSA in writing of its intent to seek renewal.</P>
                      <P>(2) SAMHSA will notify the applicant of the relevant information, materials, and supporting documentation required under paragraph (b) of this section that the applicant shall submit as part of the renewal procedure.</P>
                      <P>(3) At least 3 months before the date of expiration of the accreditation body's term of approval, the applicant shall furnish to SAMHSA three copies of a renewal application containing the information, materials, and supporting documentation requested by SAMHSA under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(4) An accreditation body that does not intend to renew its approval shall so notify SAMHSA at least 9 months before the expiration of the body's term of approval.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Rulings on applications for initial approval or renewal of approval.</E> (1) SAMHSA will grant an application for initial approval or an application for renewal of approval if it determines the applicant substantially meets the accreditation body requirements of this subpart.</P>
                      <P>(2) If SAMHSA determines that the applicant does not substantially meet the requirements set forth in this subpart. SAMHSA will notify the applicant of the deficiencies in the application and request that the applicant resolve such deficiencies within 90 days of receipt of the notice. If the deficiencies are resolved to the satisfaction of SAMHSA within the 90-day time period, the body will be approved as an accreditation body. If the deficiencies have not been resolved to the satisfaction of SAMHSA within the 90-day time period, the application for approval as an accreditation body will be denied.</P>
                      <P>(3) If SAMHSA does not reach a final decision on a renewal application before the expiration of an accreditation body's term of approval, the approval will be deemed extended until SAMHSA reaches a final decision, unless an accreditation body does not rectify deficiencies in the application within the specified time period, as required in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">Relinquishment of approval.</E> An accreditation body that intends to relinquish its accreditation approval before <PRTPAGE P="90"/>expiration of the body's term of approval shall submit a letter of such intent to SAMHSA, at the address in paragraph (b) of this section, at least 9 months before relinquishing such approval.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Notification.</E> An accreditation body that does not apply for renewal of approval, or is denied such approval by SAMHSA, relinquishes its accreditation approval before expiration of its term of approval, or has its approval withdrawn, shall:</P>
                      <P>(1) Transfer copies of records and other related information as required by SAMHSA to a location, including another accreditation body, and according to a schedule approved by SAMHSA; and</P>
                      <P>(2) Notify, in a manner and time period approved by SAMHSA, all OTPs accredited or seeking accreditation by the body that the body will no longer have approval to provide accreditation services.</P>
                      <P>(g) <E T="03">Term of approval.</E> An accreditation body's term of approval is for a period not to exceed 5 years.</P>
                      <P>(h) <E T="03">State accreditation bodies.</E> State governmental entities, including political subdivisions thereof, may establish organizational units that may act as accreditation bodies, provided such units meet the requirements of this section, are approved by SAMHSA under this section, and have taken appropriate measures to prevent actual or apparent conflicts of interest, including cases in which State or Federal funds are used to support opioid treatment services.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.4</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Accreditation body responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Accreditation surveys and for cause inspections.</E> (1) Accreditation bodies shall conduct routine accreditation surveys for initial, renewal, and continued accreditation of each OTP at least every 3 years.</P>
                      <P>(2) Accreditation bodies must agree to conduct for-cause inspections upon the request of SAMHSA.</P>
                      <P>(3) Accreditation decisions shall be fully consistent with the policies and procedures submitted as part of the approved accreditation body application.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Response to noncompliant programs.</E> (1) If an accreditation body receives or discovers information that suggests that an OTP is not meeting Federal opioid treatment standards, or if survey of the OTP by the accreditation body otherwise demonstrates one or more deficiencies in the OTP, the accreditation body shall as appropriate either require and monitor corrective action or shall suspend or revoke accreditation of the OTP, as appropriate based on the significance of the deficiencies.</P>
                      <P>(i) Accreditation bodies shall either not accredit or shall revoke the accreditation of any OTP that substantially fails to meet the Federal opioid treatment standards.</P>
                      <P>(ii) Accreditation bodies shall notify SAMHSA as soon as possible but in no case longer than 48 hours after becoming aware of any practice or condition in an OTP that may pose a serious risk to public health or safety or patient care.</P>
                      <P>(iii) If an accreditation body determines that an OTP is substantially meeting the Federal opioid treatment standards, but is not meeting one or more accreditation elements, the accreditation body shall determine the necessary corrective measures to be taken by the OTP, establish a schedule for implementation of such measures, and notify the OTP in writing that it must implement such measures within the specified schedule in order to ensure continued accreditation. The accreditation body shall verify that the necessary steps are taken by the OTP within the schedule specified and that all accreditation elements are being substantially met or will be substantially met.</P>
                      <P>(2) Nothing in this part shall prevent accreditation bodies from granting accreditation, contingent on promised programmatic or performance changes, to OTPs with less substantial violations. Such accreditation shall not exceed 12 months. OTPs that have been granted such accreditation must have their accreditation revoked if they fail to make changes to receive unconditional accreditation upon resurvey or reinspection.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Recordkeeping.</E> (1) Accreditation bodies shall maintain records of their accreditation activities for at least 5 years from the creation of the record. <PRTPAGE P="91"/>Such records must contain sufficient detail to support each accreditation decision made by the accreditation body.</P>
                      <P>(2) Accreditation bodies shall establish procedures to protect confidential information collected or received in their role as accreditation bodies that are consistent with, and that are designed to ensure compliance with, all Federal and State laws, including 42 CFR part 2.</P>
                      <P>(i) Information collected or received for the purpose of carrying out accreditation body responsibilities shall not be used for any other purpose or disclosed, other than to SAMHSA or its duly designated representatives, unless otherwise required by law or with the consent of the OTP.</P>
                      <P>(ii) Nonpublic information that SAMHSA shares with the accreditation body concerning an OTP shall not be further disclosed except with the written permission of SAMHSA.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Reporting.</E> (1) Accreditation bodies shall provide to SAMHSA any documents and information requested by SAMHSA within 5 days of receipt of the request.</P>
                      <P>(2) Accreditation bodies shall make a summary of the results of each accreditation survey available to SAMHSA upon request. Such summaries shall contain sufficient detail to justify the accreditation action taken.</P>
                      <P>(3) Accreditation bodies shall provide SAMHSA upon request a list of each OTP surveyed and the identity of all individuals involved in the conduct and reporting of survey results.</P>
                      <P>(4) Accreditation bodies shall submit to SAMHSA the name of each OTP for which the accreditation body accredits conditionally, denies, suspends, or revokes accreditation, and the basis for the action, within 48 hours of the action.</P>
                      <P>(5) Notwithstanding any reports made to SAMHSA under paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(4) of this section, each accreditation body shall submit to SAMHSA semiannually, on January 15 and July 15 of each calendar year, a report consisting of a summary of the results of each accreditation survey conducted in the past year. The summary shall contain sufficient detail to justify each accreditation action taken.</P>
                      <P>(6) All reporting requirements listed in this section shall be provided to SAMHSA at the address specified in § 8.3(b).</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">Complaint response.</E> Accreditation bodies shall have policies and procedures to respond to complaints from SAMHSA, patients, facility staff, and others, within a reasonable period of time but not more than 5 days of the receipt of the complaint. Accreditation bodies shall also agree to notify SAMHSA within 48 hours of receipt of a complaint and keep SAMHSA informed of all aspects of the response to the complaint.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Modifications of accreditation elements.</E> Accreditation bodies shall obtain SAMHSA's authorization prior to making any substantive (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> noneditorial) change in accreditation elements.</P>
                      <P>(g) <E T="03">Conflicts of interest.</E> The accreditation body shall maintain and apply policies and procedures that SAMHSA has approved in accordance with § 8.3 to reduce the possibility of actual conflict of interest, or the appearance of a conflict of interest, on the part of individuals who act on behalf of the accreditation body. Individuals who participate in accreditation surveys or otherwise participate in the accreditation decision or an appeal of the accreditation decision, as well as their spouses and minor children, shall not have a financial interest in the OTP that is the subject of the accreditation survey or decision.</P>
                      <P>(h) <E T="03">Accreditation teams.</E> (1) An accreditation body survey team shall consist of healthcare professionals with expertise in drug abuse treatment and, in particular, opioid treatment. The accreditation body shall consider factors such as the size of the OTP, the anticipated number of problems, and the OTP's accreditation history, in determining the composition of the team. At a minimum, survey teams shall consist of at least two healthcare professionals whose combined expertise includes:</P>

                      <P>(i) The dispensing and administration of drugs subject to control under the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 801 <E T="03">et seq.</E>);</P>

                      <P>(ii) Medical issues relating to the dosing and administration of opioid <PRTPAGE P="92"/>agonist treatment medications for the treatment of opioid addiction;</P>
                      <P>(iii) Psychosocial counseling of individuals undergoing opioid treatment; and</P>
                      <P>(iv) Organizational and administrative issues associated with opioid treatment programs.</P>
                      <P>(2) Members of the accreditation team must be able to recuse themselves at any time from any survey in which either they or the OTP believes there is an actual conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest.</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">Accreditation fees.</E> Fees charged to OTPs for accreditation shall be reasonable. SAMHSA generally will find fees to be reasonable if the fees are limited to recovering costs to the accreditation body, including overhead incurred. Accreditation body activities that are not related to accreditation functions are not recoverable through fees established for accreditation.</P>
                      <P>(1) The accreditation body shall make public its fee structure, including those factors, if any, contributing to variations in fees for different OTPs.</P>
                      <P>(2) At SAMHSA's request, accreditation bodies shall provide to SAMHSA financial records or other materials, in a manner specified by SAMHSA, to assist in assessing the reasonableness of accreditation body fees.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.5</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Periodic evaluation of accreditation bodies.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>SAMHSA will evaluate periodically the performance of accreditation bodies primarily by inspecting a selected sample of the OTPs accredited by the accrediting body and by evaluating the accreditation body's reports of surveys conducted, to determine whether the OTPs surveyed and accredited by the accreditation body are in compliance with the Federal opioid treatment standards. The evaluation will include a determination of whether there are major deficiencies in the accreditation body's performance that, if not corrected, would warrant withdrawal of the approval of the accreditation body under § 8.6.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.6</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Withdrawal of approval of accreditation bodies.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>If SAMHSA determines that an accreditation body is not in substantial compliance with this subpart, SAMHSA shall take appropriate action as follows:</P>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Major deficiencies.</E> If SAMHSA determines that the accreditation body has a major deficiency, such as commission of fraud, material false statement, failure to perform a major accreditation function satisfactorily, or significant noncompliance with the requirements of this subpart, SAMHSA shall withdraw approval of that accreditation body.</P>
                      <P>(1) In the event of a major deficiency, SAMHSA shall notify the accreditation body of the agency's action and the grounds on which the approval was withdrawn.</P>
                      <P>(2) An accreditation body that has lost its approval shall notify each OTP that has been accredited or is seeking accreditation that the accreditation body's approval has been withdrawn. Such notification shall be made within a time period and in a manner approved by SAMHSA.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Minor deficiencies.</E> If SAMHSA determines that the accreditation body has minor deficiencies in the performance of an accreditation function, that are less serious or more limited than the types of deficiencies described in paragraph (a) of this section, SAMHSA will notify the body that it has 90 days to submit to SAMHSA a plan of corrective action. The plan must include a summary of corrective actions and a schedule for their implementation. SAMHSA may place the body on probationary status for a period of time determined by SAMHSA, or may withdraw approval of the body if corrective action is not taken.</P>
                      <P>(1) If SAMHSA places an accreditation body on probationary status, the body shall notify all OTPs that have been accredited, or that are seeking accreditation, of the accreditation body's probationary status within a time period and in a manner approved by SAMHSA.</P>

                      <P>(2) Probationary status will remain in effect until such time as the body can demonstrate to the satisfaction of <PRTPAGE P="93"/>SAMHSA that it has successfully implemented or is implementing the corrective action plan within the established schedule, and the corrective actions taken have substantially eliminated all identified problems.</P>
                      <P>(3) If SAMHSA determines that an accreditation body that has been placed on probationary status is not implementing corrective actions satisfactorily or within the established schedule, SAMHSA may withdraw approval of the accreditation body. The accreditation body shall notify all OTPs that have been accredited, or are seeking accreditation, of the accreditation body's loss of SAMHSA approval within a time period and in a manner approved by SAMHSA.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Reapplication.</E> (1) An accreditation body that has had its approval withdrawn may submit a new application for approval if the body can provide information to SAMHSA to establish that the problems that were grounds for withdrawal of approval have been resolved.</P>
                      <P>(2) If SAMHSA determines that the new application demonstrates that the body satisfactorily has addressed the causes of its previous unacceptable performance, SAMHSA may reinstate approval of the accreditation body.</P>
                      <P>(3) SAMHSA may request additional information or establish additional conditions that must be met before SAMHSA approves the reapplication.</P>
                      <P>(4) SAMHSA may refuse to accept an application from a former accreditation body whose approval was withdrawn because of fraud, material false statement, or willful disregard of public health.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Hearings.</E> An opportunity to challenge an adverse action taken regarding withdrawal of approval of an accreditation body shall be addressed through the relevant procedures set forth in subpart C of this part, except that the procedures in § 8.28 for expedited review of an immediate suspension would not apply to an accreditation body that has been notified under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section of the withdrawal of its approval.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                  </SUBPART>
                  <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Certification and Treatment Standards</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.11</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Opioid treatment program certification.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> (1) An OTP must be the subject of a current, valid certification from SAMHSA to be considered qualified by the Secretary under section 303(g)(1) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 823(g)(1)) to dispense opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid addiction. An OTP must be determined to be qualified under section 303(g)(1) of the Controlled Substances Act, and must be determined to be qualified by the Attorney General under section 303(g)(1), to be registered by the Attorney General to dispense opioid agonist treatment medications to individuals for treatment of opioid addiction.</P>
                      <P>(2) To obtain certification from SAMHSA, an OTP must meet the Federal opioid treatment standards in § 8.12, must be the subject of a current, valid accreditation by an accreditation body or other entity designated by SAMHSA, and must comply with any other conditions for certification established by SAMHSA.</P>
                      <P>(3) Certification shall be granted for a term not to exceed 3 years, except that certification may be extended during the third year if an application for accreditation is pending.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Application for certification.</E> Three copies of an application for certification must be submitted by the OTP to the address identified in § 8.3(b). SAMHSA will consider and accept the electronic submission of these materials when electronic submission systems are developed and available. The application for certification shall include:</P>
                      <P>(1) A description of the current accreditation status of the OTP;</P>
                      <P>(2) A description of the organizational structure of the OTP;</P>
                      <P>(3) The names of the persons responsible for the OTP;</P>
                      <P>(4) The addresses of the OTP and of each medication unit or other facility under the control of the OTP;</P>

                      <P>(5) The sources of funding for the OTP and the name and address of each governmental entity that provides such funding; and<PRTPAGE P="94"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(6) A statement that the OTP will comply with the conditions of certification set forth in paragraph (f) of this section.</P>
                      <P>(7) The application shall be signed by the program sponsor who shall certify that the information submitted in the application is truthful and accurate.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Action on application.</E> (1) Following SAMHSA's receipt of an application for certification of an OTP, and after consultation with the appropriate State authority regarding the qualifications of the applicant, SAMHSA may grant the application for certification, or renew an existing certification, if SAMHSA determines that the OTP has satisfied the requirements for certification or renewal of certification.</P>
                      <P>(2) SAMHSA may deny the application if SAMHSA determines that:</P>
                      <P>(i) The application for certification is deficient in any respect;</P>
                      <P>(ii) The OTP will not be operated in accordance with the Federal opioid treatment standards established under § 8.12;</P>
                      <P>(iii) The OTP will not permit an inspection or a survey to proceed, or will not permit in a timely manner access to relevant records or information; or</P>
                      <P>(iv) The OTP has made misrepresentations in obtaining accreditation or in applying for certification.</P>
                      <P>(3) Within 5 days after it reaches a final determination that an OTP meets the requirements for certification, SAMHSA will notify the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) that the OTP has been determined to be qualified to provide opioid treatment under section 303(g)(1) of the Controlled Substances Act.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Transitional certification.</E> OTPs that before May 18, 2001 were the subject of a current, valid approval by FDA under 21 CFR, part 291 (contained in the 21 CFR parts 200 to 299 edition, revised as of July 1, 2000), are deemed to be the subject of a current valid certification for purposes of paragraph (a)(11) of this section. Such “transitional certification” will expire on August 17, 2001 unless the OTP submits the information required by paragraph (b) of this section to SAMHSA on or before August 17, 2001. In addition to this application, OTPs must certify with a written statement signed by the program sponsor, that they will apply for accreditation within 90 days of the date SAMHSA approves the second accreditation body. Transitional certification, in that case, will expire on May 19, 2003. SAMHSA may extend the transitional certification of an OTP for up to one additional year provided the OTP demonstrates that it has applied for accreditation, that an accreditation survey has taken place or is scheduled to take place, and that an accreditation decision is expected within a reasonable period of time (e.g., within 90 days from the date of survey). Transitional certification under this section may be suspended or revoked in accordance with § 8.14.</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">Provisional certification.</E> (1) OTPs that have no current certification from SAMHSA, but have applied for accreditation with an accreditation body, are eligible to receive a provisional certification for up to 1 year. To receive a provisional certification, an OTP shall submit the information required by paragraph (b) of this section to SAMHSA along with a statement identifying the accreditation body to which the OTP has applied for accreditation, the date on which the OTP applied for accreditation, the dates of any accreditation surveys that have taken place or are expected to take place, and the expected schedule for completing the accreditation process. A provisional certification for up to 1 year will be granted, following receipt of the information described in this paragraph, unless SAMHSA determines that patient health would be adversely affected by the granting of provisional certification.</P>
                      <P>(2) An extension of provisional certification may be granted in extraordinary circumstances or otherwise to protect public health. To apply for a 90-day extension of provisional certification, an OTP shall submit to SAMHSA a statement explaining its efforts to obtain accreditation and a schedule for obtaining accreditation as expeditiously as possible.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Conditions for certification.</E> (1) OTPs shall comply with all pertinent State laws and regulations. Nothing in this part is intended to limit the authority of State and, as appropriate, local governmental entities to regulate the use <PRTPAGE P="95"/>of opioid drugs in the treatment of opioid addiction. The provisions of this section requiring compliance with requirements imposed by State law, or the submission of applications or reports required by the State authority, do not apply to OTPs operated directly by the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Indian Health Service, or any other department or agency of the United States. Federal agencies operating OTPs have agreed to cooperate voluntarily with State agencies by granting permission on an informal basis for designated State representatives to visit Federal OTPs and by furnishing a copy of Federal reports to the State authority, including the reports required under this section.</P>
                      <P>(2) OTPs shall allow, in accordance with Federal controlled substances laws and Federal confidentiality laws, inspections and surveys by duly authorized employees of SAMHSA, by accreditation bodies, by the DEA, and by authorized employees of any relevant State or Federal governmental authority.</P>

                      <P>(3) Disclosure of patient records maintained by an OTP is governed by the provisions of 42 CFR part 2, and every program must comply with that part. Records on the receipt, storage, and distribution of opioid agonist treatment medications are also subject to inspection under Federal controlled substances laws and under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321 <E T="03">et seq.</E>). Federally-sponsored treatment programs are subject to applicable Federal confidentiality statutes.</P>
                      <P>(4) A treatment program or medication unit or any part thereof, including any facility or any individual, shall permit a duly authorized employee of SAMHSA to have access to and to copy all records on the use of opioid drugs in accordance with the provisions of 42 CFR part 2.</P>
                      <P>(5) OTPs shall notify SAMHSA within 3 weeks of any replacement or other change in the status of the program sponsor or medical director.</P>
                      <P>(6) OTPs shall comply with all regulations enforced by the DEA under 21 CFR chapter II, and must be registered by the DEA before administering or dispensing opioid agonist treatment medications.</P>
                      <P>(7) OTPs must operate in accordance with Federal opioid treatment standards and approved accreditation elements.</P>
                      <P>(g) <E T="03">Conditions for interim maintenance treatment program approval.</E> (1) Before a public or nonprofit private OTP may provide interim maintenance treatment, the program must receive the approval of both SAMHSA and the chief public health officer of the State in which the OTP operates.</P>
                      <P>(2) Before SAMHSA may grant such approval, the OTP must provide SAMHSA with documentation from the chief public health officer of the State in which the OTP operates demonstrating that:</P>
                      <P>(i) Such officer does not object to the providing of interim maintenance treatment in the State;</P>
                      <P>(ii) The OTP seeking to provide such treatment is unable to place patients in a public or nonprofit private comprehensive treatment program within a reasonable geographic area within 14 days of the time patients seek admission to such programs;</P>
                      <P>(iii) The authorization of the OTP to provide interim maintenance treatment will not otherwise reduce the capacity of comprehensive maintenance treatment programs in the State to admit individuals (relative to the date on which such officer so certifies); and</P>
                      <P>(iv) The State certifies that each individual enrolled in interim maintenance treatment will be transferred to a comprehensive maintenance treatment program no later than 120 days from the date on which each individual first requested treatment, as provided in section 1923 of the Public Health Service Act (21 U.S.C. 300x-23).</P>
                      <P>(3) SAMHSA will provide notice to the OTP denying or approving the request to provide interim maintenance treatment. The OTP shall not provide such treatment until it has received such notice from SAMHSA.</P>
                      <P>(h) <E T="03">Exemptions.</E> An OTP may, at the time of application for certification or any time thereafter, request from SAMHSA exemption from the regulatory requirements set forth under this section and § 8.12. An example of a case in which an exemption might be <PRTPAGE P="96"/>granted would be for a private practitioner who wishes to treat a limited number of patients in a non-metropolitan area with few physicians and no rehabilitative services geographically accessible and requests exemption from some of the staffing and service standards. The OTP shall support the rationale for the exemption with thorough documentation, to be supplied in an appendix to the initial application for certification or in a separate submission. SAMHSA will approve or deny such exemptions at the time of application, or any time thereafter, if appropriate. SAMHSA shall consult with the appropriate State authority prior to taking action on an exemption request.</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">Medication units, long-term care facilities and hospitals.</E> (1) Certified OTPs may establish medication units that are authorized to dispense opioid agonist treatment medications for observed ingestion. Before establishing a medication unit, a certified OTP must notify SAMHSA by submitting form SMA-162. The OTP must also comply with the provisions of 21 CFR part 1300 before establishing a medication unit. Medication units shall comply with all pertinent state laws and regulations.</P>
                      <P>(2) Certification as an OTP under this part will not be required for the maintenance or detoxification treatment of a patient who is admitted to a hospital or long-term care facility for the treatment of medical conditions other than opiate addiction and who requires maintenance or detoxification treatment during the period of his or her stay in that hospital or long-term care facility. The terms “hospital” and “long-term care facility” as used in this section are to have the meaning that is assigned under the law of the State in which the treatment is being provided. Nothing in this section is intended to relieve hospitals and long-term care facilities from the obligation to obtain registration from the Attorney General, as appropriate, under section 303(g) of the Controlled Substances Act.</P>
                      <CITA>[66 FR 4090, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 66 FR 15347, Mar. 19, 2001]</CITA>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.12</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Federal opioid treatment standards.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> OTPs must provide treatment in accordance with the standards in this section and must comply with these standards as a condition of certification.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Administrative and organizational structure.</E> An OTP's organizational structure and facilities shall be adequate to ensure quality patient care and to meet the requirements of all pertinent Federal, State, and local laws and regulations. At a minimum, each OTP shall formally designate a program sponsor and medical director. The program sponsor shall agree on behalf of the OTP to adhere to all requirements set forth in this part and any regulations regarding the use of opioid agonist treatment medications in the treatment of opioid addiction which may be promulgated in the future. The medical director shall assume responsibility for administering all medical services performed by the OTP. In addition, the medical director shall be responsible for ensuring that the OTP is in compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Continuous quality improvement.</E> (1) An OTP must maintain current quality assurance and quality control plans that include, among other things, annual reviews of program policies and procedures and ongoing assessment of patient outcomes.</P>
                      <P>(2) An OTP must maintain a current “Diversion Control Plan” or “DCP” as part of its quality assurance program that contains specific measures to reduce the possibility of diversion of controlled substances from legitimate treatment use and that assigns specific responsibility to the medical and administrative staff of the OTP for carrying out the diversion control measures and functions described in the DCP.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Staff credentials.</E> Each person engaged in the treatment of opioid addiction must have sufficient education, training, and experience, or any combination thereof, to enable that person to perform the assigned functions. All physicians, nurses, and other licensed professional care providers, including addiction counselors, must comply <PRTPAGE P="97"/>with the credentialing requirements of their respective professions.</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">Patient admission criteria</E>—(1) <E T="03">Maintenance treatment.</E> An OTP shall maintain current procedures designed to ensure that patients are admitted to maintenance treatment by qualified personnel who have determined, using accepted medical criteria such as those listed in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Mental Disorders (DSM-IV), that the person is currently addicted to an opioid drug, and that the person became addicted at least 1 year before admission for treatment. In addition, a program physician shall ensure that each patient voluntarily chooses maintenance treatment and that all relevant facts concerning the use of the opioid drug are clearly and adequately explained to the patient, and that each patient provides informed written consent to treatment.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Maintenance treatment for persons under age 18.</E> A person under 18 years of age is required to have had two documented unsuccessful attempts at short-term detoxification or drug-free treatment within a 12-month period to be eligible for maintenance treatment. No person under 18 years of age may be admitted to maintenance treatment unless a parent, legal guardian, or responsible adult designated by the relevant State authority consents in writing to such treatment.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Maintenance treatment admission exceptions.</E> If clinically appropriate, the program physician may waive the requirement of a 1-year history of addiction under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, for patients released from penal institutions (within 6 months after release), for pregnant patients (program physician must certify pregnancy), and for previously treated patients (up to 2 years after discharge).</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Detoxification treatment.</E> An OTP shall maintain current procedures that are designed to ensure that patients are admitted to short- or long-term detoxification treatment by qualified personnel, such as a program physician, who determines that such treatment is appropriate for the specific patient by applying established diagnostic criteria. Patients with two or more unsuccessful detoxification episodes within a 12-month period must be assessed by the OTP physician for other forms of treatment. A program shall not admit a patient for more than two detoxification treatment episodes in one year.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Required services</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> OTPs shall provide adequate medical, counseling, vocational, educational, and other assessment and treatment services. These services must be available at the primary facility, except where the program sponsor has entered into a formal, documented agreement with a private or public agency, organization, practitioner, or institution to provide these services to patients enrolled in the OTP. The program sponsor, in any event, must be able to document that these services are fully and reasonably available to patients.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Initial medical examination services.</E> OTPs shall require each patient to undergo a complete, fully documented physical evaluation by a program physician or a primary care physician, or an authorized healthcare professional under the supervision of a program physician, before admission to the OTP. The full medical examination, including the results of serology and other tests, must be completed within 14 days following admission.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Special services for pregnant patients.</E> OTPs must maintain current policies and procedures that reflect the special needs of patients who are pregnant. Prenatal care and other gender specific services or pregnant patients must be provided either by the OTP or by referral to appropriate healthcare providers.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Initial and periodic assessment services.</E> Each patient accepted for treatment at an OTP shall be assessed initially and periodically by qualified personnel to determine the most appropriate combination of services and treatment. The initial assessment must include preparation of a treatment plan that includes the patient's short-term goals and the tasks the patient must perform to complete the short-term goals; the patient's requirements for education, vocational rehabilitation, and employment; and the medical, psychosocial, economic, legal, or other supportive services that a patient needs. The treatment plan also must identify the frequency with which <PRTPAGE P="98"/>these services are to be provided. The plan must be reviewed and updated to reflect that patient's personal history, his or her current needs for medical, social, and psychological services, and his or her current needs for education, vocational rehabilitation, and employment services.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Counseling services.</E> (i) OTPs must provide adequate substance abuse counseling to each patient as clinically necessary. This counseling shall be provided by a program counselor, qualified by education, training, or experience to assess the psychological and sociological background of patients, to contribute to the appropriate treatment plan for the patient and to monitor patient progress.</P>
                      <P>(ii) OTPs must provide counseling on preventing exposure to, and the transmission of, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) disease for each patient admitted or readmitted to maintenance or detoxification treatment.</P>
                      <P>(iii) OTPs must provide directly, or through referral to adequate and reasonably accessible community resources, vocational rehabilitation, education, and employment services for patients who either request such services or who have been determined by the program staff to be in need of such services.</P>
                      <P>(6) <E T="03">Drug abuse testing services.</E> OTPs must provide adequate testing or analysis for drugs of abuse, including at least eight random drug abuse tests per year, per patient in maintenance treatment, in accordance with generally accepted clinical practice. For patients in short-term detoxification treatment, the OTP shall perform at least one initial drug abuse test. For patients receiving long-term detoxification treatment, the program shall perform initial and monthly random tests on each patient.</P>
                      <P>(g) <E T="03">Recordkeeping and patient confidentiality.</E> (1) OTPs shall establish and maintain a recordkeeping system that is adequate to document and monitor patient care. This system is required to comply with all Federal and State reporting requirements relevant to opioid drugs approved for use in treatment of opioid addiction. All records are required to be kept confidential in accordance with all applicable Federal and State requirements.</P>
                      <P>(2) OTPs shall include, as an essential part of the recordkeeping system, documentation in each patient's record that the OTP made a good faith effort to review whether or not the patient is enrolled any other OTP. A patient enrolled in an OTP shall not be permitted to obtain treatment in any other OTP except in exceptional circumstances. If the medical director or program physician of the OTP in which the patient is enrolled determines that such exceptional circumstances exist, the patient may be granted permission to seek treatment at another OTP, provided the justification for finding exceptional circumstances is noted in the patient's record both at the OTP in which the patient is enrolled and at the OTP that will provide the treatment.</P>
                      <P>(h) <E T="03">Medication administration, dispensing, and use.</E> (1) OTPs must ensure that opioid agonist treatment medications are administered or dispensed only by a practitioner licensed under the appropriate State law and registered under the appropriate State and Federal laws to administer or dispense opioid drugs, or by an agent of such a practitioner, supervised by and under the order of the licensed practitioner. This agent is required to be a pharmacist, registered nurse, or licensed practical nurse, or any other healthcare professional authorized by Federal and State law to administer or dispense opioid drugs.</P>

                      <P>(2) OTPs shall use only those opioid agonist treatment medications that are approved by the Food and Drug Administration under section 505 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355) for use in the treatment of opioid addiction. In addition, OTPs who are fully compliant with the protocol of an investigational use of a drug and other conditions set forth in the application may administer a drug that has been authorized by the Food and Drug Administration under an investigational new drug application under section 505(i) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act for investigational use in the treatment of <PRTPAGE P="99"/>opioid addiction. Currently the following opioid agonist treatment medications will be considered to be approved by the Food and Drug Administration for use in the treatment of opioid addiction:</P>
                      <P>(i) Methadone;</P>
                      <P>(ii) Levomethadyl acetate (LAAM); and</P>
                      <P>(iii) Buprenorphine and buprenorphine combination products that have been approved for use in the treatment of opioid addiction.</P>
                      <P>(3) OTPs shall maintain current procedures that are adequate to ensure that the following dosage form and initial dosing requirements are met:</P>
                      <P>(i) Methadone shall be administered or dispensed only in oral form and shall be formulated in such a way as to reduce its potential for parenteral abuse.</P>
                      <P>(ii) For each new patient enrolled in a program, the initial dose of methadone shall not exceed 30 milligrams and the total dose for the first day shall not exceed 40 milligrams, unless the program physician documents in the patient's record that 40 milligrams did not suppress opiate abstinence symptoms.</P>
                      <P>(4) OTPs shall maintain current procedures adequate to ensure that each opioid agonist treatment medication used by the program is administered and dispensed in accordance with its approved product labeling. Dosing and administration decisions shall be made by a program physician familiar with the most up-to-date product labeling. These procedures must ensure that any significant deviations from the approved labeling, including deviations with regard to dose, frequency, or the conditions of use described in the approved labeling, are specifically documented in the patient's record.</P>
                      <P>(i) <E T="03">Unsupervised or “take-home” use.</E> To limit the potential for diversion of opioid agonist treatment medications to the illicit market, opioid agonist treatment medications dispensed to patients for unsupervised use shall be subject to the following requirements.</P>
                      <P>(1) Any patient in comprehensive maintenance treatment may receive a single take-home dose for a day that the clinic is closed for business, including Sundays and State and Federal holidays.</P>
                      <P>(2) Treatment program decisions on dispensing opioid treatment medications to patients for unsupervised use beyond that set forth in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, shall be determined by the medical director. In determining which patients may be permitted unsupervised use, the medical director shall consider the following take-home criteria in determining whether a patient is responsible in handling opioid drugs for unsupervised use.</P>
                      <P>(i) Absence of recent abuse of drugs (opioid or nonnarcotic), including alcohol;</P>
                      <P>(ii) Regularity of clinic attendance;</P>
                      <P>(iii) Absence of serious behavioral problems at the clinic;</P>
                      <P>(iv) Absence of known recent criminal activity, e.g., drug dealing;</P>
                      <P>(v) Stability of the patient's home environment and social relationships;</P>
                      <P>(vi) Length of time in comprehensive maintenance treatment;</P>
                      <P>(vii) Assurance that take-home medication can be safely stored within the patient's home; and</P>
                      <P>(viii) Whether the rehabilitative benefit the patient derived from decreasing the frequency of clinic attendance outweighs the potential risks of diversion.</P>
                      <P>(3) Such determinations and the basis for such determinations consistent with the criteria outlined in paragraph (i)(2) of this section shall be documented in the patient's medical record. If it is determined that a patient is responsible in handling opioid drugs, the following restrictions apply:</P>
                      <P>(i) During the first 90 days of treatment, the take-home supply (beyond that of paragraph (i)(1) of this section) is limited to a single dose each week and the patient shall ingest all other doses under appropriate supervision as provided for under the regulations in this subpart.</P>
                      <P>(ii) In the second 90 days of treatment, the take-home supply (beyond that of paragraph (i)(1) of this section) is two doses per week.</P>
                      <P>(iii) In the third 90 days of treatment, the take-home supply (beyond that of paragraph (i)(1) of this section) is three doses per week.</P>

                      <P>(iv) In the remaining months of the first year, a patient may be given a <PRTPAGE P="100"/>maximum 6-day supply of take-home medication.</P>
                      <P>(v) After 1 year of continuous treatment, a patient may be given a maximum 2-week supply of take-home medication.</P>
                      <P>(vi) After 2 years of continuous treatment, a patient may be given a maximum one-month supply of take-home medication, but must make monthly visits.</P>
                      <P>(4) No medications shall be dispensed to patients in short-term detoxification treatment or interim maintenance treatment for unsupervised or take-home use.</P>

                      <P>(5) OTPs must maintain current procedures adequate to identify the theft or diversion of take-home medications, including labeling containers with the OTP's name, address, and telephone number. Programs also must ensure that take-home supplies are packaged in a manner that is designed to reduce the risk of accidental ingestion, including child-proof containers (see Poison Prevention Packaging Act, Public Law 91-601 (15 U.S.C. 1471 <E T="03">et seq.</E>)).</P>
                      <P>(j) <E T="03">Interim maintenance treatment.</E> (1) The program sponsor of a public or nonprofit private OTP may place an individual, who is eligible for admission to comprehensive maintenance treatment, in interim maintenance treatment if the individual cannot be placed in a public or nonprofit private comprehensive program within a reasonable geographic area and within 14 days of the individual's application for admission to comprehensive maintenance treatment. An initial and at least two other urine screens shall be taken from interim patients during the maximum of 120 days permitted for such treatment. A program shall establish and follow reasonable criteria for establishing priorities for transferring patients from interim maintenance to comprehensive maintenance treatment. These transfer criteria shall be in writing and shall include, at a minimum, a preference for pregnant women in admitting patients to interim maintenance and in transferring patients from interim maintenance to comprehensive maintenance treatment. Interim maintenance shall be provided in a manner consistent with all applicable Federal and State laws, including sections 1923, 1927(a), and 1976 of the Public Health Service Act (21 U.S.C. 300x-23, 300x-27(a), and 300y-11).</P>
                      <P>(2) The program shall notify the State health officer when a patient begins interim maintenance treatment, when a patient leaves interim maintenance treatment, and before the date of mandatory transfer to a comprehensive program, and shall document such notifications.</P>
                      <P>(3) SAMHSA may revoke the interim maintenance authorization for programs that fail to comply with the provisions of this paragraph (j). Likewise, SAMHSA will consider revoking the interim maintenance authorization of a program if the State in which the program operates is not in compliance with the provisions of § 8.11(g).</P>
                      <P>(4) All requirements for comprehensive maintenance treatment apply to interim maintenance treatment with the following exceptions:</P>
                      <P>(i) The opioid agonist treatment medication is required to be administered daily under observation;</P>
                      <P>(ii) Unsupervised or “take-home” use is not allowed;</P>
                      <P>(iii) An initial treatment plan and periodic treatment plan evaluations are not required;</P>
                      <P>(iv) A primary counselor is not required to be assigned to the patient;</P>
                      <P>(v) Interim maintenance cannot be provided for longer than 120 days in any 12-month period; and</P>
                      <P>(vi) Rehabilitative, education, and other counseling services described in paragraphs (f)(4), (f)(5)(i), and (f)(5)(iii) of this section are not required to be provided to the patient.</P>
                      <CITA>[66 FR 4090, Jan. 17, 2001, as amended at 68 FR 27939, May 22, 2003]</CITA>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.13</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Revocation of accreditation and accreditation body approval.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">SAMHSA action following revocation of accreditation.</E> If an accreditation body revokes an OTP's accreditation, SAMHSA may conduct an investigation into the reasons for the revocation. Following such investigation, SAMHSA may determine that the OTP's certification should no longer be in effect, at which time SAMHSA will initiate procedures to revoke the facility's certification in accordance with <PRTPAGE P="101"/>§ 8.14. Alternatively, SAMHSA may determine that another action or combination of actions would better serve the public health, including the establishment and implementation of a corrective plan of action that will permit the certification to continue in effect while the OTP seeks reaccreditation.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Accreditation body approval.</E> (1) If SAMHSA withdraws the approval of an accreditation body under § 8.6, the certifications of OTPs accredited by such body shall remain in effect for a period of 1 year after the date of withdrawal of approval of the accreditation body, unless SAMHSA determines that to protect public health or safety, or because the accreditation body fraudulently accredited treatment programs, the certifications of some or all of the programs should be revoked or suspended or that a shorter time period should be established for the certifications to remain in effect. SAMHSA may extend the time in which a certification remains in effect under this paragraph on a case-by-case basis.</P>
                      <P>(2) Within 1 year from the date of withdrawal of approval of an accreditation body, or within any shorter period of time established by SAMHSA, OTPs currently accredited by the accreditation body must obtain accreditation from another accreditation body. SAMHSA may extend the time period for obtaining reaccreditation on a case-by-case basis.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.14</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Suspension or revocation of certification.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Revocation.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, SAMHSA may revoke the certification of an OTP if SAMHSA finds, after providing the program sponsor with notice and an opportunity for a hearing in accordance with subpart C of this part, that the program sponsor, or any employee of the OTP:</P>
                      <P>(1) Has been found guilty of misrepresentation in obtaining the certification;</P>
                      <P>(2) Has failed to comply with the Federal opioid treatment standards in any respect;</P>
                      <P>(3) Has failed to comply with reasonable requests from SAMHSA or from an accreditation body for records, information, reports, or materials that are necessary to determine the continued eligibility of the OTP for certification or continued compliance with the Federal opioid treatment standards; or</P>
                      <P>(4) Has refused a reasonable request of a duly designated SAMHSA inspector, Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) Inspector, State Inspector, or accreditation body representative for permission to inspect the program or the program's operations or its records.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Suspension.</E> Whenever SAMHSA has reason to believe that revocation may be required and that immediate action is necessary to protect public health or safety, SAMHSA may immediately suspend the certification of an OTP before holding a hearing under subpart C of this part. SAMHSA may immediately suspend as well as propose revocation of the certification of an OTP before holding a hearing under subpart C of this part if SAMHSA makes a finding described in paragraph (a) of this section and also determines that:</P>
                      <P>(1) The failure to comply with the Federal opioid treatment standards presents an imminent danger to the public health or safety;</P>
                      <P>(2) The refusal to permit inspection makes immediate suspension necessary; or</P>
                      <P>(3) There is reason to believe that the failure to comply with the Federal opioid treatment standards was intentional or was associated with fraud.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Written notification.</E> In the event that SAMHSA suspends the certification of an OTP in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section or proposes to revoke the certification of an OTP in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, SAMHSA shall promptly provide the sponsor of the OTP with written notice of the suspension or proposed revocation by facsimile transmission, personal service, commercial overnight delivery service, or certified mail, return receipt requested. Such notice shall state the reasons for the action and shall state that the OTP may seek review of the action in accordance with the procedures in subpart C of this part.</P>

                      <P>(d)(1) If SAMHSA suspends certification in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section:<PRTPAGE P="102"/>
                      </P>
                      <P>(i) SAMHSA will immediately notify DEA that the OTP's registration should be suspended under 21 U.S.C. 824(d); and</P>
                      <P>(ii) SAMHSA will provide an opportunity for a hearing under subpart C of this part.</P>
                      <P>(2) Suspension of certification under paragraph (b) of this section shall remain in effect until the agency determines that:</P>
                      <P>(i) The basis for the suspension cannot be substantiated;</P>
                      <P>(ii) Violations of required standards have been corrected to the agency's satisfaction; or</P>
                      <P>(iii) The OTP's certification shall be revoked.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.15</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Forms.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) SMA-162—Application for Certification to Use Opioid Agonist Treatment Medications for Opioid Treatment.</P>
                      <P>(b) SMA-163—Application for Becoming an Accreditation Body under § 8.3.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                  </SUBPART>
                  <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Procedures for Review of Suspension or Proposed Revocation of OTP Certification, and of Adverse Action Regarding Withdrawal of Approval of an Accreditation Body</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.21</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>The procedures in this subpart apply when:</P>
                      <P>(a) SAMHSA has notified an OTP in writing that its certification under the regulations in subpart B of this part has been suspended or that SAMHSA proposes to revoke the certification; and</P>
                      <P>(b) The OTP has, within 30 days of the date of the notification or within 3 days of the date of the notification when seeking an expedited review of a suspension, requested in writing an opportunity for a review of the suspension or proposed revocation.</P>
                      <P>(c) SAMHSA has notified an accreditation body of an adverse action taken regarding withdrawal of approval of the accreditation body under the regulations in subpart A of this part; and</P>
                      <P>(d) The accreditation body has, within 30 days of the date of the notification, requested in writing an opportunity for a review of the adverse action.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.22</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>The following definitions apply to this subpart C.</P>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Appellant</E> means:</P>
                      <P>(1) The treatment program which has been notified of its suspension or proposed revocation of its certification under the regulations of this part and has requested a review of the suspension or proposed revocation, or</P>
                      <P>(2) The accreditation body which has been notified of adverse action regarding withdrawal of approval under the regulations of this subpart and has requested a review of the adverse action.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Respondent</E> means SAMHSA.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Reviewing official</E> means the person or persons designated by the Secretary who will review the suspension or proposed revocation. The reviewing official may be assisted by one or more HHS officers or employees or consultants in assessing and weighing the scientific and technical evidence and other information submitted by the appellant and respondent on the reasons for the suspension and proposed revocation.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.23</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Limitation on issues subject to review.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>The scope of review shall be limited to the facts relevant to any suspension, or proposed revocation, or adverse action, the necessary interpretations of the facts the regulations, in the subpart, and other relevant law.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.24</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Specifying who represents the parties.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>The appellant's request for review shall specify the name, address, and phone number of the appellant's representative. In its first written submission to the reviewing official, the respondent shall specify the name, address, and phone number of the respondent's representative.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.25</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Informal review and the reviewing official's response.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Request for review.</E> Within 30 days of the date of the notice of the suspension or proposed revocation, the appellant must submit a written request to <PRTPAGE P="103"/>the reviewing official seeking review, unless some other time period is agreed to by the parties. A copy must also be sent to the respondent. The request for review must include a copy of the notice of suspension, proposed revocation, or adverse action, a brief statement of why the decision to suspend, propose revocation, or take an adverse action is incorrect, and the appellant's request for an oral presentation, if desired.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Acknowledgment.</E> Within 5 days after receiving the request for review, the reviewing official will send an acknowledgment and advise the appellant of the next steps. The reviewing official will also send a copy of the acknowledgment to the respondent.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.26</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Preparation of the review file and written arguments.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>The appellant and the respondent each participate in developing the file for the reviewing official and in submitting written arguments. The procedures for development of the review file and submission of written argument are:</P>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Appellant's documents and brief.</E> Within 30 days after receiving the acknowledgment of the request for review, the appellant shall submit to the reviewing official the following (with a copy to the respondent):</P>
                      <P>(1) A review file containing the documents supporting appellant's argument, tabbed and organized chronologically, and accompanied by an index identifying each document. Only essential documents should be submitted to the reviewing official.</P>
                      <P>(2) A written statement, not to exceed 20 double-spaced pages, explaining why respondent's decision to suspend or propose revocation of appellant's certification or to take adverse action regarding withdrawal of approval of the accreditation body is incorrect (appellant's brief).</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Respondent's documents and brief.</E> Within 30 days after receiving a copy of the acknowledgment of the request for review, the respondent shall submit to the reviewing official the following (with a copy to the appellant):</P>
                      <P>(1) A review file containing documents supporting respondent's decision to suspend or revoke appellant's certification, or approval as an accreditation body, tabbed and organized chronologically, and accompanied by an index identifying each document. Only essential documents should be submitted to the reviewing official.</P>
                      <P>(2) A written statement, not exceeding 20 double-spaced pages in length, explaining the basis for suspension, proposed revocation, or adverse action (respondent's brief).</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Reply briefs.</E> Within 10 days after receiving the opposing party's submission, or 20 days after receiving acknowledgment of the request for review, whichever is later, each party may submit a short reply not to exceed 10 double-spaced pages.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Cooperative efforts.</E> Whenever feasible, the parties should attempt to develop a joint review file.</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">Excessive documentation.</E> The reviewing official may take any appropriate steps to reduce excessive documentation, including the return of or refusal to consider documentation found to be irrelevant, redundant, or unnecessary.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Discovery.</E> The use of interrogatories, depositions, and other forms of discovery shall not be allowed.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.27</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Opportunity for oral presentation.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Electing oral presentation.</E> If an opportunity for an oral presentation is desired, the appellant shall request it at the time it submits its written request for review to the reviewing official. The reviewing official will grant the request if the official determines that the decisionmaking process will be substantially aided by oral presentations and arguments. The reviewing official may also provide for an oral presentation at the official's own initiative or at the request of the respondent.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Presiding official.</E> The reviewing official or designee will be the presiding official responsible for conducting the oral presentation.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Preliminary conference.</E> The presiding official may hold a prehearing conference (usually a telephone conference call) to consider any of the following: Simplifying and clarifying issues; stipulations and admissions; limitations on evidence and witnesses that will be presented at the hearing; <PRTPAGE P="104"/>time allotted for each witness and the hearing altogether; scheduling the hearing; and any other matter that will assist in the review process. Normally, this conference will be conducted informally and off the record; however, the presiding official may, at the presiding official's discretion, produce a written document summarizing the conference or transcribe the conference, either of which will be made a part of the record.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Time and place of oral presentation.</E> The presiding official will attempt to schedule the oral presentation within 45 days of the date appellant's request for review is received or within 15 days of submission of the last reply brief, whichever is later. The oral presentation will be held at a time and place determined by the presiding official following consultation with the parties.</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">Conduct of the oral presentation</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The presiding official is responsible for conducting the oral presentation. The presiding official may be assisted by one or more HHS officers or employees or consultants in conducting the oral presentation and reviewing the evidence. While the oral presentation will be kept as informal as possible, the presiding official may take all necessary steps to ensure an orderly proceeding.</P>
                      <P>(2) <E T="03">Burden of proof/standard of proof.</E> In all cases, the respondent bears the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that its decision to suspend, propose revocation, or take adverse action is appropriate. The appellant, however, has a responsibility to respond to the respondent's allegations with evidence and argument to show that the respondent is incorrect.</P>
                      <P>(3) <E T="03">Admission of evidence.</E> The rules of evidence do not apply and the presiding official will generally admit all testimonial evidence unless it is clearly irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious. Each party may make an opening and closing statement, may present witnesses as agreed upon in the pre-hearing conference or otherwise, and may question the opposing party's witnesses. Since the parties have ample opportunity to prepare the review file, a party may introduce additional documentation during the oral presentation only with the permission of the presiding official. The presiding official may question witnesses directly and take such other steps necessary to ensure an effective and efficient consideration of the evidence, including setting time limitations on direct and cross-examinations.</P>
                      <P>(4) <E T="03">Motions.</E> The presiding official may rule on motions including, for example, motions to exclude or strike redundant or immaterial evidence, motions to dismiss the case for insufficient evidence, or motions for summary judgment. Except for those made during the hearing, all motions and opposition to motions, including argument, must be in writing and be no more than 10 double-spaced pages in length. The presiding official will set a reasonable time for the party opposing the motion to reply.</P>
                      <P>(5) <E T="03">Transcripts.</E> The presiding official shall have the oral presentation transcribed and the transcript shall be made a part of the record. Either party may request a copy of the transcript and the requesting party shall be responsible for paying for its copy of the transcript.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Obstruction of justice or making of false statements.</E> Obstruction of justice or the making of false statements by a witness or any other person may be the basis for a criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 or 1505.</P>
                      <P>(g) <E T="03">Post-hearing procedures.</E> At the presiding official's discretion, the presiding official may require or permit the parties to submit post-hearing briefs or proposed findings and conclusions. Each party may submit comments on any major prejudicial errors in the transcript.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.28</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Expedited procedures for review of immediate suspension.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> When the Secretary notifies a treatment program in writing that its certification has been immediately suspended, the appellant may request an expedited review of the suspension and any proposed revocation. The appellant must submit this request in writing to the reviewing official within 10 days of the date the OTP received notice of the suspension. The request for review must include a <PRTPAGE P="105"/>copy of the suspension and any proposed revocation, a brief statement of why the decision to suspend and propose revocation is incorrect, and the appellant's request for an oral presentation, if desired. A copy of the request for review must also be sent to the respondent.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Reviewing official's response.</E> As soon as practicable after the request for review is received, the reviewing official will send an acknowledgment with a copy to the respondent.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Review file and briefs.</E> Within 10 days of the date the request for review is received, but no later than 2 days before an oral presentation, each party shall submit to the reviewing official the following:</P>
                      <P>(1) A review file containing essential documents relevant to the review, tabbed, indexed, and organized chronologically; and</P>
                      <P>(2) A written statement, not to exceed 20 double-spaced pages, explaining the party's position concerning the suspension and any proposed revocation. No reply brief is permitted.</P>
                      <P>(d) <E T="03">Oral presentation.</E> If an oral presentation is requested by the appellant or otherwise granted by the reviewing official in accordance with § 8.27(a), the presiding official will attempt to schedule the oral presentation within 20 to 30 days of the date of appellant's request for review at a time and place determined by the presiding official following consultation with the parties. The presiding official may hold a pre-hearing conference in accordance with § 8.27(c) and will conduct the oral presentation in accordance with the procedures of §§ 8.27(e), (f), and (g).</P>
                      <P>(e) <E T="03">Written decision.</E> The reviewing official shall issue a written decision upholding or denying the suspension or proposed revocation and will attempt to issue the decision within 7 to 10 days of the date of the oral presentation or within 3 days of the date on which the transcript is received or the date of the last submission by either party, whichever is later. All other provisions set forth in § 8.33 apply.</P>
                      <P>(f) <E T="03">Transmission of written communications.</E> Because of the importance of timeliness for these expedited procedures, all written communications between the parties and between either party and the reviewing official shall be sent by facsimile transmission, personal service, or commercial overnight delivery service.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.29</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Ex parte communications.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>Except for routine administrative and procedural matters, a party shall not communicate with the reviewing or presiding official without notice to the other party.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.30</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Transmission of written communications by reviewing official and calculation of deadlines.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Timely review.</E> Because of the importance of a timely review, the reviewing official should normally transmit written communications to either party by facsimile transmission, personal service, or commercial overnight delivery service, or certified mail, return receipt requested, in which case the date of transmission or day following mailing will be considered the date of receipt. In the case of communications sent by regular mail, the date of receipt will be considered 3 days after the date of mailing.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Due date.</E> In counting days, include Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays. However, if a due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, then the due date is the next Federal working day.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.31</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Authority and responsibilities of the reviewing official.</SUBJECT>

                      <P>In addition to any other authority specified in this subpart C, the reviewing official and the presiding official, with respect to those authorities involving the oral presentation, shall have the authority to issue orders; examine witnesses; take all steps necessary for the conduct of an orderly hearing; rule on requests and motions; grant extensions of time for good reasons; dismiss for failure to meet deadlines or other requirements; order the parties to submit relevant information or witnesses; remand a case for further action by the respondent; waive or modify these procedures in a specific case, usually with notice to the parties; reconsider a decision of the reviewing official where a party promptly alleges a clear error of fact or law; and to take any other action necessary <PRTPAGE P="106"/>to resolve disputes in accordance with the objectives of the procedures in this subpart.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.32</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Administrative record.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>The administrative record of review consists of the review file; other submissions by the parties; transcripts or other records of any meetings, conference calls, or oral presentation; evidence submitted at the oral presentation; and orders and other documents issued by the reviewing and presiding officials.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.33</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Written decision.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>(a) <E T="03">Issuance of decision.</E> The reviewing official shall issue a written decision upholding or denying the suspension, proposed revocation, or adverse action. The decision will set forth the reasons for the decision and describe the basis for that decision in the record. Furthermore, the reviewing official may remand the matter to the respondent for such further action as the reviewing official deems appropriate.</P>
                      <P>(b) <E T="03">Date of decision.</E> The reviewing official will attempt to issue the decision within 15 days of the date of the oral presentation, the date on which the transcript is received, or the date of the last submission by either party, whichever is later. If there is no oral presentation, the decision will normally be issued within 15 days of the date of receipt of the last reply brief. Once issued, the reviewing official will immediately communicate the decision to each party.</P>
                      <P>(c) <E T="03">Public notice and communications to the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA).</E> (1) If the suspension and proposed revocation of OTP certification are upheld, the revocation of certification will become effective immediately and the public will be notified by publication of a notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> SAMHSA will notify DEA within 5 days that the OTP's registration should be revoked.</P>

                      <P>(2) If the suspension and proposed revocation of OTP certification are denied, the revocation will not take effect and the suspension will be lifted immediately. Public notice will be given by publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> SAMHSA will notify DEA within 5 days that the OTP's registration should be restored, if applicable.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                    <SECTION>
                      <SECTNO>§ 8.34</SECTNO>
                      <SUBJECT>Court review of final administrative action; exhaustion of administrative remedies.</SUBJECT>
                      <P>Before any legal action is filed in court challenging the suspension, proposed revocation, or adverse action, respondent shall exhaust administrative remedies provided under this subpart, unless otherwise provided by Federal law. The reviewing official's decision, under § 8.28(e) or § 8.33(a), constitutes final agency action as of the date of the decision.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                  </SUBPART>
                </PART>
                <PART>
                  <EAR>Pt. 9</EAR>
                  <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 9—STANDARDS OF CARE FOR CHIMPANZEES HELD IN THE FEDERALLY SUPPORTED SANCTUARY SYSTEM</HD>
                  <CONTENTS>
                    <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                    <SECTNO>9.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Applicability and purpose.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Sanctuary policies and responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Physical facility policies and design.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Chimpanzee ownership, fees, and studies.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Animal care, well-being, husbandry, veterinary care, and euthanasia.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.7</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Reproduction.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.8</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Animal records.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.9</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Facility staffing.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.10</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Occupational Health and Safety Program (OHSP) and biosafety requirements.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.11</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Animal transport.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.12</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Compliance with the Standards of Care, and USDA and PHS policies and regulations.</SUBJECT>
                    <SECTNO>9.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Other federal laws, regulations, and statutes that apply to this part.</SUBJECT>
                  </CONTENTS>
                  <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P>42 U.S.C. 216, 287a-3a.</P>
                  </AUTH>
                  <SOURCE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
                    <P>73 FR 60423, Oct. 10, 2008, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                  </SOURCE>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Applicability and purpose.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">General</E>. The standards of care set forth in this part apply to the chimpanzee sanctuaries that are contracted (or subcontracted) to the Federal Government to operate the federally supported chimpanzee sanctuary system authorized by section 481C of the Public Health Service (PHS) Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 287a-3a).</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">What is the purpose of the federally supported chimpanzee sanctuary system and the authority for establishing these <PRTPAGE P="107"/>standards of care regulation?</E> The Chimpanzee Health Improvement, Maintenance, and Protection Act (Pub. L. 106-551, referred to as the “CHIMP Act” or “Chimpanzee Retirement Act”) was enacted by Congress to provide for the establishment and operation of a sanctuary system to provide lifetime care for chimpanzees that have been used, or were bred or purchased for use, in research conducted or supported by the agencies of the Federal Government, and that are determined to be no longer needed for such research. The CHIMP Act also mandates that standards of care for chimpanzees in the sanctuary shall be developed to ensure the well-being of chimpanzees and the health and safety of the chimpanzees.</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">To what chimpanzee sanctuaries do the standards of care in this part apply?</E> The standards of care set forth in this part apply to only those sanctuaries that are contracted or subcontracted to the Federal Government to operate the federally supported chimpanzee sanctuary system.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.2</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>As used in this part:</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Adequate veterinary care</E> means a program directed by a veterinarian qualified through training and/or experience to provide professional medical care to the chimpanzees within the Sanctuary and with the appropriate authority to provide this care. The program also provides guidance to all caregivers on all matters relating to the health and well-being of the chimpanzees.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">American Zoo and Aquarium Association (AZA)</E> means the professional society composed of individuals with various backgrounds and interests that are devoted to advancing the knowledge and understanding of zoo animals and the management of zoos in the United States.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">American Zoo and Aquarium Association (AZA) Accreditation Standards</E> are those standards developed by the AZA that are used to review, evaluate, and accredit zoos or zoological gardens. These standards cover a variety of areas including facilities, policies and procedures, training, staff qualifications, medical and animal care, husbandry and well-being procedures, and conservation, along with other specific areas.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Animal Care and Use Committee</E> means the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee established under section 13(b) of the Animal Welfare Act of 1985 and the Health Research Extension Act of 1985. For the purpose of these Standards of Care, it shall consist of at least five (5) members including the Chairperson, a Doctor of Veterinary Medicine (D.V.M. or V.M.D.) knowledgeable in nonhuman primate care and diseases and with delegated program responsibility, a member not affiliated with the Sanctuary, a scientist, and a member of the animal protection community. The requirement that a member of the ACUC must be from an animal protection organization is unique to this part and is not required under the Animal Welfare Regulations or the Public Health Service Policy on the Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals. This Committee must be established if research as defined by the Animal Welfare Act Regulations and the Public Health Service Policy (research, teaching, testing, exhibition) is to be conducted at the sanctuary.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Animal protection organization</E> means a nonprofit organization whose primary mission is protection of animals through positive advocacy and action.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Animal Resource Manager (or Animal Resource Supervisor)</E> means the individual employee responsible for managing the nonprofessional staff providing care for the chimpanzees at the sanctuary. This individual may perform other duties as assigned by the Sanctuary Contractor.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Animal Welfare Act/Regulations</E> means the Act of August 24, 1966 (Pub. L. 89-544, commonly known as the Laboratory Animal Welfare Act), as amended by the Act of December 24, 1970 (Pub. L. 91-579, the Animal Welfare Act of 1970), the Act of April 22, 1976 (Pub. L. 94-279, the Animal Welfare Act of 1976), and the Act of December 23, 1985 (Pub. L. 99-198, the Food Security Act of 1985), and as may be subsequently amended, and the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) regulations implementing the Animal Welfare Act in title 9, chapter 1, subchapter A of the CFR.<PRTPAGE P="108"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Animal Welfare Assurance</E> means the documentation from an institution assuring compliance with the PHS Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals. This policy is administered by the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW), National Institutes of Health.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Association for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care, International (AAALAC)</E> means the nonprofit organization that is recognized in the United States and abroad as being the body responsible for the accreditation of laboratory animal programs.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Behaviorist</E> means a person hired by the sanctuary to administer or oversee the enrichment and behavioral program for the chimpanzees at the sanctuary. This individual must be qualified through training or experience.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Biosafety Officer</E> means the individual responsible for establishing and monitoring workplace safety procedures designed to minimize or prevent injury or loss due to biohazards in accordance with policies established by the sanctuary administration.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Board of Directors (BOD)</E> means the individuals selected by the Contractor to govern the nonprofit institution responsible for operating the federally supported chimpanzee Sanctuary system. The board members must meet the qualifications and criteria stated in the CHIMP Act.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Chair of the Board of Directors</E> means the individual chosen by the BOD or other legally empowered entity to carry out such action, who is responsible for chairing meetings and acting on behalf of the board. This individual reports directly to the Board.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Chief Executive Officer (CEO)</E> means the principal person responsible for overall accomplishment of the mission of the chimpanzee sanctuary.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">CHIMP Act</E> means the Chimpanzee Health Improvement, Maintenance, and Protection Act of December 20, 2000 (Pub. L. 106-551) commonly known as the “CHIMP Act” or “Chimpanzee Retirement Act,” and any future amendments.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Chimpanzee</E> means a member of <E T="03">Pan troglodytes</E>. It excludes the pygmy chimpanzee (<E T="03">Pan paniscus</E> or bonobo).</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Chimpanzee caregivers (caregivers)</E> mean all sanctuary technical and husbandry staff providing long-term care and services for the chimpanzees.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Contractor/Primary Contractor/Sanctuary Contractor</E> means the nonprofit entity awarded a contract by the Federal Government to establish and operate the chimpanzee sanctuary system.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Euthanasia</E> means the humane death of a chimpanzee accomplished by a method that produces rapid unconsciousness and subsequent death without evidence of pain or distress. The method must be consistent with the recommendations of the American Veterinary Medical Association Panel on Euthanasia.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Exhibition</E> means exhibiting chimpanzees to the public for compensation. This definition excludes limited viewing for educational purposes that are not disruptive to the chimpanzees.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Facility director</E> means the individual responsible for directing the overall activities at the Sanctuary site.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Facility Veterinarian</E> means a person who has graduated from a veterinary school accredited by the American Veterinary Medical Association (AVMA) Council on Education, or who has a certificate issued by the AVMA's Education Commission for Foreign Veterinary Graduates; has training and/or experience in the care and management of nonhuman primates; and has direct or delegated authority for activities involving chimpanzees at the federally funded chimpanzee sanctuary.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)</E> means the codified rules applicable to contracts, specifically those sections of the FAR (48 CFR chapter 1, part 52) that are applicable to contracts between the Federal Government and a contractor (in this case a private, nonprofit entity under contract to operate the chimpanzee sanctuary system).</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Federal agency</E> means an executive agency as such term is defined in section 105 of title 5, United States Code, and refers to the agency from which the research facility receives a Federal award for projects involving animals.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Federally owned chimpanzees</E> mean chimpanzees that have been purchased by, bred by, or donated to a federal agency for use in biomedical/behavioral research. Chimpanzees whose ownership was subsequently transferred from Federal ownership via written transfer <PRTPAGE P="109"/>agreements are no longer federally owned.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Guide</E> means <E T="03">The Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals</E>, published by the National Academy of Sciences, Institute for Laboratory Animal Research of the National Research Council, 1996, International Standard Book Number 0-309-05377-3.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Housing facility</E> means any land, premises, shed, barn, building, trailer, or other structure or area housing intended to house chimpanzees.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Indoor housing facility</E> refers to any structure or enclosure (for example, cages, pens, rooms) for maintaining animals in a controlled environment that provides for normal physiological and behavioral needs.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Interstate air transport live animals (IATA) regulations</E> means those regulations and standards covering the air transportation of nonhuman primates developed and implemented by the International Air Transportation Association.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Invasive research (studies)</E> utilizes those procedures that cause more than momentary pain, distress, fear, discomfort, injury, or other negative modalities to a chimpanzee. Any procedure that enters or exposes a body cavity is considered to be invasive. Sanctuary chimpanzees may not be used in invasive research. This definition excludes any invasive procedure that is a part of veterinary, medical, or surgical care that is performed by or under the direction of the Sanctuary Veterinarian using acceptable veterinary practices. Some examples of invasive studies are:</P>
                    <P>(1) Experimental exposure to a substance that may be detrimental to a chimpanzee's health (e.g., infectious disease, radiation). This does not include accidental exposures to infectious diseases transmitted from cage mates or from radiation or other exposures at the time of regularly scheduled or necessary veterinary examinations and treatments;</P>
                    <P>(2) Any invasion of a body cavity;</P>
                    <P>(3) Surgery and surgical implantation of devices that are not a part of a veterinary medical treatment or colony management purposes.</P>
                    <P>(4) Behavioral studies that cause distress or discomfort, such as induction of a fear response;</P>
                    <P>(5) Testing of any drug;</P>
                    <P>(6) Purposeful manipulation of social groups or the removal from their social group or addition of individuals in order to conduct behavioral research (for example, on aggression). Creation and refinement of social groups will be necessary when the animals arrive at the Sanctuary and this should take place only when necessary in regards to colony management and should not be driven by independently initiated research studies;</P>
                    <P>(7) Restraint unless it is in conjunction with the annual exam or clinical care; and</P>
                    <P>(8) Darting or anesthesia induction other than at annual exam or in the case of an emergency in which the chimpanzee's well-being is at stake.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">National Primate Research Center (NPRC)</E> means those centers supported by the National Center for Research Resources, National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and Human Services, as national resources for providing high-quality nonhuman primate research resources and facilities. As of June 2007, there were eight such centers.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">National Research Council</E> means the component of the National Academy of Sciences that advises the Federal Government on matters related to science, research, and research resources.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Nonfederally owned chimpanzees</E> mean chimpanzees that have not been purchased by, bred by, or donated to the Federal Government for use in federally supported research projects. In accordance with the CHIMP Act, chimpanzees owned on the date of passage of the CHIMP Act by a National Primate Research Center may enter the sanctuary system without requiring the NPRC to pay a fee. Offspring born in the sanctuary is owned by the Sanctuary Contractor.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Noninvasive research (studies)</E> means the use of procedures that depend upon close observation of chimpanzee behavior or on medical information collected during the course of normal veterinary care. These procedures do not require removal of the chimpanzees from their social group or environment, or require <PRTPAGE P="110"/>a separate anesthetic or sedation event to collect data or record observations. Some examples of noninvasive studies are:</P>
                    <P>(1) Visual observation;</P>
                    <P>(2) Behavioral studies designed to improve the establishment and maintenance of social groups. These activities may cause stress as a result of novel interactions between chimpanzees and caregivers, but they are not considered invasive as long as they are intended to maximize the well-being of the chimpanzees;</P>
                    <P>(3) Medical examinations as deemed necessary to oversee the health of the chimpanzees, in the least invasive manner possible. Collection of samples routinely obtained during a physical examination for processing during this time is also considered noninvasive since a separate event is not required;</P>
                    <P>(4) Administration and evaluation of environmental enrichment used to promote the psychological well-being of the chimpanzees; and</P>
                    <P>(5) Actions taken to provide essential medical treatment to an individual chimpanzee exhibiting symptoms of illness. This applies only to serious illness that cannot be treated while the chimpanzee remains within the colony.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Outdoor housing facility (area)</E> means corrals, Primadomes (a prefabricated outdoor housing unit), fenced open areas, or similar structures or areas for maintaining chimpanzees with access to adequate protection from the extremes of environmental elements and harsh weather conditions.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Outdoor ranging</E> area means an area that allows chimpanzees greater ranging space than corrals or other outdoor housing area and includes a variety of vegetation, shrubbery, grasses and trees, thereby providing for a fairly unrestricted natural setting for the chimpanzees to engage in species-appropriate activities. The area is secured by an outer perimeter barrier.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Project Officer</E> means the individual designated by the Federal Government to represent the contracting officer and interests of the federal agency, within defined areas, in monitoring and overseeing the chimpanzee sanctuary system contract.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Sanctuary Chimpanzee Care Committee (SCCC) or similar designated committee</E> means the group of individuals designated by the CEO of the sanctuary that reviews and monitors adherence to the policies, procedures, and regulations at the sanctuary.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Sanctuary Contractor</E> means the nonprofit, private entities selected by NCRR/NIH to develop and operate the chimpanzee sanctuary system. This contractor is also known as the “primary contractor” for the sanctuary system.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Sanctuary Director</E> means the individual who provides day-to-day direction and oversight to the employees responsible for performing the daily tasks at the facility.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Sanctuary or federally supported chimpanzee sanctuary system</E> means the sanctuary or sanctuary system established by the Federal Government through contracting with a private, nonprofit entity, for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the CHIMP Act of 2000. The system includes a primary Contractor and may include additional subcontractors as required. This sanctuary system is supported primarily from funds allocated by NCRR/NIH/HHS with some matching funds from the nonprofit contractor.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services or his/her designee.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Subcontractor</E> means a private, nonprofit entity selected by the primary contractor to provide additional sanctuary services.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Surplus chimpanzees</E> means chimpanzees that are no longer needed in research and that were used, or were bred or purchased for use, in research conducted or supported by the Federal Government.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">USDA licensed intermediate handler/carrier</E> means any person, including a department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States or of any State or local government, who is engaged in any business in which it receives custody of animals in connection with their transportation in commerce and who is licensed by the USDA.</P>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">Zoonotic disease(s)</E> means diseases that are transmissible from chimpanzees to humans.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <PRTPAGE P="111"/>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.3</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Sanctuary policies and responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">What are the policies and responsibilities governing the sanctuary system?</E> It will be the policies and responsibilities of the sanctuary system to:</P>
                    <P>(1) Appoint a Board of Directors (BOD) responsible for the overall governance and direction of the Sanctuary. The BOD shall designate the Chief Executive Officer (CEO), who is responsible for the management and oversight of the daily operations of the sanctuary and the performance of other delegated tasks. Subcontractors, if applicable, shall be governed by the policies that are developed by the Board of Directors of the primary contractor.</P>
                    <P>(2) Direct the BOD to:</P>
                    <P>(i) Ensure that chimpanzees accepted into the sanctuary are not discharged;</P>
                    <P>(ii) Develop guidelines for accepting chimpanzees not owned by the Federal Government into the sanctuary if the conditions are met as outlined in 42 U.S.C. 287;</P>
                    <P>(iii) Ensure that the Board of Directors of the primary contractor consists of no more than thirteen (13) individuals, and that the conditions governing the terms of the Board members are in compliance with the CHIMP Act;</P>
                    <P>(iv) Include individuals with the following expertise and experience as set forth in the CHIMP Act;</P>
                    <P>(A) At least one veterinarian who is qualified in veterinary care of nonhuman primates. These qualifications may be met through postdoctoral training, experience, or both;</P>
                    <P>(B) Individual(s) with expertise and experience in zoological science and with knowledge in behavioral primatology;</P>
                    <P>(C) Individual(s) with experience in the animal protection field;</P>
                    <P>(D) Individual(s) with experience and expertise in the field of business and management of nonprofit organizations;</P>
                    <P>(E) Individual(s) knowledgeable and experienced in accrediting programs of animal care;</P>
                    <P>(F) Individual(s) with experience and expertise in containing biohazards;</P>
                    <P>(v) Ensure that a member of the Board of Directors serves as the Chair of the Board of Directors, who may be elected or appointed by the Board from among the individuals identified in paragraphs (a) (1) (iv) (A) through (F) of this section;</P>
                    <P>(vi) Ensure that no member of the board shall have been fined for, or signed a consent decree for, any violation of the Animal Welfare Act;</P>
                    <P>(vii) Create a safe and species-appropriate physical and social environment for the lifetime care of chimpanzees;</P>
                    <P>(viii) Comply with all applicable provisions of the animal welfare regulations and other federal, state and local laws, regulations, and policies;</P>
                    <P>(ix) Achieve accreditations from appropriate accrediting bodies within a reasonable time frame mutually agreed upon by the Contractor and NCRR;</P>

                    <P>(x) Prohibit any invasive research on the resident chimpanzees, but permit noninvasive studies (Definitions for the terms <E T="03">invasive</E> and <E T="03">non-invasive</E> are set forth in § 9.2 of this part.);</P>
                    <P>(xi) Prohibit exhibition of chimpanzees in the sanctuary (This policy does not prohibit educational activities that may involve limited viewing of chimpanzees in their environment and that are designed to promote an understanding of chimpanzee behavior, well-being, or importance to the ecological system that does not adversely affect the chimpanzees' routine.);</P>
                    <P>(xii) Staff the organization with people with appropriate experience; and</P>
                    <P>(xiii) Authorize the establishment of a Sanctuary Chimpanzee Care Committee (SCCC) that is appointed by and reports to the CEO or President of the company or corporation. The SCCC is responsible for overseeing the chimpanzee care program and operations to ensure the health and well-being of the chimpanzees and the occupational safety of the staff are being addressed. The Committee must consist of no fewer than five people who must include:</P>
                    <P>(A) A chair (person) knowledgeable of the needs of chimpanzees;</P>
                    <P>(B) A veterinarian with chimpanzee care experience;</P>
                    <P>(C) A behaviorist with experience in chimpanzee behavior;</P>
                    <P>(D) A member of the chimpanzee care staff; and</P>

                    <P>(E) Member or members from the community, including at least one with <PRTPAGE P="112"/>affiliation or employment with an animal protection organization as defined in § 9.2 of this part.</P>
                    <P>(F) The SCCC will:</P>
                    <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Oversee and evaluate the chimpanzee care and socialization program;</P>
                    <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Review and approve proposed education programs. No program should be approved that might interfere with the chimpanzees' well-being or routine activities;</P>
                    <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Conduct a formal review of the program on a semiannual basis and submit reports to the Sanctuary Director. The reports must be available for review by the USDA and NIH representatives during site visits;</P>
                    <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) Establish a mechanism for receipt and review of concerns involving the care of chimpanzees and resolving such concerns;</P>
                    <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) Review all noninvasive study proposals. The SCCC membership may require additional qualified individuals to perform the functions of an Animal Care and Use Committee (ACUC) if and when the need arises. The contractor may establish a separate ACUC. The ACUC must be established in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Animal Welfare Act regulations, the Public Health Service Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals, and these standards of care;</P>
                    <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) Review all euthanasia events. Euthanasia events performed for medical or humane reasons must be based upon sound professional veterinary judgment that conforms to current veterinary medical practices and must be in the best interest of the chimpanzee. Euthanasia performed for emergency reasons without advance review by the SCCC shall be reviewed by the SCCC as soon as possible after the event to ensure compliance with established policy;</P>
                    <P>(<E T="03">7</E>) Establish procedures to prevent any reproduction in the colony through appropriate permanent birth control, preferably by vasectomy of all sexually mature male chimpanzees in the sanctuary; and</P>
                    <P>(<E T="03">8</E>) Develop procedures for maintaining chimpanzees that are seropositive for or harboring infectious agents or previously have been exposed to infectious agents (whether experimentally induced or naturally occurring) that will allow them to be accepted by the sanctuary and properly housed. The procedures must be submitted to NCRR/NIH for approval.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Who is responsible for developing or revising sanctuary policies?</E> (1) The Sanctuary Contractor is responsible for developing, revising, and implementing policies affecting the sanctuary.</P>
                    <P>(2) The federal agency (NCRR/NIH) designated by the Secretary must concur with any changes that substantially change existing policies. The Secretary, or designee, will determine if a policy change will have a substantial impact upon current policy after consultation with the Sanctuary Contractor.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.4</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Physical facility policies and design.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">What standards apply to the facility design and physical plant?</E> The chimpanzee sanctuary facility must be designed to provide sufficient space and variety of natural or artificial objects to accommodate natural activities of chimpanzees while restricting their movement and range to the defined area. Daily observation of chimpanzees within the enclosures is required and shall be accomplished with minimal disturbance to the chimpanzees. The facility design and physical plant should be in accordance with the recommendation of <E T="03">The Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (Guide)</E>, where applicable. The <E T="03">Guide</E> is published by the National Research Council, 1996, International Standard Book Number 0-309-05377-3. The <E T="03">Guide</E> is incorporated by reference in this section. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy of the publication from the National Academy Press, 2101 Constitution Avenue, NW., Lockbox 285, Washington, DC 20055; or you may order it electronically via the Internet at <E T="03">http://www.nap.edu</E>; or view it online at <E T="03">http://oacu.od.nih.gov/regs/guide/guidex.htm</E>. You may inspect a copy at NIH, NCRR, 1 Democracy Plaza, 6701 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20817-4874, or at the National Archives and Records <PRTPAGE P="113"/>Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to <E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(1) The facility design and physical plant consist of the following components: Indoor design features; outdoor design features; construction and construction materials; physical barriers; shelter; service support space, including storage areas for food, supplies, and equipment; personnel and administrative support space; quarantine and isolation facilities; treatment area; heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC); food preparation area; and animal waste treatment.</P>
                    <P>(2) A housing system shall include indoor and outdoor enclosures that must be kept in good repair to prevent escape and injury to the chimpanzees, promote physical comfort, facilitate sanitation and servicing, and address the psychological well-being and social needs of the chimpanzees. Chimpanzees must be able to retreat from areas where they feel threatened or agitated by close human encounters or encounters with other chimpanzees.</P>
                    <P>(3) Indoor areas shall have special areas for social introductions and medical treatment. Quarantine and isolation facilities are required for the sanctuary. These facilities must be designed to prevent the spread of undesirable agents from quarantine and isolation rooms to other parts of the facility.</P>
                    <P>(4) Outdoor areas must provide sufficient ranging space and either natural or artificial structures that chimpanzees can use for shelter or nesting areas to sleep, rest, or seek refuge from rain, direct sun, wind, and extreme temperatures.</P>
                    <P>(5) Animal waste from the Sanctuary must be properly treated to remove known hazardous agents before discharging it into the environment in accordance with currently acceptable and effective waste treatment procedures, including current industry standards and Federal laws, regulations or guidelines, as applicable.</P>
                    <P>(6) An area for treatment of and performing veterinary clinical procedures on chimpanzees must be provided at each Sanctuary site. This area must be constructed and provisioned to perform emergency procedures, including minor surgery and emergency surgical procedures, complete physical examinations, and facilities for extended care of medical conditions as needed.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">What security measures are required for the sanctuary?</E> The sanctuary must provide adequate security against unauthorized entry, sabotage, malicious damage, and theft of chimpanzees and property and must minimize any chance of escape by a chimpanzee. The security staff must have training and/or experience in methods and equipment designed to detect possible security breaches and the ability to respond to security events in a timely and effective manner. Perimeter containment shall be used to protect the compound housing the chimpanzees consistent with the recommendations of the <E T="03">Guide</E> (incorporated by reference, see paragraph (a) of this section).</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">Is the sanctuary required to develop disaster and escaped animal contingency plans?</E> The sanctuary facility must prepare disaster and escaped animal contingency plans outlining simple and easy to follow plans for dealing with natural and man-made disasters and steps to be taken in case a chimpanzee escapes from the compound. The Sanctuary also must provide adequate security against unauthorized entry, sabotage, malicious damage, and theft of chimpanzees and property and must minimize any chance of escape by a chimpanzee. Primary barriers must be constructed to prevent escape of chimpanzees and secondary or perimeter barriers must prevent entry of unauthorized persons into the facility, consistent with the recommendations of the <E T="03">Guide</E> (incorporated by reference, see paragraph (a) of this section).</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.5</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Chimpanzee ownership, fees, and studies.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">Who owns the chimpanzees in the federally supported sanctuary?</E> The Federal Government retains ownership of chimpanzees owned by the Federal Government at the time they enter the sanctuary system. Non-federally owned or supported chimpanzees will be <PRTPAGE P="114"/>owned by the sanctuary. The chimpanzees shall continue to be maintained in the sanctuary throughout their lifetime and shall not be discharged from the sanctuary except as specifically indicated in the CHIMP Act.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">Is there a charge for placing chimpanzees in the sanctuary?</E> No fees shall be charged by the Sanctuary Contractor for federally owned or supported chimpanzees entering the sanctuary. Chimpanzees that were owned by a NPRC when the CHIMP Act became effective are also admitted without payment of fees. Fees for maintenance of the chimpanzees alluded to above are provided for in the contract between the Federal Government and the Sanctuary Contractor.</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">May the sanctuary agree to accept chimpanzees that are not owned by the Federal Government?</E> The sanctuary may accept chimpanzees that are not owned by the Federal Government subject to the following conditions:</P>
                    <P>(1) Ownership of the chimpanzee must be transferred to the sanctuary;</P>
                    <P>(2) Fees for these chimpanzees may be levied based on a range of considerations that include most importantly, the well-being of the chimpanzee and, secondarily, factors that include (but are not limited to) the resources available to support the chimpanzee; the health, age, and social history of the chimpanzee; and other relevant factors affecting the cost of caring for the chimpanzee. While chimpanzees not owned or supported by the Federal Government may be admitted to the sanctuary, federal funds may not be used for their support unless authorized by the Secretary or an authorized designee;</P>
                    <P>(3) Available space exists in the sanctuary; and</P>
                    <P>(4) An agreement exists between the sanctuary system and the NCRR/NIH documenting that the chimpanzee may be brought into the sanctuary.</P>
                    <P>(d) <E T="03">What additional conditions apply when nongovernmental owned chimpanzees transfer to the chimpanzee sanctuary?</E> The following additional conditions apply when nongovernmental owned chimpanzees transfer to the chimpanzee sanctuary:</P>
                    <P>(1) Chimpanzees transferred to the sanctuary sites must be permanently incapable of reproduction, for example, by vasectomy, tubal ligation, or another reliable procedure;</P>
                    <P>(2) Complete histories must accompany each chimpanzee. Any chimpanzee missing documentation for any period of research or other use may not be transferred to the Sanctuary without the concurrent authorization of the Sanctuary Contractor's Board of Directors and the NCRR; the records may be created and retained in electronic form; and</P>
                    <P>(3) Appropriate screening of each chimpanzee must be performed to assess the likelihood of the chimpanzee being a health or safety threat to the care staff and/or other chimpanzees.</P>
                    <P>(e) <E T="03">What are the criteria for acceptance and the fees for admission into the sanctuary for nongovernmental owned chimpanzees?</E> The chimpanzee Sanctuary Contractor, in conjunction with NCRR, must establish criteria and a fee system for acceptance of nongovernmental owned chimpanzees. Funds collected for this purpose must be accounted for and used to help defray the expenses incurred in operating the sanctuary.</P>
                    <P>(f) <E T="03">Under what circumstances might a chimpanzee from the sanctuary be returned to research at a United States research facility?</E> In December 2007, the CHIMP Act was amended by the “Chimp Haven is Home Act,” which terminated the authority for the removal of chimpanzees from the sanctuary system for research purposes.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.6</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Animal care, well-being, husbandry, veterinary care, and euthanasia.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">What are the requirements for promoting the well-being of sanctuary chimpanzees?</E> The goal of chimpanzee housing and management in the sanctuary is to promote the chimpanzees' well-being.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">What are the provisions for daily chimpanzee husbandry and care?</E> Adequate and proper care for chimpanzees in the sanctuary must be provided with respect to physical environment, housing and husbandry, behavioral management, and population management and <PRTPAGE P="115"/>control. Specific requirements include the following:</P>

                    <P>(1) Chimpanzees must have access to food, water, and bedding at all times, unless medical or behavioral conditions dictate otherwise. Husbandry procedures shall represent current policies and practices and conform to standards set by a nationally recognized accrediting association in accordance with the <E T="03">Guide</E> (incorporated by reference, see paragraph (a) of § 9.4).</P>

                    <P>(2) Indoor primary enclosures must be cleaned as often as required to maintain a clean and healthy environment, with a minimum of once daily. Outdoor enclosures must be monitored daily and cleaned on a routine basis. Outdoor ranging areas will not require a routine cleaning schedule but must be monitored for excessive accumulation of waste or other unhealthy conditions. Housing areas shall provide sufficient space for chimpanzees to perform species-typical behavior and expression. Examples of such activities include but are not limited to natural movements, climbing, swinging, resting, running, group interactions, sleeping, etc. Feeding and watering implements must be sanitized at intervals required to maintain them in a sanitary condition, in accordance with the <E T="03">Guide</E> (incorporated by reference, see paragraph (a) of § 9.4).</P>
                    <P>(3) The federally supported chimpanzee sanctuary must employ a behavioral scientist knowledgeable in primate behavior and socialization requirements. This individual shall provide primary leadership in developing, implementing, and monitoring the chimpanzee behavioral guidelines for the sanctuary. Enrichment techniques used shall be currently accepted practices. The sanctuary must provide for the expertise to plan, administer, and evaluate the effectiveness of the well-being program.</P>
                    <P>(4) Many chimpanzees can be trained through positive reinforcement to cooperate with a variety of veterinary and chimpanzee care procedures. Efforts must be made to develop or maintain this capability for chimpanzees housed in the sanctuary to the extent possible. Trainers must use currently acceptable practices that do not include physical punishment.</P>
                    <P>(c) <E T="03">What are the requirements for an adequate veterinary care and animal health program?</E> The sanctuary staff must provide sufficient resources of personnel, equipment, supplies, and facilities to enable the provision of adequate veterinary care as set forth in the <E T="03">Guide</E> (incorporated by reference, see paragraph (b) of § 9.4). For additional guidance see the American College of Laboratory Animal Medicine document, “The Provision of Adequate Veterinary Care,” available on the Internet at <E T="03">http://www.aclam.org</E>.</P>
                    <P>(1) If the sanctuary houses chimpanzees with infectious diseases, it must have a veterinarian knowledgeable in the infectious diseases and care of chimpanzees. The Facility Veterinarian is responsible for establishing and implementing a health monitoring system specifically designed to meet the health requirements of chimpanzees in the sanctuary. Routine observation and the prevention of disease, metabolic conditions, abnormal behavior and injury must be a priority focus of the Facility Veterinarian and staff.</P>
                    <P>(2) Newly received chimpanzees must be quarantined for a period for physiological, psychological, and nutritional stabilization before their introduction to the rest of the group. The stabilization period must be lengthened appropriately if the chimpanzee has a significant medical problem or if abnormal medical findings are detected during the quarantine period. If the chimpanzee has not been given a complete physical examination within six months, an examination must be conducted during the stabilization period.</P>
                    <P>(3) The sanctuary must implement appropriate methods for disease surveillance and diagnosis of diseases, which may include the following:</P>

                    <P>(4) Tuberculin (TB) tests must be negative for two (2) consecutive tests before the chimpanzee is released from quarantine. Any chimpanzee that is suspected of harboring the TB organism, or that is diagnosed with TB will be isolated and treated until determined by the Facility Veterinarian to be of no health risk to other chimpanzees or humans. The Facility Veterinarian may recommend euthanasia in those cases that do not respond to <PRTPAGE P="116"/>therapy and in which the chimpanzee consequently experiences undue pain and suffering that cannot be alleviated. The procedures noted under § 9.6 (d) must be observed if euthanasia is necessary.</P>
                    <P>(5) Fecal samples must be checked for parasites and parasitic ova.</P>
                    <P>(6) A complete blood count and serum chemical panel must be obtained.</P>
                    <P>(7) Additional serum for banking and/or testing shall be obtained as appropriate by the Facility Veterinarian and is considered beneficial for chimpanzee health.</P>
                    <P>(8) If the donating facility did not test for the appropriate viruses, the sanctuary must perform a viral panel and serology for the various chronic hepatitis viruses and HIV.</P>
                    <P>(9) Additional tests or procedures that are deemed beneficial to the chimpanzees' health may be required by the Facility Veterinarian.</P>
                    <P>(10) Chimpanzees are susceptible to many of the vaccine preventable diseases of human childhood. Appropriate vaccines must be considered and administered if deemed necessary, at the discretion of the Facility Veterinarian, to protect the chimpanzees in the sanctuary. Methods of disease prevention, diagnosis, and therapy must comply with those currently accepted in veterinary medical practice. Arrangements with diagnostic laboratories must be established before chimpanzees arrive at the sanctuary.</P>
                    <P>(11) The sanctuary must minimize the use of physical and chemical restraint. Chimpanzees in the sanctuary shall be trained to permit certain procedures with minimal or no restraint. Such procedures may include injections, dosing or other treatments, and cage-side health observations. However, chemical sedation sometimes may be appropriate for certain necessary medical interventions or for the safety of the chimpanzee and caregivers. If physical restraint measures are necessary, due consideration must be given to the temporary or permanent effects upon the chimpanzee and human and animal safety concerns.</P>
                    <P>(12) Methods used to relieve pain must be documented in the chimpanzee medical or surgical records. These records will be available for review by USDA and NIH representatives. The Facility Veterinarian must ensure that pain management is current and in accordance with acceptable veterinary medical practices.</P>
                    <P>(13) Chimpanzees must be cared for by qualified personnel on a daily basis, including weekends and holidays, to safeguard their well-being. Emergency veterinary care must also be available during these times. Notification procedures must be documented in the form of operating procedures.</P>
                    <P>(d) <E T="03">Under what circumstances is euthanasia permitted?</E> As stated in section 481C(d)(2)(I) of the Public Health Service Act, as added by section 2 of the CHIMP Act, none of the chimpanzees may be subjected to euthanasia except when it is in the best interest of the chimpanzee involved as determined by the SCCC and the Facility Veterinarian. Therefore, euthanasia for medical or humane reasons is permitted. Euthanasia may be permitted for reasons of health or quality of life of the individual chimpanzee, including for disease, in connection with trauma, complications of aging, or for other humane reasons. The sanctuary must establish a policy on euthanasia that will provide conditions that must be met before euthanasia is permitted and guidance for performing euthanasia.</P>
                    <P>(1) Methods of euthanasia will be consistent with the most recent report of the American Veterinary Medical Association Panel on Euthanasia (2002), unless more reliable data becomes available. When euthanasia is performed, the veterinarian will determine the appropriate agent, and it will be administered only by properly trained personnel under the direction of the Facility Veterinarian. The decision to perform euthanasia will be made by the veterinarian in consultation with the Facility Director or Deputy Director.</P>

                    <P>(2) The SCCC will participate in the decision in nonmedical emergencies. All euthanasia decisions must be reviewed by the SCCC, preferably prior to euthanasia. In emergencies, where euthanasia has to be performed immediately by the Facility Veterinarian, the circumstances and the decision by the Facility Veterinarian will be presented at the next scheduled or special meeting of the SCCC. The NCRR <PRTPAGE P="117"/>Project Officer must be notified of the euthanasia event within 72 hours by electronic or telephonic means. Euthanasia of individual chimpanzees may negatively affect the care staff and appropriate counseling and psychological support shall be considered.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.7</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Reproduction.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>Chimpanzee reproduction is prohibited in the sanctuary. Therefore, all males must be sterilized by vasectomy before acceptance into the system, or, as a temporary measure, housed apart from females until they are sterilized. Vasectomies are advisable because they are minimally invasive and because effectiveness of the vasectomy may be validated through laboratory testing for semen. Seminal collection techniques must be carefully evaluated to avoid painful stimuli. Other proven methods of birth control may be used under special conditions deemed appropriate by the Facility Veterinarian and SCCC. The Facility Veterinarian must determine the appropriate test(s) to use to validate sterility. A veterinarian experienced in performing vasectomies in chimpanzees should perform the operation. Documentation must accompany each male accepted to the sanctuary system attesting to the fact that the male has been vasectomized and laboratory tests confirm that a segment of the Vas Deferens has been removed, or that the test used is reliable and is negative for sperm. The sanctuary must have a contingency plan for handling accidental births that includes the length of time the offspring is expected to remain with the mother.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.8</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Animal records.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">What records must be maintained for chimpanzees in the sanctuary and how are they managed?</E> (1) Contractors and Subcontractors operating the federal chimpanzee sanctuary system must maintain appropriate records to allow for accountability and disposition of chimpanzees under their care as required by the USDA Animal Welfare Regulations (9 CFR 2.35). The records may be created and retained in electronic form.</P>
                    <P>(2) The animal records currently required by the USDA Animal Welfare Regulations are also required for these standards. Chimpanzees must be individually and permanently identifiable.</P>
                    <P>(3) Retrievable records must be maintained for a minimum of three years beyond the disposition or death of each chimpanzee in accordance with the Animal Welfare Regulations section 2.35(f) (9 CFR 2.35(f)). Original records or a copy must be transferred if the chimpanzee moves to a different facility. The records must include standard information, including permanent individual identification, research use(s), reproductive status (past and present), a summary or copy of the medical and behavioral history, the sire's identification number (if available), the dam's identification number, birth date, sex, and date acquired by the sanctuary. The disposition date must also be noted, if applicable, including whether the chimpanzee died or was transferred to another site in the federal sanctuary system. The records may be created and retained in electronic form.</P>
                    <P>(4) The contractor and any subcontractor(s) operating the federally supported chimpanzee sanctuary must provide special, quarterly, and annual progress reports to the designated Federal officials as identified in the contract. The annual report must also contain a statement that certifies the sanctuary is in full compliance with these standards of care regulation.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">What are the rules governing the disposition of necropsy records?</E> The CHIMP Act requires that necropsy records from chimpanzees previously used in federally funded research projects be made available on a reasonable basis to investigators engaged in biomedical or behavioral research. In order to comply with this provision, the contractor for the sanctuary system must devise a plan that will allow interested parties to contact the sanctuary and receive necropsy records when they become available. Records may be provided free of charge but requesters may be required to pay for packaging and shipping costs. The records may be created and retained in electronic form.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.9</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Facility staffing.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                      <E T="03">How many personnel are required to staff the chimpanzee sanctuary and what <PRTPAGE P="118"/>qualifications and training must the staff possess?</E> (a) The professional, managerial, and support staff must be sufficient to support the scope and diversity of the activities and chimpanzee population of the sanctuary. The level of staffing shall be adequate to ensure that the chimpanzees receive appropriate health care, are well cared for, and the administrative and fiscal operations are sound and in keeping with current practices required by NCRR/NIH;</P>
                    <P>(b) There must be a sufficient number of appropriately trained animal care and technical personnel to provide appropriate care to the chimpanzees at all times, including evenings, weekends, and holidays. The number of animal care staff to chimpanzee ratio shall be adjusted as experience is gained during the operation of the sanctuary. Sufficiently trained staff also must be available to maintain adequate behavioral enrichment;</P>
                    <P>(c) The Facility Director must be a person with experience in chimpanzee care and socialization techniques. In addition, the Director must have management and administrative experience;</P>
                    <P>(d) The Biosafety Officer must have experience in developing and monitoring biohazards and dealing with biosafety issues related to captive nonhuman primates. Experience in these areas dealing specifically with chimpanzees is desirable;</P>
                    <P>(e) The remaining staff, which may include part-time, full-time, or contractor Facility Veterinarian(s) and Behaviorist(s), must possess the skills, knowledge, and/or experience required to perform their duties, as elaborated within the regulation.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.10</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Occupational Health and Safety Program (OHSP) and biosafety requirements.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">How are employee Occupational Health and Safety Program risks and concerns addressed?</E> The sanctuary shall assure that an Occupational Health and Safety Program (OHSP) is developed and implemented in accordance with current veterinary medical practices and the guidelines and standards found in the <E T="03">Guide</E> (incorporated by reference, see paragraph (a) of section 9.4);</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">How are biosafety concerns addressed?</E> The sanctuary shall institute and administer an effective biosafety program that addresses the biosafety hazards at that particular site. The program shall include identifying biohazards, outlining practices and procedures to be followed, providing personal safety equipment or protective clothing and equipment, and establishing a description of the facility requirements for working with hazardous agents or materials. Policies and procedures must be implemented to avoid exposure to environmental and animal hazards. Biosafety must be included in the training program for all Sanctuary employees. In establishing a program, the Sanctuary must use current accepted practices and publications prepared by the CDC, NIH, and professional societies specializing in biosafety. The input and guidance of personnel trained or experienced in biosafety are essential. Complete records of both clinical and experimental agent exposure must accompany each chimpanzee sent to the sanctuary. The donating facility must also provide recent testing (for example, serology, virus culture, histology) so that the sanctuary staff is fully aware of the health condition of the arriving chimpanzee. The records may be created and retained in electronic form.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.11</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Animal transport.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>The transportation of chimpanzees by surface or air must be in accordance with the requirements set forth in the Animal Welfare Act and Regulations and the International Air Transport Association (IATA) Live Animal Regulations and guidelines, as applicable.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.12</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Compliance with the Standards of Care, and USDA and PHS policies and regulations.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) <E T="03">How will compliance with the standards set forth in this part be monitored and what are the consequences of noncompliance with the standards?</E> The federally supported chimpanzee sanctuary must comply with the standards of care set forth in this part and include a statement in the Annual Progress Report certifying compliance with these standards of care in accordance with the terms of the current contract <PRTPAGE P="119"/>between NCRR and the Sanctuary Contractor. A designated representative of the Secretary will monitor compliance. The responsibility to monitor compliance with the standards is delegated to NCRR/NIH/HHS. The NIH/NCRR Project Officer for this contract will conduct scheduled site visits at least one time annually (or more often if necessary) and review monthly and quarterly reports submitted to the Project and Contract Officer. Subcontractors are subjected to the same provisions. Failure to comply with the standards set forth in this part, or to correct deficiencies noted within the allowable time period, could result in termination of the contract by the Federal Government (HHS/NIH), or allow the Secretary to correct the deficiencies according to the terms and conditions outlined in the contract. The Secretary may impose additional sanctions on the contractor up to, and including, authorizing assumption or reassignment of the management of the sanctuary contract.</P>
                    <P>(b) <E T="03">To what type of outside review or inspection will the federally supported sanctuary be subjected?</E> As noted in paragraph (a) of this section, the contractor for the sanctuary will be monitored on a regularly scheduled basis by representatives of NCRR/NIH/HHS. The NCRR representative will use facility site visits, reports, personal contact, and any other means as appropriate to ensure compliance with these standards. The contractor and subcontractors are required to obtain and maintain an Animal Welfare Assurance from NIH's Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW) when chimpanzees are used for noninvasive studies as authorized in the CHIMP Act. In addition, the sanctuary must achieve accreditation by a nationally recognized animal program accrediting body (such as the AAALAC, the AZA, or similar recognized body) within a time frame to be determined by NCRR/NIH. The federally supported sanctuary must comply with the requirements set forth in the Animal Welfare Regulations (9 CFR parts 1 through 3).</P>
                  </SECTION>
                  <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 9.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Other federal laws, regulations, and statutes that apply to the sanctuary.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>(a) Animal Welfare Act (7 U.S.C. 2131-2159).</P>
                    <P>(b) Animal Welfare Regulations, 9 CFR, subchapter A, parts 1 and 2; part 3, subpart D—Specifications for the Humane Handling, Care, Treatment, and Transport of Nonhuman Primates.</P>
                  </SECTION>
                </PART>
              </REVTXT>
            </EFFDNOTP>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
    </SUBCHAP>
    <SUBCHAP TYPE="P">
      <PRTPAGE P="120"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER B—PERSONNEL</HD>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 21</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 21—COMMISSIONED OFFICERS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Definitions</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>21.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Appointment</HD>
            <SUBJGRP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Provisions Applicable Both to Regular and Reserve Corps</HD>
              <SECTNO>21.21</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.22</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Submission of application and evidence of qualifications.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.23</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>False statements as disqualification.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.24</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Physical examinations.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.25</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Eligibility; junior assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.26</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Eligibility; assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.27</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Eligibility; senior assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.28</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Age requirements, Regular Corps, senior assistant grade and below.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.29</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Eligibility; grades above senior assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.30</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Determination of creditable years of educational and professional training and experience.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.31</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Eligibility; all grades; academic and professional education and professional training and experience.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.32</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Boards; appointment of; powers and duties.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.33</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>General service.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.34</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Certification by candidate; requirement of new physical examination.</SUBJECT>
            </SUBJGRP>
            <SUBJGRP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Provisions Applicable Only to Regular Corps</HD>
              <SECTNO>21.41</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Professional examinations, holding of; subjects to be included.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.42</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Examinations; junior assistant, assistant, or senior assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.43</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Examination; full grade and above.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.44</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Clinical or other practical demonstration.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.45</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Rating values.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.46</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Merit roll.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.47</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Examination; anticipation of meeting qualifications.</SUBJECT>
            </SUBJGRP>
            <SUBJGRP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Provisions Applicable Only to Reserve Corps</HD>
              <SECTNO>21.51</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Appointment of officers having specialized training or experience in administration and management.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.52</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Waiver of entrance qualifications for original appointment in time of war or national emergency.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.53</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Examination.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.54</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Students.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.55</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Appointment to higher grades; candidates exceptionally qualified in specialized fields.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.56</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Reappointment.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.57</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Examination for reappointment.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>21.58</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Physical examination for reappointment.</SUBJECT>
            </SUBJGRP>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Involuntary Child and Spousal Support Allotments</HD>
            <SECTNO>21.70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>21.71</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability and scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>21.72</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>21.73</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>21.74</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>21.75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Definitions</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 215, 58 Stat. 690, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 216.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this part, the term:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Act</E> means the Public Health Service Act, 58 Stat. 682, as now or hereafter amended.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Department</E> means the Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Service</E> means the Public Health Service.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Surgeon General</E> means the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Commissioned officer</E> or <E T="03">officer,</E> unless otherwise indicated, means either an officer of the Regular Corps or an officer of the Reserve Corps.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Appointment</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 215, 58 Stat. 690, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 216; sec. 208, 58 Stat. 685, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 209.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Provisions Applicable Both to Regular and Reserve Corps</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The terms <E T="03">approved school, approved college, approved postgraduate school,</E> or <PRTPAGE P="121"/>
              <E T="03">approved training course</E> means, except as otherwise provided by law:</P>
            <P>(a) A school, college, postgraduate school, or training course which has been accredited or approved by a professional body or bodies recognized by the Surgeon General for such purpose, or which, in the absence of such a body, meets generally accepted professional standards as determined by the Surgeon General, or</P>
            <P>(b) In the case of a candidate who is applying for appointment as a medical officer, any non-approved medical school provided that the candidate has passed examinations given by a professional body or bodies recognized by the Surgeon General for such purpose.</P>
            <CITA>[24 FR 1790, Mar. 12, 1959]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Submission of application and evidence of qualifications.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Application form.</E> Every candidate for examination for appointment as an officer shall submit a written application on such form as may be prescribed by the Surgeon General.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Documentary evidence.</E> The application shall be accompanied by such documentary evidence as may be required by the Surgeon General.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>False statements as disqualification.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Willfully false statements shall be cause for rejection of the application or, as provided in subpart N of this part, for dismissal.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.24</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Physical examinations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Every candidate for appointment as an officer shall undergo such physical examination as the Surgeon General may direct, and no candidate who is not found to be physically qualified shall be appointed as an officer.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility; junior assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Requirements; all candidates.</E> Except as provided in § 21.54, and as otherwise provided in this section, every candidate for examination for appointment in the grade of junior assistant:</P>
            <P>(1) Shall be a citizen of the United States;</P>
            <P>(2) Shall be at least 18 years of age; and</P>
            <P>(3) Shall have been granted an academic or professional degree from an approved school, college, or postgraduate school, and, unless the required professional training has been otherwise obtained from an approved school, college, or postgraduate school, shall have majored in the profession in which the examination is being held.</P>
            <P>(b) [Reserved]</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Special requirement; therapists.</E> Every candidate for examination for appointment as a therapist shall have received a certificate from an approved school of physical therapy or an approved school of occupational therapy.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956, as amended at 30 FR 9437, July 29, 1965]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.26</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility; assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Requirements; all candidates.</E> Except as otherwise provided in this section every candidate for examination for appointment in the grade of assistant:</P>
            <P>(1) Shall meet the requirements for eligibility for examination for appointment in the grade of junior assistant;</P>
            <P>(2) Shall be at least 21 years of age; and</P>
            <P>(3) Shall have had at least 7 years of educational and professional training or experience subsequent to high school, except that a candidate who applies for examination for appointment in the Reserve Corps to serve as a medical or dental intern may be examined for such appointment upon the completion of 6 years of such education, training, or experience.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Additional requirements; dietitians.</E> Every candidate for examination for appointment as a dietitian shall have successfully completed an approved training course for dietetic interns.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.27</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility; senior assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Every candidate for examination for appointment in the grade of senior assistant shall meet the requirements for eligibility for examination for appointment in the grade of assistant and shall have completed at least 10 years of educational and professional training or experience subsequent to high school.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="122"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.28</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Age requirements, Regular Corps, senior assistant grade and below.</SUBJECT>

            <P>No candidate for appointment to the Regular Corps, except in the nurse category, shall be appointed (a) after age 31 to the permanent junior assistant grade, (b) after age 34 to the permanent assistant grade, or (c) after age 37 to the permanent senior assistant grade: <E T="03">Provided,</E> That the Surgeon General may waive these age limitations, subject to other provisions of law, in the case of any officer of the Reserve Corps who is recommended for appointment to the Regular Corps by the Chief of the Bureau to which he is assigned and who has been on continuous active duty for at least two years immediately preceding the date of such recommendation. The age limitations for candidates who have had prior active service in the Commissioned Corps of the Public Health Service shall be increased by the period of such service.</P>
            <CITA>[27 FR 3886, Apr. 24, 1962]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.29</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility; grades above senior assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Every candidate for examination for appointment in grades above that of senior assistant shall meet the requirements for eligibility for examination for appointment in the grade of senior assistant. Candidates for examination for appointment in the full, senior, or director grade shall have completed at least 7, 14, or 15 additional years, respectively, of postgraduate professional training for experience. When officers of the Service are unavailable for the performance of duties requiring highly specialized training and experience in special fields related to public health, the Surgeon General may specify that a candidate for appointment to the Regular Corps with such highly specialized training and experience shall be examined for appointment in the full or senior grade upon completion of at least 5 or 12 additional years, respectively, of postgraduate professional training or experience, except that the total number of such appointments during a fiscal year shall not exceed three.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956. Redesignated at 25 FR 5184, June 10, 1960]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Determination of creditable years of educational and professional training and experience.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The level of academic attainment, the number of calendar years and the quality of educational and professional training and experience shall be considered in determining the number of years of such training and experience with which each candidate for appointment may be credited.</P>
            <CITA>[25 FR 5184, June 10, 1960]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility; all grades; academic and professional education and professional training and experience.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Surgeon General is authorized, subject to the other provisions of this subpart to adopt additional standards by which the education, training, and experience required under this subpart, and evidence thereof, shall be of such specific kind and quality, pertinent to the particular profession concerned, as in his judgment are necessary to limit the examination to qualified candidates.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956. Redesignated at 25 FR 5184, June 10, 1960]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Boards; appointment of; powers and duties.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Surgeon General shall from time to time appoint boards and subboards of officers to consider the qualifications of candidates for appointment as officers, and shall refer to such boards the applications of those candidates who are eligible for examination for appointment. Such boards and subboards shall consist of three or more officers, the majority of whom, so far as practicable, shall be of the same profession as the candidate. The Surgeon General shall prescribe the duties of boards and subboards in relation to the examination process not otherwise prescribed in this subpart.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956. Redesignated at 25 FR 5184, June 10, 1960]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General service.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Officers shall be appointed only to general service and shall be subject to change of station.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956. Redesignated at 25 FR 5184, June 10, 1960]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="123"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.34</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Certification by candidate; requirement of new physical examination.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If a candidate for appointment in the Regular Corps or an officer of the Reserve Corps on inactive service has passed a physical examination within a period of one year from the date on which it is contemplated that he will be appointed or called to active duty, he shall, prior to being appointed or called to active duty, certify that to the best of his knowledge and belief he is free from all disease or injury not noted in his record at the time of his examination and that he is willing to serve in any climate. If a candidate for appointment in the Regular Corps, or an officer of the Reserve Corps on inactive service, has not passed a physical examination within a period of one year from the date on which it is contemplated that he will be appointed or called to active duty, he may, prior to being appointed or called to active duty, be required to undergo such physical examination as the Surgeon General may direct to determine his physical qualification for appointment or call to active duty in accordance with standards prescribed for original appointment, or he may be appointed or called to active duty after executing the certificate described in this section, but shall be physically examined to determine his physical qualification for continued active service in accordance with standards prescribed for original appointment within a period of 15 days after reporting for duty at his first station.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956, as amended at 24 FR 1790, Mar. 12, 1959. Redesignated at 25 FR 5184, June 10, 1960]</CITA>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Provisions Applicable Only to Regular Corps</HD>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.41</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Professional examinations, holding of; subjects to be included.</SUBJECT>
            <P>From time to time the Surgeon General may order examinations to be held in such professions or specialties within professions and for such grades as he deems necessary for the purpose of providing merit rolls of eligible candidates for appointment in the Regular Corps and shall, if a professional examination is to be required, prescribe the subjects relating to each profession or specialty within such profession in which candidates will be examined.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956, as amended at 24 FR 1790, Mar. 12, 1959]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.42</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Examinations; junior assistant, assistant, or senior assistant grade.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The examination for appointment to the junior assistant, assistant, or senior assistant grade in the Regular Corps shall consist of (a) a written professional examination relating to the fundamentals of the candidate's profession or specialty within his profession and their relationship to the activities of the Service, and (b) an examination as to the candidate's general fitness, which shall include an oral interview, and a review and evaluation of the candidate's academic and professional education and professional training and experience, and may include other written tests to determine the candidate's fitness for appointment as an officer. If an applicant for appointment to any of these grades is an officer of the Reserve Corps who has been on active duty for not less than one year immediately preceding his application, the Surgeon General may direct that the officer be examined as provided in § 21.43.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956, as amended at 24 FR 1790, Mar. 12, 1959; 25 FR 11099, Nov. 23, 1960]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.43</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Examination; full grade and above.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The examination for appointment to the full, senior, or director grade in the Regular Corps shall consist of a review and evaluation of the candidate's academic and professional education and professional training and experience. The Surgeon General may, however, direct that the examination of a candidate for appointment to any such grade shall also include an oral interview, a written or oral professional examination, or both.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.44</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Clinical or other practical demonstration.</SUBJECT>

            <P>In the discretion of the Surgeon General a candidate for appointment to any grade up to and including the senior assistant grade in the Regular <PRTPAGE P="124"/>Corps may be required to perform successfully a clinical or other practical demonstration which, if required, shall constitute a part of the professional examination.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rating values.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The examination of every candidate for appointment to any grade in the Regular Corps shall be rated by a board appointed pursuant to § 21.30 in accordance with such relative values for each part of the examination as are prescribed by the Surgeon General. No candidate who receives a final rating below 80 shall be appointed in the Regular Corps.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.46</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Merit roll.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Each board appointed pursuant to § 21.30 to consider the qualifications of candidates for appointment as officers shall assign a numerical rating to each candidate for appointment in the Regular Corps who passes the examination, and shall submit a report to the Surgeon General of the ratings and the relative standing of all such candidates for each grade in each profession or specialty within a profession. The Surgeon General shall submit each such report with his recommendations to the Secretary, and, if approved by the Secretary, the report shall constitute a merit roll from which the Secretary shall, in accordance with relative standing, recommend available persons to the President for nomination as commissioned officers of the Regular Corps. A board may consider any newly discovered evidence relating to the physical, professional, or personal qualifications of any candidate examined for appointment. Upon recommendation of such board after review of such evidence, the Surgeon General, with the approval of the Secretary, may correct the rating of a candidate or may qualify or disqualify a candidate. The placing of a candidate's name on a merit roll shall give no assurance of an appointment. A merit roll shall expire when a new merit roll in the same profession or specialty within a profession and grade has been established, but no merit roll shall continue in effect longer than two years after its approval by the Secretary. Every candidate who has not been nominated by the President for appointment prior to the expiration of a merit roll on which his name appears, shall, unless he requests the opportunity to be reexamined, be rated with the next group of candidates of the same profession or specialty within a profession for appointment in the same grade and shall be given the same rating he had on the expired merit roll. If two candidates who were examined at the same time receive the same numerical rating the elder candidate shall assume relative standing on the merit roll over the younger candidate. If a candidate whose name is being transferred from an expired to a new merit roll has the same numerical rating as a candidate whose name is being placed on the new merit roll for the first time, the former shall assume relative standing on the merit roll over the latter. The name of a candidate may be removed from a merit roll in the event that he refuses an appointment when offered. No candidate's eligibility for appointment shall exceed two years unless he again becomes eligible as the result of another examination.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956, as amended at 24 FR 1790, Mar. 12, 1959]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.47</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Examination; anticipation of meeting qualifications.</SUBJECT>

            <P>A potential candidate for appointment in any grade in the Regular Corps may be examined within a period of nine months prior to the date upon which it is anticipated that he will qualify for appointment under this subpart. Upon successful completion of the examination, his name will be entered on a merit roll. In the event that his name, in order of relative standing among all candidates, precedes that of fully qualified candidates, his name, for purpose of appointment, shall be passed over in favor of fully qualified candidates until such time as he becomes fully qualified, but in no event shall he otherwise lose his relative standing on the merit roll, except as provided in § 21.46. If the candidate fails to qualify for appointment at the time that it was anticipated that he would qualify, his name shall be removed from the merit roll.<PRTPAGE P="125"/>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Provisions Applicable Only to Reserve Corps</HD>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.51</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Appointment of officers having specialized training or experience in administration and management.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Surgeon General may recommend for original appointment in the Reserve Corps candidates who have specialized training or experience in administration and management relating to the functions of the Service. All such candidates shall be subject to the same eligibility requirements for original appointment as are applicable to other candidates, except that such a candidate may substitute experience in administration or management for the requirement of professional training or experience.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.52</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Waiver of entrance qualifications for original appointment in time of war or national emergency.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If, in time of war or national emergency proclaimed by the President, the Secretary determines that there is need for commissioned personnel to meet the needs of the Service, other than persons eligible for examination for original appointment under the eligibility requirements prescribed in this subpart, he may prescribe standards of eligibility for examination for the original appointment of officers in the Reserve Corps without regard to such eligibility requirements. Such standards shall, however, authorize the examination only of candidates with specialized experience in administration or management or candidates with training or experience in fields relating to public health. The permanent grade of an officer who becomes eligible for examination for appointment pursuant to such standards and who becomes eligible for appointment after passage of an examination shall be limited to the junior assistant or the assistant grade, except that, if upon examination a candidate is found to be exceptionally qualified for the performance of highly specialized duties with the Service pursuant to § 21.55, he may be recommended for appointment to any grade up to and including the director grade.</P>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9806, Dec. 12, 1956, as amended at 24 FR 1790, Mar. 12, 1959]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.53</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Examination.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The examination of candidates for original appointment as officers to any grade in the Reserve Corps shall consist of a review and evaluation of their academic and other education and their training and experience. In the discretion of the Surgeon General the examination of any such candidate may include an oral interview, a written examination, or both.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.54</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Students.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A potential candidate for appointment in the Regular Corps who is pursuing a course of instruction which, upon completion, would qualify him under § 21.25 or § 21.26 for examination for appointment in the junior assistant or assistant grade may be examined for and appointed in the Reserve Corps in the junior assistant grade but shall not be called to extended active duty until the successful completion of such course of instruction, except that: (a) He may be called to active duty for purposes of training for periods not to exceed 120 days during any fiscal year, and (b) those students who have completed at least 3 years of collegiate or professional study leading to the qualifying degree for appointment may be called to active duty for the purpose of completing the requirements of § 21.25(a)(3). An appointment made under this subpart shall be terminated upon the officer's failure to continue a full-time course of study or failure to meet the requirements of § 21.25(a)(3) within 18 months after entering on active duty.</P>
            <CITA>[34 FR 706, Jan. 17, 1969]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Appointment to higher grades; candidates exceptionally qualified in specialized fields.</SUBJECT>

            <P>Any candidate eligible for examination for appointment in the grade of assistant pursuant to § 21.26 who, upon examination for such purpose, is found <PRTPAGE P="126"/>exceptionally qualified for the performance of duties requiring highly specialized training or experience may be recommended for appointment in the Reserve Corps in any grade up to and including the director grade without regard to the additional years of postgraduate training or experience prescribed for grades above the assistant grade.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.56</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Reappointment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>An officer of the Reserve Corps, after being examined and found qualified for reappointment, may be recommended for reappointment to the same grade in the event that his commission expires before he becomes eligible for reappointment to a higher grade, or may be recommended for reappointment to a higher grade to be effective on or after the date on which he meets the qualifications prescribed in this subpart for original appointment to such higher grade.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.57</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Examination for reappointment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The examination of an officer of the Reserve Corps on active duty who is being considered for reappointment in such corps shall consist of a review and evaluation of his record with the Service. The examination of an officer of the Reserve Corps on inactive duty who is being considered for reappointment in such corps shall consist of (a) a review and evaluation of his record with the Service while on active duty, if any, and (b) the record of his training or experience during the period of his inactive duty preceding such examination. In the discretion of the Surgeon General the examination for reappointment of an officer, whether on active or inactive duty, may include an oral interview.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.58</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Physical examination for reappointment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Every officer of the Reserve Corps being considered for reappointment shall undergo such physical examination as the Surgeon General may direct. An officer on active duty may be recommended for reappointment unless he is found to have a physical disability which is determined to render him physically unfit to perform the duties of his office under section 402 of the Career Compensation Act of 1949, as amended. An officer may be recommended for promotion only if he meets the physical qualifications for original appointment. If an officer is not available to be physically examined because of circumstances which make it impracticable for the Service to require such examination, he may, in the discretion of the Surgeon General, be reappointed without such examination, but shall be examined as soon thereafter as practicable and his physical qualification or disqualification for continued or future active service shall be determined on the same basis as if the physical examination had been given prior to reappointment.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Involuntary Child and Spousal Support Allotments</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>37 U.S.C. 101, 15 U.S.C. 1673, 42 U.S.C. 665.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>49 FR 7235, Feb. 24, 1984, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Under references 37 U.S.C. 101, 15 U.S.C. 1673, and 42 U.S.C. 665, this subpart provides implementing policies governing involuntary child or child and spousal support allotments, assigns responsibilities, and prescribes procedures.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.71</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability and scope.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) This subpart applies to officers in the Public Health Service Commissioned Corps. The term “Public Health Service,” hereinafter shall be referred to as Service.</P>
            <P>(b) Its provisions pertain to officers of the Service under a call or order to active duty for a period of six months or more.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.72</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Child support.</E> Periodic payments for the support and maintenance of a child or children, subject to and in accordance with State or local law. This includes, but is not limited to payments to provide for health care, education, recreation, clothing, or to meet <PRTPAGE P="127"/>other specific needs of such a child or children.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Spousal support.</E> Periodic payments for the support and maintenance of a spouse or former spouse in accordance with State or local law. It includes, but is not limited to, separate maintenance, alimony pendente lite, and maintenance. Spousal support does not include any payment for transfer of property or its value by an individual to his or her spouse or former spouse in compliance with any community property settlement, equitable distribution of property, or other division of property between spouse or former spouse.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Notice.</E> A court order, letter, or similar documentation issued by an authorized person, which provides notification that an officer has failed to make periodic support payments under a support order.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Support order.</E> Any order providing for child or child and spousal support issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by administrative procedures established under State law that affords substantially due process and is subject to judicial review. A court of competent jurisdiction includes Indian tribal courts within any State, territory, or possession of the United States and the District of Columbia.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Authorized person.</E> (1) Any agent or attorney of any State having in effect a plan approved under part D of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 651-665), who has the duty or authority to seek recovery of any amounts owed as child or child and spousal support (including, when authorized under a State plan, any official of a political subdivision); and (2) the court which has authority to issue an order against the officer for the support and maintenance of a child, or any agent of such court.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Active duty.</E> Full-time duty in the Service, including full-time training duty.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Legal officer.</E> Shall be an officer of the Service or employee of the Department who is a lawyer and who has substantial knowledge of the regulations, policies, and procedures relating to the implementation of section 172 of Pub. L. 97-248.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.73</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) It is the policy of the Department of Health and Human Services to withhold allotments from pay and allowances of commissioned officers on active duty in the Service to make involuntary allotments from pay and allowances as payment of child, or child and spousal, support payments when the officer has failed to make periodic payments under a support order in a total amount equal to the support payable for two months or longer. Failure to make such payments shall be established by notice from an authorized person to the designated official of the Department. Such notice shall specify the name and address of the payee to whom the allotment is payable. The amount of the allotment shall be the amount necessary to comply with the support order including amounts for arrearages as well as for current support. However the amount of the allotment, when added to any other amounts withheld from the officer's pay pursuant to a support order, shall not exceed the limits for involuntary allotments from pay as prescribed in section 303 (b) and (c) of the Consumer Credit Protection Act, 15 U.S.C. 1673. An allotment under this Subpart shall be adjusted or discontinued upon notice from any authorized person.</P>
            <P>(b) Notwithstanding the above, no action shall be taken to withhold an allotment from the pay and allowances of any officer until such officer has had an opportunity to consult with a legal officer of the Department to discuss the legal and other factors involved with respect to the officer's support obligation and his or her failure to make payments. The Department shall exercise continuing good faith efforts to arrange such a consultation, but must begin to withhold allotments on the first end-of-month payday after 30 days have elapsed since notice of an opportunity to consult was sent to the officer.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.74</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Responsibilities.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The General Counsel, Office of the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services, shall be the Designated Official for the Department <PRTPAGE P="128"/>and shall provide guidance to the Service regarding administration of the provisions of these regulations.</P>
            <P>(b) The Commissioned Personnel Operations Division, Office of Personnel Management, Office of Management, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, shall implement the provisions of these regulations.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 21.75</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Service of notice.</E> (1) An authorized person shall serve on the designated official of the Department a signed notice including:</P>
            <P>(i) Full name of the officer;</P>
            <P>(ii) Social security number of the officer;</P>
            <P>(iii) Duty station location of the officer, if known;</P>
            <P>(iv) A statement that support payments are delinquent by an amount at least equal to the amount of support payable for two months;</P>
            <P>(v) A photocopy, along with any modifications, of the underlying support order;</P>
            <P>(vi) A statement of the amount of arrearages provided for in the court order and the amount which is to be applied each month toward liquidation of the arrearages, if applicable;</P>
            <P>(vii) The full name and address of the payee to whom the allotment will be payable;</P>
            <P>(viii) Any limitations on the duration of the support allotment.</P>
            <P>(2) The service of notice shall be accomplished by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service, upon the appropriate designated official of the Department. The designated official shall note the date and time of receipt on the notice.</P>
            <P>(3) Valid service is not accomplished until the notice is received in the office of the designated official.</P>
            <P>(4) If the order of a court or duly authorized administrative agency seeks collection of arrearages, the notice must state that the support allotment qualifies for the additional 5 percent in excess of the maximum percentage limitations found in 15 U.S.C. 1673. Supporting evidence must be submitted to the Department establishing that the support order is 12 or more weeks in arrears.</P>
            <P>(5) When the information submitted is not sufficient to identify the officer the notice shall be returned directly to the authorized person with an explanation of the deficiency. However, before returning the notice, an attempt should be made to inform the authorized person who caused the notice to be served that it will not be honored unless adequate information is supplied.</P>
            <P>(6) Upon proper service of notice of delinquent support payments and together with all required supplementary documents and information, the Service shall identify the officer from whom moneys are due and payable. The pay of the officer shall be reduced by the amount necessary to comply with the support order and liquidate arrearages if any, if provided by order of a court or duly authorized administrative agency. The maximum amount to be alloted under the provision together with any other moneys withheld from the officer for support pursuant to a court order may not exceed:</P>
            <P>(i) 50 percent of the officer's disposable earnings for any month when the officer asserts by affidavit or other acceptable evidence that he or she is supporting a spouse or dependent child or both, other than a party in the support order. When the officer submits evidence, copies shall be sent to the authorized person, together with notification that the officer's support claim will be honored. If the support claim is contested by the authorized person, the authorized person may refer it to the appropriate court or other authority for resolution. Pending resolution of a contested support claim, the allotment shall be made but the amount of such allotment may not exceed 50 percent of the officer's disposable earnings;</P>
            <P>(ii) 60 percent of the officer's disposable earnings for any month when the officer fails to assert by affidavit or other acceptable evidence, that he or she is supporting a spouse or dependent child or both;</P>

            <P>(iii) Regardless of the limitations above, an additional five percent of the officer's disposable earnings shall be withheld when it is stated in the notice that the officer is in arrears in an amount equivalent to 12 or more weeks' support.<PRTPAGE P="129"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Disposable earnings.</E> (1) The following moneys, as defined in the U.S. Public Health Service Commissioned Corps Personnel Manual, are subject to inclusion in computation of the officer's disposable earnings:</P>
            <P>(i) Basic pay;</P>
            <P>(ii) Basic allowances for quarters for officers with dependents and officers without dependents;</P>
            <P>(iii) Basic allowance for subsistence;</P>
            <P>(iv) Special pay for physicians, dentists, optometrists, and veterinarians;</P>
            <P>(v) Hazardous duty pay;</P>
            <P>(vi) Flying pay; and</P>
            <P>(vii) Family separation allowances (only for officers assigned outside the contiguous United States).</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Exclusions.</E> The following moneys are excluded from the computation of the officer's disposable earnings. Amounts due from or payable by the United States shall be offset by any amounts:</P>
            <P>(1) Owed by the officer to the United States.</P>
            <P>(2) Required by law to be deducted from the remuneration or other payment involved including but not limited to:</P>
            <P>(i) Amounts withheld from benefits payable under title II of the Social Security Act when the withholding is required by law;</P>
            <P>(ii) FICA.</P>
            <P>(3) Properly withheld for Federal and State income tax purposes if the withholding of the amounts is authorized or required by law and if amounts withheld are not greater than would be the case if the individual claimed all dependents to which he or she were entitled. The withholding of additional amounts pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 3402(i) may be permitted only when the officer presents evidence of a tax obligation which supports the additional withholding.</P>
            <P>(4) Deducted for the Servicemen's Group Life Insurance coverage.</P>
            <P>(5) Advances of pay that may be due and payable by the officer in the future.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Officer Notification.</E> (1) As soon as possible, but not later than 30 calendar days after the date of receipt of notice, the Commissioned Personnel Operations Division shall send to the officer at his or her duty station, written notice:</P>
            <P>(i) That notice has been served, including a copy of the documents submitted;</P>
            <P>(ii) Of the maximum limitations set forth, with a request that the officer submit supporting affidavits or other documentation necessary for determining the applicable percentage limitation;</P>
            <P>(iii) That by submitting supporting affidavits or other necessary documentation, the officer consents to the disclosure of such information to the party requesting the support allotment;</P>
            <P>(iv) Of the amount of percentage that will be deducted if the officer fails to submit the documentation necessary to enable the designated official of the Service to respond to the legal process within the time limits set forth;</P>
            <P>(v) That a consultation with a legal officer is authorized and will be provided by the Department. The name, address, and telephone number of the legal officer will be provided;</P>
            <P>(vi) That the officer may waive the personal consultation with a legal officer; however if consultation is waived action will be taken to initiate the allotment by the first end-of-month payday after notification is received that the officer has waived his/her consultation;</P>
            <P>(vii) That the allotment will be initiated without the officer having received a personal consultation with a legal officer if the legal officer provides documentation that consultation could not be arranged even though good faith attempts to do so had been made; and</P>
            <P>(viii) Of the date that the allotment is scheduled to begin.</P>
            <P>(2) The Commissioned Personnel Operations Division shall inform the appropriate legal officer of the need for consultation with the officer and shall provide the legal officer with a copy of the notice and other legal documentation served on the designated official.</P>
            <P>(3) If possible, the Commissioned Personnel Operations Division shall provide the officer with the following:</P>

            <P>(i) A consultation in person with the appropriate legal officer to discuss the legal and other factors involved with <PRTPAGE P="130"/>the officer's support obligation and his/her failures to make payment;</P>
            <P>(ii) Copies of any other documents submitted with the notice.</P>
            <P>(4) The legal officer concerned will confirm in writing to the Commissioned Personnel Operations Division within 30 days of notice that the officer received a consultation concerning the officer's support obligation and the consequences of failure to make payments. The legal officer concerned must advise the Commissioned Personnel Operations Division of the inability to arrange such consultation and the status of continuing efforts to contact the officer.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Lack of money.</E> (1) When notice is served and the identified officer is found not to be entitled to any moneys due from or payable by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Commissioned Personnel Operations Division shall return the notice to the authorized person, and advise in writing that no moneys are due from or payable by the Department of Health and Human Services to the named individual.</P>
            <P>(2) Where it appears that moneys are only temporarily exhausted or otherwise unavailable, the Commissioned Personnel Operations Division shall advise the authorized person in writing on a timely basis as to why, and for how long, the moneys will be unavailable.</P>
            <P>(3) In instances where the officer separates from active duty, the authorized person shall be informed in writing on a timely basis that the allotment is discontinued.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Effective date of allotment.</E> Allotments shall be withheld beginning on the first end-of-month payday after the Commissioned Personnel Operations Division is notified that the officer has had a consultation with a legal officer, has waived his/her right to such consultation, or the legal officer has submitted documentation that a consultation with the officer could not be arranged after good faith attempts to do so were made by the legal officer. The Service shall not be required to vary its normal allotment payment cycle to comply with the notice.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Designated official.</E> Department of Health and Human Services, General Counsel, Room 5362 North Building, 330 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20201.</P>
            <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 0937-0123)</APPRO>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 22</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 22—PERSONNEL OTHER THAN COMMISSIONED OFFICERS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Hansen's Disease Duty by Personnel Other Than Commissioned Officers</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>22.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Duty at a station of the Service devoted to the care of Hansen's disease patients; additional pay.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Special Consultants</HD>
            <SECTNO>22.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Appointment of special consultants.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>22.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Leave without pay while on detail.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 208(e) of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 210(e); E.O. 11140, 29 FR 1637.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Hansen's Disease Duty by Personnel Other Than Commissioned Officers</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 22.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Duty at a station of the Service devoted to the care of Hansen's disease patients; additional pay.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Non-commissioned officers and other employees of the Service shall not receive any additional compensation by reason of being assigned to any duty requiring intimate contact with persons with Hansen's disease. However, any such officer or employee who was entitled, on January 4, 1986, to receive additional pay by reason of being assigned to full-time duty, for a period of 30 days or more, at a station of the Service devoted to the care of Hansen's disease patients and who continues to be assigned to such duty, shall receive special pay as long as such assignment continues without a break.</P>
            <P>(b) Such special pay shall, on any future date, be at an annual dollar level equal to the lower of the levels that would be paid under the following subparagraphs:</P>
            <P>(1) 25% of the lowest level of basic pay that he or she has been receiving on any date from January 4, 1986, through that future date;</P>

            <P>(2) The amount by which the level of an employee's basic pay plus special pay on January 4, 1986, exceeds the level of that employee's basic pay on that on that future date, except that <PRTPAGE P="131"/>the special pay under this subparagraph shall not be less that 12 times the monthly special pay then paid to Commissioned Officers entitled to special pay for duty involving intimate contact with persons who have Hansen's disease. (As of October 24, 1985, that monthly rate was $110.)</P>
            <P>(c) An officer or employee may be paid special pay for any pay period, under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, only to the extent that it does not cause his or her aggregate pay for that pay period to exceed the biweekly rate of basic pay for Level V of the Executive Schedule. As used in this paragraph, “aggregate pay” comprises basic pay, this special pay, and premiums for overtime, nightwork, irregular duty, standby status, and Sunday or holiday work.</P>
            <CITA>[50 FR 43146, Oct. 24, 1985]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Special Consultants</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 22.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Appointment of special consultants.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) When the Public Health Service requires the services of consultants who cannot be obtained when needed through regular Civil Service appointment or under the compensation provisions of the Classification Act of 1949, special consultants to assist and advise in the operations of the Service may be appointed, subject to the provisions of the following paragraphs and in accordance with such instructions as may be issued from time to time by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(b) Appointments, pursuant to the provisions of this section, may be made by those officials of the Service to whom authority has been delegated by the Secretary or his designee.</P>
            <P>(c) The per diem or other rates of compensation shall be fixed by the appointing officer in accordance with criteria established by the Surgeon General.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 208(c), 58 Stat. 686, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 209(e); sec. 207(f), 58 Stat. 686 as amended by 62 Stat. 40; 42 U.S.C. 209(f))</SECAUTH>
            <CITA>[21 FR 9821, Dec. 12, 1956, as amended at 31 FR 12939, Oct. 5, 1966]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 22.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Leave without pay while on detail.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Secretary or his delegate may, pursuant to section 214(d) of the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. 215(d), and with the consent of the officer or employee concerned, arrange, through agreements or otherwise, for a civilian officer or employee of the Public Health Service to be placed on leave without pay for the period of a detail to a State, a subdivision thereof, or a private non-profit institution and be paid by the non-Federal organization. Such an arrangement may be for a period of not to exceed 2 years, but may be extended for additional periods of not to exceed 2 years each.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 215, 58 Stat. 690, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 216)</SECAUTH>
            <CITA>[33 FR 18981, Dec. 20, 1968]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 23</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 23—NATIONAL HEALTH SERVICE CORPS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Assignment of National Health Service Corps Personnel</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>23.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To what entities does this regulation apply?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What entities are eligible to apply for assignment?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How must an entity apply for assignment?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the criteria for deciding which applications for assignment will be approved?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the criteria for determining the entities to which National Health Service Corps personnel will be assigned?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What must an entity agree to do before the assignment is made?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What operational requirements apply to an entity to which National Health Service Corps personnel are assigned?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.9</SECTNO>

            <SUBJECT>What must an entity to which National Health Service Corps personnel are assigned (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, a National Health Service Corps site) charge for the provision of health services by assigned personnel?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Under what circumstances may a National Health Service Corps site's reimbursement obligation to the Federal Government be waived?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Under what circumstances may the Secretary sell equipment or other property of the United States used by the National Health Service Corps site?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.12</SECTNO>

            <SUBJECT>Who will supervise and control the assigned personnel?<PRTPAGE P="132"/>
            </SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What nondiscrimination requirements apply to National Health Service Corps sites?</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Private Practice Special Loans for Former Corps Members</HD>
            <SECTNO>23.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of a private practice loan?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Who is eligible to receive a private practice option loan?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.24</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>In what amounts are loans made?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How will interest rates for loans be determined?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.26</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How is the loan repaid?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.27</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What happens if scheduled payments are late?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.28</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What events constitute default?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.29</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What happens in the case of a default?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>May the loan be prepaid?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>May loan payments be postponed or waived?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What conditions are imposed on the use of the loan funds?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What security must be given for these loans?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.34</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What other conditions are imposed?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>23.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What criteria are used in making loans?</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Private Startup Loans</HD>
            <SECTNO>23.41</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What conditions are applicable to loans under this subpart?</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>

          <P>Secs. 333, 338E(c), and 338C(e)(1), Public Health Service Act. 90 Stat. 2272, as amended, 95 Stat. 905, 97 Stat. 1345 (42 U.S.C. 254f <E T="03">et seq.</E>), 95 Stat. 912 (42 U.S.C. 254p(c)), 95 Stat. 910 (42 U.S.C. 254n(e)(1)).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>45 FR 12790, Feb. 27, 1980, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Assignment of National Health Service Corps Personnel</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To what entities does this regulation apply?</SUBJECT>

            <P>This regulation applies to the assignment of National Health Service Corps personnel under section 333 <E T="03">et seq.</E> of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254f) to provide health services in or to health manpower shortage areas as designated under section 332 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254e).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this subpart:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Act</E> means the Public Health Service Act, as amended.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Assigned National Health Service Corps personnel</E> or <E T="03">Corps personnel</E> means health personnel of the Regular and Reserve Corps of the Public Health Service Commissioned Corps and civilian personnel as designated by the Secretary including, but not limited to, physicians, dentists, nurses, and other health professions personnel who are assigned under section 333 of the Act and this regulation.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Health manpower shortage area</E> means the geographic area, the population group, the public or nonprofit private medical facility or any other public facility which has been determined by the Secretary to have a shortage of health manpower under section 332 of the Act and its implementing regulation (42 CFR part 5).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">National Health Service Corps site</E> means the entity to which personnel have been assigned under section 333 of the Act and this regulation to provide health services in or to health manpower shortage area.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Nonprofit private entity</E> means as entity which may not lawfully hold or use any part of its net earnings to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual and which does not hold or use its net earnings for that purpose.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any other officer or employee of that Department to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What entities are eligible to apply for assignment?</SUBJECT>
            <P>Any public or nonprofit private entity which is located in a health manpower shortage area, or has a demonstrated interest in the shortage area, may apply for the assignment of National Health Service Corps personnel.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How must an entity apply for assignment?</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) An application for the assignment of National Health Service Corps personnel must be submitted to the Secretary by an eligibe applicant in the form and at the time prescribed by the <PRTPAGE P="133"/>Secretary. <SU>1</SU>
              <FTREF/> The application must be signed by an individual authorized to act for the applicant and to assume on behalf of the applicant the obligations imposed by law, the Act, this regulation, and any additional conditions of assignment imposed under these authorities.</P>
            <FTNT>
              <P>
                <SU>1</SU> Applications and instructions may be obtained from Regional Offices of the Department of Health and Human Services at the addresses set forth at 45 CFR 5.31(b).</P>
            </FTNT>
            <P>(b) In addition to other pertinent information required by the Secretary, an application for the assignment of Corps personnel must include—</P>
            <P>(1) A description of the applicant's overall organizational structure;</P>
            <P>(2) A justification of the request for the assignment of personnel based upon the needs of the health manpower shortage area;</P>
            <P>(3) A description of the applicant's financial plan for operating the National Health Service Corps site including a proposed budget, sources of non-Federal support obtained, and the proposed expenditures for obtaining adequate support staff, equipment and supplies;</P>
            <P>(4) A list of the proposed fees and discounted fees to be charged for the provision of health services; and</P>
            <P>(5) If an entity wishes to request an interest free loan (not to exceed $50,000) under section 335(c) of the Act to assist the applicant in establishing the practice of the assigned National Health Service Corps personnel, a detailed justification of the amount requested must be included.</P>
            <P>(c) An application for assignment must include evidence that the applicant has provided a copy of the completed application for review to (1) each health systems agency designated under section 1515 of the Act for the health service area which includes all or part of the health manpower shortage area for which as assignment of National Health Service Corps personnel is sought or (2) if no health systems agency has been designated for such a health service area, to each State health planning and development agency designated under section 1521 of the Act for each State which includes all or part of the health manpower shortage area for which an assignment of National Health Service Corps personnel is sought.</P>
            <P>(d) If an application for assignment is filed by an applicant which had previously been assigned National Health Service Corps personnel under an agreement entered into under section 329 of the Act as in effect before October 1, 1977, or under section 334 of the Act, the applicant must provide the information the Secretary considers necessary to make the determinations required by section 333(a)(1)(D) of the Act.</P>
            <CITA>[45 FR 12790, Feb. 27, 1980, as amended at 51 FR 31948, Sept. 8, 1986]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the criteria for deciding which applications for assignment will be approved?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) In approving or disapproving an application for assignment of Corps personnel, the Secretary will consider, among other pertinent factors:</P>
            <P>(1) The applicant's ability and plans to meet the operational requirements in § 23.8.</P>
            <P>(2) The administrative and managerial capability of the applicant.</P>
            <P>(3) The soundness of the applicant's financial plan for operating the National Health Service Corps site.</P>
            <P>(4) The extent to which community resources will be used in operating the National Health Service Corps site.</P>
            <P>(5) Comments received from any designated health systems agency or any designated State health planning and development agency to which an application was submitted for review under § 23.4(c).</P>
            <P>(6) Comments received from health professional societies serving the health manpower shortage area.</P>
            <P>(b) Special consideration for the assignment of Corps personnel will be given to the entity which is located in a health manpower shortage area over an entity which is not located in a health manpower shortage area but has a demonstrated interest in it.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the criteria for determining the entities to which National Health Service Corps personnel will be assigned?</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) The Secretary may, upon approving an application for the assignment of personnel and after entering into an <PRTPAGE P="134"/>agreement with an applicant under § 23.7, assign National Health Service Corps personnel to provide health services in or to a health manpower shortage area.</P>
            <P>(b) In assigning National Health Service Corps personnel to serve in a health manpower shortage area, the Secretary will seek to assign personnel who have those characteristics which will increase the probability of their remaining to serve in the health manpower shortage area upon completion of the period of assignment. In addition, the Secretary will apply a weighted-value system in which the first factor listed below is assigned the greatest weight and the second, and third factors are assigned lesser weights in descending order:</P>
            <P>(1) The need of the health manpower shortage area as determined by criteria established under section 332(b) of the Act.</P>
            <P>(2) The willingness of individuals, government agencies, or health entities within the health manpower shortage area to cooperate with the National Health Service Corps in providing effective health services.</P>
            <P>(3) The comments of health professional societies serving the health manpower shortage area.</P>
            <CITA>[45 FR 12790, Feb. 27, 1980, as amended at 51 FR 31948, Sept. 8, 1986]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What must an entity agree to do before the assignment is made?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> To carry out the purposes of section 334 of the Act, each National Health Service Corps site must enter into an agreement with the Secretary under which the site agrees to:</P>
            <P>(1) Be responsible for charging for health services provided by assigned National Health Service Corps personnel;</P>
            <P>(2) Take reasonable action for the collection of the charges for those health services;</P>
            <P>(3) Reimburse the United States the sums required under section 334 of the Act; and</P>
            <P>(4) Prepare and submit an annual report. The agreement will set forth the period of assignment (not to exceed 4 years), the number and type of Corps personnel to be assigned to the site, and other requirements which the Secretary determines necessary to carry out the purposes of the Act.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Termination.</E> An agreement entered into under this section may be terminated by either party on 30-days written notice or modified by mutual consent consistent with section 333 of the Act.</P>
            <CITA>[45 FR 12790, Feb. 27, 1980, as amended at 51 FR 31948, Sept. 8, 1986]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What operational requirements apply to an entity to which National Health Service Corps personnel are assigned?</SUBJECT>
            <P>Each National Health Service Corps site must:</P>
            <P>(a) Operate a health care delivery system within a planned or existing community structure to assure:</P>
            <P>(1) The provision of high quality comprehensive health care;</P>
            <P>(2) To the extent feasible, full professional health care coverage for the health manpower shortage area;</P>
            <P>(3) Continuum of care; and</P>
            <P>(4) The availability and accessibility of secondary and tertiary health care (the two more sophisticated levels of health care beyond primary care);</P>
            <P>(b) Establish and maintain a patient record system;</P>
            <P>(c) Implement a system for maintaining the confidentiality of patient records;</P>
            <P>(d) Meet the requirements of applicable fire and safety codes;</P>
            <P>(e) Develop, to the extent feasible, linkages with other health care facilities for the provision of services which supplement or complement the services furnished by the assigned Corps personnel;</P>
            <P>(f) Operate a quality assurance system which meets the requirements of 42 CFR 51c.303(c) for the establishment and operation of a quality assurance system in a community health center; and</P>
            <P>(g) Establish basic data, cost accounting, and management information and reporting systems as prescribed by the Secretary.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="135"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.9</SECTNO>

            <SUBJECT>What must an entity to which National Health Service Corps personnel are assigned (<E T="7462">i.e.</E>, a National Health Service Corps site) charge for the provision of health services by assigned personnel?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, individuals receiving services from assigned National Health Service Corps personnel must be charged on a fee-for-service or other basis at a rate which is computed to permit recovery of the value of the services and is approved by the Secretary.</P>
            <P>(b) In determining whether to approve fees to be charged for health services, the Secretary will consider: The costs to the National Health Service Corps of providing the health services; the costs to the health manpower shortage area for providing the services; and the charges for similar services by other practitioners or facilities in or nearby the health manpower shortage area. However, if assigned National Health Service Corps personnel are providing services within the framework of an established health services delivery system, the Secretary may approve the fees charged under that system without regard to the foregoing factors.</P>
            <P>(c)(1) No charge or a nominal charge will be made for health services provided by assigned National Health Service Corps personnel to individuals within the health manpower shortage area with annual incomes at or below the “CSA Income Poverty Guidelines” (45 CFR 1060.2). However, no individual will be denied health services based upon inability to pay for the services. Any individual who has an annual income above the “CSA Income Poverty Guidelines,” but whose income does not exceed 200 percent of the CSA levels, will receive health services at a nominal charge. However, charges will be made for services to the extent that payment will be made by a third party which is authorized or under legal obligation to pay the charges.</P>
            <P>(2) The provisions of this paragraph also apply with respect to services provided by an individual who is fulfilling an NHSC scholarship obligation under section 753 or who received a special grant under section 755.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Under what circumstances may a National Health Service Corps site's reimbursement obligation to the Federal Government be waived?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Secretary may waive in whole or in part the reimbursement requirements of section 334(a)(3) of the Act if he determines that:</P>
            <P>(1) The National Health Service Corps site is financially unable to meet the reimbursement requirements or that compliance with those requirements will unreasonably limit the ability of the site to adequately support the provision of services by assigned Corps personnel. In making these determinations, the Secretary will consider—</P>
            <P>(i) The costs necessary to adequately support the health services provided by the assigned National Health Service Corps personnel and the income and financial resources available to meet the costs;</P>
            <P>(ii) The ability of the applicant to obtain credit from suppliers, lending institutions, private organizations and individuals;</P>
            <P>(iii) The need of the health manpower shortage area for health services; and</P>
            <P>(iv) The extent to which the National Health Service Corps site utilizes health professions personnel.</P>
            <P>(2) A significant percentage of the individuals who are located in the health manpower shortage area and are receiving the health services of the assigned National Health Service Corps personnel are elderly, living in poverty, or have other characteristics which indicate an inability to pay. For purposes of this section, “elderly” means persons 65 years or older and the “CSA Income Poverty Guidelines” will be used as the standard for determining whether individuals are living in poverty. Other characteristics indicating inability to pay include, but are not to be limited to, the ratio of unemployment in the health manpower shortage area and the area's cost-of-living index.</P>

            <P>(b) The Secretary may waive in whole or in part the reimbursement requirements of section 334(f)(1) of the Act if he or she determines that the National Health Service Corps site is a small health center (as defined by section 334(f)(5) of the Act) that needs all <PRTPAGE P="136"/>or part of the amount otherwise payable to—</P>
            <P>(1) Expand or improve its provision of health services;</P>
            <P>(2) Increase the number of individuals served;</P>
            <P>(3) Renovate or modernize facilities for its provision of health services;</P>
            <P>(4) Improve the administration of its health service programs; or</P>
            <P>(5) Establish a financial reserve to assure its ability to continue providing health services;</P>
            <P>(c) Where the Secretary determines that a National Health Service Corps site is eligible for a waiver under paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section. the Secretary may waive the application of the reimbursement requirements of section 334(a)(3) of the Act and apply the reimbursement requirements of section 334(f)(1) of the Act. The Secretary may waive in whole or in part the reimbursement requirements of section 334(f)(1) for such a site if he or she determines that the National Health Service Corps site meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section. Funds retained by a National Health Service Corps site as a result of such waiver must be used for the purposes set forth in paragraphs (b) (1) through (5) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) Requests for a prospective or retrospective waiver must be made at the time and in the manner and contain the documentation prescribed by the Secretary.</P>
            <CITA>[45 FR 12790, Feb. 27, 1980, as amended at 51 FR 31948, Sept. 8, 1986]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Under what circumstances may the Secretary sell equipment or other property of the United States used by the National Health Service Corps site?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Upon expiration of the assignment of all Corps personnel to a health manpower shortage area, the Secretary may sell equipment and other property of the United States used by the assigned personnel. The equipment may be sold at the fair market value or less than the fair market value to any entity providing health services in or to a health manpower shortage area if the Secretary determines that an entity is unable to pay the fair market value. In determining whether an entity is financially unable to purchase equipment or property at fair market value, the Secretary will consider (1) the present financial resources of the entity available to purchase the equipment or property based upon its current liabilities, and (2) the entity's ability to obtain the funds necessary to purchase the equipment or property. However, the Secretary will not sell the equipment or property for less than fair market value to a profitmaking organization unless the organization gives reasonable assurance that it will use the equipment or property to provide health services in or to the health manpower shortage area.</P>
            <P>(b) The Secretary will give priority to sales to an entity providing reasonable assurance that it will use the equipment or property for the purpose of retaining within the health manpower shortage area National Health Service Corps personnel who have completed their assignments.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Who will supervise and control the assigned personnel?</SUBJECT>
            <P>Assigned National Health Service Corps personnel will at all times remain under the direct supervision and control of the Secretary. Observance of institutional rules and regulations by the assigned personnel is a mere incident of the performance of their Federal functions and does not alter their direct professional and administrative responsibility to the Secretary.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What nondiscrimination requirements apply to National Health Service Corps sites?</SUBJECT>
            <P>National Health Service Corps sites are advised that in addition to complying with the terms and conditions of this regulation, the following laws and regulations are applicable—</P>

            <P>(a) Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (43 U.S.C. 2000d <E T="03">et seq.</E>) and its implementing regulations, 45 CFR part 80 (prohibiting discrimination in federally assisted programs on the grounds of race, color, or national origin); and</P>

            <P>(b) Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) and its implementing regulations, 45 CFR part 84 (prohibiting discrimination in federally assisted programs on the basis of handicap).<PRTPAGE P="137"/>
            </P>
            <P>(c) The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6101 <E T="03">et seq.)</E> and its implementing regulations, 45 CFR part 91 (prohibiting nondiscrimination on the basis of age in HHS programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance).</P>
            <CITA>[45 FR 12790, Feb. 27, 1980, as amended at 49 FR 38109, Sept. 27, 1984]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Private Practice Special Loans for Former Corps Members</HD>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>51 FR 31948, Sept. 8, 1986, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this subpart, terms have the same meanings as those given to them in subpart A, § 23.2. In addition:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">National Health Service Corps scholarship recipient</E> means an individual receiving a scholarship under the Public Health and National Health Service Corps Scholarship Training Program authorized by section 225 of the Act as in effect on September 30, 1977, and repealed on October 1, 1977, or a scholarship under the NHSC Scholarship Program authorized by section 338A of the Act, formerly section 751 of the Act.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Private full-time clinical practice</E> means the provision of ambulatory clinical services for a minimum of 40 hours per week for at least 45 weeks a year, including the provision of hospital coverage services appropriate to meet the needs of patients treated and to assure continuity of care. The 40 hours per week must be performed in no less than 4 days per week with no more than 12 hours of work being performed in any 24-hour period.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of a private practice loan?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The purpose of the private practice loan is to assist NHSC scholarship recipients in establishing private full-time clinical practices in designated health manpower shortage areas.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Who is eligible to receive a private practice option loan?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Eligibility for loans is limited to NHSC scholarship recipients who have completed at least 2 years of their service obligations at a NHSC site. NHSC scholarship recipients remain eligible for loans under this subpart for 1 year after they have completed their service obligations at a NHSC site.</P>

            <P>(b) Scholarship recipients who are in arrears 31 days or more on a Health Professions Student Loan (42 U.S.C. 294m <E T="03">et seq.</E>), Health Education Assistance Loan (42 U.S.C. 294, <E T="03">et seq.</E>), Nursing Student Loan (42 U.S.C. 297a <E T="03">et seq.</E>), or any other Federally guaranteed or direct student loan are ineligible for this loan program.</P>
            <P>(c) NHSC scholarship recipients who have received loans under either this subpart or subpart C of this part are ineligible for loans under this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.24</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>In what amounts are loans made?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Secretary may make loans either in the amount of $12,500, if the recipient agrees to practice in accordance with the loan agreement for a period of at least 1 year but less than 2 years, or $25,000, if the recipient agrees to practice in accordance with the loan agreement for a period of at least 2 years.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How will interest rates for loans be determined?</SUBJECT>
            <P>Interest will be charged at the Treasury Current Value of Funds (CVF) rate in effect on April 1 immediately preceding the date on which the loan is approved and will accrue from the date the loan funds are disbursed to the borrower.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.26</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How is the loan repaid?</SUBJECT>
            <P>Payments shall be made at monthly intervals, beginning 1 month from the date of the loan disbursement, in accordance with the repayment schedule established by the Secretary and set forth in the loan agreement. Only interest payments are required during the first 2 years. The repayment schedule may be extended in accordance with § 23.31(a).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.27</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What happens if scheduled payments are late?</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Failure to make full payment of principal and/or interest when due will subject the borrower to the assessment of administrative costs and penalty <PRTPAGE P="138"/>charges, in addition to the regular interest charge, in accordance with 45 CFR part 30.</P>
            <P>(b) Failure to make full payment of principal and/or interest when due may result in the Secretary placing the borrower in default of the loan. See § 23.28(a).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.28</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What events constitute default?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The following events will constitute defaults of the loan agreement:</P>
            <P>(a) Failure to make full payment of principal and/or interest when due, and continuance of that failure for a period of sixty (60) days, or a lesser period of time if the Secretary determines that more immediate action is necessary in order to protect the interests of the Government.</P>
            <P>(b) Failure to perform or observe any of the terms and conditions of the loan agreement and continuance of that failure for a period of sixty (60) days.</P>
            <P>(c) The institution of bankruptcy proceedings, either voluntary or involuntary, under any State or Federal statute, which may adversely affect the borrower's ability to comply with the terms and conditions of the agreement or the promissory note.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.29</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What happens in the case of a default?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) In the event of default, the Secretary may declare the entire amount owed (including principal, accrued interest and any applicable charges) immediately due and payable. Collection of the amount owed will be made in accordance with 45 CFR part 30.</P>
            <P>(b) The borrower is not entitled to written notice of any default and the failure to deliver written notice of default in no way affects the Secretary's right to declare the loan in default and take any appropriate action under the loan agreement or the promissory note.</P>
            <P>(c) The failure of the Secretary to exercise any remedy available under law or regulation shall in no event be construed as a waiver of his or her right to exercise that remedy if any subsequent or continued default or breach occurs.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>May the loan be prepaid?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The borrower shall have the option to prepay the balance of any part of the loan, together with accrued interest, at any time without prepayment penalty.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>May loan payments be postponed or waived?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Whenever health, economic, or other personal problems affect the borrower's ability to make scheduled payments on the loan, the Secretary may allow the borrower an extension of time or allow the borrower to make smaller payments than were previously scheduled; however, interest will continue to accrue at the rate specified in the promissory note until the loan is repaid in full. The loan must be fully repaid within 10 years after it was made.</P>
            <P>(b) No waiver, full or partial, of repayment of the loan will be granted; except that the obligation of a borrower to repay a loan shall be cancelled upon the death or total and permanent disability of the borrower, as determined by the Secretary.</P>
            <P>(c) In order to make a determination under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, the Secretary may require supporting medical, financial, or other documentation.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What conditions are imposed on the use of the loan funds?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The borrower must use the total amount of the loan to purchase or lease, or both, equipment and supplies, to hire authorized personnel to assist in providing health services and/or to renovate facilities for use in providing health services in his or her private practice. Equipment and supplies purchased and/or leased, personnel hired and facilities renovated shall be limited to the items requested in the loan application and approved by the Secretary.</P>
            <P>(b) The borrower must expend the loan funds within 6 months from the date of the loan or within such other time as the Secretary may approve. Documentation of the expenditure of funds must be furnished to the Secretary upon request.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What security must be given for these loans?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Secretary may require the borrower to pledge to the Secretary a security interest in specified collateral.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="139"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.34</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What other conditions are imposed?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The borrower must sign a loan agreement describing the loan and practice conditions, and a promissory note agreeing to repay the loan plus interest.</P>
            <P>(b) The borrower must agree to enter into private full-time clinical practice in a HMSA for the time period specified in the loan agreement.</P>
            <P>(c) The borrower must accept assignment, for the time period specified in the loan agreement, under section 1842(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act as full payment for all services for which payment may be made under part B of title XVIII of that Act.</P>
            <P>(d) The borrower must enter into an appropriate agreement, for the time period specified in the loan agreement, with the State agency which administers the State plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act to provide services to individuals entitled to medical assistance under the plan.</P>
            <P>(e) During the time period specified in the loan agreement, the borrower must provide health services to individuals at the usual and customary rate prevailing in the HMSA in which services are provided; however, services must be provided at no charge or at a nominal charge to those persons unable to pay for these services.</P>
            <P>(f) The borrower must keep and preserve all documents, including bills, receipts, checks, and correspondence which affect the operation of the private practice and the expenditure of loan funds for the period of the practice obligation specified in the loan agreement plus 3 years. Accounts will be maintained under one of the accounting principles identified by the Secretary in the loan agreement.</P>
            <P>(g) The borrower must provide the Secretary and the Controller General of the United States, or their representatives, access during normal working hours to accounts, documents, and records for the purposes of audit or evaluation; and must permit the Secretary or his or her representative to inspect the private practice at reasonable times during the period of the practice obligation specified in the loan agreement plus 3 years. All information as to personal facts and circumstances about recipients of services shall be held confidential, and shall not be divulged without the individual's consent except as may be required by law or as may be necessary to provide medical service to the individual or to provide for medical or fiscal audits by the Secretary or his or her designee with appropriate safeguards for confidentiality of records.</P>
            <P>(h) For the entire period of loan repayment, the borrower must acquire, maintain, and when requested, must provide the Secretary with copies of policies of insurance on equipment and supplies in amounts adequate to reasonably protect the borrower from risk, including public liability, fire, theft, and worker's compensation.</P>
            <P>(i) If the Secretary retains a security interest pursuant to § 23.33, the borrower must keep and preserve all documents which affect that security interest for the period of the loan repayment and allow the Secretary or his or her designee access, during normal working hours, to those documents.</P>
            <P>(j) The borrower must maintain the loan proceeds in a separate account from his or her other transactions and must agree to draw upon this account and expend the loan proceeds in accordance with § 23.32.</P>
            <P>(k) The Secretary may impose other conditions which he or she deems appropriate under law or regulation to protect the Government's interests.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What criteria are used in making loans?</SUBJECT>
            <P>Approval of loan applications will be based on the criteria set forth below:</P>
            <P>(a) The need in the HMSA for the applicant's health profession as determined under section 332 of the Act;</P>
            <P>(b) The applicant's need for the loan funds; and</P>
            <P>(c) The comments from State or local health professional societies on the appropriateness of the applicant's intended private practice; and</P>
            <P>(d) The applicant's credit worthiness and projected financial ability to repay the loan.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <PRTPAGE P="140"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Private Startup Loans</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 23.41</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What conditions are applicable to loans under this subpart?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The regulations set out in subpart B of this part are fully applicable to loans awarded under section 338C(e)(1) of the Public Health Service Act, except as noted below;</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility.</E> (1) In lieu of § 23.23(a), the following applies to loans made under this subpart:</P>
            <P>(i) Eligibility for loans is limited to NHSC scholarship recipients who plan to enter private practice and have not begun fulfilling their scholarship service obligation or are currently fulfilling their scholarship service obligation under section 338B of the Act and have completed less than 2 years of this obligation.</P>
            <P>(2) In lieu of § 23.23(c), the following applies to loans made under this subpart:</P>
            <P>(i) NHSC scholarship recipients who have received loans under either this subpart or subpart B of this part are ineligible for loans under this subpart.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Loan amounts.</E> (1) In lieu of § 23.24, the following applies to loans made under this subpart:</P>
            <P>(i) The Secretary may make loans in the amount of $12,500 if the recipient agrees to practice in accordance with the loan agreement for a period of at least 1 year but less than 2 years or the remaining period of the borrower's NHSC scholarship service obligation, whichever is shorter.</P>
            <P>(ii) The Secretary may make loans in the amount of $25,000 if the recipient agrees to practice in accordance with the loan agreement for a period of at least 2 years or the remaining period of the borrower's NHSC scholarship service obligation, whichever is shorter.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Use of funds.</E> (1) In lieu of § 23.32(a), the following applies to loans made under this subpart:</P>
            <P>(i) The borrower must use the total amount of the loan only to purchase or lease, or both, the equipment and supplies needed for providing health services in his or her private practice. Equipment and supplies purchased and/or leased shall be limited to the items requested in the loan application and approved by the Secretary.</P>
            <CITA>[51 FR 31950, Sept. 8, 1986]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 24</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 24—SENIOR BIOMEDICAL RESEARCH SERVICE</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>24.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Allocation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Policy Board.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Eligibility.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Peer review.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Pay and compensation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Performance appraisal system.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of provisions of Title 5, U.S. Code.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Removal from the Service.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>24.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reporting.</SUBJECT>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Section 228(g) of the Public Health Service Act; 5 U.S.C. 301.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>61 FR 6557, Feb. 21, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment.</SUBJECT>
          <P>There is established in the Public Health Service (PHS) a Senior Biomedical Research Service (SBRS) consisting of members the maximum number of which is prescribed by law.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Allocation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) The Secretary, within the number authorized in the PHS Act, shall determine the number of SBRS slots to be allocated to each participating Operating Division.</P>
          <P>(b) The SBRS Policy Board may advise the Secretary to make adjustments to the allocation at any time.</P>
          <P>(c) The majority of the SBRS allocation is to be reserved for recruitment. The remaining SBRS allocation may be used for the retention of current employees.</P>
          <P>(d) SBRS slots will be used judiciously, resulting in SBRS appointments only where other senior-level appointing authorities are not sufficient to recruit or retain scientific talent.</P>
          <P>(e) The Secretary will ensure that SBRS slots are used in support of high priority programs authorized by Congress and which directly support the research goals and priorities of the Department.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Policy Board.</SUBJECT>

          <P>The Secretary or his/her designee shall establish an SBRS Policy Board to serve in an advisory capacity, recommending SBRS allocations among the participating Operating Divisions, <PRTPAGE P="141"/>reviewing the operations of the SBRS and ensuring consistent application of regulations, policies, and procedural guidelines, and recommending changes to the Secretary as necessary. Membership, to the extent possible, will include SBRS eligibles nominated by their respective Operating Divisions, will be weighted in proportion to Operating Divisions' SBRS allocations, and will include representation from the Office of the Secretary. The Secretary or his/her designee will select the board membership and the Chair.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Eligibility.</SUBJECT>
          <P>To be eligible for appointment to the Service an individual must have a doctoral-level degree in biomedicine or a related field and must meet the qualification standards prescribed by the U.S. Office of Personnel Management for appointment to a position at GS-15 of the General Schedule. In addition, the individual must be outstanding in the field of biomedical research or clinical research evaluation. Appointment to the Service will be made only to individuals actively engaged in either biomedical research or clinical research evaluation.</P>
          <P>(a) Outstanding in the field of biomedical research means an individual who is actively engaged in peer-reviewed original biomedical research and whose work in this area is considered by his or her peers to be outstanding. In order to meet the eligibility criteria, an individual must have conducted original peer-reviewed biomedical research resulting in major accomplishments reflected by a steady and current record of highly cited publications in peer-reviewed journals of high stature. In addition, the individual should be the recipient of major prizes and awards (such as visiting professorships and named lectureships) in recognition of original contributions to research.</P>
          <P>(b) Outstanding in the field of clinical research evaluation means that an individual is actively engaged in clinical research evaluation and is considered by his or her peers to be outstanding. In order to meet the eligibility criteria, an individual, by force of his or her own technical expertise, must be in a position to shape the course of drug or device evaluation or exert a similar influence on the PHS handling of other agents that may affect the public health. The individual would normally have dealt with complex, precedent-setting evaluation issues that involved significant scientific controversy, had far reaching implications for clinical research or resulted in a widespread economic effect in the health-care delivery system. In addition, the individual should have been involved in the development of scientific or regulatory guidelines for clinical research and been the recipient of invitations to speak at or to chair major national or international meetings and symposia.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Peer review.</SUBJECT>
          <P>An individual may not be considered for appointment into the SBRS unless his/her qualifications have been reviewed by a PHS peer review committee and the committee has recommended appointment to the Service.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Pay and compensation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The SBRS is an ungraded system, with a single, flexible pay range to include all members.</P>
          <P>(a) Pay of the members of the Service shall be determined by the Secretary or his/her designee.</P>
          <P>(b) The pay of a member of the Service shall be not less than the minimum rate payable for GS-15 of the General Schedule and shall not exceed:</P>
          <P>(1) The rate payable for level I of the Executive Schedule unless a higher rate of pay is expressly approved on an individual basis by the President, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5377(d)(2), or</P>
          <P>(2) The rate payable for level II of the Executive Schedule unless a higher rate of pay is expressly approved on an individual basis by the Secretary.</P>
          <P>(c) While the full pay range will be used, individual pay at the higher end of the range will be used only as needed to recognize individual scientific value and as necessary to recruit or retain an exceptionally well-qualified scientist.</P>
          <P>(d) The following factors will be used in establishing appropriate pay rates for individual members:</P>

          <P>(1) Impact of the individual on the scientific field;<PRTPAGE P="142"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) Recognition of the individual by the scientific community;</P>
          <P>(3) Originality of the individual's ideas/work products;</P>
          <P>(4) Specific “clinical” or highly technical skills of the individual which are of benefit to the agency and which are in addition to requirements of the basic scientific assignment;</P>
          <P>(5) The individual's earnings and monetary benefits;</P>
          <P>(6) Salary surveys of similar skills in pertinent labor markets; and</P>
          <P>(7) Other relevant factors.</P>
          <P>(e) Annual adjustments to pay rates may be made effective on the first day of the first pay period on or after January 1 of each calendar year. The rate of such adjustments will be at the discretion of the Secretary or his/her designee, except that the minimum rate payable in the SBRS will be increased to the amount of the minimum rate of the GS-15 of the General Schedule.</P>
          <P>(f) Other pay adjustments will be made on an individual basis by the Secretary or his/her designee.</P>
          <P>(g) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, new appointees to the Service, who are not covered by the Civil Service Retirement System, will be covered by the Federal Employees Retirement System.</P>
          <P>(h) Upon the request of a member who performed service in the employ of an institution of higher education immediately prior to his appointment as a member of the Service, and retains the right to make contributions to the retirement system of such institution, the Department of Health and Human Services may contribute an amount not to exceed ten percent per annum of the member's basic pay to such institution's retirement system on behalf of such member. A member who participates in this program shall not be covered by any retirement system established for employees of the United States under title 5, United States Code.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Performance appraisal system.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The members of the Service shall be subject to a performance appraisal system which shall be designed to encourage excellence in performance and shall provide for a periodic and systematic appraisal of the performance of the members.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of provisions of Title 5, U.S. Code.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Appointments to the Service shall be made without regard to the provisions of title 5, U.S. Code regarding appointments.</P>
          <P>(b) Members of the Service shall not be covered by the following provisions of title 5, U.S. Code:</P>
          <P>(1) Subchapter I of Chapter 35 (relating to retention preference in the event of reduction in force);</P>
          <P>(2) Chapter 43, Performance Appraisal (and performance-based actions);</P>
          <P>(3) Chapter 51 (relating to classification);</P>
          <P>(4) Subchapter III of Chapter 53, The General Schedule; and</P>
          <P>(5) Chapter 75, Adverse Actions.</P>
          <P>(c) Other provisions of Title 5 will be applied as administratively determined by the Secretary or his/her designee.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Removal from the Service.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A member of the Service may be subject to disciplinary action, including removal from the Service, for substandard performance of duty as a member of the service, for misconduct, for reasons of national security or for other reasons as determined by the Secretary.</P>
          <P>(b) A member for whom disciplinary action is proposed is entitled to:</P>
          <P>(1) Written notice of the proposed action and the basis therefor;</P>
          <P>(2) A reasonable opportunity to answer the notice of proposed action both orally and in writing;</P>
          <P>(3) The right to be represented by an attorney or other representative in making such answer; and</P>
          <P>(4) A written decision on the proposal.</P>
          <P>(c) The decision may be made by an official with delegated authority to take such action, but in no case may the official be at a level below the head of the Operating Division where the member is assigned.</P>

          <P>(d) A member who is separated from the Service involuntarily and without cause and who, immediately prior to his appointment to the Service, was a career appointee in the civil service or the Senior Executive Service, may be <PRTPAGE P="143"/>appointed to a position in the competitive civil service at grade GS-15 of the General Schedule. Such an appointment may be made by the Secretary or his/her designee without regard to the provisions of title 5, U.S. Code regarding appointments in the civil service.</P>
          <P>(e) A member who is separated from the Service involuntarily and without cause and who, immediately prior to appointment to the Service, was not a career appointee in the civil service or the Senior Executive Service may be appointed to a position in the excepted civil service at grade GS-15 of the General Schedule for a period not to exceed two years.</P>
          <P>(f) There shall be no right to further review of the final decision on a disciplinary action. At his/her discretion, the Secretary may review an action taken under this section and may reduce, suspend, or overrule the action taken.</P>
          <P>(g) A member of the Service may be removed from the Service for such other reasons as may be prescribed by the Secretary.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 24.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reporting.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For each quarter of the first year of implementation and annually thereafter, participating Operating Divisions shall maintain reports on the operation of the SBRS. At a minimum, these reports should include the number of appointees, the source of those appointees, their earnings immediately prior to appointment, and their SBRS pay at appointment.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </PART>
    </SUBCHAP>
    <SUBCHAP TYPE="P">
      <PRTPAGE P="144"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER C—MEDICAL CARE AND EXAMINATIONS</HD>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 31</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 31—MEDICAL CARE FOR CERTAIN PERSONNEL OF THE COAST GUARD, NATIONAL OCEAN SURVEY, PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE, AND FORMER LIGHTHOUSE SERVICE</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Definitions</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>31.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Provisions Applicable to Coast Guard, National Ocean Survey and Public Health Service</HD>
            <SECTNO>31.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Persons entitled to treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of other than Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for treatment; active duty personnel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Personnel absent without leave.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Continuance of medical relief after loss of status.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Retired personnel; extent of treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Dependent members of families; treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Dependent members of families; use of Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Provisions Applicable to Personnel of Former Lighthouse Service</HD>
            <SECTNO>31.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Persons entitled to treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of other than Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for treatment; active duty personnel.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Continuance of medical relief after loss of status.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>31.16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Retired personnel; extent of treatment.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
        </CONTENTS>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>21 FR 9821, Dec. 12, 1956, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Definitions</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this part, the term:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Act</E> means the Public Health Service Act, approved July 1, 1944, 58 Stat. 682, as amended.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Service</E> means the Public Health Service.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Surgeon General</E> means the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Medical relief station</E> means a first-, second-, third-, or fourth-class station of the Service.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">First-class stations</E> means a hospital operated by the Service.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Second-class station</E> means a medical relief facility, other than a hospital of the Service, under the charge of a commissioned officer.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Third-class station</E> means a medical relief facility, other than a hospital of the Service, under the charge of a medical officer or employee of the Service other than a commissioned officer.</P>
            <P>(h) <E T="03">Fourth-class station</E> means a medical relief facility designated by the Surgeon General, other than a first-, second-, or third-class station.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Designated physician</E> means a physician holding an appointment to act regularly for the Service for a class or classes of specified beneficiaries at a place where there is no medical relief station.</P>
            <P>(j) <E T="03">Designated dentist</E> means a dentist holding an appointment to perform dental service for the Service for a class or classes of specified beneficiaries.</P>
            <P>(k) <E T="03">Active duty</E> means active duty status as distinguished from being on inactive status or retired and includes periods of authorized leave or liberty.</P>
            <P>(l) <E T="03">Dependent members of families</E> in the case of male personnel means the lawful wife, the unmarried children (including stepchildren or adopted children) under 21 years of age, and the father or mother if in fact dependent upon such son for his or her chief support; and in the case of female personnel, the unmarried children (including stepchildren or adopted children) under 21 years of age if their father is dead or they are in fact dependent on such mother for their chief support, the father or mother if in fact dependent upon such daughter for his or her chief support, and the husband if in fact dependent upon such wife for his chief support: <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That in the case of members of the Women's Reserve of the Coast Guard the husbands of such members shall not be considered dependents.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 215, 58 Stat. 690, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 216)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <PRTPAGE P="145"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Provisions Applicable to Coast Guard, National Ocean Survey and Public Health Service</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Persons entitled to treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>To the extent and under the circumstances prescribed in §§ 31.2 to 31.10, the following persons shall be entitled to medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization by the Service:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Coast Guard.</E> (1) Commissioned officers, chief warrant officers, warrant officers, cadets, and enlisted personnel of the Regular Coast Guard, including those on shore duty and those on detached duty, whether on active duty or retired;</P>
            <P>(2) Regular members of the Coast Guard Reserve when on active duty or when retired for disability;</P>
            <P>(3) Temporary members of the Coast Guard Reserve when on active duty or in case of physical injury incurred or sickness or disease contracted while performing active Coast Guard duty;</P>
            <P>(4) Members of the Women's Reserve of the Coast Guard when on active duty or when retired for disability;</P>
            <P>(5) Members of the Coast Guard Auxiliary in case of physical injury incurred or sickness or disease contracted while performing active Coast Guard duty.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">National Ocean Survey.</E> Commissioned officers, ships' officers, and members of the crews of vessels of the National Ocean Survey, including those on shore duty and those on detached duty whether on active duty or retired.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Public Health Service.</E> (1) Commissioned officers of the Regular Corps of the Service, whether on active duty or retired;</P>
            <P>(2) Commissioned officers of the Reserve Corps of the Service when on active duty or when retired for disability.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Except as otherwise provided in §§ 31.3 to 31.10, the persons specified in § 31.2 shall be entitled to medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization only at medical relief stations and by designated physicians and designated dentists, and the cost of services procured elsewhere shall not be borne by the Service.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of other than Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) When a person specified in § 31.2 who is on active duty requires immediate medical, surgical, or dental treatment or hospitalization and the urgency of the situation does not permit treatment at a medical relief station or by a designated physician or designated dentist, an officer of the same service as the patient may arrange for treatment or hospitalization at the expense of the Service.</P>
            <P>(b) When the circumstances are such that an officer of the same service as the patient is not available to make the necessary arrangements, the treatment or hospitalization may be obtained by or on behalf of the patient at the expense of the Service.</P>
            <P>(c) In every case of treatment or hospitalization as defined in paragraph (b) of this section, the responsible superior officer of the patient shall be notified as promptly as possible and a full report shall be submitted by such officer to the Surgeon General through appropriate official channels. As soon as practicable, unless the interests of the patient or the Government require otherwise, treatment or hospitalization shall be continued at a medical relief station or by a designated physician or designated dentist or at another appropriate Federal medical facility.</P>
            <P>(d) When the necessary medical relief cannot be obtained from a medical relief station or a designated physician or designated dentist, preference shall be given to other Federal medical facilities when reasonably available and when conditions permit.</P>

            <P>(e) Vouchers on proper forms covering expenses for treatment or hospitalization under the circumstances specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be forwarded to the Surgeon General through appropriate official channels. Each such voucher shall be accompanied by or contain a statement of the facts necessitating the treatment or hospitalization. Unreasonable charges for emergency <PRTPAGE P="146"/>treatment or hospitalization will not be allowed.</P>
            <P>(f) Expenses for consultants or special services, or for dental treatment other than emergency measures to relieve pain, shall not be allowed except when authorized in advance by the headquarters of the Service or, in extraordinary cases, when subsequently approved by such headquarters upon receipt of report and satisfactory explanation as to the necessity and urgency therefor.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for treatment; active duty personnel.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) An applicant for medical relief who is on active duty shall furnish a certificate identifying him. Such certificate, in the case of Coast Guard personnel, shall be signed by an officer of the Coast Guard, and in the case of National Ocean Survey personnel, shall be signed by an officer of the National Ocean Survey. Commissioned officers of any of the services mentioned in § 31.2 and officers in charge of units may sign their own certificates. In an emergency, the officer in charge of a medical relief station, or a designated physician or designated dentist, may accept other evidence of status satisfactory to him.</P>
            <P>(b) A temporary member of the Coast Guard Reserve except when on active duty or a member of the Coast Guard Auxiliary shall, when applying for medical relief, furnish a statement signed by a responsible superior officer setting forth the facts and circumstances giving rise to the need for medical relief. In emergencies, such statement shall be furnished promptly after the member has received the immediately required care and treatment. Such statement shall be presumptive evidence of the facts stated, but if investigation indicates that the injury, sickness, or disease was not incurred or contracted in the manner stated, further treatment may be denied.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Personnel absent without leave.</SUBJECT>
            <P>No member of any of the services enumerated in § 31.2 shall be entitled when absent without leave to medical relief except at a medical relief station or by a designated physician or designated dentist.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Continuance of medical relief after loss of status.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If a member is separated from any of the services enumerated in § 31.2, except persons specified in § 31.2(a) (3) and (5) who shall be entitled to treatment after separation under the conditions set forth in such paragraphs, while undergoing treatment by the Service, his treatment shall be discontinued immediately unless the physician in charge determines that the condition of the patient does not permit interruption of treatment, in which case the treatment shall be discontinued as soon as practicable and the condition of the patient permits. At that time he shall be discharged from treatment and shall not thereafter be afforded medical relief by the Service by reason of his previous service.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Retired personnel; extent of treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A retired member of the Coast Guard, National Ocean Survey, or Public Health Service specified in § 31.2 shall be entitled to medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization at medical relief stations of the first-, second-, and third-class, upon presentation of satisfactory evidence of his status.</P>
            <P>(b) Elective medical or surgical treatment requiring hospitalization shall be furnished only at hospitals operated by the Service.</P>

            <P>(c) Dental treatment shall be furnished to the extent of available facilities only at medical relief stations where full-time dental officers are on duty; at other medical relief stations the dental treatment shall be limited <PRTPAGE P="147"/>to emergency measures necessary to relieve pain.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Dependent members of families; treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>To the extent and under the circumstances prescribed in this part, the Service shall provide medical advice and outpatient treatment at first-, second-, and third-class medical relief stations and hospitalization at first-class stations to the dependent members of families of the following persons:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Coast Guard.</E> Commissioned officers, chief warrant officers, warrant officers, cadets, and enlisted personnel of the Regular Coast Guard, including those on shore duty and those on detached duty, whether on active duty or retired; and regular members of the United States Coast Guard Reserve and members of the Women's Reserve of the Coast Guard, when on active duty or when retired for disability.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">National Ocean Survey.</E> Commissioned officers, ships' officers, and members of the crews of vessels of the United States National Ocean Survey, including those on shore duty and those on detached duty, whether on active duty or retired.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Public Health Service.</E> Commissioned officers of the Regular Corps of the Service, whether on active duty or retired, and commissioned officers of the Reserve Corps of the Service when on active duty or when retired for disability.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Dependent members of families; use of Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A dependent member of the family of any person specified in § 31.9 shall, upon presentation of satisfactory evidence of such status, be entitled to medical advice and out-patient treatment at first-, second-, and third-class medical relief stations and hospitalization at first-class stations if suitable accommodations are available therein and if the condition of the dependent is such as to require hospitalization, both as determined by the medical officer in charge.</P>
            <P>(b) Hospitalization at first-class stations shall be at a per diem cost to the officer, enlisted person, member of a crew or other person concerned. Such cost shall be at such uniform rate as may be prescribed from time to time by the President for the hospitalization of dependents of naval and Marine Corps personnel at any naval hospital.</P>
            <P>(c) Hospitalization at first-class stations and out-patient treatment at first-, second-, and third-class stations may include such services and supplies as, in the judgment of the medical officer in charge, are necessary for reasonable and adequate treatment.</P>
            <P>(d) Dental treatment shall be furnished to the extent of available facilities only at medical relief stations where full-time officers are on duty.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 326, 58 Stat. 697, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 253)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Provisions Applicable to Personnel of Former Lighthouse Service</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Persons entitled to treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>To the extent and under the circumstances prescribed in this part, the following persons shall be entitled to medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization by the Service: Lightkeepers, assistant lightkeepers, and officers and crews of vessels of the former Lighthouse Service, including any such persons who subsequent to June 30, 1939, have involuntarily been assigned to other civilian duty in the Coast Guard, who were entitled to medical relief at hospitals and other stations of the Service prior to July 1, 1944, and who are now or hereafter on active duty or who have been or may hereafter be retired under the provisions of section 6 of the act of June 20, 1918, as amended (33 U.S.C. 763).</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 610(b), 58 Stat. 714, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 763c)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of Service facilities.</SUBJECT>

            <P>Except as otherwise provided herein, the persons specified in § 31.11 shall be entitled to medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization only at medical relief stations and by designated physicians and designated dentists, and the cost of services procured <PRTPAGE P="148"/>elsewhere shall not be borne by the Service.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 610(b), 58 Stat. 714, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 763c)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of other than Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) When a person specified in § 31.11 who is on active duty requires immediate medical, surgical, or dental treatment or hospitalization and the urgency of the situation does not permit treatment at a medical relief station or by a designated physician or designated dentist, an officer or other appropriate supervisory official of the Coast Guard may arrange for treatment or hospitalization.</P>
            <P>(b) In every such case of treatment or hospitalization, a full report thereof shall be submitted to the Surgeon General through Coast Guard headquarters. As soon as practicable, unless the interests of the patient or the Government require otherwise, treatment or hospitalization shall be continued at a medical relief station or by a designated physician or designated dentist or at another appropriate Federal medical facility.</P>
            <P>(c) When the necessary medical relief cannot be obtained from a medical relief station or a designated physician or designated dentist, preference shall be given to other Federal medical facilities when reasonably available and when conditions permit.</P>
            <P>(d) Vouchers on proper forms covering expenses for treatment or hospitalization under the circumstances specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall be forwarded to the Surgeon General through Coast Guard headquarters. Each such voucher shall be accompanied by or contain a statement of the facts necessitating the treatment or hospitalization. Unreasonable charges for emergency treatment or hospitalization will not be allowed.</P>
            <P>(e) Expenses for consultants or special services, or for dental treatment other than emergency measures to relieve pain, shall not be allowed except when authorized in advance by the headquarters of the Service or, in extraordinary cases, when subsequently approved by such headquarters upon receipt of report and satisfactory explanation as to the necessity and urgency therefor.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 610(b), 58 Stat. 714 as amended; 33 U.S.C. 763c)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Application for treatment; active duty personnel.</SUBJECT>
            <P>An applicant for medical relief who is on active duty shall furnish a certificate identifying him. Such certificate shall be signed by an officer or other appropriate supervisory official of the Coast Guard. In an emergency, the officer in charge of a medical relief station, or a designated physician or designated dentist, may accept other evidence of status satisfactory to him.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 610(b), 58 Stat. 714 as amended; 33 U.S.C. 763c)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Continuance of medical relief after loss of status.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If a person is separated while undergoing treatment by the Service, his treatment shall be discontinued immediately unless the physician or dentist in charge determines that the condition of the patient does not permit interruption of treatment, in which case the treatment shall be discontinued as soon as practicable and the condition of the patient permits. At that time he shall be discharged from treatment and shall not thereafter be afforded medical relief by the Service by reason of his previous service.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 610(b), 58 Stat. 714, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 763c)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 31.16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Retired personnel; extent of treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Any retired person specified in § 31.11 shall be entitled to medical, surgical, and dental treatment and hospitalization at medical relief stations of the first, second, and third class, upon presentation of satisfactory evidence of his status.</P>
            <P>(b) Elective medical or surgical treatment requiring hospitalization shall be furnished only at hospitals operated by the Service.</P>

            <P>(c) Dental treatment shall be furnished to the extent of available facilities only at medical relief stations where full-time dental officers are on duty; at other medical relief stations the dental treatment shall be limited <PRTPAGE P="149"/>to emergency measures necessary to relieve pain.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 610(b), 58 Stat. 714, as amended; 33 U.S.C. 763c)</SECAUTH>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 32</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 32—MEDICAL CARE FOR PERSONS WITH HANSEN'S DISEASE AND OTHER PERSONS IN EMERGENCIES</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Definitions</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>32.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Beneficiaries</HD>
            <SECTNO>32.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Persons eligible.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Persons With Hansen's Disease</HD>
            <SECTNO>32.86</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Admissions to Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>32.87</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confirmation of diagnosis.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>32.88</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Examinations and treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>32.89</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Discharge.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>32.90</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notification to health authorities regarding discharged patients.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>32.91</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purchase of services for Hansen's disease patients.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Nonbeneficiaries: Temporary Treatment in Emergency</HD>
            <SECTNO>32.111</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conditions and extent of treatment; charges.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBJGRP>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Secs. 320, 321 and 322(b), Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247e, 248 and 249(b)).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>40 FR 25816, June 19, 1975, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Definitions</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
            <P>All terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as given them in the Act.</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Act</E> means the Public Health Service Act, approved July 1, 1944, 58 Stat. 682, as amended;</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Service</E> means the Public Health Service;</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any other officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services to whom the authority involved may have been delegated.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Authorizing official</E> means Service officers or employees duly designated by the Director, Bureau of Health Care Delivery and Assistance, to authorize and provide care and treatment to beneficiaries at Service expense.</P>
            <CITA>[40 FR 25816, June 19, 1975, as amended at 48 FR 10318, Mar. 11, 1983] </CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Beneficiaries</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Persons eligible.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Under this part the following persons are entitled to care and treatment by the Service as hereinafter prescribed:</P>
            <P>(1) Persons afflicted with Hansen's disease; and</P>
            <P>(2) Non-beneficiaries for temporary treatment and care in cases of emergency.</P>
            <P>(b) Separate regulations govern: (1) The medical care of certain personnel, and their dependents, of the Coast Guard, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, and Public Health Service (see part 31 of this chapter);</P>
            <P>(2) Physical and mental examination of aliens (see part 34 of this chapter); and</P>
            <P>(3) Medical care for Native Americans (see part 36 of this chapter).</P>
            <CITA>[48 FR 10318, Mar. 11, 1983]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Persons With Hansen's Disease</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.86</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Admissions to Service facilities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Any person with Hansen's disease who presents himself for care or treatment or who is referred to the Service by the proper health authority of any State, Territory, or the District of Columbia shall be received into the Service hospital at Carville, Louisiana, or into any other hospital of the Service which has been designated by the Secretary as being suitable for the accommodation of persons with Hansen's disease.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.87</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confirmation of diagnosis.</SUBJECT>

            <P>At the earliest practicable date, after the arrival of a patient at the Service hospital at Carville, Louisiana, or at another hospital of the Service the medical staff shall confirm or disprove the diagnosis of Hansen's disease. If the diagnosis of Hansen's disease is confirmed, the patient shall be provided appropriate inpatient or outpatient <PRTPAGE P="150"/>treatment. If the diagnosis is not confirmed, the patient shall be discharged.</P>
            <CITA>[40 FR 25816, June 19, 1975; 40 FR 36774, Aug. 22, 1975]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.88</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Examinations and treatment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Patients will be provided necessary clinical examinations which may be required for the diagnosis of primary or secondary conditions, and such treatment as may be prescribed.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.89</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Discharge.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Patients with Hansen's disease will be discharged when, in the opinion of the medical staff of the hospital, optimum hospital benefits have been received.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.90</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notification to health authorities regarding discharged patients.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Upon the discharge of a patient the medical officer in charge shall give notification of such discharge to the appropriate health officer of the State, Territory, or other jurisdiction in which the discharged patient is to reside. The notification shall also set forth the clinical findings and other essential facts necessary to be known by the health officer relative to such discharged patient.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.91</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purchase of services for Hansen's disease patients.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Hansen's disease patients being treated on either an inpatient or outpatient basis at a hospital or clinic facility of the Service, other than the National Center for Hansen's Disease (Carville, Louisiana), may, at the sole discretion of the Secretary and subject to available appropriations, be provided care for the treatment of Hansen's disease at the expense of the Service upon closure or transfer of such hospital or clinic pursuant to section 987 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Pub. L. 97-35). Payment will only be made for care arranged for by an authorizing official of the Service as defined in § 32.1(f) of this part.</P>
            <CITA>[46 FR 51918, Oct. 23, 1981]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Nonbeneficiaries: Temporary Treatment in Emergency</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 32.111</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conditions and extent of treatment; charges.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Persons not entitled to treatment by the Service may be provided temporary care and treatment at medical care facilities of the Service in case of emergency as an act of humanity.</P>
            <P>(b) Persons referred to in paragraph (a) of this section who, as determined by the officer in charge of the Service facility, are able to defray the cost of their care and treatment shall be charged for such care and treatment at the following rates (which shall be deemed to constitute the entire charge in each instance): In the case of hospitalization, at the current interdepartmental reciprocal per diem rate; and, in the case of outpatient treatment, at rates established by the Secretary.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 34</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 34—MEDICAL EXAMINATION OF ALIENS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>34.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>34.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>34.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope of examinations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>34.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Medical notifications.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>34.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Postponement of medical examination.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>34.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of Foreign Quarantine Regulations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>34.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Medical and other care; death.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>34.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reexamination; convening of review boards; expert witnesses; reports.</SUBJECT>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>42 U.S.C. 252; 8 U.S.C. 1182 and 1222.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 34.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The provisions of this part shall apply to the medical examination of:</P>
          <P>(a) Aliens applying for a visa at an embassy or consulate of the United States;</P>
          <P>(b) Aliens arriving in the United States;</P>
          <P>(c) Aliens required by the INS to have a medical examination in connection with determination of their admissibility into the United States; and</P>
          <P>(d) Aliens applying for adjustment status.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 25001, May 31, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="151"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 34.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>As used in this part, terms shall have the following meanings:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">CDC.</E> Centers for Disease Control, Public Health Service, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Communicable disease of public health significance.</E> Any of the following diseases:</P>
          <P>(1) Chancroid.</P>

          <P>(2) Communicable diseases as listed in a Presidential Executive Order, as provided under Section 361(b) of the Public Health Service Act. The current revised list of quarantinable communicable diseases is available at <E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov</E> and <E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal-register</E>.</P>

          <P>(3) Communicable diseases that may pose a public health emergency of international concern if it meets one or more of the factors listed in § 34.3(d) and for which the CDC Director has determined (A) a threat exists for importation into the United States, and (B) such disease may potentially affect the health of the American public. The determination will be made consistent with criteria established in Annex 2 of the revised International Health Regulations (<E T="03">http://www.who.int/csr/ihr/en/</E>), as adopted by the Fifty-Eighth World Health Assembly in 2005, and as entered into effect in the United States in July, 2007, subject to the U.S. Government's reservation and understandings:</P>
          <P>(i) Any of the communicable diseases for which a single case requires notification to the World Health Organization (WHO) as an event that may constitute a public health emergency of international concern, or</P>

          <P>(ii) Any other communicable disease the occurrence of which requires notification to the WHO as an event that may constitute a public health emergency of international concern. HHS/CDC's determinations will be announced by notice in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
          <P>(4) Gonorrhea.</P>
          <P>(5) Granuloma inguinale.</P>
          <P>(6) Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection.</P>
          <P>(7) Leprosy, infectious.</P>
          <P>(8) Lymphogranuloma venereum.</P>
          <P>(9) Syphilis, infectious stage.</P>
          <P>(10) Tuberculosis, active.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Civil surgeon.</E> A physician, with not less than 4 years' professional experience, selected by the District Director of INS to conduct medical examinations of aliens in the United States who are applying for adjustment of status to permanent residence or who are required by the INS to have a medical examination.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Class A medical notification.</E> Medical notification of:</P>
          <P>(1) A communicable disease of public health significance;</P>
          <P>(2)(i) A physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder that may pose, or has posed, a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others;</P>
          <P>(ii) A history of a physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder, which behavior has posed a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others and which behavior is likely to recur or lead to other harmful behavior; or</P>
          <P>(3) Drug abuse or addiction.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Class B medical notification.</E> Medical notification of a physical or mental abnormality, disease, or disability serious in degree or permanent in nature amounting to a substantial departure from normal well-being.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Director.</E> The Director of the Centers for Disease Control.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Drug abuse.</E> The non-medical use of a substance listed in section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act, as amended (21 U.S.C. 802) which has not necessarily resulted in physical or psychological dependence.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Drug addiction.</E> The non-medical use of a substance listed in section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act, as amended (21 U.S.C. 802) which has resulted in physical or psychological dependence.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">INS.</E> Immigration and Naturalization Service, U.S. Department of Justice.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Medical examiner.</E> A panel physician, civil surgeon, or other physician designated by the Director to perform medical examinations of aliens.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Medical hold document.</E> A document issued to the INS by a quarantine inspector of the Public Health Service at a port of entry which defers the inspection for admission until the cause of the medical hold is resolved.<PRTPAGE P="152"/>
          </P>
          <P>(l) <E T="03">Medical notification.</E> A document issued to a consular authority or the INS by a medical examiner, certifying the presence or absence of:</P>
          <P>(1) A communicable disease of public health significance;</P>
          <P>(2)(i) A physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder that may pose, or has posed, a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others;</P>
          <P>(ii) A history of a physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder, which behavior has posed a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others and which behavior is likely to recur or lead to other harmful behavior;</P>
          <P>(3) Drug abuse or addiction; or</P>
          <P>(4) Any other physical abnormality, disease, or disability serious in degree or permanent in nature amounting to a substantial departure from normal well-being.</P>
          <P>(m) <E T="03">Medical officer.</E> A physician of the Public Health Service Commissioned Corps assigned by the Director to conduct physical and mental examinations of aliens.</P>
          <P>(n) <E T="03">Mental disorder.</E> A currently accepted psychiatric diagnosis, as defined by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders published by the American Psychiatric Association, or by other authoritative sources.</P>
          <P>(o) <E T="03">Panel physician.</E> A physician selected by a United States embassy or consulate to conduct medical examinations of aliens applying for visas.</P>
          <P>(p) <E T="03">Physical disorder.</E> A currently accepted medical diagnosis, as defined by the Manual of the International Classification of Diseases, Injuries, and Causes of Death published by the World Health Organization, or by other authoritative sources.</P>
          <CITA>[21 FR 9829, Dec. 12, 1956, as amended at 52 FR 32543, Aug. 28, 1987; 56 FR 25001, May 31, 1991; 73 FR 58056, Oct. 6, 2008]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 34.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope of examinations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> In performing examinations, medical examiners shall consider those matters that relate to the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A communicable disease of public health significance;</P>
          <P>(2)(i) A physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder that may pose, or has posed, a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others;</P>
          <P>(ii) A history of a physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder, which behavior has posed a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others and which behavior is likely to recur or lead to other harmful behavior;</P>
          <P>(3) Drug abuse or addiction; and</P>
          <P>(4) Any other physical abnormality, disease, or disability serious in degree or permanent in nature amounting to a substantial departure from normal well-being.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope of all medical examinations.</E> (1) All medical examinations will include the following:</P>
          <P>(i) A general physical examination and medical history, evaluation for tuberculosis, and serologic testing for syphilis and HIV.</P>
          <P>(ii) A physical examination and medical history for diseases specified in §§ 34.2(b)(1), and 34.2(b)(4) through 34.2(b)(10).</P>
          <P>(2) The scope of the examination shall include any laboratory or additional studies that are deemed necessary, either as a result of the physical examination or pertinent information elicited from the alien's medical history, for the examining physician to reach a conclusion about the presence or absence of a physical or mental abnormality, disease, or disability.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional medical screening and testing for examinations performed outside the United States.</E> (1) HHS/CDC may require additional medical screening and testing for medical examinations performed outside the United States for diseases specified in §§ 34.2(b)(2) and 34.2(b)(3) by applying the risk-based medical and epidemiologic factors in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) Such examinations shall be conducted in a defined population in a geographic region or area outside the United States as determined by HHS/CDC.</P>

          <P>(3) Additional medical screening and testing shall include a medical interview, physical examination, laboratory testing, radiologic exam, or other diagnostic procedure, as determined by HHS/CDC.<PRTPAGE P="153"/>
          </P>
          <P>(4) Additional medical screening and testing will continue until HHS/CDC determines such screening and testing is no longer warranted based on factors such as the following: Results of disease outbreak investigations and response efforts; effectiveness of containment and control measures; and the status of an applicable determination of public health emergency of international concern declared by the Director General of the WHO.</P>

          <P>(5) HHS/CDC will directly provide medical examiners information pertaining to all applicable additional requirements for medical screening and testing, and will post these at the following Internet addresses: <E T="03">http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dq/technica.htm</E> and <E T="03">http://www.globalhealth.gov</E>.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Risk-based approach.</E> (1) HHS/CDC will use the medical and epidemiological factors listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section to determine the following:</P>
          <P>(i) Whether a disease as specified in § 34.2(b)(3)(ii) is a communicable disease of public health significance.</P>
          <P>(ii) Which diseases in §§ 34.2(b)(2) and (b)(3) merit additional screening and testing, and the geographic area in which HHS/CDC will require this screening.</P>
          <P>(2) Medical and epidemiological factors include the following:</P>
          <P>(i) The seriousness of the disease's public health impact;</P>
          <P>(ii) Whether the emergence of the disease was unusual or unexpected;</P>
          <P>(iii) The risk of the spread of the disease in the United States;</P>
          <P>(iv) The transmissibility and virulence of the disease;</P>
          <P>(v) The impact of the disease at the geographic location of medical screening; and</P>
          <P>(vi) Other specific pathogenic factors that would bear on a disease's ability to threaten the health security of the United States.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Persons subject to requirement for chest X-ray examination and serologic testing.</E> (1) As provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, a chest X-ray examination, and serologic testing for syphilis and serologic testing for HIV shall be required as part of the examination of the following:</P>
          <P>(i) Applicants for immigrant visas;</P>
          <P>(ii) Students, exchange visitors, and other applicants for non-immigrant visas required by a U.S. consular authority to have a medical examination;</P>
          <P>(iii) Applicants outside the United States who apply for refugee status;</P>
          <P>(iv) Applicants in the United States who apply for adjustment of their status under the immigration statute and regulations.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Chest X-ray examination and serologic testing.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(iv) of this section, applicants described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section shall be required to have the following:</P>
          <P>(i) For applicants 15 years of age and older, a chest x-ray examination;</P>
          <P>(ii) For applicants under 15 years of age, a chest x-ray examination if the applicant has symptoms of tuberculosis, a history of tuberculosis, or evidence of possible exposure to a transmissible tuberculosis case in a household or other enclosed environment for a prolonged period;</P>
          <P>(iii) For applicants 15 years of age and older, serologic testing for syphilis and HIV.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> Serologic testing for syphilis and HIV shall not be required if the alien is under the age of 15, unless there is a reason to suspect infection with syphilis or HIV. An alien, regardless of age, in the United States who applies for adjustment of status to lawful permanent resident shall not be required to have a chest x-ray examination unless their tuberculin skin test, or an equivalent test for showing an immune response to <E T="03">Mycobacterium tuberculosis</E> antigens, is positive. HHS/CDC may authorize exceptions to the requirement for a tuberculin skin test, an equivalent test for showing an immune response to <E T="03">Mycobacterium tuberculosis</E> antigens, or chest X-ray examination for good cause, upon application approved by the Director.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Immune response to Mycobacterium tuberculosis antigens.</E> (i) All aliens 2 years of age or older in the United States who apply for adjustment of status to permanent residents, under the immigration laws and regulations, or other aliens in the United States who are required by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security to have a medical <PRTPAGE P="154"/>examination in connection with a determination of their admissibility, shall be required to have a tuberculin skin test or an equivalent test for showing an immune response to <E T="03">Mycobacterium tuberculosis</E> antigens. Exceptions to this requirement may be authorized for good cause upon application approved by the Director. In the event of a positive tuberculin reaction, a chest X-ray examination shall be required. If the chest radiograph is consistent with tuberculosis, the alien shall be referred to the local health authority for evaluation. Evidence of this evaluation shall be provided to the civil surgeon before a medical notification may be issued.</P>

          <P>(ii) Aliens less than 2 years old shall be required to have a tuberculin skin test, or an equivalent, appropriate test to show an immune response to <E T="03">Mycobacterium tuberculosis</E> antigens, if there is evidence of contact with a person known to have tuberculosis or other reason to suspect tuberculosis. In the event of a positive tuberculin reaction, a chest X-ray examination shall be required. If the chest radiograph is consistent with tuberculosis, the alien shall be referred to the local health authority for evaluation. Evidence of this evaluation shall be provided to the civil surgeon before a medical notification may be issued.</P>

          <P>(iii) Aliens outside the United States required to have a medical examination shall be required to have a tuberculin skin test, or an equivalent, appropriate test to show an immune response to <E T="03">Mycobacterium tuberculosis</E> antigens, and, if indicated, a chest radiograph.</P>

          <P>(iv) Aliens outside the United States required to have a medical examination shall be required to have a tuberculin skin test, or an equivalent, appropriate test to show an immune response to <E T="03">Mycobacterium tuberculosis</E> antigens, and a chest radiograph, regardless of age, if they have symptoms of tuberculosis, a history of tuberculosis, or evidence of possible exposure to a transmissible tuberculosis case in a household or other enclosed environment for a prolonged period.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Additional testing requirements.</E> All applicants subject to the chest radiograph requirement, and for whom the radiograph shows an abnormality suggestive of tuberculosis disease, shall be required to undergo additional testing for tuberculosis.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">How and where performed.</E> All chest radiograph images used in medical examinations performed under the regulations in this Part shall be large enough to encompass the entire chest (approximately 14 by 17 inches; 35.6x43.2 cm.). Serologic testing for HIV shall be a sensitive and specific test, confirmed when positive by a test such as the Western blot test or an equally reliable test. For aliens examined abroad, the serologic testing for HIV must be completed abroad, except that the Secretary of Homeland Security after consultation with the Secretary of State and the Secretary of Health and Human Services may in emergency circumstances permit serologic testing of refugees for HIV to be completed in the United States.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Chest X-ray, laboratory, and treatment reports.</E> The chest radiograph reading and serologic test results for syphilis and HIV shall be included in the medical notification. When the medical examiner's conclusions are based on a study of more than one chest X-ray image, the medical notification shall include at least a summary statement of findings of the earlier images, followed by a complete reading of the last image, and dates and details of any laboratory tests and treatment for tuberculosis.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Procedure for transmitting records.</E> For aliens issued immigrant visas, the medical notification and chest X-ray images, if any, shall be placed in a separate envelope which shall be sealed. When more than one chest X-ray image is used as a basis for the examiner's conclusions, all images shall be included.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Failure to present records.</E> When a determination of admissibility is to be made at the U.S. port of entry, a medical hold document shall be issued pending completion of any necessary examination procedures. A medical hold document may be issued for aliens who:</P>
          <P>(1) Are not in possession of a valid medical notification, if required;</P>

          <P>(2) Have a medical notification which is incomplete;<PRTPAGE P="155"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) Have a medical notification which is not written in English;</P>
          <P>(4) Are suspected to have an excludable medical condition.</P>
          <P>(h) The Secretary of Homeland Security, after consultation with the Secretary of State and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, may in emergency circumstances permit the medical examination of refugees to be completed in the United States.</P>
          <P>(i) All medical examinations shall be carried out in accordance with such technical instructions for physicians conducting the medical examination of aliens as may be issued by the Director. Copies of such technical instructions are available upon request to the Director, Division of Global Migration and Quarantine, Mailstop E03, HHS/CDC, Atlanta GA 30333.</P>
          <CITA>[73 FR 58056, Oct. 6, 2008, as amended at 73 FR 62211, Oct. 20, 2008]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 34.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Medical notifications.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Medical examiners shall issue medical notifications of their findings of the presence or absence of Class A or Class B medical conditions. The presence of such condition must have been clearly established.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Class A medical notifications.</E> (1) The medical examiner shall report his/her findings to the consular officer or the INS by Class A medical notification which lists the specific condition for which the alien may be excluded, if an alien is found to have:</P>
          <P>(i) A communicable disease of public health significance;</P>
          <P>(ii)(A) A physical or mental disorder, and behavior associated with the disorder that may pose, or has posed, a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others; or</P>
          <P>(B) A history of a physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder, which behavior has posed a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others and which behavior is likely to recur or lead to other harmful behavior;</P>
          <P>(iii) Drug abuse or addition.</P>
          <FP>
            <E T="03">Provided, however,</E> That a Class A medical notification of a physical or mental disorder, and behavior associated with that disorder that may pose, or has posed, a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others, shall in no case be issued with respect to an alien having only mental shortcomings due to ignorance, or suffering only from a condition attributable to remediable physical causes or of a temporary nature, caused by a toxin, medically prescribed drug, or disease.</FP>
          <P>(2) The medical notification shall state the nature and extent of the abnormality; the degree to which the alien is incapable of normal physical activity; and the extent to which the condition is remediable. The medical examiner shall indicate the likelihood, that because of the condition, the applicant will require extensive medical care or institutionalization.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Class B medical notifications.</E> (1) If an alien is found to have a physical or mental abnormality, disease, or disability serious in degree or permanent in nature amounting to a substantial departure from normal well-being, the medical examiner shall report his/her findings to the consular or INS officer by Class B medical notification which lists the specific conditions found by the medical examiner. Provided, however, that a Class B medical notification shall in no case be issued with respect to an alien having only mental shortcomings due to ignorance, or suffering only from a condition attributable to remediable physical causes or of a temporary nature, caused by a toxin, medically prescribed drug, or disease.</P>
          <P>(2) The medical notification shall state the nature and extent of the abnormality, the degree to which the alien is incapable of normal physical activity, and the extent to which the condition is remediable. The medical examiner shall indicate the likelihood, that because of the condition, the applicant will require extensive medical care or institutionalization.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Other medical notifications.</E> If as a result of the medical examination, the medical examiner does not find a Class A or Class B condition in an alien, the medical examiner shall so indicate on the medical notification form and shall report his findings to the consular or INS officer.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 25003, May 31, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="156"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 34.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Postponement of medical examination.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Whenever, upon an examination, the medical examiner is unable to determine the physical or mental condition of an alien, completion of the medical examination shall be postponed for such observation and further examination of the alien as may be reasonably necessary to determine his/her physical or mental condition. The examination shall be postponed for aliens who have an acute infectious disease until the condition is resolved. The alien shall be referred for medical care as necessary.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 25003, May 31, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 34.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of Foreign Quarantine Regulations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Aliens arriving at a port of the United States shall be subject to the applicable provisions of 42 CFR part 71, Foreign Quarantine, with respect to examination and quarantine measures.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 25003, May 31, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 34.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Medical and other care; death.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) An alien detained by or in the custody of the INS may be provided medical, surgical, psychiatric, or dental care by the Public Health Service through interagency agreements under which the INS shall reimburse the Public Health Service. Aliens found to be in need of emergency care in the course of medical examination shall be treated to the extent deemed practical by the attending physician and if considered to be in need of further care, may be referred to the INS along with the physician's recommendations concerning such further care.</P>
          <P>(b) In case of the death of an alien, the body shall be delivered to the consular or immigration authority concerned. If such death occurs in the United States, or in a territory or possession thereof, public burial shall be provided upon request of the INS and subject to its agreement to pay the burial expenses. Autopsies shall not be performed unless approved by the INS.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 25003, May 31, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 34.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reexamination; convening of review boards; expert witnesses; reports.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) The Director shall convene a board of medical officers to reexamine an alien:</P>
          <P>(1) Upon the request of the INS for a reexamination by such a board; or</P>
          <P>(2) Upon an appeal to the INS by an alien who, having received a medical examination in connection with the determination of admissiblity to the United States (including examination on arrival and adjustment of status as provided in the immigration laws and regulations) has been certified for a Class A condition.</P>
          <P>(b) For boards convened to reexamine aliens certified as:</P>
          <P>(1) Having a communicable disease of public health significance, the board shall consist of three medical officers, at least one of whom is experienced in the diagnosis and treatment of the communicable disease for which medical notification has been made, and the decision of the majority of the board shall prevail;</P>
          <P>(2)(i) Having a physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder that may pose, or has posed, a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Having a history of a physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder, which behavior has posed a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others and which behavior is likely to recur or lead to other harmful behavior; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Being a drug abuser or addict;</P>
          <P>(3) In circumstances covered by paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the board shall consist of three medical officers, at least one of whom shall be a board certified psychiatrist, and the decision of the majority of the board shall prevail.</P>
          <P>(c) Reexamination shall include:</P>
          <P>(1) Review of all records submitted by the alien, other witnesses, or the board;</P>

          <P>(2) Use of any laboratory or additional studies which are deemed clinically necessary as a result of the physical examination or pertinent information elicited from the alien's medical history;<PRTPAGE P="157"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) Consideration of statements regarding the alien's physical or mental condition made by a physician after his/her examination of the alien; and</P>
          <P>(4) An independent physical or psychiatric examination of the alien performed by the board, at the board's option.</P>
          <P>(d) An alien who is to be reexamined shall be notified of the time and place of his/her reexamination not less than 5 days prior thereto.</P>
          <P>(e) The alien, at his/her own cost and expense, may introduce as witnesses before the board such physicians or medical experts as the board may in its discretion permit; provided that the alien shall be permitted to introduce at least one expert medical witness. If any witnesses offered are not permitted by the board to testify, the record of the proceedings shall show the reason for the denial of permission.</P>
          <P>(f) Witnesses before the board shall be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the medical notification and other records involved in the reexamination and to present all relevant and material evidence orally or in writing until such time as the proceedings are declared by the board to be closed. During the course of the hearing the alien's attorney or representative shall be permitted to examine the alien and he/she, or the alien, shall be permitted to examine any witnesses offered in the alien's behalf and to cross-examine any witnesses called by the board. If the alien does not have an attorney or representative, the board shall assist the alien in the presentation of his/her case to the end that all of the material and relevant facts may be considered.</P>
          <P>(g) The findings and conclusions of the board shall be based on its medical examination of the alien, if any, and on the evidence presented and made a part of the record of its proceedings.</P>
          <P>(h) The board shall report its findings and conclusions to the INS, and shall also give prompt notice thereof to the alien if his/her reexamination has been based on his/her appeal. The board's report to the INS shall specifically affirm, modify, or reject the findings and conclusions of prior examining medical officers.</P>
          <P>(i) The board shall issue its medical notification in accordance with the applicable provisions of this part if it finds that an alien it has reexamined has a Class A or Class B condition.</P>
          <P>(j) If the board finds that an alien it has reexamined does not have a Class A or Class B condition, it shall issue its medical notification in accordance with the applicable provisions of this part.</P>
          <P>(k) After submission of its report, the board shall not be reconvened, nor shall a new board be convened, in connection with the same application for admission or for adjustment of status, except upon the express authorization of the Director.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 25004, May 31, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 35</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 35—HOSPITAL AND STATION MANAGEMENT</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>35.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hospital and station rules.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Compliance with hospital rules.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Noncompliance; deprivation of privileges.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Noncompliance; discharge or transfer.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Entitlement to care after discharge or transfer by reason of noncompliance.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Admissions; determination of eligibility for care.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Admissions; designation of person to be notified.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safekeeping of money and effects; withdrawals.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of money and effects left by other than deceased patients.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Destruction of effects dangerous to health.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Clinical records; confidential.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Solicitation of legal business prohibited.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Entry for negotiation of release or settlement.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Solicitation of legal business; negotiation of release or settlement; assistance prohibited.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Consent to operative procedures.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Autopsies and other post-mortem operations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fees and charges for copying, certification, search of records and related services.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Transfer of Patients</HD>
            <SECTNO>35.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Authorization of transfer.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Attendants.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <PRTPAGE P="158"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Disposition of Articles Produced by Patients</HD>
            <SECTNO>35.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Retention by patients.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Board of appraisers.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sale; prices; deposit of proceeds.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.34</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Resale.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Unsalable articles.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Disposal of Money and Effects of Deceased Patients</HD>
            <SECTNO>35.41</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Inventory.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.42</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notice upon death.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.43</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Delivery only upon filing claim; forms; procedure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.44</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Delivery to legal representative; to other claimants if value is $1,000 or less.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of effects; exceptions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.46</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conflicting claims.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.47</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of Government checks.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.48</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Deposit of unclaimed money; sale of unclaimed effects and deposit of proceeds.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.49</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sale of unclaimed effects; procedures.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of unsold effects.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.51</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manner of delivery; costs, receipts.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.52</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Delivery of possession only; title unaffected.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Contributions for the Benefit of Patients</HD>
            <SECTNO>35.61</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.62</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Acceptance of contributions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.63</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Report of and accounting for contributions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.64</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Donors.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Acceptable personal property.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>35.66</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Expenditure of cash contributions.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 215, 58 Stat. 690, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 216, sec. 321, 53 Stat. 695, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 248, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>21 FR 9830, Dec. 12, 1956, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Hospital and station rules.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The officer in charge of a station or hospital of the Service is authorized to adopt such rules and issue such instructions, not inconsistent with the regulations in this part and other provisions of law, as he deems necessary for the efficient operation of the station or hospital and for the proper and humane care and treatment of all patients therein. All general rules governing the conduct and privileges of patients, and of members of the public while on the premises, shall be posted in prominent places.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Compliance with hospital rules.</SUBJECT>
            <P>All patients and visitors in stations and hospitals of the Service are expected to comply with the rules and instructions issued under the authority of the officer in charge.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Noncompliance; deprivation of privileges.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Any patient who wilfully fails or refuses to comply with rules or instructions of a hospital or station or with regulations of the Service, may, by the direction of the officer in charge, be deprived of recreational or other privileges accorded patients. Any visitor who wilfully fails or refuses to comply with any such rules, instructions, or regulations may, by direction of the officer in charge, be denied visiting privileges.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Noncompliance; discharge or transfer.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) If the officer in charge finds, upon investigation, that a patient other than a leprosy patient, by willful and persistent failure or refusal to comply with such rules, instructions, or regulations is seriously impeding the course of his own care and treatment, or that of other patients, he may (1) discharge the patient, or (2) if the patient is not a voluntary patient, arrange for his transfer to the custody of the authority responsible for his admission to the station or hospital. No patient shall be discharged or transferred on account of noncompliance if to do so would seriously endanger his life or health, nor shall any patient be discharged if his failure to comply is due, in the opinion of the officer in charge, to a mental disease or disorder.</P>
            <P>(b) If the discharge or transfer of a patient is likely to endanger the health of persons other than the patient or officers or employees of the station or hospital, the officer in charge shall give advance notice to appropriate State, county, or municipal authorities of the discharge or transfer.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Entitlement to care after discharge or transfer by reason of noncompliance.</SUBJECT>

            <P>No person otherwise entitled to care, treatment, or hospitalization at Service facilities, or in other facilities at <PRTPAGE P="159"/>the expense of the Service, shall be denied such care or treatment by reason of his prior discharge or transfer from any such facility under the provisions of § 35.4.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Admissions; determination of eligibility for care.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Except as may otherwise be provided for specific classes of patients by the regulations of this chapter, the officer in charge of the station or hospital to which application is made is authorized to determine the eligibility of applicants, as beneficiaries of the Service, for care and for treatment. Such determinations shall be subject to review by the chief of the division of the Service responsible for administration of the station or hospital concerned upon referral made by the officer in charge in doubtful cases or upon appeal made by an applicant who has been denied care or treatment.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Admissions; designation of person to be notified.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Every in-patient, at the time of admission to the hospital or station or as soon thereafter as practicable, shall be requested to designate a person or persons to be notified in case of emergency.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Safekeeping of money and effects; withdrawals.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A place for the safekeeping of money and effects of patients shall be provided at each station or hospital, and an itemized receipt therefor shall be furnished to the patient and to any other person who places money or effects therein for the benefit of the patient.</P>
            <P>(b) Money and effects may be withdrawn only by or on behalf of the patient, by his legally appointed representative authorized to receive or dispose of his property (including the money and effects in the custody of the station or hospital), or by a person who is authorized, under the law of the State in which the station or hospital is located, to receive or dispose of the patient's money and effects. In any case in which the officer in charge has had actual notice of the appointment of a legal representative, withdrawals may be made only by such representative or in accordance with his written directions. No delivery shall be made under this paragraph unless (1) the person receiving the money or effects shall sign an itemized receipt therefor, or (2) the delivery is witnessed by two persons. The provisions of this paragraph do not prohibit withdrawals made necessary by the provisions of this part for the disposition of money and effects left by patients on death or on departure from the station or hospital, or by the provisions of § 35.10.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of money and effects left by other than deceased patients.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Money and effects left on the premises by a patient shall be forwarded promptly to him. If because his whereabouts are unknown his money and effects cannot be delivered to him within 120 days after his departure, his money shall be deposited into the Treasury and credited to the account entitled “Money and Effects of Former Patients (PHS (T) name of patient),” and his effects shall be held for him for six months and then sold in accordance with § 35.49, and the proceeds deposited into the Treasury and credited to the above account.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Destruction of effects dangerous to health.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The officer in charge shall cause to be destroyed effects brought into or received in the station or hospital area by patients which, in the judgement of such officer, are dangerous as a source of disease to the health or life of patients or personnel of the station or hospital or visitors therein and cannot otherwise be safely disposed of or rendered harmless by disinfection or other means. The destruction of effects shall be witnessed by at least one officer or employee designated for that purpose by the officer in charge, and appropriate records of the destruction shall be maintained.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.11</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Clinical records; confidential.</SUBJECT>

            <P>A complete clinical record shall be maintained for each patient admitted to a station or hospital of the Service. Such records shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed except as may be <PRTPAGE P="160"/>provided elsewhere in regulations of the Service.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.12</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Solicitation of legal business prohibited.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The solicitation, directly or indirectly, of legal business or of a retainer or agreement authorizing an attorney to render legal services, is prohibited in all stations and hospitals of the Service.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Entry for negotiation of release or settlement.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) No person shall be permitted to enter a station or hospital of the Service for the purpose of negotiating a settlement or obtaining a general or special release or statement from any patient with reference to any illness or personal injury for which the patient is receiving care or treatment, or for the purpose of conferring with him as an attorney or representative of an attorney with reference to such illness or injury, unless the patient has signified his willingness to have such person enter for such purpose and, in the judgment of the officer in charge, the physical or mental condition of the patient will not thereby be impaired.</P>
            <P>(b) Any person entering a station or hospital for a purpose enumerated in paragraph (a) of this section shall register in the manner prescribed by the officer in charge, and shall furnish for the records of the station or hospital the name of each patient by whom he has been received for such a purpose.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Solicitation of legal business; negotiation of release or settlement; assistance prohibited.</SUBJECT>
            <P>All employees of the Service and all persons attached in any capacity to a station or hospital, including patients, are forbidden to communicate, directly or indirectly, with any person for the purpose of aiding in the solicitation of legal business or in the negotiation of a settlement or the obtaining of a general or special release or statement from any patient with reference to any illness or personal injury for which the patient is receiving care or treatment therein. No patient is prohibited by this section from communicating on his own behalf with an attorney of his choice or with other persons.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Consent to operative procedures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Except in emergencies when the patient is physically or mentally incapable of consenting and the delay required to obtain the consent of his natural or legal guardian would seriously endanger the patient's health, no operative procedure shall be undertaken unless the patient or, in the case of a minor or incompetent, his natural or legal guardian gives his consent, nor shall any major operative procedure or the administration of a general anaesthetic be undertaken unless such consent has been obtained in writing. The consent or refusal of consent shall be made a part of the clinical record.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.16</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Autopsies and other post-mortem operations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Autopsies, or other post-mortem operations, including removal of tissue for transplanting, may be performed on the body of a deceased patient only by direction of the officer in charge and only if consented to in writing by a person authorized under the law of the State in which the station or hospital is located to permit an autopsy or such other post-mortem operation under the circumstances of the particular death involved. Restrictions or limitations imposed by the person consenting thereto on the extent of the autopsy or other post-mortem operation shall be observed. Documents embodying consent shall be made a part of the clinical record.</P>
            <CITA>[25 FR 6331, July 6, 1960]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.17</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Fees and charges for copying, certification, search of records and related services.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A prescribed fee, in accordance with the schedule in paragraph (c) of this section, shall be collected for each of the listed services.</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Application for services.</E> Any person requesting (1) a copy of a clinical record, clinical abstract, or other document containing clinical information; or (2) a certification of a clinical record or document; or (3) a search of clinical records, shall make written application therefor to the Public Health Service facility having custody of the subject matter involved. Such application shall state specifically the particular <PRTPAGE P="161"/>record or document requested, and the purpose for which such copy or document is desired to be used. The application shall be accompanied by a deposit in an amount equal to the prescribed charge for the service rendered. Where it is not known if a clinical record or other document is in existence, the application shall be accompanied by a minimum deposit of $2.50.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Authorization for disclosure.</E> The furnishing of copies of PHS records containing confidential clinical information must comply with the requirements of part I, title 42, Code of Federal Regulations, governing authorization for the disclosure of such information.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Schedule of fees.</E>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,5" COLS="2" OPTS="L0,6/7">
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="11">(1) Photocopy reproduction of a clinical record or other document (through use of facility equipment):</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(a) Processing (searching, preparation of record and use of equipment), first page</ENT>
                <ENT>$3.25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="02">(b) Each additional page</ENT>
                <ENT>.25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(2) Certification, per document</ENT>
                <ENT>.25</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(3) Unsuccessful searching, per hour (minimum charge 1 hour)</ENT>
                <ENT>2.50</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(4) Clinical abstracts, per request</ENT>
                <ENT>3.00</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(5) Arranging commercial duplication of a clinical record, per request</ENT>
                <ENT>
                  <SU>1</SU> 0.50</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22">(6) If the requested material is to be transmitted by registered mail, airmail, or special delivery mail, the postal fees therefor shall be added to the other fees provided above, unless the applicant has included proper postage or stamped return envelopes for this purpose.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>
                <SU>1</SU> The private concern which duplicates records for an applicant will make a separate charge therefor and will bill the applicant directly.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Waiver of fee.</E> The prescribed fee may be waived, in the discretion of the medical officer in charge, under the following circumstances:</P>
            <P>(1) When the service or document is requested by another agency of the Federal Government for use in carrying out official Government business.</P>
            <P>(2) When a clinical record is requested for the purpose of providing continued medical care to a Service beneficiary by a non-Service physician, clinic, or hospital, in which case the record will be forwarded only to the physician, clinic, or hospital concerned.</P>
            <P>(3) When the service or document is requested by an attorney in the prosecution of a Service beneficiary's personal injury claim against a third person, involving the concurrent assertion of a government medical care claim under 42 U.S.C. 2651-2653. In such case, the service or document requested will be furnished only upon compliance with all additional requirements for the release of records in third party recovery cases, including the proper execution of form PHS-4686, Agreement to Assign Claim Upon Request.</P>
            <P>(4) When the service or document is requested by, and furnished to, a Member of Congress for official use.</P>
            <P>(5) When the service or document is requested by, and furnished to, a court in lieu of the personal court appearance of an employee of the Public Health Service.</P>
            <P>(6) When the service or document is required to be furnished free in accordance with a Federal statute or an Executive order.</P>
            <P>(7) When the furnishing of the service or document requested without charge would be an appropriate courtesy to a foreign country or international organization.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 501, 65 Stat. 290; 31 U.S.C. 483(a); sec. 215, 58 Stat. 690, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 216)</SECAUTH>
            <CITA>[32 FR 6842, May 4, 1967]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Transfer of Patients</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Authorization of transfer.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Except as otherwise provided by law or regulation with respect to certain classes of patients, the officer in charge of a station or hospital of the Service may provide, without any cost to the patient, for the transfer of the patient either from such station or hospital to another station or hospital of the Service or to any non-Service station or hospital at which the patient may be received, or from any non-Service hospital at which he is receiving care or treatment as a patient of the Service to a station or hospital of the Service.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Attendants.</SUBJECT>

            <P>Patients shall be transferred by such means and accompanied by such medical, nursing, or other attendants as may be necessary to protect the health and safety of the patient and other persons likely to come into contact with him, including in the case of a prisoner such guards as may be necessary to assure his safekeeping. A female patient requiring the services of attendants shall be accompanied by at least one <PRTPAGE P="162"/>female attendant. Medical or nursing attendants shall be qualified to care for persons suffering from the type of disease or disorder with which the patient is afflicted and shall be provided with equipment and medicines necessary for the care of the patient.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Disposition of Articles Produced by Patients</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Retention by patients.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Subject to the rules of the station or hospital, patients may be accorded the privilege of retaining articles produced by them in the course of their curative treatment with the aid of materials furnished by the Service. Articles not retained by patients shall be disposed of as provided in this subpart. The provisions of this subpart do not apply to the products of industrial activities established for narcotic addicts.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Board of appraisers.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The officer in charge shall appoint, from the personnel of the station or hospital, a board of three persons to serve at his pleasure. The board shall provide for the sale of articles having commercial value and shall keep appropriate records of such articles and their disposition.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.33</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sale; prices; deposit of proceeds.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The board shall determine and redetermine from time to time the prices at which articles are to be sold, and in doing so shall consider the cost of materials used, reasonable handling charges, and the fair market value of the articles. The sale price shall be indicated on each article by tag or other appropriate means, and a list of articles offered for sale and their respective sale prices shall be posted from time to time in the hospital or station area. In its discretion, the board may offer such articles for purchase by other patients or by charitable organizations before offering them for purchase to the general public. No article shall be sold or resold to any officer or employee of the Service. Moneys received from the sale of articles shall be deposited into the Treasury to the credit of the appropriation from which the materials for making such articles were purchased.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.34</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Resale.</SUBJECT>
            <P>No article purchased under the provisions of this subpart shall be resold in the hospital or station area at a price to exceed the sale price fixed by the board for such article.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.35</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Unsalable articles.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Articles having no commercial value shall be stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of as the officer in charge may direct.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Disposal of Money and Effects of Deceased Patients</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.41</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Inventory.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Promptly after the death of a patient in a station or hospital of the Service, an inventory of his money and effects left therein shall be made by two or more officers or employees of the Service designated for such purpose by the officer in charge.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.42</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notice upon death.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The officer in charge shall notify in writing all persons known to him to whom delivery of the patient's money and effects might be made hereunder, and, in the case of an alien patient, a consul of the country of his apparent nationality. Each person so notified shall be requested to furnish information concerning (a) the existence or whereabouts of any persons to whom delivery of the deceased patient's money and effects may be made pursuant to these provisions, and (b) the permanent residence or home of the deceased.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.43</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Delivery only upon filing claim; forms; procedure.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Delivery of the money and effects of a deceased patient shall be made only to a person who has filed a claim therefor on a form prescribed by the Surgeon General.<PRTPAGE P="163"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) A claimant shall furnish, in addition to the information on the prescribed form, such additional information as the officer in charge may consider necessary to establish the identity of the claimant and the truth of his statements.</P>
            <P>(c) A person filing a claim as a legal representative shall be required to present letters of administration or a certificate of a court attesting his qualification or appointment.</P>
            <P>(d) If a claim is made after the money, or proceeds from the sale of the effects, of a deceased patient have been deposited in the Treasury, the claim shall be referred to the General Accounting Office. If the claim is for checks or evidences of indebtedness of the United States which have been trasnsmitted to the issuing agency pursuant to §§ 35.47 and 35.48, the claimant shall be referred to such agency.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.44</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Delivery to legal representative; to other claimants if value is $1,000 or less.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The money and effects of the deceased patient shall in all cases be delivered to the legal representative, if any, of his estate. If the value is $1,000 or less, and the officer in charge has neither notice nor other knowledge of the appointment or qualification of a legal representative, nor reason to believe that a legal representative will be appointed or qualified, he shall deliver all the money and effects, as soon as practicable after the expiration of 10 days from the sending of notices to one of the following in the indicated order of priority:</P>
            <P>(a) A person, if any, designated in writing by the patient to receive the same.</P>
            <P>(b) The patient's surviving spouse.</P>
            <P>(c) The patient's child or children in equal parts.</P>
            <P>(d) The patient's parent or parents in equal parts.</P>

            <P>(e) Any other person who would be entitled to receive the money and effects under the law of the patient's domicile: <E T="03">Provided,</E> That delivery of such money and effects may be made immediately upon application by one of the persons specified above if the officer in charge has neither notice nor other knowledge that a person higher in the indicated order of priority exists.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of effects; exceptions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Irrespective of the provisions of this subpart, the officer in charge may (a) release from among the effects of the deceased patient so much of the patient's clothing as may be necessary for use in preparation of his body for burial and (b) cause to be destroyed, or otherwise disposed of, such used toilet articles of the patient as appear to have no commercial or other value.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.46</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conflicting claims.</SUBJECT>
            <P>In any case in which conflicting claims are filed or the officer in charge considers it to be in the interest of persons who may be ultimately entitled thereto, delivery may be withheld from all persons other than a duly qualified legal representative.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.47</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of Government checks.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Notwithstanding any other provisions of this subpart, immediately upon completion of the inventory, checks drawn on the Treasurer of the United States shall be sent by safe means to the department, agency, or establishment of the Government of the United States issuing such checks. The transmittal shall be accompanied by a statement of the reasons therefor and of all available information which may aid the issuing unit in the disposition of the check transmitted. Notice of the disposition of any checks, with identifying information, shall be given to the person or persons, if any, to which money and effects are delivered in accordance with § 35.44.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.48</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Deposit of unclaimed money; sale of unclaimed effects and deposit of proceeds.</SUBJECT>

            <P>If, within 120 days after sending of notices no claim has been filed pursuant to the provisions of § 35.43, the patient's money, consisting of all types of United States currency and coin, shall be deposited in the Treasury to the credit of the trust-fund account entitled “Money and Effects of Deceased Patients, Public Health Service.” If, within six months after the death of a <PRTPAGE P="164"/>patient, no claim has been filed pursuant to the provisions of § 35.43, his effects (including foreign currency and coin but excluding Postal Savings Certificates and other evidences of indebtedness of the United States) shall be sold at public auction or by sealed bids to the highest bidder and the proceeds deposited to the credit of the trust-fund account entitled “Money and Effects of Deceased Patients, Public Health Service.” Postal Savings Certificates and other evidences of indebtedness of the United States shall be transmitted to the issuing department or agency with a statement of the occasion therefor.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.49</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sale of unclaimed effects; procedures.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The following provisions shall govern the sale of effects:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice.</E> Reasonable advance notice of proposed sales shall be posted at such prominent places in the station or hospital area as the officer in charge may designate. In addition, a notice shall be posted at the nearest post office, and notices shall be sent by mail to all known persons to whom delivery of money and effects of the patient may be made under the provisions of this subpart. The officer or employee who posts or sends notices of sales shall make an appropriate affidavit on a copy of the notice as to his action in that respect, including in his affidavit the names of persons to whom copies of the notices were mailed and the mailing dates. The copy of the notice on which the affidavit appears shall be retained in the files of the station or hospital.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Form and contents of notice.</E> Notice of proposed sales shall be given on a form prescribed by the Surgeon General. The notice shall include: an inventory of the effects to be offered for sale; the names of the patients from whom the effects were received; the precise date, time, and place when and where the sale will be held; a statement that the articles will be available for inspection immediately prior to sale, if sold at public auction, or on a day and during the hours appointed for the inspection of articles if sold by sealed bid; a statement that the sale is to be held pursuant to the provisions of the regulations in this part, that, if the articles are to be sold by sealed bid, the right to reject all bids is reserved, and that, if otherwise authorized, delivery will be made of effects or proceeds of sales to persons filing claims prior to the sale of effects or prior to the transmittal of proceeds to the Surgeon General.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Time and place of sales.</E> All sales shall be held at reasonable hours and at such places within the station or hospital area as the officer in charge may designate.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Who shall conduct sales.</E> All sales shall be conducted by the officer in charge or by a responsible officer or employee designated by him.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Sale and delivery.</E> All effects offered for sale shall be sold to the highest bidder and delivered to him immediately upon payment of the sale price in cash or by postal money order or certified check and execution of an appropriate receipt by the person to whom delivery is made.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.50</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disposition of unsold effects.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The officer in charge shall dispose of effects offered for sale but remaining unsold in such manner as he considers to be proper, but, if practicable, such effects shall be used for the benefit of other patients of the Service.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.51</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Manner of delivery; costs, receipts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) If a person entitled under this subpart to receive the money and effects of a patient is unable to take possession thereof at the station or hospital, they shall be sent to him at the expense of the United States in the most economical manner available. The records of the station or hospital shall show the names and addresses of persons to whom money or effects have been sent, the date of sending, the means used, an itemized list of the money or effects sent, and a statement by a witnessing officer or employee verifying the foregoing from his own observation.</P>

            <P>(b) If not delivered personally by an authorized officer or employee of the Service, money, evidences of indebtedness, and other valuable papers and documents shall be sent by registered mail (or other safe means).<PRTPAGE P="165"/>
            </P>
            <P>(c) Persons receiving the money and effects of a patient shall be required to execute an itemized receipt therefor.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.52</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Delivery of possession only; title unaffected.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Except for delivery of effects to purchasers at sales held in accordance with § 35.49, delivery or deposit under this subpart of the money or effects, or the proceeds of a sale of the effects, of a deceased patient constitutes only a transfer of possession and is not intended to affect in any manner the title to such money, effects, or proceeds.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Contributions for the Benefit of Patients</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 215, 58 Stat. 690, as amended, 63 Stat. 835 (42 U.S.C. 216); sec. 321, 58 Stat. 695, as amended, 62 Stat. 1017 (42 U.S.C. 248).</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>42 FR 60742, Nov. 29, 1977, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.61</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart sets forth the policies and procedures governing the acceptance and administration of contributions of money or property intended solely for the benefit of all patients in a ward or unit or a particular hospital or station of the Public Health Service, excluding outpatient clinics. Such contributions are distinguishable from (a) monies or other valuables belonging to specific patients which are accepted and held in custody for the convenience of the patient until such time as he or she wishes to withdraw them, and (b) gifts to the United States to support Public Health Service functions under section 501 of the Public Health Service Act or other statutory provisions, which may be accepted and administered only in accordance with such statutory provisions or other applicable laws.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.62</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Acceptance of contributions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The officer in charge of a hospital or station or his delegate may accept contributions of money or personal property which are donated for the general benefit of all patients within the hospital or station (or a ward or unit thereof) without further specification or conditions as to use. Contributions tendered subject to conditions by the donor, such as expenditure or use only on behalf of certain patients or for specific purposes, may not be accepted.</P>
            <P>(b) Contribution of money or property shall be accepted in writing.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.63</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Report of and accounting for contributions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Contributions of money accepted pursuant to § 35.62 (hereinafter referred to as “patient fund”) will be treated consistently with Federal deposit rules and as supplemented with appropriate procedures of the facility. This regulation is not intended to exclude contributions for the benefit of patients from proper accountability and control of funds and property.</P>
            <P>(b) Contributions of property accepted pursuant to § 35.62 shall be recorded and accounted for in the same manner as other property of a similar kind maintained in the hospital or station, but with suitable identification so that it can be distinguished from government-owned property.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.64</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Donors.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Authorized contributions may be accepted from patients, employees and other individuals, and agencies and organizations.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.65</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Acceptable personal property.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Contributions of personal property which may be accepted pursuant to § 35.62 include, but are not limited to, recreational equipment, furniture, radios and television sets. After its useful life, any cash proceeds realized upon disposition of such property shall be deposited to the credit of the patient fund and shall be available for expenditure pursuant to § 35.66(c).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 35.66</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Expenditure of cash contributions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Officials authorized to accept contributions shall not maintain control over the actual obligation or expenditure of such monies.</P>

            <P>(b) Only those officers or employees specifically designated in writing by the officer in charge for such purpose may obligate and expend monies from the patient fund. The names of officials <PRTPAGE P="166"/>so designated shall be provided to the relevant fiscal control office.</P>
            <P>(c) Subject to availability of sufficient funds, monies in the patient fund may be expended for materials, services or activities which contribute to the well-being or morale of patients, including but not limited to provision of reading and entertainment materials, recreation activities, and, in appropriate cases, necessary financial support (including travel expenses, meals, and lodging) of relatives, guardians, or friends of patients to enable such persons to be available for the patient's comfort and support.</P>
            <P>(d) Officers in charge may issue such additional instructions, not inconsistent with this subpart, as may be necessary to implement its provisions.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 37</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 37—SPECIFICATIONS FOR MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS OF UNDERGROUND COAL MINERS</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart—Chest Roentgenographic Examinations</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>37.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Chest roentgenograms required for miners.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plans for chest roentgenographic examinations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval of plans.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Chest roentgenographic examinations conducted by the Secretary.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Transfer of affected miner to less dusty area.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Roentgenographic examination at miner's expense.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Miner identification document.</SUBJECT>
            <SUBJGRP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Specifications for Performing Chest Roentgenographic Examinations</HD>
              <SECTNO>37.40</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>General provisions.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>37.41</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Chest roentgenogram specifications.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>37.42</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Approval of roentgenographic facilities.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>37.43</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Protection against radiation emitted by roentgenographic equipment.</SUBJECT>
            </SUBJGRP>
            <SUBJGRP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Specifications for Interpretation, Classification, and Submission of Chest Roentgenograms</HD>
              <SECTNO>37.50</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Interpreting and classifying chest roentgenograms.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>37.51</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Proficiency in the use of systems for classifying the pneumoconioses.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>37.52</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Method of obtaining definitive interpretations.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>37.53</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Notification of abnormal roentgenographic findings.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>37.60</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Submitting required chest roentgenograms and miner identification documents.</SUBJECT>
            </SUBJGRP>
            <SUBJGRP>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Review and Availability of Records</HD>
              <SECTNO>37.70</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Review of interpretations.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>37.80</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Availablity of records.</SUBJECT>
            </SUBJGRP>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart—Autopsies</HD>
            <SECTNO>37.200</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.201</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.202</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Payment for autopsy.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.203</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Autopsy specifications.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>37.204</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedure for obtaining payment.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 203, 83 Stat. 763; 30 U.S.C. 843, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart—Chest Roentgenographic Examinations</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The provisions of this subpart set forth the specifications for giving, interpreting, classifying, and submitting chest roentgenograms required by section 203 of the act to be given to underground coal miners and new miners.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Any term defined in the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 and not defined below shall have the meaning given it in the act. As used in this subpart:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Act</E> means the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 801, <E T="03">et seq</E>.).</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">ALOSH</E> means the Appalachian Laboratory for Occupational Safety and Health, Box 4258, Morgantown, WV 26505. Although the Division of Respiratory Disease Studies, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, has programmatic responsibility for the chest roentgenographic examination program, the Institute's facility in Morgantown—ALOSH—is used throughout this subpart in referring to the administration of the program.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Chest roentgenogram</E> means a single posteroanterior roentgenographic projection or radiograph of the chest at full inspiration recorded on roentgenographic film.<PRTPAGE P="167"/>
            </P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Convenient time and place</E> with respect to the conduct of any examination under this subpart means that the examination must be given at a reasonable hour in the locality in which the miner resides or a location that is equally accessible to the miner. For example, examinations at the mine during, immediately preceding, or immediately following work and a “no appointment” examination at a medical facility in a community easily accessible to the residences of a majority of the miners working at the mine, shall be considered of equivalent convenience for purposes of this paragraph.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Institute</E> and <E T="03">NIOSH</E> mean the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health Center for Disease Control, Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">ILO-U/C Classification</E> means the classification of radiographs of the pneumoconioses devised in 1971 by an international committee of the International Labor Office and described in “Medical Radiography and Photography,” volume 48, No. 3, December 1972. “ILO Classification” means the classification of radiographs of the pneumoconioses revised in 1980 by an international committee of the International Labor Office and described in “Medical Radiography and Photography” volume 57, No. 1, 1981, and in ILO publication 22 (revised 1980) from the ILO Occupational Safety and Health Series.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Miner</E> means any individual including any coal mine construction worker who is working in or at any underground coal mine, but does not include any surface worker who does not have direct contact with underground coal mining or with coal processing operations.</P>
            <P>(h) <E T="03">Operator</E> means any owner, lessee, or other person who operates, controls, or supervises an underground coal mine or any independent contractor performing services or construction at such mine.</P>
            <P>(i) <E T="03">Panel of ‘B’ Readers</E> means the U.S. Public Health Service Consultant Panel of “B” Readers, c/o ALOSH, P.O. Box 4258, Morgantown, WV 26505.</P>
            <P>(j) <E T="03">Preemployment physical examination</E> means any medical examination which includes a chest roentgenographic examination given in accordance with the specifications of this subpart to a person not previously employed by the same operator or at the same mine for which that person is being considered for employment.</P>
            <P>(k) <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any other officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services to whom the authority involved may be delegated.</P>
            <P>(l) <E T="03">MSHA</E> means the Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 7563, Mar. 1, 1984]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Chest roentgenograms required for miners.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Voluntary examinations.</E> Every operator shall provide to each miner who is employed in or at any of its underground coal mines and who was employed in underground coal mining prior to December 30, 1969, or who has completed the required examinations under § 37.3(b) an opportunity for a chest roentgenogram in accordance with this subpart:</P>

            <P>(1) Following August 1, 1978 ALOSH will notify the operator of each underground coal mine of a period within which the operator may provide examinations to each miner employed at its coal mine. The period shall begin no sooner than the effective date of these regulations and end no later than a date specified by ALOSH separately for each coal mine. The termination date of the period will be approximately 5 years from the date of the first examination which was made on a miner employed by the operator in its coal mine under the former regulations of this subpart adopted July 27, 1973. Within the period specified by ALOSH for each mine, the operator may select a 6-month period within which to provide examinations in accordance with a plan approved under § 37.5.
            </P>
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example:</HD>

              <P>ALOSH finds that between July 27, 1973, and March 31, 1975, the first roentgenogram for a miner who was employed at mine Y and who was employed in underground coal mining prior to December 30, 1969, was made on January 1, 1974. ALOSH will notify the operator of mine Y that the operator may select and designate on its <PRTPAGE P="168"/>plan a 6-month period within which to offer its examinations to its miners employed at mine Y. The 6-month period shall be scheduled between August 1, 1978 and January 1, 1979 (5 years after January 1, 1974).</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            

            <P>(2) For all future voluntary examinations, ALOSH will notify the operator of each underground coal mine when sufficient time has elapsed since the end of the previous 6-month period of examinations. ALOSH will specify to the operator of each mine a period within which the operator may provide examinations to its miners employed at its coal mine. The period shall begin no sooner than 3<FR>1/2</FR> years and end no later than 4<FR>1/2</FR> years subsequent to the ending date of the previous 6-month period specified for a coal mine either by the operator on an approved plan or by ALOSH if the operator did not submit an approved plan. Within the period specified by ALOSH for each mine, the operator may select a 6-month period within which to provide examinations in accordance with a plan approved under § 37.5.
            </P>
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example:</HD>
              <P>ALOSH finds that examinations were previously provided to miners employed at mine Y in a 6-month period from July 1, 1979, to December 31, 1979. ALOSH notifies the operator at least 3 months before July 1, 1983 (3<FR>1/2</FR> years after December 31, 1979) that the operator may select and designate on its plan the next 6-month period within which to offer examinations to its miners employed at mine Y. The 6-month period shall be scheduled between July 1, 1983, and July 1, 1984 (between 3<FR>1/2</FR> and 4<FR>1/2</FR> years after December 31, 1979).</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            
            <P>(3) Within either the next or future period(s) specified by ALOSH to the operator for each of its coal mines, the operator of the coal mine may select a different 6-month period for each of its mines within which to offer examinations. In the event the operator does not submit an approved plan, ALOSH will specify a 6-month period to the operator within which miners shall have the opportunity for examinations.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Mandatory examinations.</E> Every operator shall provide to each miner who begins working in or at a coal mine for the first time after December 30, 1969:</P>
            <P>(1) An initial chest roentgenogram as soon as possible, but in no event later than 6 months after commencement of employment. A preemployment physical examination which was made within the 6 months prior to the date on which the miner started to work will be considered as fulfilling this requirement. An initial chest roentgenogram given to a miner according to former regulations for this subpart prior to August 1, 1978 will also be considered as fulfilling this requirement.</P>
            <P>(2) A second chest roentgenogram, in accordance with this subpart, 3 years following the initial examination if the miner is still engaged in underground coal mining. A second roentgenogram given to a miner according to former regulations under this subpart prior to August 1, 1978 will be considered as fulfilling this requirement.</P>
            <P>(3) A third chest roentgenogram 2 years following the second chest roentgenogram if the miner is still engaged in underground coal mining and if the second roentgenogram shows evidence of category 1, category 2, category 3 simple pneumoconioses, or complicated pneumoconioses (ILO Classification).</P>
            <P>(c) ALOSH will notify the miner when he or she is due to receive the second or third mandatory examination under (b) of this section. Similarly, ALOSH will notify the coal mine operator when the miner is to be given a second examination. The operator will be notified concerning a miner's third examination only with the miner's written consent, and the notice to the operator shall not state the medical reason for the examination nor that it is the third examination in the series. If the miner is notified by ALOSH that the third mandatory examination is due and the operator is not so notified, availability of the roentgenographic examination under the operator's plan shall constitute the operator's compliance with the requirement to provide a third mandatory examination even if the miner refuses to take the examination.</P>
            <P>(d) The opportunity for chest roentgenograms to be available by an operator for purposes of this subpart shall be provided in accordance with a plan which has been submitted and approved in accordance with this subpart.</P>

            <P>(e) Any examinations conducted by the Secretary in the National Study of Coal Workers' Pneumoconiosis after January 1, 1977, but before August 1, 1978 shall satisfy the requirements of <PRTPAGE P="169"/>this section with respect to the specific examination given (see § 37.6(d)).</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978; 43 FR 38830, Aug. 31, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 7563, Mar. 1, 1984]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Plans for chest roentgenographic examinations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Every plan for chest roentgenographic examinations of miners shall be submitted on forms prescribed by the Secretary to ALOSH within 120 calendar days after August 1, 1978. In the case of a person who after August 1, 1978, becomes an operator of a mine for which no plan has been approved, that person shall submit a plan within 60 days after such event occurs. A separate plan shall be submitted by the operator and by each construction contractor for each underground coal mine which has a MSHA identification number. The plan shall include:</P>
            <P>(1) The name, address, and telephone number of the operator(s) submitting the plan;</P>
            <P>(2) The name, MSHA identification number for respirable dust measurements, and address of the mine included in the plan;</P>
            <P>(3) The proposed beginning and ending date of the 6-month period for voluntary examinations (see § 37.3(a)) and the estimated number of miners to be given or offered examinations during the 6-month period under the plan;</P>
            <P>(4) The name and location of the approved X-ray facility or facilities, and the approximate date(s) and time(s) of day during which the roentgenograms will be given to miners to enable a determination of whether the examinations will be conducted at a convenient time and place;</P>
            <P>(5) If a mobile facility is proposed, the plan shall provide that each miner be given adequate notice of the opportunity to have the examination and that no miner shall have to wait for an examination more than 1 hour before or after his or her work shift. In addition, the plan shall include:</P>
            <P>(i) The number of change houses at the mine.</P>
            <P>(ii) One or more alternate nonmobile approved facilities for the reexamination of miners and for the mandatory examination of miners when necessary (see § 37.3(b)), or an assurance that the mobile facility will return to the location(s) specified in the plan as frequently as necessary to provide for examinations in accordance with these regulations.</P>
            <P>(iii) The name and location of each change house at which examinations will be given. For mines with more than one change house, the examinations shall be given at each change house or at a change house located at a convenient place for each miner.</P>
            <P>(6) The name and address of the “A” or “B” reader who will interpret and classify the chest roentgenograms.</P>
            <P>(7) Assurances that: (i) The operator will not solicit a physician's roentgenographic or other findings concerning any miner employed by the operator,</P>
            <P>(ii) Instructions have been given to the person(s) giving the examinations that duplicate roentgenograms or copies of roentgenograms will not be made and that (except as may be necessary for the purpose of this subpart) the physician's roentgenographic and other findings, as well as the occupational history information obtained from a miner unless obtained prior to employment in a preemployment examination, and disclosed prior to employment, will not be disclosed in a manner which will permit identification of the employee with the information about him, and</P>
            <P>(iii) The roentgenographic examinations will be made at no charge to the miner.</P>
            <P>(b) Operators may provide for alternate facilities and “A” or “B” readers in plans submitted for approval.</P>
            <P>(c) The change of operators of any mine operating under a plan approved pursuant to § 37.5 shall not affect the plan of the operator which has transferred responsibility for the mine. Every plan shall be subject to revision in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) The operator shall advise ALOSH of any change in its plan. Each change in an approved plan is subject to the same review and approval as the originally approved plan.</P>

            <P>(e) The operator shall promptly display in a visible location on the bulletin board at the mine its proposed plan or proposed change in plan when <PRTPAGE P="170"/>it is submitted to ALOSH. The proposed plan or change in plan shall remain posted in a visible location on the bulletin board until ALOSH either grants or denies approval of it at which time the approved plan or denial of approval shall be permanently posted. In the case of an operator who is a construction contractor and who does not have a bulletin board, the construction contractor must otherwise notify its employees of the examination arrangements. Upon request, the contractor must show ALOSH written evidence that its employees have been notified.</P>
            <P>(f) Upon notification from ALOSH that sufficient time has elapsed since the previous period of examinations, the operator will resubmit its plan for each of its coal mines to ALOSH for approval for the next period of examinations (see § 37.3(a)(2)). The plan shall include the proposed beginning and ending dates of the next period of examinations and all information required by paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978; 43 FR 38830, Aug. 31, 1978]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval of plans.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Approval of plans granted prior to August 1, 1978 is no longer effective.</P>
            <P>(b) If, after review of any plan submitted pursuant to this subpart, the Secretary determines that the action to be taken under the plan by the operator meets the specifications of this subpart and will effectively achieve its purpose, the Secretary will approve the plan and notify the operator(s) submitting the plan of the approval. Approval may be conditioned upon such terms as the Secretary deems necessary to carry out the purpose of section 203 of the act.</P>
            <P>(c) Where the Secretary has reason to believe that he will deny approval of a plan he will, prior to the denial, give reasonable notice in writing to the operator(s) of an opportunity to amend the plan. The notice shall specify the ground upon which approval is proposed to be denied.</P>
            <P>(d) If a plan is denied approval, the Secretary shall advise the operator(s) in writing of the reasons for the denial.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Chest roentgenographic examinations conducted by the Secretary.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Secretary will give chest roentgenograms or make arrangements with an appropriate person, agency, or institution to give the chest roentgenograms and with “A” or “B” readers to interpret the roentgenograms required under this subpart in the locality where the miner resides, at the mine, or at a medical facility easily accessible to a mining community or mining communities, under the following circumstances:</P>
            <P>(1) Where, in the judgment of the Secretary, due to the lack of adequate medical or other necessary facilities or personnel at the mine or in the locality where the miner resides, the required roentgenographic examination cannot be given.</P>
            <P>(2) Where the operator has not submitted an approvable plan.</P>
            <P>(3) Where, after commencement of an operator's program pursuant to an approved plan and after notice to the operator of his failure to follow the approved plan and, after allowing 15 calendar days to bring the program into compliance, the Secretary determines and notifies the operator in writing that the operator's program still fails to comply with the approved plan.</P>
            <P>(b) The operator of the mine shall reimburse the Secretary or other person, agency, or institution as the Secretary may direct, for the cost of conducting each examination made in accordance with this section.</P>
            <P>(c) All examinations given or arranged by the Secretary will comply with the time requirements of § 37.3. Whenever the Secretary gives or arranges for the examinations of miners at a time, a written notice of the arrangements will be sent to the operator who shall post the notice on the mine bulletin board.</P>

            <P>(d) Operators of mines selected by ALOSH to participate in the National Study of Coal Workers' Pneumoconiosis (an epidemiological study of respiratory diseases in coal miners) and who agree to cooperate will have all their miners afforded the opportunity to have a chest roentgenogram required hereunder at no cost to the operator. For future examinations and <PRTPAGE P="171"/>for mandatory examinations each participating operator shall submit an approvable plan.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Transfer of affected miner to less dusty area.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Any miner who, in the judgment of the Secretary based upon the interpretation of one or more of the miner's chest roentgenograms, shows category 1 (1/0, 1/1, 1/2), category 2 (2/1, 2/2, 2/3), or category 3 (3/2, 3/3, 3/4) simple pneumoconioses, or complicated pneumoconioses (ILO Classification) shall be afforded the option of transferring from his or her position to another position in an area of the mine where the concentration of respirable dust in the mine atmosphere is not more than 1.0 mg/m<SU>3</SU> of air, or if such level is not attainable in the mine, to a position in the mine where the concentration of respirable dust is the lowest attainable below 2.0 mg/m<SU>3</SU> of air.</P>
            <P>(b) Any transfer under this section shall be in accordance with the procedures specified in part 90 of title 30, Code of Federal Regulations.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978; 43 FR 38830, Aug. 31, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 23085, Apr. 18, 1979; 49 FR 7563, Mar. 1, 1984]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Roentgenographic examination at miner's expense.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Any miner who wishes to obtain an examination at his or her own expense at an approved facility and to have submitted to NIOSH for him or her a complete examination may do so, provided that the examination is made no sooner than 6 months after the most recent examination of the miner submitted to ALOSH. ALOSH will provide an interpretation and report of the examinations made at the miner's expense in the same manner as if it were submitted under an operator's plan. Any change in the miner's transfer rights under the act which may result from this examination will be subject to the terms of § 37.7.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Miner identification document.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As part of the roentgenographic examination, a miner identification document which includes an occupational history questionnaire shall be completed for each miner at the facility where the roentgenogram is made at the same time the chest roentgenogram required by this subpart is given.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Specifications for Performing Chest Roentgenographic Examinations</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.40</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>General provisions.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) The chest roentgenographic examination shall be given at a convenient time and place.</P>
              <P>(b) The chest roentgenographic examination consists of the chest roentgenogram, and a complete Roentgenographic Interpretation Form (Form CDC/NIOSH (M) 2.8), and miner identification document.</P>
              <P>(c) A roentgenographic examination shall be made in a facility approved in accordance with § 37.42 by or under the supervision of a physician who regularly makes chest roentgenograms and who has demonstrated ability to make chest roentgenograms of a quality to best ascertain the presence of pneumoconiosis.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.41</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Chest roentgenogram specifications.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) Every chest roentgenogram shall be a single posteroanterior projection at full inspiration on a film being no less than 14 by 17 inches and no greater than 16 by 17 inches. The film and cassette shall be capable of being positioned both vertically and horizontally so that the chest roentgenogram will include both apices and costophrenic angles. If a miner is too large to permit the above requirements, then the projection shall include both apices with minimum loss of the costophrenic angle.</P>
              <P>(b) Miners shall be disrobed from the waist up at the time the roentgenogram is given. The facility shall provide a dressing area and for those miners who wish to use one, the facility shall provide a clean gown. Facilities shall be heated to a comfortable temperature.</P>
              <P>(c) Roentgenograms shall be made only with a diagnostic X-ray machine having a rotating anode tube with a maximum of a 2 mm. source (focal spot).</P>

              <P>(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, roentgenograms <PRTPAGE P="172"/>shall be made with units having generators which comply with the following: (1) The generators of existing roentgenographic units acquired by the examining facility prior to July 27, 1973, shall have a minimum rating of 200 mA at 100 kVp.; (2) generators of units acquired subsequent to that date shall have a minimum rating of 300 mA at 125 kVp.
              </P>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                <P>A generator with a rating of 150 kVp. is recommended.</P>
              </NOTE>
              
              <P>(e) Roentgenograms made with battery-powered mobile or portable equipment shall be made with units having a minimum rating of 100 mA at 110 kVp. at 500 Hz, or of 200 mA at 110 kVp. at 60 Hz.</P>
              <P>(f) Capacitor discharge and field emission units may be used if the model of such units is approved by ALOSH for quality, performance, and safety. ALOSH will consider such units for approval when listed by a facility seeking approval under § 37.42 of this subpart.</P>
              <P>(g) Roentgenograms shall be given only with equipment having a beam-limiting device which does not cause large unexposed boundaries. The beam limiting device shall provide rectangular collimation and shall be of the type described in part F of the suggested State regulations for the control of radiation or (for beam limiting devices manufactured after August 1, 1974) of the type specified in 21 CFR 1020.31. The use of such a device shall be discernible from an examination of the roentgenogram.</P>
              <P>(h) To insure high quality chest roentgenograms:</P>
              <P>(1) The maximum exposure time shall not exceed <FR>1/20</FR> of a second except that with single phase units with a rating less than 300 mA at 125 kVp. and subjects with chests over 28 cm. posteroanterior, the exposure may be increased to not more than <FR>1/10</FR> of a second;</P>
              <P>(2) The source or focal spot to film distance shall be at least 6 feet;</P>
              <P>(3) Medium speed film and medium speed intensifying screens are recommended. However, any film-screen combination, the rated “speed” of which is at least 100 and does not exceed 300, which produces roentgenograms with spatial resolution, contrast, latitude and quantum mottle similar to those of systems designated as “medium speed” may be employed;</P>
              <P>(4) Film-screen contact shall be maintained and verified at 6 month or shorter intervals;</P>
              <P>(5) Intensifying screens shall be inspected at least once a month and cleaned when necessary by the method recommended by the manufacturer;</P>
              <P>(6) All intensifying screens in a cassette shall be of the same type and made by the same manufacturer;</P>
              <P>(7) When using over 90 kV., a suitable grid or other means of reducing scattered radiation shall be used;</P>
              <P>(8) The geometry of the radiographic system shall insure that the central axis (ray) of the primary beam is perpendicular to the plane of the film surface and impinges on the center of the film;</P>
              <P>(9) A formal quality assurance program shall be established at each facility.</P>
              <P>(i) Radiographic processing:</P>
              <P>(1) Either automatic or manual film processing is acceptable. A constant time-temperature technique shall be meticulously employed for manual processing.</P>
              <P>(2) If mineral or other impurities in the processing water introduce difficulty in obtaining a high-quality roentgenogram, a suitable filter or purification system shall be used.</P>
              <P>(j) Before the miner is advised that the examination is concluded, the roentgenogram shall be processed and inspected and accepted for quality by the physician, or if the physician is not available, acceptance may be made by the radiologic technologist. In a case of a substandard roentgenogram, another shall be immediately made. All substandard roentgenograms shall be clearly marked as rejected and promptly sent to ALOSH for disposal.</P>
              <P>(k) An electric power supply shall be used which complies with the voltage, current, and regulation specified by the manufacturer of the machine.</P>
              <P>(l) A densitometric test object may be required on each roentgenogram for an objective evaluation of film quality at the discretion of ALOSH.</P>

              <P>(m) Each roentgenogram made hereunder shall be permanently and legibly <PRTPAGE P="173"/>marked with the name and address or ALOSH approval number of the facility at which it is made, the social security number of the miner, and the date of the roentgenogram. No other identifying markings shall be recorded on the roentgenogram.</P>
              <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 7866, Mar. 13, 1987]</CITA>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.42</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Approval of roentgenographic facilities.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) Approval of roentgenographic facilities given prior to January 1, 1976, shall terminate upon August 1, 1978 unless each of the following conditions have been met:</P>
              <P>(1) The facility must verify that it still meets the requirements set forth in the regulations for the second round of roentgenographic examinations (38 FR 20076) and it has not changed equipment since it was approved by NIOSH.</P>
              <P>(2) From July 27, 1973, to January 1, 1976, the facility submitted to ALOSH at least 50 roentgenograms which were interpreted by one or more “B” readers not employed by the facility who found no more than 5 percent of all the roentgenograms unreadable.</P>

              <P>(b) Other facilities will be eligible to participate in this program when they demonstrate their ability to make high quality diagnostic chest roentgenograms by submitting to ALOSH six or more sample chest roentgenograms made and processed at the applicant facility and which are of acceptable quality to the Panel of “B” readers. Applicants shall also submit a roentgenogram of a plastic step-wedge object (available on loan from ALOSH) which was made and processed at the same time with the same technique as the roentgenograms submitted and processed at the facility for which approval is sought. At least one chest roentgenogram and one test object roentgenogram shall have been made with each unit to be used hereunder. All roentgenograms shall have been made within 15 calendar days prior to submission and shall be marked to identify the facility where each roentgenogram was made, the X-ray machine used, and the date each was made. The chest roentgenograms will be returned and may be the same roentgenograms submitted pursuant to § 37.51.
              </P>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                <P>The plastic step-wedge object is described in an article by E. Dale Trout and John P. Kelley appearing in “The American Journal of Roentgenology, Radium Therapy and Nuclear Medicine,” Vol. 117, No. 4, April 1973.</P>
              </NOTE>
              
              <P>(c) Each roentgenographic facility submitting chest roentgenograms for approval under this section shall complete and include an X-ray facility document describing each X-ray unit to be used to make chest roentgenograms under the act. The form shall include: (1) The date of the last radiation safety inspection by an appropriate licensing agency or, if no such agency exists, by a qualified expert as defined in NCRP Report No. 33 (see § 37.43); (2) the deficiencies found; (3) a statement that all the deficiencies have been corrected; and (4) the date of acquisition of the X-ray unit. To be acceptable, the radiation safety inspection shall have been made within 1 year preceding the date of application.</P>
              <P>(d) Roentgenograms submitted with applications for approval under this section will be evaluated by the panel of “B” Readers or by a qualified radiological physicist or consultant. Applicants will be advised of any reasons for denial of approval.</P>
              <P>(e) ALOSH or its representatives may make a physical inspection of the applicant's facility and any approved roentgenographic facility at any reasonable time to determine if the requirements of this subpart are being met.</P>

              <P>(f) ALOSH may require a facility periodically to resubmit roentgenograms of a plastic step-wedge object, sample roentgenograms, or a Roentgenographic Facility Document for quality control purposes. Approvals granted hereunder may be suspended or withdrawn by notice in writing when in the opinion of ALOSH the quality of roentgenograms or information submitted under this section warrants such action. A copy of a notice withdrawing approval will be sent to each operator who has listed the facility as its facility for giving chest roentgenograms and shall be displayed on the mine bulletin board adjacent to the operator's approved plan. The approved <PRTPAGE P="174"/>plan will be reevaluated by ALOSH in light of this change.</P>
              <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978; 43 FR 38830, Aug. 31, 1978]</CITA>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.43</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Protection against radiation emitted by roentgenographic equipment.</SUBJECT>
              <P>Except as otherwise specified in § 37.41, roentgenographic equipment, its use and the facilities (including mobile facilities) in which such equipment is used, shall conform to applicable State and Federal regulations (See 21 CFR part 1000). Where no applicable regulations exist, roentgenographic equipment, its use and the facilities (including mobile facilities) in which such equipment is used shall conform to the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements in NCRP Report No. 33 “Medical X-ray and Gamma-Ray Protection for Energies up to 10 MeV—Equipment Design and Use” (issued February 1, 1968), in NCRP Report No. 48, “Medical Radiation Protection for Medical and Allied Health Personnel” (issued August 1, 1976), and in NCRP Report No. 49, “Structural Shielding Design and Evaluation for Medical Use of X-rays and Gamma Rays of up to 10 MeV” (issued September 15, 1976). These documents are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this subpart. These documents are available for examination at ALOSH, 944 Chestnut Ridge Road, Morgantown, WV 26505, and at the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857. Copies of NCRP Reports Nos. 33, 48, and 49 may be purchased for $3, $4.50, and $3.50 each, respectively, from NCRP Publications, P.O. Box 30175, Washington, DC 20014.</P>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBJGRP>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Specifications for Interpretation, Classification, and Submission of Chest Roentgenograms</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.50</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Interpreting and classifying chest roentgenograms.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) Chest roentgenograms shall be interpreted and classified in accordance with the ILO Classification system and recorded on a Roentgenographic Interpretation Form (Form CDC/NIOSH (M)2.8).</P>
              <P>(b) Roentgenograms shall be interpreted and classified only by a physician who regularly reads chest roentgenograms and who has demonstrated proficiency in classifying the pneumoconioses in accordance with § 37.51.</P>

              <P>(c) All interpreters, whenever interpreting chest roentgenograms made under the Act, shall have immediately available for reference a complete set of the ILO International Classification of Radiographs for Pneumoconioses, 1980.
              </P>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                <P>This set is available from the International Labor Office, 1750 New York Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20006 (Phone: 202/376-2315).</P>
              </NOTE>
              
              <P>(d) In all view boxes used for making interpretations:</P>
              <P>(1) Fluorescent lamps shall be simultaneously replaced with new lamps at 6-month intervals;</P>
              <P>(2) All the fluorescent lamps in a panel of boxes shall have identical manufacturer's ratings as to intensity and color;</P>
              <P>(3) The glass, internal reflective surfaces, and the lamps shall be kept clean;</P>
              <P>(4) The unit shall be so situated as to minimize front surface glare.</P>
              <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 7564, Mar. 1, 1984]</CITA>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.51</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Proficiency in the use of systems for classifying the pneumoconioses.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) First or “A” readers:</P>
              <P>(1) Approval as an “A” reader shall continue if established prior to (insert) effective date of these regulations).</P>
              <P>(2) Physicians who desire to be “A” readers must demonstrate their proficiency in classifying the pneumoconioses by either:</P>

              <P>(i) Submitting to ALOSH from the physician's files six sample chest roentgenograms which are considered properly classified by the Panel of “B” readers. The six roentgenograms shall consist of two without pneumoconiosis, two with simple pneumoconiosis, and two with complicated pneumoconiosis. The films will be returned to the physician. The interpretations shall be on the Roentgenographic Interpretation Form (Form CDC/NIOSH (M) 2.8) <PRTPAGE P="175"/>(These may be the same roentgenograms submitted pursuant to § 37.42), or;</P>
              <P>(ii) Satisfactory completion, since June 11, 1970, of a course approved by ALOSH on the ILO or ILO-U/C Classification systems or the UICC/Cincinnati classification system. As used in this subparagraph, “UICC/Cincinnati classification” means the classification of the pneumoconioses devised in 1968 by a Working Committee of the International Union Against Cancer.</P>
              <P>(b) Final or “B” readers:</P>
              <P>(1) Approval as a “B” reader established prior to October 1, 1976, shall hereby be terminated.</P>
              <P>(2) Proficiency in evaluating chest roentgenograms for roentgenographic quality and in the use of the ILO Classification for interpreting chest roentgenograms for pneumoconiosis and other diseases shall be demonstrated by those physicians who desire to be “B” readers by taking and passing a specially designed proficiency examination given on behalf of or by ALOSH at a time and place specified by ALOSH. Each physician must bring a complete set of the ILO standard reference radiographs when taking the examination. Physicians who qualify under this provision need not be qualified under paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
              <P>(c) Physicians who wish to participate in the program shall make application on an Interpreting Physician Certification Document (Form CDC/NIOSH (M) 2.12).</P>
              <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 7564, Mar. 1, 1984]</CITA>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.52</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Method of obtaining definitive interpretations.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) All chest roentgenograms which are first interpreted by an “A” or “B” reader will be submitted by ALOSH to a “B” reader qualified as described in § 37.51. If there is agreement between the two interpreters as defined in paragraph (b) of this section the result shall be considered final and reported to MSHA for transmittal to the miner. When in the opinion of ALOSH substantial agreement is lacking, ALOSH shall obtain additional interpretations from the Panel of “B” readers. If interpretations are obtained from two or more “B” readers, and if two or more are in agreement then the highest major category shall be reported.</P>
              <P>(b) Two interpreters shall be considered to be in agreement when they both find either stage A, B, or C complicated pneumoconiosis, or their findings with regard to simple pneumoconiosis are both in the same major category, or (with one exception noted below) are within one minor category (ILO Classification 12-point scale) of each other. In the last situation, the higher of the two interpretations shall be reported. The only exception to the one minor category principle is a reading sequence of 0/1, 1/0, or 1/0, 0/1. When such a sequence occurs, it shall not be considered agreement, and a third (or more) interpretation shall be obtained until a consensus involving two or more readings in the same major category is obtained.</P>
              <CITA>[43 FR 33715, Aug. 1, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 7564, Mar. 1, 1984; 52 FR 7866, Mar. 13, 1987]</CITA>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.53</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Notification of abnormal roentgenographic findings.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) Findings of, or findings suggesting, enlarged heart, tuberculosis, lung cancer, or any other significant abnormal findings other than pneumoconiosis shall be communicated by the first physician to interpret and classify the roentgenogram to the designated physician of the miner indicated on the miner's identifcation document. A copy of the communication shall be submitted to ALOSH. ALOSH will notify the miner to contact his or her physician when any physician who interprets and classifies the miner's roentgenogram reports significant abnormal findings other than pneumoconiosis.</P>

              <P>(b) In addition, when ALOSH has more than one roentgenogram of a miner in its files and the most recent examination was interpreted to show enlarged heart, tuberculosis, cancer, complicated pneumoconiosis, and any other significant abnormal findings, ALOSH will submit all of the miner's roentgenograms in its files with their respective interprtations to a “B” reader. The “B” reader will report any significant changes or progression of disease or other comments to ALOSH and ALOSH shall submit a copy of the report to the miner's designated physician.<PRTPAGE P="176"/>
              </P>
              <P>(c) All final findings regarding pneumoconiosis will be sent to the miner by MSHA in accordance with section 203 of the act (see 30 CFR part 90). Positive findings with regard to pneumoconiosis will be reported to the miner's designated physician by ALOSH.</P>
              <P>(d) ALOSH will make every reasonable effort to process the findings described in paragraph (c) of this section within 60 days of receipt of the information described in § 37.60 in a complete and acceptable form. The information forwarded to MSHA will be in a form intended to facilitate prompt dispatch of the findings to the miner. The results of an examination made of a miner will not be processed by ALOSH if the examination was made within 6 months of the date of a previous acceptable examination.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.60</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Submitting required chest roentgenograms and miner identification documents.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) Each chest roentgenogram required to be made under this subpart, together with the completed roentgenographic interpretation form and the completed miner identification document, shall be sumitted together for each miner to ALOSH within 14 calendar days after the roentgenographic examination is given and become the property of ALOSH.</P>
              <P>(b) If ALOSH deems any part submitted under paragraph (a) of this section inadequate, it will notify the operator of the deficiency. The operator shall promptly make appropriate arrangements for the necessary reexamination.</P>
              <P>(c) Failure to comply with paragraph (a) or (b) of this section shall be cause to revoke approval of a plan or any other approval as may be appropriate. An approval which has been revoked may be reinstated at the discretion of ALOSH after it receives satisfactory assurances and evidence that all deficiencies have been corrected and that effective controls have been instituted to prevent a recurrence.</P>
              <P>(d) Chest roentgenograms and other required documents shall be submitted only for miners. Results of preemployment physical examinations of persons who are not hired shall not be submitted.</P>
              <P>(e) If a miner refuses to participate in all phases of the examination prescribed in this subpart, no report need be made. If a miner refuses to participate in any phase of the examination prescribed in this subpart, all the forms shall be submitted with his or her name and social security account number on each. If any of the forms cannot be completed because of the miner's refusal, it shall be marked “Miner Refuses,” and shall be submitted. No submission shall be made, however, without a completed miner identification document containing the miner's name, address, social security number and place of employment.</P>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBJGRP>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Review and Availability of Records</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.70</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Review of interpretations.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) Any miner who believes the interpretation for pneumoconiosis reported to him or her by MSHA is in error may file a written request with ALOSH that his or her roentgenogram be reevaluated. If the interpretation was based on agreement between an “A” reader and a “B” reader, ALOSH will obtain one or more additional interpretations by “B” readers as necessary to obtain agreement in accord with § 37.52(b), and MSHA shall report the results to the miner together with any rights which may accrue to the miner in accordance with § 37.7. If the reported interpretation was based on agreement between two (or more) “B” readers, the reading will be accepted as conclusive and the miner shall be so informed by MSHA.</P>
              <P>(b) Any operator who is directed by MSHA to transfer a miner to a less dusty atmosphere based on the most recent examination made subsequent to August 1, 1978, may file a written request with ALOSH to review its findings. The standards set forth in paragraph (a) of this section apply and the operator and miner will be notified by MSHA whether the miner is entitled to the option to transfer.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 37.80</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Availability of records.</SUBJECT>

              <P>(a) Medical information and roentgenograms on miners will be released by ALOSH only with the written consent from the miner, or if the miner is deceased, written consent from the <PRTPAGE P="177"/>miner's widow, next of kin, or legal representative.</P>
              <P>(b) To the extent authorized, roentgenograms will be made available for examination only at ALOSH.</P>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBJGRP>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart—Autopsies</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 508, 83 Stat. 803; 30 U.S.C. 957.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>36 FR 8870, May 14, 1971, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.200</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The provisions of this subpart set forth the conditions under which the Secretary will pay pathologists to obtain results of autopsies performed by them on miners.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.201</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this subpart:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Miner</E> means any individual who during his life was employed in any underground coal mine.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Pathologist</E> means</P>
            <P>(1) A physician certified in anatomic pathology or pathology by the American Board of Pathology or the American Osteopathic Board of Pathology,</P>
            <P>(2) A physician who possesses qualifications which are considered “Board of eligible” by the American Board of Pathology or American Osteopathic Board of Pathology, or</P>
            <P>(3) An intern, resident, or other physician in a training program in pathology who performs the autopsy under the supervision of a pathologist as defined in paragraph (c) (1) or (2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">ALFORD</E> means the Appalachian Laboratory for Occupational Respiratory Diseases, Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human Services, Post Office Box 4257, Morgantown, WV 26505.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.202</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Payment for autopsy.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The Secretary will pay up to $200 to any pathologist who, after the effective date of the regulations in this part and with legal consent:</P>
            <P>(1) Performs an autopsy on a miner in accordance with this subpart; and</P>
            <P>(2) Submits the findings and other materials to ALFORD in accordance with this subpart within 180 calendar days after having performed the autopsy; and</P>
            <P>(3) Receives no other specific payment, fee, or reimbursement in connection with the autopsy from the miner's widow, his family, his estate, or any other Federal agency.</P>
            <P>(b) The Secretary will pay to any pathologist entitled to payment under paragraph (a) of this section and additional $10 if the pathologist can obtain and submits a good quality copy or original of a chest roentgenogram (posteroanterior view) made of the subject of the autopsy within 5 years prior to his death together with a copy of any interpretation made.</P>
            <CITA>[35 FR 13206, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended at 38 FR 16353, June 22, 1973]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.203</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Autopsy specifications.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Every autopsy for which a claim for payment is submitted pursuant to this part:</P>
            <P>(1) Shall be performed consistent with standard autopsy procedures such as those, for example, set forth in the “Autopsy Manual” prepared by the Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, July 1, 1960. (Technical Manual No. 8-300. NAVMED P-5065, Air Force Manual No. 160-19.) Copies of this document may be borrowed from ALFORD.</P>
            <P>(2) Shall include:</P>
            <P>(i) Gross and microscopic examination of the lungs, pulmonary pleura, and tracheobronchial lymph nodes;</P>
            <P>(ii) Weights of the heart and each lung (these and all other measurements required under this subparagraph shall be in the metric system);</P>
            <P>(iii) Circumference of each cardiac valve when opened;</P>

            <P>(iv) Thickness of right and left ventricles; these measurements shall be made perpendicular to the ventricular surface and shall not include trabeculations or pericardial fat. The right ventricle shall be measured at a point midway between the tricuspid valve and the apex, and the left ventricle shall be measured directly above the insertion of the anterior papillary muscle;<PRTPAGE P="178"/>
            </P>
            <P>(v) Size, number, consistency, location, description and other relevant details of all lesions of the lungs;</P>
            <P>(vi) Level of the diaphragm;</P>
            <P>(vii) From each type of suspected pneumoconiotic lesion, representative microscopic slides stained with hematoxylin eosin or other appropriate stain, and one formalin fixed, paraffin-impregnated block of tissue; a minimum of three stained slides and three blocks of tissue shall be submitted. When no such lesion is recognized, similar material shall be submitted from three separate areas of the lungs selected at random; a minimum of three stained slides and three formalin fixed, paraffin-impregnated blocks of tissue shall be submitted.</P>
            <P>(b) Needle biopsy techniques shall not be used.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 37.204</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Procedure for obtaining payment.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Every claim for payment under this subpart shall be submitted to ALFORD and shall include:</P>
            <P>(a) An invoice (in duplicate) on the pathologist's letterhead or billhead indicating the date of autopsy, the amount of the claim and a signed statement that the pathologist is not receiving any other specific compensation for the autopsy from the miner's widow, his surviving next-of-kin, the estate of the miner, or any other source.</P>
            <P>(b) Completed PHS Consent, Release and History Form (See Fig. 1). This form may be completed with the assistance of the pathologist, attending physician, family physician, or any other responsible person who can provide reliable information.</P>
            <P>(c) Report of autopsy:</P>
            <P>(1) The information, slides, and blocks of tissue required by this subpart.</P>
            <P>(2) Clinical abstract of terminal illness and other data that the pathologist determines is relevant.</P>
            <P>(3) Final summary, including final anatomical diagnoses, indicating presence or absence of simple and complicated pneumoconiosis, and correlation with clinical history if indicated.</P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure 1</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Health Service—National Coal Workers' Autopsy Study</HD>
              <HD SOURCE="HD3">Consent, Release, and History Form Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969</HD>

              <P>I, _________, (Name) ______ (Relationship) of _________, (Name of deceased miner) do hereby authorize the performance of an autopsy (_________) (Limitation, if any, on autopsy) on said deceased. I understand that the report and certain tissues as necessary will be released to the United States Public Health Service and to _________ (Name of Physician securing autopsy)
              </P>
              <FP>I understand that any claims in regard to the deceased for which I may sign a general release of medical information will result in the release of the information from the Public Health Service. I further understand that I shall not make any payment for the autopsy.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD2">Occupational and Medical History</HD>
              <P>1. Date of Birth of Deceased ______. (Month, Day, Year)</P>
              <P>2. Social Security Number of Deceased _________.</P>
              <P>3. Date and Place of Death ______, (Month, Day, Year) _________ (City, County, State).</P>
              <P>4. Place of Last Mining Employment:</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Name of Mine</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Name of Mining Company</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Mine Address</FP>
              <P>5. Last Job Title at Mine of Last Employment</P>
              <FP>(e.g., Continuous Miner Operator, motorman, foreman, etc.)</FP>
              <P>6. Job Title of Principal Mining Occupation (that job to which miner devoted the most number of years)</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FRP">(e.g., Same as above)</FP>
              <P>7. Smoking History of Miner:</P>
              <P>(a) Did he ever smoke cigarettes? Yes</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">No</FP>
              <P>(b) If yes, for how many years?______</P>
              <FP>Years.</FP>
              <P>(c) If yes, how many cigarettes per day did he smoke on the average?________</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FRP">(Number of)</FP>
              <FP>Cigarettes per day.</FP>
              <P>(d) Did he smoke cigarettes up until the time of his death? Yes ___ No ___</P>
              <P>(e) If no to (d), for how long before he died had he not been smoking cigarettes?</P>
              <P>8. Total Years in Surface and Underground Employment in Coal Mining, by State (If known) ___, (Years) ______ (State).</P>
              <P>9. Total Years in <E T="03">Underground</E> Coal Mining Employment, by State (If known) ___, (Years) ______ (State).<PRTPAGE P="179"/>
              </P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP SOURCE="FRP">(Signature)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP SOURCE="FRP">(Address)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP SOURCE="FRP">(Date)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Interviewer:</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 38</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 38—DISASTER ASSISTANCE FOR CRISIS COUNSELING AND TRAINING</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>38.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose; coordination.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>38.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>38.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Assistance; procedures, limitations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>38.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Contracts.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>38.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Grant assistance.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>38.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Nondiscrimination.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>38.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Nonliability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>38.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Criminal and civil penalties.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>38.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Federal audits.</SUBJECT>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 413, Pub. L. 93-288. The Disaster Relief Act of 1974, 88 Stat. 157, 42 U.S.C. 5183, EO 11795, 39 FR 25939, as amended by EO 11910, 41 FR 15681.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>41 FR 52052, Nov. 26, 1976, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose; coordination.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This part establishes standards and procedures for the implementation of section 413 of Pub. L. 93-288, the Disaster Relief Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5183) which authorizes the provision, either directly or through financial assistance to State or local agencies or private mental health organizations, of:</P>
          <P>(1) Professional counseling services to victims of a major disaster in order to relieve mental health problems caused or aggravated by such a major disaster or its aftermath; and</P>
          <P>(2) Training of disaster workers to provide or assist in providing those professional counseling services.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Coordination.</E> The Secretary, acting through the National Institute of Mental Health, will, as provided in 24 CFR 2205.51, carry out section 413 of the Act and this part in coordination with and under the general policy guidance of, the Administrator of the Federal Disaster Assistance Administration. Contracts and grants awarded under this part are subject to all applicable provisions of the Act and the implementing regulations promulgated by the Administrator (24 CFR part 2205).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>All terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as given them in the Act. As used in this part:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Act</E> means the Disaster Relief Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5121, <E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Administrator</E> means the Administrator, Federal Disaster Assistance Administration (FDAA), Department of Housing and Urban Development, and any other person to whom he delegates the authority.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Contractor</E> means any public agency or private mental health organization which, pursuant to this part, contracts with the Secretary to provide professional mental health crisis counseling services or to provide mental health training for disaster workers.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Crisis</E> means the existence of any life situation resulting from a major disaster or its aftermath which so effects the emotional and mental equilibrium of a disaster victim that professional mental health counseling services should be provided to help preclude possible damaging physical or psychological effects.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Disaster workers</E> means mental health specialists such as psychiatrists, psychologists, psychiatric nurses, social workers, or qualified agents thereof.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Federal Coordinating Officer</E> means the person appointed by the Administrator to coordinate Federal assistance in a major disaster.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Governor</E> means the chief executive of a State.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Grantee</E> means any public agency or private nonprofit mental health organization which, pursuant to this part, is awarded a grant for the purpose of providing professional mental health crisis counseling services or mental health training for disaster workers.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Major disaster</E> means any hurricane, tornado, storm, flood, high-water, wind-driven water, tidal wave, tsunami, earthquake, volcanic eruption, landslide, mudslide, snowstorm, drought, fire, explosion, or other catastrophe in any part of the United States which, in the determination of the President, causes damage of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant major disaster assistance under the Act above and beyond emergency services by the Federal Government, to <PRTPAGE P="180"/>supplement the efforts and available resources of the States, local governments, and disaster relief organizations, in alleviating the damage, loss, hardship, or suffering caused thereby.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Regional Director</E> means a director of a regional office of the Federal Disaster Assistance Administration (FDAA).</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any other officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
          <P>(l) <E T="03">State</E> means any of the fifty States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Canal Zone, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.</P>
          <P>(m) <E T="03">State Coordinating Officer</E> means the person appointed by the Governor to act in cooperation with the appointed Federal Coordinating Officer.</P>
          <P>(n) <E T="03">Training</E> means the specific instruction which may be required to enable disaster workers to provide professional mental health crisis counseling to victims of a major disaster or its aftermath.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Assistance; procedures, limitations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Application.</E> In order to obtain assistance under this part, the Governor or his State Coordinating Officer must, not later than 60 days following a major disaster declaration by the President, file with the appropriate Regional Director a request which includes:</P>
          <P>(1) An estimate of the number of disaster victims who may need professional mental health crisis counseling services and of the number of disaster workers who may need training in the provision of such services;</P>
          <P>(2) Identification of the geographical areas in which the need exists;</P>
          <P>(3) An estimate of the period during which assistance under this part will be required and of the total funds which will be required to provide such assistance;</P>
          <P>(4) A description of the types of mental health problems caused or aggravated by the major disaster or its aftermath; and</P>
          <P>(5) Identification of the State and local agencies and private mental health organizations capable of providing professional mental health crisis counseling to disaster victims or training of disaster workers.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Review, approval.</E> The Secretary, upon notification by the Administrator of a State request for assistance under this part, will conduct a review to determine the extent to which such assistance is needed to supplement assistance programs provided by State and local governments and private organizations and, on the basis of that review, prepare and submit a recommendation and report for consideration by the Administrator. Upon approval by the Administrator and his advancement of funds for carrying out the approved assistance, the Secretary may, within the limits of the funds advanced, provide the approved services either directly or through a grant or contract.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Eligibility for services.</E> (1) In order to be eligible for the professional mental health crisis counseling services available under this part an individual must:</P>
          <P>(i) Have been located within the designated major disaster area or have been a resident of such area at the time of the major disaster or its aftermath; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Have a mental health problem which was caused or aggravated by the major disaster or its aftermath.</P>
          <P>(2) Disaster workers who are available on short notice to provide professional mental health crisis counseling services in a major disaster area are eligible for training under this part.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Time limitation.</E> Contracts and grants awarded under this part will not continue beyond 180 days after the first day services are provided pursuant to such contracts and grants, except that upon the recommendation of the Secretary (1) the Regional Director may extend the 180 day period for up to 30 days or (2) the Administrator may extend the 180 day period for more than 30 days.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Contracts.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility.</E> Public agencies and private mental health organizations which are determined by the Secretary <PRTPAGE P="181"/>to be capable of providing the professional mental health crisis counseling services or mental health training of disaster workers needed as a result of a major disaster are eligible for the award of a contract under this part.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Use of local agencies.</E> Preference will be given to the extent feasible and practicable, to those agencies and organizations which are located or do business primarily in the area affected by the major disaster.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">General requirements.</E> Contracts under this part shall be entered into and carried out in accordance with the provisions of chapters 1 and 3 of title 41 of the Code of Federal Regulations and all other applicable laws and regulations.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Payments.</E> The Secretary shall from time to time make payments to the contractor of all or a portion of the contract award, either by way of reimbursement for expenses incurred or in advance for expenses to be incurred, to the extent he determines such payments are necessary to promote prompt initiation and advancement of the services to be provided under the contract. All payments not expended by the contractor within the period of the contract shall be returned to the Secretary.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Reports.</E> Contractors shall submit the following reports to the Secretary:</P>
          <P>(1) Progress reports, to be submitted at the end of the first 30 days of the contract period and every 30 days therafter;</P>
          <P>(2) A final report to be submitted within 60 days of the date upon which the contract terminates; and</P>
          <P>(3) Such additional reports as the Secretary may prescribe including those which may be required to enable the Federal Coordinating Officer to carry out his functions.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Grant assistance.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligibility.</E> Public agencies and private nonprofit mental health organizations which are determined by the Secretary to be capable of providing the professional mental health crisis counseling services or mental health training of disaster workers needed as a result of a major disaster are eligible for a grant award under this part.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Application.</E> The application shall contain:</P>
          <P>(1) A proposed plan for the provision of the services for which grant assistance is requested;</P>
          <P>(2) A proposed budget for the expenditure of the requested grant funds; and</P>
          <P>(3) Such other pertinent information and assurances as the Secretary may require.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Grant awards.</E> (1) Preference will be given, to the extent feasible and practicable, to those public and private nonprofit agencies and organizations which are located or do business primarily in the area affected by the major disaster.</P>
          <P>(2) Within the limits of the funds advanced by the Administrator, the amount of any grant award shall be determined on the basis of the Secretary's estimate of the sum necessary to carry out the grant purpose.</P>
          <P>(3) Neither the approval of any application nor the award of any grant commits or obligates the United States in any way to make any additional, supplemental, continuation, or other award with respect to any approved application or portion of an approved application.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Other HHS regulations that apply.</E> Several other regulations apply to grants under this grant. These include, but are not limited to:
          </P>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">42 CFR part 50, subpart D—Public Health Service grant appeals procedure</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 16—Procedures of the Departmental Grant Appeals Board</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 74—Administration of grants</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 75—Informal grant appeals procedures</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 80—Nondiscrimination under programs receiving Federal assistance through the Department of Health and Human Services effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 81—Practice and procedure for hearings under part 80 of this title</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 84—Nondiscrimination on the basis of handicap in programs and activities receiving or benefiting from Federal financial assistance</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 86—Nondiscrimination on the basis of sex in education programs and activities receiving or benefiting from Federal financial assistance</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 91—Nondiscrimination on the basis of age in HHS programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <PRTPAGE P="182"/>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Expenditure of grant funds.</E> Any funds granted pursuant to this part shall be expended solely for the purposes for which the funds were granted in accordance with the approved application and budget, the regulations of this part, the terms and the conditions of the award, and the applicable cost principles prescribed in subpart Q of 45 CFR part 74.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Reports.</E> In exceptional circumstances, a grantee may be required to submit special progress reports, in addition to those otherwise required, relating to the conduct and results of the approved grant.</P>
          <CITA>[41 FR 52052, Nov. 26, 1976, as amended at 45 FR 57396, Aug. 28, 1980; 49 FR 38109, Sept. 27, 1984]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Nondiscrimination.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Attention is called to the requirements of 24 CFR 2205.13 relating to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race. religion, sex, color, age, economic status, or national origin in the provision of disaster assistance.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Nonliability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Attention is called to section 308 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 5148) which provides that the Federal Government shall not be liable for any claim based upon the exercise or performance of or the failure to exercise or perform a discretionary function or duty on the part of a Federal agency or an employee of the Federal Government in carrying out the provisions of the Act.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Criminal and civil penalties.</SUBJECT>

          <P>Attention is called to section 317 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 5157) which provides:
          </P>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>(a) Any individual who fraudulently or willfully misstates any fact in connection with a request for assistance under this Act shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than one year or both for each violation.</P>
            <P>(b) Any individual who knowingly violates any order or regulation under this Act shall be subject to a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 for each violation.</P>
            <P>(c) Whoever knowingly misapplies the proceeds of a loan or other cash benefit obtained under any section of this Act shall be subject to a fine in an amount equal to one and one half times the original principal amount of the loan or cash benefit.</P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 38.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Federal audits.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Secretary, the Administrator, and the Comptroller General of the United States, or their duly authorized representatives shall have access to any books, documents, papers, and records that pertain to Federal funds, equipment, and supplies received under this part for the purpose of audit and examination.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </PART>
    </SUBCHAP>
    <SUBCHAP TYPE="P">
      <PRTPAGE P="183"/>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">SUBCHAPTER D—GRANTS</HD>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 50</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 50—POLICIES OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <RESERVED>Subpart A [Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Sterilization of Persons in Federally Assisted Family Planning Projects</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>50.201</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.202</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.203</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sterilization of a mentally competent individual aged 21 or older.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.204</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Informed consent requirement.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.205</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Consent form requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.206</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sterilization of a mentally incompetent individual or of an institutionalized individual.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.207</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sterilization by hysterectomy.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.208</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Program or project requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.209</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of Federal financial assistance.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.210</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Review of regulation.</SUBJECT>
            <APP>Appendix to Subpart B of Part 50—Required Consent Form</APP>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Abortions and Related Medical Services in Federally Assisted Programs of the Public Health Service</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.301</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.302</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.303</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General rule.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.304</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Life of the mother would be endangered.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.305</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.306</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rape and incest.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.307</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Documentation needed by programs or projects.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.308</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Drugs and devices and termination of ectopic pregnancies.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.309</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.310</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidentiality.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Public Health Service Grant Appeals Procedure</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.401</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.402</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To what program do these regulations apply?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.403</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What is the policy basis for these procedures?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.404</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What disputes are covered by these procedures?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.405</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What is the structure of review committees?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.406</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the steps in the process?</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.501</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.502</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.503</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.504</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Allowable cost of drugs.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Responsibility of Applicants for Promoting Objectivity in Research for Which PHS Funding Is Sought</HD>
            <SECTNO>50.601</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.602</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.603</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.604</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Institutional responsibility regarding conflicting interests of investigators</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.605</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Management of conflicting interests.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.606</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Remedies.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>50.607</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Other HHS regulations that apply.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 215, Public Health Service Act, 58 Stat. 690 (42 U.S.C. 216); Sec. 1006, Public Health Service Act, 84 Stat. 1507 (42 U.S.C. 300a-4), unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>43 FR 52165, Nov. 8, 1978, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SUBPART>
          <RESERVED>Subpart A [Reserved]</RESERVED>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Sterilization of Persons in Federally Assisted Family Planning Projects</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.201</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The provisions of this subpart are applicable to programs or projects for health services which are supported in whole or in part by Federal financial assistance, whether by grant or contract, administered by the Public Health Service.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.202</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this subpart:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Arrange for</E> means to make arrangements (other than mere referral of an individual to, or the mere making of an appointment for him or her with, another health care provider) for the performance of a medical procedure on an individual by a health care provider other than the program or project.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Hysterectomy</E> means a medical procedure or operation for the purpose of removing the uterus.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Institutionalized individual</E> means an individual who is (1) involuntarily confined or detained, under a civil or criminal statute, in a correctional or rehabilitative facility, including a mental hospital or other facility for <PRTPAGE P="184"/>the care and treatment of mental illness, or (2) confined, under a voluntary commitment, in a mental hospital or other facility for the care and treatment of mental illness.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Mentally incompetent individual</E> means an individual who has been declared mentally incompetent by a Federal, State, or local court of competent jurisdiction for any purpose unless he or she has been declared competent for purposes which include the ability to consent to sterilization.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Public Health Service</E> means the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Health Resources and Services Administration, National Institutes of Health, Centers for Disease Control, Alcohol, Drug Abuse and Mental Health Administration and all of their constituent agencies.</P>
            <P>The <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any other officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Sterilization</E> means any medical procedure, treatment, or operation for the purpose of rendering an individual permanently incapable of reproducing.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 52165, Nov. 8, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 38109, Sept. 27, 1984]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.203</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sterilization of a mentally competent individual aged 21 or older.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Programs or projects to which this subpart applies shall perform or arrange for the performance of sterilization of an individual only if the following requirements have been met:</P>
            <P>(a) The individual is at least 21 years old at the time consent is obtained.</P>
            <P>(b) The individual is not a mentally incompetent individual.</P>
            <P>(c) The individual has voluntarily given his or her informed consent in accordance with the procedures of § 50.204 of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(d) At least 30 days but not more than 180 days have passed between the date of informed consent and the date of the sterilization, except in the case of premature delivery or emergency abdominal surgery. An individual may consent to be sterilized at the time of premature delivery or emergency abdominal surgery, if at least 72 hours have passed after he or she gave informed consent to sterilization. In the case of premature delivery, the informed consent must have been given at least 30 days before the expected date of delivery.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.204</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Informed consent requirement.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Informed consent does not exist unless a consent form is completed voluntarily and in accordance with all the requirements of this section and § 50.205 of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(a) A person who obtains informed consent for a sterilization procedure must offer to answer any questions the individual to be sterilized may have concerning the procedure, provide a copy of the consent form, and provide orally all of the following information or advice to the individual who is to be sterilized:</P>
            <P>(1) Advice that the individual is free to withhold or withdraw consent to the procedure any time before the sterilization without affecting his or her right to future care or treatment and without loss or withdrawal of any federally funded program benefits to which the individual might be otherwise entitled:</P>
            <P>(2) A description of available alternative methods of family planning and birth control;</P>
            <P>(3) Advice that the sterilization procedure is considered to be irreversible;</P>
            <P>(4) A thorough explanation of the specific sterilization procedure to be performed;</P>
            <P>(5) A full description of the discomforts and risks that may accompany or follow the performing of the procedure, including an explanation of the type and possible effects of any anesthetic to be used;</P>
            <P>(6) A full description of the benefits or advantages that may be expected as a result of the sterilization; and</P>
            <P>(7) Advice that the sterilization will not be performed for at least 30 days except under the circumstances specified in § 50.203(d) of this subpart.</P>

            <P>(b) An interpreter must be provided to assist the individual to be sterilized if he or she does not understand the language used on the consent form or the language used by the person obtaining the consent.<PRTPAGE P="185"/>
            </P>
            <P>(c) Suitable arrangements must be made to insure that the information specified in paragraph (a) of this section is effectively communicated to any individual to be sterilized who is blind, deaf or otherwise handicapped.</P>
            <P>(d) A witness chosen by the individual to be sterilized may be present when consent is obtained.</P>
            <P>(e) Informed consent may not be obtained while the individual to be sterilized is:</P>
            <P>(1) In labor or childbirth;</P>
            <P>(2) Seeking to obtain or obtaining an abortion; or</P>
            <P>(3) Under the influence of alcohol or other substances that affect the individual's state of awareness.</P>
            <P>(f) Any requirement of State and local law for obtaining consent, except one of spousal consent, must be followed.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.205</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Consent form requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Required consent form.</E> The consent form appended to this subpart or another consent form approved by the Secretary must be used.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Required signatures.</E> The consent form must be signed and dated by:</P>
            <P>(1) The individual to be sterilized; and</P>
            <P>(2) The interpreter, if one is provided; and</P>
            <P>(3) The person who obtains the consent; and</P>
            <P>(4) The physician who will perform the sterilization procedure.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Required certifications.</E> (1) The person obtaining the consent must certify by signing the consent form that:</P>
            <P>(i) Before the individual to be sterilized signed the consent form, he or she advised the individual to be sterilized that no Federal benefits may be withdrawn because of the decision not to be sterilized,</P>
            <P>(ii) He or she explained orally the requirements for informed consent as set forth on the consent form, and</P>
            <P>(iii) To the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the individual to be sterilized appeared mentally competent and knowingly and voluntarily consented to be sterilized.</P>
            <P>(2) The physician performing the sterilization must certify by signing the consent form, that:</P>
            <P>(i) Shortly before the performance of the sterilization, he or she advised the individual to be sterilized that no Federal benefits may be withdrawn because of the decision not to be sterilized,</P>
            <P>(ii) He or she explained orally the requirements for informed consent as set forth on the consent form, and</P>
            <P>(iii) To the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the individual to be sterilized appeared mentally competent and knowingly and voluntarily consented to be sterilized. Except in the case of premature delivery or emergency abdominal surgery, the physician must further certify that at least 30 days have passed between the date of the individual's signature on the consent form and the date upon which the sterilization was performed. If premature delivery occurs or emergency abdominal surgery is required within the 30-day period, the physician must certify that the sterilization was performed less than 30 days but not less than 72 hours after the date of the individual's signature on the consent form because of premature delivery or emergency abdominal surgery, as applicable. In the case of premature delivery, the physician must also state the expected date of delivery. In the case of emergency abdominal surgery, the physician must describe the emergency.</P>
            <P>(3) If an interpreter is provided, the interpreter must certify that he or she translated the information and advice presented orally, read the consent form and explained its contents and to the best of the interpreter's knowledge and belief, the individual to be sterilized understood what the interpreter told him or her.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.206</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sterilization of a mentally incompetent individual or of an institutionalized individual.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Programs or projects to which this subpart applies shall not perform or arrange for the performance of a sterilization of any mentally incompetent individual or institutionalized individual.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.207</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Sterilization by hysterectomy.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Programs or projects to which this subpart applies shall not perform or arrange for the performance of any <PRTPAGE P="186"/>hysterectomy solely for the purpose of rendering an individual permanently incapable of reproducing or where, if there is more than one purpose to the procedure, the hysterectomy would not be performed but for the purpose of rendering the individual permanently incapable of reproducing.</P>
            <P>(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, programs or projects to which this subpart applies may perform or arrange for the performance of a hysterectomy not covered by paragraph (a) of this section only if:</P>
            <P>(1) The person who secures the authorization to perform the hysterectomy has informed the individual and her representative, if any, orally and in writing, that the hysterectomy will make her permanently incapable of reproducing; and</P>
            <P>(2) The individual or her representative, if any, has signed a written acknowledgment of receipt of that information.</P>
            <P>(c)(1) A program or project is not required to follow the procedures of paragraph (b) of this section if either of the following circumstances exists:</P>
            <P>(i) The individual is already sterile at the time of the hysterectomy.</P>
            <P>(ii) The individual requires a hysterectomy because of a life-threatening emergency in which the physician determines that prior acknowledgment is not possible.</P>
            <P>(2) If the procedures of paragraph (b) of this section are not followed because one or more of the circumstances of paragraph (c)(1) exist, the physician who performs the hysterectomy must certify in writing:</P>
            <P>(i) That the woman was already sterile, stating the cause of that sterility; or</P>
            <P>(ii) That the hysterectomy was performed under a life-threatening emergency situation in which he or she determined prior acknowledgment was not possible. He or she must also include a description of the nature of the emergency.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 52165, Nov. 8, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 33701, Aug. 4, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.208</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Program or project requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A program or project must, with respect to any sterilization procedure or hysterectomy it performs or arranges, meet all requirements of this subpart.</P>
            <P>(b) The program or project shall maintain sufficient records and documentation to assure compliance with these regulations, and must retain such data for at least 3 years.</P>
            <P>(c) The program or project shall submit other reports as required and when requested by the Secretary.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.209</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of Federal financial assistance.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Federal financial assistance adminstered by the Public Health Service may not be used for expenditures for sterilization procedures unless the consent form appended to this section or another form approved by the Secretary is used.</P>
            <P>(b) A program or project shall not use Federal financial assistance for any sterilization or hysterectomy without first receiving documentation showing that the requirements of this subpart have been met. Documentation includes consent forms, and as applicable, either acknowledgments of receipt of hysterectomy information or certification of an exception for hysterectomies.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 52165, Nov. 8, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 33701, Aug. 4, 1982]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.210</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Review of regulation.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Secretary will request public comment on the operation of the provisions of this subpart not later than 3 years after their effective date.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <APPENDIX>
            <EAR>Pt. 50, Subpt. B, App.</EAR>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix to Subpart B of Part 50—Required Consent Form</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="04">Notice:</E> YOUR DECISION AT ANY TIME NOT TO BE STERILIZED WILL NOT RESULT IN THE WITHDRAWAL OR WITHHOLDING OF ANY BENEFITS PROVIDED BY PROGRAMS OR PROJECTS RECEIVING FEDERAL FUNDS.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Consent to Sterilization</HD>

            <P>I have asked for and received information about sterilization from _______ (doctor or clinic). When I first asked for the information, I was told that the decision to be sterilized is completely up to me. I was told that I could decide not to be sterilized. If I decide not to be sterilized, my decision will not affect my right to future care or treatment. I will not lose any help or benefits <PRTPAGE P="187"/>from programs receiving Federal funds, such as A.F.D.C. or medicaid that I am now getting or for which I may become eligible.</P>
            <P>I UNDERSTAND THAT THE STERILIZATION MUST BE CONSIDERED PERMANENT AND NOT REVERSIBLE. I HAVE DECIDED THAT I DO NOT WANT TO BECOME PREGNANT, BEAR CHILDREN OR FATHER CHILDREN.</P>
            <P>I was told about those temporary methods of birth control that are available and could be provided to me which will allow me to bear or father a child in the future. I have rejected these alternatives and chosen to be sterilized.</P>
            <P>I understand that I will be sterilized by an operation known as a _______. The discomforts, risks and benefits associated with the operation have been explained to me. All my questions have been answered to my satisfaction.</P>
            <P>I understand that the operation will not be done until at least 30 days after I sign this form. I understand that I can change my mind at any time and that my decision at any time not to be sterilized will not result in the withholding of any benefits or medical services provided by federally funded programs.</P>
            <P>I am at least 21 years of age and was born on __ (day), __ (month), __ (year).</P>
            <P>I, _______, hereby consent of my own free will to be sterilized by _______ by a method called _______. My consent expires 180 days from the date of my signature below.</P>
            <P>I also consent to the release of this form and other medical records about the operation to:</P>
            <P>Representatives of the Department of Health and Human Services or</P>
            <P>Employees of programs or projects funded by that Department but only for determining if Federal laws were observed.</P>
            <P>I have received a copy of this form.
            </P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Signature</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Date:</FP>
            <FP>(Month, day, year)</FP>
            

            <P>You are requested to supply the following information, but it is not required:
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Ethnicity and Race Designation</HD>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Ethnicity:</E>
              
            </P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">□ Hispanic or Latino</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">□ Not Hispanic or Latino</FP>
            
            <P>
              <E T="03">Race</E> (mark one or more):
            </P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">□ American Indian or Alaska Native</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">□ Asian</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">□ Black or African American</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">□ Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">□ White</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Interpreter's Statement</HD>
            <P>If an interpreter is provided to assist the individual to be sterilized:</P>

            <P>I have translated the information and advice presented orally to the individual to be sterilized by the person obtaining this consent. I have also read him/her the consent form in _______ language and explained its contents to him/her. To the best of my knowledge and belief he/she understood this explanation.
            </P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Interpreter</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Date</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">State of Person Obtaining Consent</HD>
            <P>Before _______ (name of individual), signed the consent form, I explained to him/her the nature of the sterilization operation _______, the fact that it is intended to be a final and irreversible procedure and the discomforts, risks and benefits associated with it.</P>
            <P>I counseled the individual to be sterilized that alternative methods of birth control are available which are temporary. I explained that sterilization is different because it is permanent.</P>
            <P>I informed the individual to be sterilized that his/her consent can be withdrawn at any time and that he/she will not lose any health services or any benefits provided by Federal funds.</P>

            <P>To the best of my knowledge and belief the individual to be sterilized is at least 21 years old and appears mentally competent. He/She knowingly and voluntarily requested to be sterilized and appears to understand the nature and consequence of the procedure.
            </P>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Signature of person obtaining consent</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Date</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Facility</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Address</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Physician's Statement</HD>
            <P>Shortly before I performed a sterilization operation upon _______ (name of individual to be sterilized), on _____ (date of sterilization), _______ (operation), I explained to him/her the nature of the sterilization operation _______ (specify type of operation), the fact that it is intended to be a final and irreversible procedure and the discomforts, risks and benefits associated with it.</P>
            <P>I counseled the individual to be sterilized that alternative methods of birth control are available which are temporary. I explained that sterilization is different because it is permanent.</P>

            <P>I informed the individual to be sterilized that his/her consent can be withdrawn at any time and that he/she will not lose any health services or benefits provided by Federal funds.<PRTPAGE P="188"/>
            </P>
            <P>To the best of my knowledge and belief the individual to be sterilized is at least 21 years old and appears mentally competent. He/She knowingly and voluntarily requested to be sterilized and appeared to understand the nature and consequences of the procedure.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">Instructions for use of alternative final paragraphs:</E> Use the first paragraph below except in the case of premature delivery or emergency abdominal surgery where the sterilization is performed less than 30 days after the date of the individual's signature on the consent form. In those cases, the second paragraph below must be used. Cross out the paragraph which is not used.)</P>
            <P>(1) At least 30 days have passed between the date of the individual's signature on this consent form and the date the sterilization was performed.</P>

            <P>(2) This sterilization was performed less than 30 days but more than 72 hours after the date of the individual's signature on this consent form because of the following circumstances (check applicable box and fill in information requested):
            </P>
            <FP>□ Premature delivery</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Individual's expected date of delivery:</FP>
            <FP>□ Emergency abdominal surgery:</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">(Describe circumstances):</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Physician</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH">Date</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paperwork Reduction Act Statement</HD>
            <P>A Federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays the currently valid OMB control number. Public reporting burden for this collection of information will vary; however, we estimate an average of one hour per response, including for reviewing instructions, gathering and maintaining the necessary data, and disclosing the information. Send any comment regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information to the OS Reports Clearance Officer, ASBTF/Budget Room 503 HHH Building, 200 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20201.</P>
            <P>Respondents should be informed that the collection of information requested on this form is authorized by 42 CFR part 50, subpart B, relating to the sterilization of persons in federally assisted public health programs. The purpose of requesting this information is to ensure that individuals requesting sterilization receive information regarding the risks, benefits and consequences, and to assure the voluntary and informed consent of all persons undergoing sterilization procedures in federally assisted public health programs. Although not required, respondents are requested to supply information on their race and ethnicity. Failure to provide the other information requested on this consent form, and to sign this consent form, may result in an inability to receive sterilization procedures funded through federally assisted public health programs.</P>
            <P>All information as to personal facts and circumstances obtained through this form will be held confidential, and not disclosed without the individual's consent, pursuant to any applicable confidentiality regulations.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 52165, Nov. 8, 1978, as amended at 58 FR 33343, June 17, 1993; 68 FR 12308, Mar. 14, 2003]</CITA>
          </APPENDIX>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Abortions and Related Medical Services in Federally Assisted Programs of the Public Health Service</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 118, Pub. L. 96-86, Oct. 12, 1979, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>43 FR 4570, Feb. 2, 1978, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.301</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The provisions of this subpart are applicable to programs or projects for health services which are supported in whole or in part by Federal financial assistance, whether by grant or contract, appropriated to the Department of Health and Human Services and administered by the Public Health Service.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.302</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this subpart: (a) <E T="03">Law enforcement agency</E> means an agency, or any part thereof, charged under applicable law with enforcement of the general penal statutes of the United States, or of any State or local jurisdiction.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Medical procedures performed upon a victim of rape or incest</E> means any medical service, including an abortion, performed for the purpose of preventing or terminating a pregnancy arising out of an incident of rape or incest.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Physician</E> means a doctor of medicine or osteopathy legally authorized to practice medicine and surgery by the State in which he or she practices.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Public health service</E> means: (1) An agency of the United States or of a State or local government, that provides health or medical services; and</P>
            <P>(2) A <E T="03">rural health clinic,</E> as defined under section 1(d)(aa)(2) of Pub. L. 95-<PRTPAGE P="189"/>210, 91 Stat. 1485; except that any agency or facility whose principal function is the performance of abortions is specifically excluded from this definition.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.303</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>General rule.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Federal financial participation is not available for the performance of an abortion in programs or projects to which this subpart applies except under circumstances described in § 50.304 or § 50.306.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 4570, Feb. 2, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 61598, Oct. 26, 1979]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.304</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Life of the mother would be endangered.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Federal financial participation is available in expenditures for an abortion when a physician has found, and so certified in writing to the program or project, that on the basis of his/her professional judgment, the life of the mother would be endangered if the fetus were carried to term. The certification must contain the name and address of the patient.</P>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 101, Pub. L. 95-205, 91 Stat. 1461, Dec. 9, 1977)</SECAUTH>
            <CITA>[43 FR 13868, July 21, 1978]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.305</SECTNO>
            <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.306</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rape and incest.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Federal financial participation is available in expenditures for medical procedures performed upon a victim of rape or incest if the program or project has received signed documentation from a law enforcement agency or public health service stating:</P>
            <P>(a) That the person upon whom the medical procedure was performed was reported to have been the victim of an incident of rape or incest;</P>
            <P>(b) The date on which the incident occurred;</P>
            <P>(c) The date on which the report was made, which must have been within 60 days of the date on which the incident occurred;</P>
            <P>(d) The name and address of the victim and the name and address of the person making the report (if different from the victim); and</P>
            <P>(e) That the report included the signature of the person who reported the incident.</P>
            <FP>Federal financial participation is also available in expenditures for abortions for victims of rape or incest under the circumstances described in § 50.304 without regard to the requirements of the preceding sentence.</FP>
            <SECAUTH>(Sec. 101, Pub. L. 95-205, 91 Stat. 1461, Dec. 9, 1977)</SECAUTH>
            <CITA>[43 FR 13868, July 21, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 61598, Oct. 26, 1979]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.307</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Documentation needed by programs or projects.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Federal financial participation is unavailable for the performance of abortions or other medical procedures otherwise provided for under §§ 50.304 and 50.306 if the program or project has paid without first having received the certifications and documentation specified in those sections.</P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 4570, Feb. 2, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 61598, Oct. 26, 1979]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.308</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Drugs and devices and termination of ectopic pregnancies.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Federal financial participation is available with respect to the cost of drugs or devices to prevent implantation of the fertilized ovum, and for medical procedures necessary for the termination of an ectopic pregnancy.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.309</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping requirements.</SUBJECT>

            <P>Programs or projects to which this subpart applies must maintain copies of the certifications and documentation specified in §§ 50.304 and 50.306 for three years pursuant to the retention and custodial requirements for records at 45 CFR 74.20 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
            <CITA>[43 FR 4570, Feb. 2, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 61598, Oct. 26, 1979]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.310</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidentiality.</SUBJECT>

            <P>Information in the records or in the possession of programs or projects which is acquired in connection with the requirements of this subpart may not be disclosed in a form which permits the identification of an individual without the individual's consent except as may be necessary for the health of the individual or as may be necessary for the Secretary to monitor the activities of those programs or projects. In any event, any disclosure shall be subject to appropriate safeguards <PRTPAGE P="190"/>which will minimize the likelihood of disclosures of personal information in identifiable form.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Public Health Service Grant Appeals Procedure</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 215, Public Health Service Act, 58 Stat. 690 (42 U.S.C. 216); 45 CFR 16.3(c).</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>54 FR 34770, Aug. 22, 1989, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.401</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What is the purpose of this subpart?</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart establishes an informal procedure for the resolution of certain postaward grant and cooperative agreement disputes within the agencies and offices identified in § 50.402.</P>
            <CITA>[63 FR 66062, Dec. 1, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.402</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To what program do these regulations apply?</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart applies to all grant and cooperative agreement programs, except block grants, which are administered by the National Institutes of Health; The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry; the Food and Drug Administration; and the Office of Public Health and Science. For purposes of this subpart, these entities are hereinafter referred to as “agencies.”</P>
            <CITA>[70 FR 76175, Dec. 23, 2005]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.403</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What is the policy basis for these procedures?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Secretary of Health and Human Services has established a Departmental Appeals Board for the purpose of providing a fair and flexible process for the appeal of written final decisions involving certain grant and cooperative agreement programs administered by constituent agencies of the Department. The regulatory provision which establishes the circumstances under which the Board will accept an appeal (45 CFR 16.3) provides, among other things, that the appellant must have exhausted any preliminary appeal process required by regulation before a formal appeal to the Departmental Board will be allowed. This subpart provides such an informal preliminary procedure for resolution of disputes in order to preclude submission of cases to the Departmental Appeals Board before an agency identified in § 50.402 has had an opportunity to review decisions of its officials and to settle disputes with grantees.</P>
            <CITA>[54 FR 34770, Aug. 22, 1989, as amended at 63 FR 66062, Dec. 1, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.404</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What disputes are covered by these procedures?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) These procedures are applicable to the following adverse determinations under discretionary project grants and cooperative agreements (both referred to in this subpart as grants) issued by the agencies identified at § 50.402;</P>
            <P>(1) Termination, in whole or in part, of a grant for failure of the grantee to carry out its approved project in accordance with the applicable law and the terms and conditions of such assistance or for failure of the grantee otherwise to comply with any law, regulation, assurance, term, or condition applicable to the grant.</P>
            <P>(2) A determination that an expenditure not allowable under the grant has been charged to the grant or that the grantee has otherwise failed to discharge its obligation to account for grant funds.</P>
            <P>(3) A determination that a grant is void.</P>
            <P>(4) A denial of a noncompeting continuation award under the project period system of funding where the denial is for failure to comply with the terms of a previous award.</P>
            <P>(b) A determination subject to this subpart may not be reviewed by the review committee described in § 50.405 unless an officer or employee of the agency has notified the grantee in writing of the adverse determination. The notification must set forth the reasons for the determination in sufficient detail to enable the grantee to respond and must inform the grantee of the opportunity for review under this subpart.</P>
            <CITA>[54 FR 34770, Aug. 22, 1989, as amended at 63 FR 66062, Dec. 1, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="191"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.405</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What is the structure of review committees?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The head of the agency, or his or her designee, shall appoint review committees to review adverse determinations made by officials for programs under their jurisdiction. A minimum of three employees shall be appointed (one of whom shall be designated as chairperson) either on an ad hoc, case-by-case basis, or as regular members of review committees for such terms as may be designated. None of the members of the review committee reviewing any given appeal may be from the office of the responsible official whose adverse determination is being appealed (e.g., project officer, grants specialist, program manager, grants management officer).</P>
            <CITA>[54 FR 34770, Aug. 22, 1989, as amended at 63 FR 66062, Dec. 1, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.406</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the steps in the process?</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) A grantee with respect to whom an adverse determination described in § 50.404(a) above has been made and who desires a review of that determination must submit a request for such review to the head of the appropriate agency or his or her designee no later than 30 days after the written notification of the determination is received, except that if the grantee shows good cause why an extension of time should be granted, the head of the appropriate agency or his or her designee may grant an extension of time.</P>
            <P>(b) The request for review must include a copy of the adverse determination, must identify the issue(s) in dispute, and must contain a full statement of the grantee's position with respect to such issue(s) and the pertinent facts and reasons in support of the grantee's position. In addition to the required written statement, the grantee shall provide copies of any documents supporting its claim.</P>
            <P>(c) When a request for review has been filed under this subpart with respect to an adverse determination, no action may be taken by the awarding agency pursuant to such determination until the request has been disposed of, except that the filing of the request shall not affect any authority which the agency may have to suspend assistance or otherwise to withhold or defer payments under the grant during proceedings under this subpart. This paragraph does not require the awarding agency to provide continuation funding during the appeal process to a grantee whose noncompeting continuation award has been denied.</P>
            <P>(d) Upon receipt of a request for review, the head of the agency or his or her designee will make a decision as to whether the dispute is reviewable under this subpart and will promptly notify the grantee and the office responsible for the adverse determination of this decision. If the head of the agency or his or her designee determines that the dispute is reviewable, he or she will forward the matter to the review committee appointed under § 50.405.</P>
            <P>(e) The agency involved will provide the review committee appointed under § 50.405 with copies of all relevant background materials (including applications(s), award(s), summary statement(s), and correspondence) and any additional pertinent information available. These materials must be tabbed and organized chronologically and accompanied by an indexed list identifying each document.</P>
            <P>(f) The grantee shall be given an opportunity to provide the review committee with additional statements and documentation not provided in the request for review described in paragraph (b) of this section. This additional submission, which must be organized and indexed as indicated under paragraph (e) of this section, should provide only material that is relevant to the review committee's deliberation of the issues in the case.</P>
            <P>(g) The review committee may, at its discretion, invite the grantee and/or the agency staff to discuss the pertinent issues with the committee and to submit such additional information as the committee deems appropriate.</P>

            <P>(h) Based on its review, the review committee will prepare a written decision to be signed by the chairperson and each of the other committee members. The review committee shall send the written decision with a transmittal letter to the grantee and shall send a copy of both to the official responsible for the adverse determination. If the <PRTPAGE P="192"/>decision is adverse to the grantee's position, the transmittal letter must state the grantee's right to appeal to the Departmental Appeals Board under 45 CFR part 16.</P>
            <CITA>[54 FR 34770, Aug. 22, 1989, as amended at 63 FR 66063, Dec. 1, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 215, Public Health Service Act, 58 Stat. 690 (42 U.S.C. 216).</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>40 FR 34514, Aug. 15, 1975, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.501</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart is applicable to programs or projects for health services which are supported in whole or in part by Federal financial assistance, whether by grant or contract, administered by the Public Health Service. It applies to Federal funds and to non-Federal funds which are required to be expended as a condition to receiving Federal funds under such programs or projects.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.502</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this subpart:</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Public Health Service</E> means the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Health Resources and Services Administration, National Institutes of Health, Centers for Disease Control, Alcohol, Drug Abuse and Mental Health Administration, Food and Drug Administration, and all of their constituent agencies.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services and any other officer or employee of the Department of Health and Human Services to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Program funds</E> means (1) Federal funds provided through grant or contract to support a program or project covered by § 50.501, and (2) any non-Federal funds that are required as a condition of such grant or contract to be expended to carry out such program or project.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Provider</E> means one who furnishes medical or pharmaceutical services or supplies for which program funds may be expended under any of the programs or projects described in § 50.501.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Acquisition cost</E> means the price generally and currently paid by providers for a drug marketed or sold by a particular formulator or labeler in the package size of drug most frequently purchased by providers, as determined by the Secretary on the basis of drug price information furnished by the Department.</P>
            <CITA>[40 FR 34514, Aug. 15, 1975, as amended at 49 FR 38109, Sept. 27, 1984]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.503</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
            <P>It is the policy of the Secretary that program funds which are utilized for the acquisition of drugs be expended in the most economical manner feasible. In furtherance of this policy, the Secretary has established, in 45 CFR part 19, a procedure for determining the Maximum Allowable Cost for drugs which are purchased with program funds.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.504</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Allowable cost of drugs.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of</P>
            <P>(1) The maximum allowable cost (MAC) of the drug, if any, established in accordance with 45 CFR part 19, plus a dispensing fee determined by the Secretary in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, to be reasonable;</P>
            <P>(2) The acquisition cost of the drug plus a dispensing fee determined by the Secretary, in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, to be reasonable; or</P>

            <P>(3) The provider's usual and customary charge to the public for the drug; <E T="03">Provided,</E> That the MAC established for any drug shall not apply to a brand of that drug prescribed for a patient which the prescriber has certified, in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, is medically necessary for that patient; <E T="03">And Provided further,</E> That where compensation for drug dispensing is included in other costs allowable under the applicable program statute and regulations, the terms and conditions of the grant or contract, and the applicable cost principles prescribed in 45 CFR part 74, no separate dispensing fee will be recognized.<PRTPAGE P="193"/>
            </P>
            <P>(b) In determining whether a dispensing fee is reasonable, the Secretary will take into account:</P>
            <P>(1) Cost components such as overhead, professional services, and profits,</P>
            <P>(2) Payment practices of third-party payment organizations, including other Federal programs such as titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act; and</P>
            <P>(3) Any surveys by States, universities or others of costs of pharmacy operations and the fees charged in the particular area.</P>
            <P>(c) A certification by a prescriber, pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, that a brand of drug is medically necessary for a particular patient shall be in the prescriber's own handwriting, in such form and manner as the Secretary may prescribe. An example of an acceptable certification is the notation “brand necessary”. A procedure for checking a box on a form will not constitute an acceptable certification.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Responsibility of Applicants for Promoting Objectivity in Research for Which PHS Funding Is Sought</HD>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42 U.S.C. 216, 289b-1, 299c-3.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>60 FR 35815, July 11, 1995; 60 FR 39076, July 31, 1995, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.601</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart promotes objectivity in research by establishing standards to ensure there is no reasonable expectation that the design, conduct, or reporting of research funded under PHS grants or cooperative agreements will be biased by any conflicting financial interest of an Investigator.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.602</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
            <P>This subpart is applicable to each Institution that applies for PHS grants or cooperative agreements for research and, through the implementation of this subpart by each Institution, to each Investigator participating in such research (see § 50.604(a)); provided, that this subpart does not apply to SBIR Program Phase I applications. In those few cases where an individual, rather than an institution, is an applicant for PHS grants or cooperative agreements for research, PHS Awarding Components will make case-by-case determinations on the steps to be taken to ensure that the design, conduct, and reporting of the research will not be biased by any conflicting financial interest of the individual.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.603</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in this subpart:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">HHS</E> means the United States Department of Health and Human Services, and any components of the Department to which the authority involved may be delegated.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Institution</E> means any domestic or foreign, public or private, entity or organization (excluding a Federal agency).</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Investigator</E> means the principal investigator and any other person who is responsible for the design, conduct, or reporting of research funded by PHS, or proposed for such funding. For purposes of the requirements of this subpart relating to financial interests, “Investigator” includes the Investigator's spouse and dependent children.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">PHS</E> means the Public Health Service, an operating division of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, and any components of the PHS to which the authority involved may be delegated.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">PHS Awarding Component</E> means the organizational unit of the PHS that funds the research that is subject to this subpart.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Public Health Service Act</E> or <E T="03">PHS Act</E> means the statute codified at 42 U.S.C. 201 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Research</E> means a systematic investigation designed to develop or contribute to generalizable knowledge relating broadly to public health, including behavioral and social-sciences research. The term encompasses basic and applied research and product development. As used in this subpart, the term includes any such activity for which research funding is available from a PHS Awarding Component through a grant or cooperative agreement, whether authorized under the PHS Act or other statutory authority.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Significant Financial Interest</E> means anything of monetary value, including but not limited to, salary or other payments for services (e.g., consulting fees <PRTPAGE P="194"/>or honoraria); equity interests (e.g., stocks, stock options or other ownership interests); and intellectual property rights (e.g., patents, copyrights and royalties from such rights). The term does not include:</P>
            <P>(1) Salary, royalties, or other remuneration from the applicant institution;</P>
            <P>(2) Any ownership interests in the institution, if the institution is an applicant under the SBIR Program;</P>
            <P>(3) Income from seminars, lectures, or teaching engagements sponsored by public or nonprofit entities;</P>
            <P>(4) Income from service on advisory committees or review panels for public or nonprofit entities;</P>
            <P>(5) An equity interest that when aggregated for the Investigator and the Investigator's spouse and dependent children, meets both of the following tests: Does not exceed $10,000 in value as determined through reference to public prices or other reasonable measures of fair market value, and does not represent more than a five percent ownership interest in any single entity; or</P>
            <P>(6) Salary, royalties or other payments that when aggregated for the Investigator and the Investigator's spouse and dependent children over the next twelve months, are not expected to exceed $10,000.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) Program</E> means the extramural research program for small business that is established by the Awarding Components of the Public Health Service and certain other Federal agencies under Pub. L. 97-219, the Small Business Innovation Development Act, as amended. For purposes of this subpart, the term SBIR Program includes the Small Business Technology Transfer (STTR) Program, which was established by Pub. L. 102-564.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.604</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Institutional responsibility regarding conflicting interests of investigators.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Each Institution must:</P>
            <P>(a) Maintain an appropriate written, enforced policy on conflict of interest that complies with this subpart and inform each Investigator of that policy, the Investigator's reporting responsibilities, and of these regulations. If the Institution carries out the PHS-funded research through subgrantees, contractors, or collaborators, the Institution must take reasonable steps to ensure that Investigators working for such entities comply with this subpart, either by requiring those Investigators to comply with the Institution's policy or by requiring the entities to provide assurances to the Institution that will enable the Institution to comply with this subpart.</P>
            <P>(b) Designate an institutional official(s) to solicit and review financial disclosure statements from each Investigator who is planning to participate in PHS-funded research.</P>
            <P>(c)(1) Require that by the time an application is submitted to PHS each Investigator who is planning to participate in the PHS-funded research has submitted to the designated official(s) a listing of his/her known Significant Financial Interests (and those of his/her spouse and dependent children):</P>
            <P>(i) That would reasonably appear to be affected by the research for which PHS funding is sought; and</P>
            <P>(ii) In entities whose financial interests would reasonably appear to be affected by the research.</P>
            <P>(2) All financial disclosures must be updated during the period of the award, either on an annual basis or as new reportable Significant Financial Interests are obtained.</P>
            <P>(d) Provide guidelines consistent with this subpart for the designated official(s) to identify conflicting interests and take such actions as necessary to ensure that such conflicting interests will be managed, reduced, or eliminated.</P>
            <P>(e) Maintain records of all financial disclosures and all actions taken by the Institution with respect to each conflicting interest for at least three years from the date of submission of the final expenditures report or, where applicable, from other dates specified in 45 CFR 74.53(b) for different situations.</P>
            <P>(f) Establish adequate enforcement mechanisms and provide for sanctions where appropriate.</P>

            <P>(g) Certify, in each application for the funding to which this subpart applies, that:<PRTPAGE P="195"/>
            </P>
            <P>(1) There is an effect at that Institution a written and enforced administrative process to identify and manage, reduce or eliminate conflicting interests with respect to all research projects for which funding is sought from the PHS,</P>
            <P>(2) Prior to the Institution's expenditure of any funds under the award, the Institution will report to the PHS Awarding Component the existence of a conflicting interest (but not the nature of the interest or other details) found by the institution and assure that the interest has been managed, reduced or eliminated in accordance with this subpart; and, for any interest that the Institution identifies as conflicting subsequent to the Institution's initial report under the award, the report will be made and the conflicting interest managed, reduced, or eliminated, at least on an interim basis, within sixty days of that identification;</P>
            <P>(3) The Institution agrees to make information available, upon request, to the HHS regarding all conflicting interests identified by the Institution and how those interests have been managed, reduced, or eliminated to protect the research from bias; and</P>
            <P>(4) The Institution will otherwise comply with this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.605</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Management of conflicting interests.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The designated official(s) must: Review all financial disclosures; and determine whether a conflict of interest exists and, if so, determine what actions should be taken by the institution to manage, reduce or eliminate such conflict of interest. A conflict of interest exists when the designated official(s) reasonably determines that a Significant Financial Interest could directly and significantly affect the design, conduct, or reporting of the PHS-funded research. Examples of conditions or restrictions that might be imposed to manage conflicts of interest include, but are not limited to:</P>
            <P>(1) Public disclosure of significant financial interests;</P>
            <P>(2) Monitoring of research by independent reviewers;</P>
            <P>(3) Modification of the research plan;</P>
            <P>(4) Disqualification from participation in all or a portion of the research funded by the PHS;</P>
            <P>(5) Divestiture of significant financial interests; or</P>
            <P>(6) Severance of relationships that create actual or potential conflicts.</P>
            <P>(b) In addition to the types of conflicting financial interests described in this paragraph that must be managed, reduced, or eliminated, an Institution may require the management of other conflicting financial interests, as the Institution deems appropriate.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.606</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Remedies.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) If the failure of an Investigator to comply with the conflict of interest policy of the Institution has biased the design, conduct, or reporting of the PHS-funded research, the Institution must promptly notify the PHS Awarding Component of the corrective action taken or to be taken. The PHS Awarding Component will consider the situation and, as necessary, take appropriate action, or refer the matter to the Institution for further action, which may include directions to the Institution on how to maintain appropriate objectivity in the funded project.</P>
            <P>(b) The HHS may at any time inquire into the Institutional procedures and actions regarding conflicting financial interests in PHS-funded research, including a requirement for submission of, or review on site, all records pertinent to compliance with this subpart. To the extent permitted by law, HHS will maintain the confidentiality of all records of financial interests. On the basis of its review of records and/or other information that may be available, the PHS Awarding Component may decide that a particular conflict of interest will bias the objectivity of the PHS-funded research to such an extent that further corrective action is needed or that the Institution has not managed, reduced, or eliminated the conflict of interest in accordance with this subpart. The PHS Awarding Component may determine that suspension of funding under 45 CFR 74.62 is necessary until the matter is resolved.</P>

            <P>(c) In any case in which the HHS determines that a PHS-funded project of clinical research whose purpose is to evaluate the safety or effectiveness of a drug, medical device, or treatment <PRTPAGE P="196"/>has been designed, conducted, or reported by an Investigator with a conflicting interest that was not disclosed or managed as required by this subpart, the Institution must require the Investigator(s) involved to disclose the conflicting interest in each public presentation of the results of the research.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.607</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Other HHS regulations that apply.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Several other regulations and policies apply to this subpart.</P>
            <P>They include, but are not necessarily limited to:
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">42 CFR part 50, subpart D—Public Health Service grant appeals procedure</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 16—Procedures of the Departmental Grant Appeals Board</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 74—Uniform Administrative Requirements for Awards and Subawards to Institutions of Higher Education, Hospitals, Other Non-Profit Organizations, and Commercial Organizations; and Certain Grants and Agreements with States, Local Governments and Indian Tribal Governments</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 76—Government-wide debarment and suspension (non-procurement)</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 79—Program Fraud Civil Remedies</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 92—Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 51</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 51—REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THE PROTECTION AND ADVOCACY FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH MENTAL ILLNESS PROGRAM</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>51.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>51.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Defintitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Basic Requirements</HD>
            <SECTNO>51.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Formula for determining allotments.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Grants administration requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility for allotment.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of allotments.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility for protection and advocacy services.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Annual reports.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.9</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Remedial actions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.11-51.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Program Administration and Priorities</HD>
            <SECTNO>51.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Contracts for program operations.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Governing authority.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Advisory council.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.24</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Program priorities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Grievance procedure.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.26</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conflicts of interest.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.27</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Training.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.28-51.30</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Protection and Advocacy Services</HD>
            <SECTNO>51.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conduct of protection and advocacy activities.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Resolving disputes.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.33-51.40</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Access to Records, Facilities and Individuals</HD>
            <SECTNO>51.41</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Access to records.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.42</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Access to facilities and residents.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.43</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Denial of delay or access.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.44</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of protection and advocacy system records.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51.46</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disclosing information obtained from a provider of mental health services.</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>42 U.S.C. 10801, <E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>62 FR 53564, Oct. 15, 1997, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The provisions of this part apply to recipients of Federal assistance under the Protection and Advocacy for Mentally Ill Individuals Act of 1986, as amended.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>In addition to the definitions in section 102 of the Act, as amended, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Abuse</E> means any act or failure to act by an employee of a facility rendering care or treatment which was performed, or which was failed to be performed, knowingly, recklessly, or intentionally, and which caused, or may have caused, injury or death to an individual with mental illness, and includes but is not limited to acts such as: rape or sexual assault; striking; the use of excessive force when placing an individual with mental illness in bodily restrains; the use of bodily or chemical restraints which is not in compliance with Federal and State laws and regulations; verbal, nonverbal, mental and emotional harassment; and any other practice which is likely to cause immediate physical or psychological harm or <PRTPAGE P="197"/>result in long-term harm if such practices continue.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Act</E> means the Protection and Advocacy for Mentally Ill Individuals Act of 1986, as amended, also referred to as Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness Act.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">ADD</E> means the Administration on Developmental Disabilities within the Administration for Children and Families, Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Care or Treatment</E> means services provided to prevent, identify, reduce or stabilize mental illness or emotional impairment such as mental health screening, evaluation, counseling, biomedical, behavioral and psychotherapies, supportive or other adjunctive therapies, medication supervision, special education and rehabilitation, even if only “as needed” or under a contractual arrangement.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Center</E> or <E T="03">CMHS</E> means the Center for Mental Health Services, a component of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Complaint</E> includes, but is not limited to any report or communication, whether formal or informal, written or oral, received by the P&amp;A system, including media accounts, newspaper articles, telephone calls (including anonymous calls) from any source alleging abuse or neglect of an individual with mental illness.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Department</E> or <E T="03">HHS</E> means the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Designated Official</E> is the State official or public or private entity empowered by the Governor or State legislature to be accountable for the proper use of funds by the P&amp;A system.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Director</E> means the Director of the Center for Mental Health Services, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, or his or her designee.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Facility</E> includes any public or private residential setting that provides overnight care accompanied by treatment services. Facilities include, but are not limited to the following: general and psychiatric hospitals, nursing homes, board and care homes, community housing, juvenile detention facilities, homeless shelters, and jails and prisons, including all general areas as well as special mental health or forensic units.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Fiscal Year</E> or <E T="03">FY</E> means the Federal fiscal year (October 1-September 30) unless otherwise specified.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Full Investigation</E> is based upon a complaint or a determination of probable cause and means the access to facilities, clients and records authorized under this part that is necessary for a P&amp;A system to make a determination about whether an allegation of abuse or neglect is taking place or has taken place. Full investigations may be conducted independently or in cooperation with other agencies authorized to conduct similar investigations.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Governor</E> means the chief executive officer of the State, Territory or the District of Columbia, or his or her designee, who has been formally designated to act for the Governor in carrying out the requirements of the Act and this part.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Individual with Mental Illness</E> means an individual who has a significant mental illness or emotional impairment, as determined by a mental health professional qualified under the laws and regulations of the State and</P>
          <P>(1) Who is an inpatient or resident in a facility rendering care or treatment, even if the whereabouts of such impatient or resident is unknown;</P>
          <P>(2) Who is in the process of being admitted to a facility rendering care or treatment, including persons being transported to such a facility, or</P>
          <P>(3) Who is involuntarily confined in a detention facility, jail or prison.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Legal Guardian, Conservator, and Legal Representative</E> all mean an individual whose appointment is made and regularly reviewed by a State court or agency empowered under State law to appoint and review such officers, and having authority to consent to health/mental health care or treatment of an individual with mental illness. It does not include persons acting only as a representative payee, persons acting only to handle financial payments, attorneys or persons acting on behalf of an individual with mental illness only in individual legal matters, or officials responsible for the provision of health or mental health services to an individual with mental illness, or their designees.<PRTPAGE P="198"/>
          </P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Neglect</E> means a negligent act or omission by an individual responsible for providing services in a facility rendering care or treatment which caused or may have caused injury or death to an individual with mental illness or which placed an individual with mental illness at risk of injury or death, and includes, but is not limited to, acts or omissions such as failure to: establish or carry out an appropriate individual program or treatment plan (including a discharge plan); provide adequate nutrition, clothing, or health care; and the failure to provide a safe environment which also includes failure to maintain adequate numbers of appropriately trained staff.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Private Entity</E> means a nonprofit or for-profit corporation, partnership or other nongovernmental organization.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Probable cause</E> means reasonable grounds for belief that an individual with mental illness has been, or may be at significant risk of being subject to abuse or neglect. The individual making such determination may base the decision on reasonable inferences drawn from his or her experience or training regarding similar incidents, conditions or problems that are usually associated with abuse or neglect.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Program</E> means activities carried out by the P&amp;A system and operating as part of a P&amp;A system to meet the requirements of the Act.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Public Entity</E> means an organizational unit of a State or local government or a quasi-governmental entity with one or more governmental powers.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">System</E> means the organization or agency designated in a State to administer and operate a protection and advocacy program under Part C of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act (42 U.S.C. 6041, 6042) and thereby eligible to administer a program for individuals with mental illness.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Basic Requirements</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Formula for determining allotments.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The Secretary shall make allotments to eligible Systems from amounts apportioned each year under the Act on the basis of a formula prescribed by the Secretary in accordance with the requirements of sections 112 and 113 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10822 and 10823).</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Grants administration requirements.</SUBJECT>

            <P>The following parts of titles 42 and 45 CFR apply to grants funded under this part.
            </P>
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">42 CFR Part 50, Subpart D.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 16—Procedures of the Departmental Grant Appeal Board.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 74—Administration of Grants.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 75—Informal Grant Appeals Procedures.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 76—Government-wide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement) and Government-wide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 80—Nondiscrimination under Programs Receiving Federal Assistance through the Department of Health and Human Services—Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 81—Practice and Procedure for Hearings under Part 80 of This Title.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 84—Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Handicap in Programs and Activities Receiving or Benefiting from Federal Financial Assistance.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 86—Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Sex in Education Programs and Activities Receiving Federal Financial Assistance.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 91—Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Age in Education Programs and Activities Receiving Federal Financial Assistance from HHS.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 92—Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 93—New Restrictions on Lobbying.</FP>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR Part 1386, subpart A.</FP>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility for allotment.</SUBJECT>

            <P>(a) Federal financial assistance for protection and advocacy activities for individuals with mental illness will be given only to a System that has been established under Part C of the Developmental Disabilities Assistance and Bill of Rights Act (42 U.S.C. 6041, <E T="03">et seq.</E>) and designated in accordance with 45 CFR part 1386, subpart B.</P>

            <P>(b) The P&amp;A system must meet the requirements of sections 105 and 111 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10805 and 10821) and that P&amp;A system must be operational. Each system shall submit an application at the beginning of each PAIMI authorization period. This application <PRTPAGE P="199"/>shall contain at a minimum the program priorities and budget for the first year of the authorization period and the required assurances and certifications. Thereafter, the system shall submit yearly updates of the budget and program priorities for the upcoming fiscal year through its annual report.</P>
            <P>(c) Written assurances of compliance with sections 105 and 111 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10805 and 10821) and other requirements of the Act and this part shall be submitted by the P&amp;A system in the format designated by the Director. These assurances will remain in effect for the period specified in the application for funds unless changes occur within the State which affect the functioning of the P&amp;A system, in which case an amendment will be required 30 days prior to the effective date of the change. The P&amp;A system shall also provide the Department the name of the designated official.</P>
            <P>(d) The Governor's written assurance that the allotments made available under the Act will be used to supplement and not to supplant the level of non-Federal funds available in the State to protect and advocate the rights of individuals with mental illness shall be submitted by the P&amp;A system. The Governor may provide this assurance along with the assurances provided to ADD under 45 CFR part 1386, as long as it can reasonably be construed as applying to the PAIMI program. Any future “supplement and not supplant” assurance shall explicitly refer to the PAIMI program.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Use of allotments.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Allotments must be used to supplement and not to supplant the level of non-Federal funds available in the State to protect and advocate the rights of individuals with mental illness.</P>
            <P>(b) Allotments may not be used to support lobbying activities to influence proposed or pending Federal legislation or appropriations. This restriction does not affect the right of any P&amp;A system, organization or individual to petition Congress or any other government body or official using other resources.</P>
            <P>(c) Allotments may not be used to produce or distribute written, audio or visual materials or publicity intended or designed to support or defeat any candidate for public office.</P>
            <P>(d) If an eligible P&amp;A system is a public entity, that P&amp;A system shall not be required by the State to obligate more than five percent of its annual allotment for State oversight administrative expenses under this grant such as costs of internal or external evaluations, monitoring or auditing. This restriction does not include:</P>
            <P>(1) Salaries, wages and benefits of program staff;</P>
            <P>(2) Costs associated with attending governing board or advisory council meetings; or</P>
            <P>(3) Expenses associated with the provision of training or technical assistance for staff, contractors, members of the governing board or advisory council.</P>
            <P>(e) No more than ten percent of each annual allotment may be used for providing technical assistance and training, including travel expenses for staff, contractors, or members of the governing board or advisory council as defined in § 51.27.</P>
            <P>(f) Allotments may be used to pay the otherwise allowable costs incurred by a P&amp;A system in bringing lawsuits in its own right to redress incidents of abuse or neglect, discrimination, and other rights violations impacting on individuals with mental illness and when it appears on behalf of named plaintiffs or a class of plaintiffs for such purposes.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Eligibility for protection and advocacy services.</SUBJECT>
            <P>In accordance with section 105(a)(1)(C) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10805(a)(1)(C)) and the priorities established by the P&amp;A system governing authority, together with the advisory council, pursuant to section 105(c)(2)(B) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10805(c)(2)(B)), allotments may be used:</P>
            <P>(a) To provide protection and advocacy services for:</P>
            <P>(1) Individuals with mental illness as defined in 42 U.S.C. 10802(4) and 10805(a), including persons who report matters which occurred while they were individuals with mental illness;</P>

            <P>(2) Persons who were individuals with mental illness who are residents of the <PRTPAGE P="200"/>State, but only with respect to matters which occur within 90 days after the date of the discharge of such individuals from a facility providing care or treatment; and</P>
            <P>(3) Individuals with mental illness in Federal facilities rendering care or treatment who request representation by the eligible P&amp;A system. Representation may be requested by an individual with mental illness, or by a legal guardian, conservator or legal representative.</P>
            <P>(b) To provide representation of clients in civil commitment proceedings if the P&amp;A system is acting on behalf of an eligible individual to obtain judicial review of his or her commitment in order to appeal or otherwise challenge acts or omissions which have subjected the individual to abuse or neglect or otherwise violated his or her rights. This restriction does not prevent a P&amp;A system from representing clients in commitment or recommitment proceedings using other resources so long as this representation does not conflict with responsibilities under the Act.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.8</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Annual reports.</SUBJECT>
            <P>By January 1 of each year, a report shall be submitted, pursuant to section 105(a)(7) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10805(a)(7)), to the Secretary which is in the format designated by the Secretary.</P>
            <EFFDNOT>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
              <P>At 62 FR 53564, Oct. 15, 1997, § 51.8 was added. This section contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
            </EFFDNOT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.9</SECTNO>
            <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Remedial actions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Failure to submit an annual report in the designated format on time or to submit requested information and documentation, corrective action plans and ongoing implementation status reports in response to Federal review and monitoring activities or to satisfy any other requirement of the Act, this part, or other requirements, may be considered a breach of the terms and conditions of the grant award and may required remedial action, such as the suspension or termination of an active grant, withholding of payments or converting to a reimbursement method of payment. Any remedial actions shall be taken consistent with 45 CFR Part 74 and 42 CFR Part 50, as appropriate.</P>
            <EFFDNOT>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
              <P>At 62 FR 53564, Oct. 15, 1997, § 51.10 was added. This section contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
            </EFFDNOT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§§ 51.11-51.20</SECTNO>
            <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Program Administration and Priorities</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.21</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Contracts for program operations.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) An eligible P&amp;A system should work cooperatively with existing advocacy agencies and groups and, where appropriate, consider entering into contracts for protection and advocacy services with organizations already working on behalf of individuals with metal illness. Special consideration should be given to contracting for the services of groups run by individuals who have received or are receiving mental health services or by family members of such individuals.</P>
            <P>(b) An eligible P&amp;A system may contract for the operation of all or part of its program with another public or private nonprofit organization with demonstrated experience in working with individuals with mental illness provided that:</P>
            <P>(1) Any organization that will operate the full program meets the requirements of section 104(a)(1), 105 and 111 of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10804(a)(1), 10805 and 10821) and has the capacity to perform protection and advocacy activities throughout the State;</P>
            <P>(2) The eligible P&amp;A system institutes oversight and monitoring procedures which ensure that this system will be able to meet all applicable terms, conditions and obligations of the Federal grant;</P>
            <P>(3) The eligible P&amp;A system and the contractor organization enter into a written agreement that includes at least the following:</P>

            <P>(i) A description of the protection and advocacy services to be provided;<PRTPAGE P="201"/>
            </P>
            <P>(ii) The type of personnel, their qualifications and training;</P>
            <P>(iii) The methods to be used;</P>
            <P>(iv) A timetable for performance;</P>
            <P>(v) A budget;</P>
            <P>(vi) Assurances that the contractor will meet all applicable terms and conditions of the grant;</P>
            <P>(vii) Assurances that the contractor has adequate management and fiscal systems in place, including insurance coverage, if appropriate:</P>
            <P>(viii) Assurances that the contractor's staff is trained to provide advocacy services to and conduct full investigations on behalf of individuals with mental illness; and</P>
            <P>(ix) Assurances that the contractor staff is trained to work with family members of clients served by the P&amp;A system where the clients are:</P>
            <P>(A) Minors;</P>
            <P>(B) Legally competent and choose to involve the family member; or,</P>
            <P>(C) Legally incompetent and the legal guardians, conservators or other legal representatives are family members.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Governing authority.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each P&amp;A system shall have a governing authority responsible for its planning, designing, implementing and functioning. It shall, jointly with the advisory council, annually establish program priorities and policies.</P>
            <P>(b) If the P&amp;A system is organized with a multi-member governing board:</P>
            <P>(1) Each P&amp;A system shall establish policies and procedures for the selection of its governing board members and for the board evaluation of the P&amp;A system director. The terms of board members shall be staggered and for 4 years except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy for an unexpired term shall serve for the remainder of such term. A member who has been appointed for a term of 4 years may not be reappointed to the governing board during the 2-year period beginning on the date on which such 4-year term expired.</P>
            <P>(2) The board shall be composed of members who broadly represent or are knowledgeable about the needs of the clients served by the P&amp;A system and shall include a significant representation of individuals with mental illness who are, or have been eligible for services, or have received or are receiving mental health services, and family members, guardians, advocates, or authorized representatives of such individuals.</P>
            <P>(3) If the governing authority is organized as a private nonprofit entity, the chairperson of the advisory council shall be a member of the governing board.</P>
            <P>(c) Continuing efforts shall be made to include members of racial and ethnic minority groups as board members.</P>
            <P>(d) Any member of the advisory council may also serve on the governing board.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.23</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Advisory council.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each P&amp;A system shall establish an advisory council to:</P>
            <P>(1) Provide independent advice and recommendations to the system.</P>
            <P>(2) Work jointly with the governing authority in the development of policies and priorities.</P>
            <P>(3) Submit a section of the system's annual report as required under § 51.8.</P>
            <P>(b) Members of the council shall include attorneys, mental health professionals, individuals from the public who are knowledgeable about mental illness, the advocacy needs of persons with mental illness and have demonstrated a substantial commitment to improving mental health services, a provider of mental health services, individuals who have received or are receiving mental health services and family members of such individuals. Continuing efforts shall be made to include members of racial and ethnic minority groups on the advisory council.</P>
            <P>(1) At least 60 percent of the membership of the advisory council shall be comprised of individuals who have received or are receiving mental health services or who are family members of such individuals. At least one family member shall be a primary care giver for an individual who is currently a minor child or youth who is receiving or has received mental health services;</P>

            <P>(2) The council shall be chaired by an individual who has received or is receiving mental health services or who is a family member of such an individual;<PRTPAGE P="202"/>
            </P>
            <P>(3) The advisory council shall meet no less than three times annually. The terms of council members shall be staggered and for 4 years except that any member appointed to fill a vacancy for an unexpired term shall serve for the remainder of such term. A member who has been appointed for a term of 4 years may not be reappointed to the council during the 2-year period beginning on the date on which such 4-year term expired.</P>
            <P>(c) Each P&amp;A system shall provide its advisory council with reports, materials and fiscal data to enable review of existing program policies, priorities and performance outcomes. Such submissions shall be made at least annually and shall report expenditures for the past two fiscal years, as well as projected expenses for the next fiscal year, identified by budget category (e.g., salary and wages, contract for services, administrative expenses) including the amount allotted for training of each the advisory council, governing board and staff.</P>
            <P>(d) Reimbursement of expenses. (1) Allotments may be used to pay for all or a part of the expenses incurred by members of the advisory council in order to participate in its activities. Expenses may include transportation costs, parking, meals, hotel costs, per diem expenses, stipends or subsistence allowances, and the cost of day care or child care (or its equivalent for the child's travel and subsistence expenses) for their dependents with mental illness or developmental disabilities.</P>
            <P>(2) Each P&amp;A system shall establish its own policies and procedures for reimbursement of expenses of council members, taking into account the needs of individual council members, available resources, and applicable restrictions on use of grant funds, including the restrictions in §§ 51.31(e) and 51.6(e).</P>
            <EFFDNOT>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
              <P>At 62 FR 53564, Oct. 15, 1997, § 51.23 was added. This section contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
            </EFFDNOT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.24</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Program priorities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Program priorities and policies shall be established annually by the governing authority, jointly with the advisory council. Priorities shall specify short-term program goals and objectives, with measurable outcomes, to implement the established priorities. In developing priorities, consideration shall be given to, at a minimum, case selection criteria, the availability of staff and monetary resources, and special problems and cultural barriers faced by individuals with mental illness who are multiply handicapped or who are members of racial or ethnic minorities in obtaining protection of their rights. Systemic and legislative activities shall also be addressed in the development and implementation of program priorities.</P>
            <P>(b) Members of the public shall be given an opportunity, on an annual basis, to comment on the priorities established by, and the activities of, the P&amp;A system. Procedures for public comment must provide for notice in a format accessible to individuals with mental illness, including such individuals who are in residential facilities, to family members and representatives of such individuals and to other individuals with disabilities. Procedures for public comment must provide for receipt of comments in writing or in person.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.25</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Grievance procedure.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The P&amp;A system shall establish procedures to address grievances from:</P>
            <P>(1) Clients or prospective clients of the P&amp;A system to assure that individuals with mental illness have full access to the services of the program; and</P>
            <P>(2) Individuals who have received or are receiving mental health services in the State, family members of such individuals, or representatives of such individuals or family members to assure that the eligible P&amp;A system is operating in compliance with the Act.</P>
            <P>(b) At a minimum, the grievance procedures shall provide for:</P>

            <P>(1) An appeal to the governing authority from any final staff review and/or determination; in cases where the governing authority is the director of the P&amp;A system, the final review and/or determination shall be made by a superior of the governing authority, e.g., a supervisor, or by an independent <PRTPAGE P="203"/>entity, e.g., an appointed board or committee.</P>
            <P>(2) Reports, at least annually, to the governing authority and the advisory council describing the grievances received and processed and their resolution;</P>
            <P>(3) Identification of individuals responsible for review;</P>
            <P>(4) A timetable to ensure prompt notification concerning the grievance procedure to clients, prospective clients or persons denied representation, and to ensure prompt resolution;</P>
            <P>(5) A written response to the grievant; and</P>
            <P>(6) Protection of client confidentiality.</P>
            <EFFDNOT>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
              <P>At 62 FR 53564, Oct. 15, 1997, § 51.25 was added. This section contains information collection and recordkeeping requirements and will not become effective until approval has been given by the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
            </EFFDNOT>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.26</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conflicts of interest.</SUBJECT>
            <P>The P&amp;A system must develop appropriate policies and procedures to avoid actual or apparent conflict of interest involving clients, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and members of the governing authority and advisory council, particularly with respect to matters affecting client services, particular contracts and subcontracts, grievance review procedures, reimbursements and expenses, and the employment or termination of staff.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.27</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Training.</SUBJECT>
            <P>A P&amp;A system shall provide training for program staff, and may also provide training for contractors, governing board and advisory council members to enhance the development and implementation of effective protection and advocacy services for individuals with mental illness, including at a minimum:</P>
            <P>(a)(1) Training of program staff to work with family members of clients served by the program where the individual with mental illness is:</P>
            <P>(i) A minor,</P>
            <P>(ii) Legally competent and chooses to involve the family member; or</P>
            <P>(iii) Legally incompetent and the legal guardian, conservator or other legal representative is a family member.</P>
            <P>(2) This training may be provided by individuals who have received or are receiving mental health services and family members of such individuals.</P>
            <P>(b) Training to enhance sensitivity to and understanding of individuals with mental illness who are members of racial or ethnic minorities and to develop strategies for outreach to those populations.</P>
            <P>(c) Training to conduct full investigations of abuse or neglect.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§§ 51.28-51.30</SECTNO>
            <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Protection and Advocacy Services</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.31</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Conduct of protection and advocacy activities.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Consistent with State and Federal law and the canons of professional ethics, a P&amp;A system may use any appropriate technique and pursue administrative, legal or other appropriate remedies to protect and advocate on behalf of individuals with mental illness to address abuse, neglect or other violations of rights.</P>
            <P>(b) A P&amp;A system shall establish policies and procedures to guide and coordinate advocacy activities. The P&amp;A system shall not implement a policy or practice restricting the remedies which may be sought on behalf of individuals with mental illness or compromising the authority of the P&amp;A system to pursue such remedies through litigation, legal action or other forms of advocacy. However, this requirement does not prevent the P&amp;A system from placing limitations on case or client acceptance criteria developed as part of the annual priorities. Prospective clients must be informed of any such limitations at the time they request service.</P>
            <P>(c) Wherever possible, the program should establish an ongoing presence in residential mental health care or treatment facilities, and relevant hospital units.</P>

            <P>(d) Program activities should be carried out in a manner which allows program staff to:<PRTPAGE P="204"/>
            </P>
            <P>(1) Interact regularly with those individuals who are current or potential recipients of protection and advocacy services;</P>
            <P>(2) Interact regularly with staff providing care or treatment;</P>
            <P>(3) Obtain information and review records; and</P>
            <P>(4) Communicate with family members, social and community service workers and others involved in providing care or treatment.</P>
            <P>(e) A P&amp;A system may support or provide training, including related travel expenses, for individuals with mental illness, family members of such individuals, and other persons who are not program staff, contractors, or board or council members, to increase knowledge about protection and advocacy issues, to enhance leadership capabilities, or to promote Federal-State and intra-State cooperation on matter related to mental health system improvement. Decisions concerning the selection of individuals to receive such training shall be made in accordance with established policies, procedures and priorities of the P&amp;A system.</P>
            <P>(f) A P&amp;A system may monitor, evaluate and comment on the development and implementation of Federal, State and local laws, regulations, plans, budgets, levies, projects, policies and hearings affecting individuals with mental illness as a part of federally funded advocacy activities. A P&amp;A system shall carry out systemic advocacy—those efforts to implement changes in policies and practices of systems that impact persons with mental illness.</P>
            <P>(g) Determination of “probable cause” may result from P&amp;A system monitoring or other activities, including observation by P&amp;A system personnel, and reviews of monitoring and other reports prepared by others whether pertaining to individuals with mental illness or to general conditions affecting their health or safety.</P>
            <P>(h) A P&amp;A which is a public P&amp;A system shall be free from hiring freezes, reductions in force, prohibitions on staff travel, or other policies imposed by the State to the extend that such policies would impact program staff or activities funded with Federal dollars and would prevent the P&amp;A system from carrying out its mandates under the Act.</P>
            <P>(i) A P&amp;A system may exercise its authority under State law where the authority exceeds the authority required by the Act. However, State law must not diminish the required authority of the Act.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.32</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Resolving disputes.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Each P&amp;A system is encouraged to develop and employ techniques such as those involving negotiation, conciliation and mediation to resolve disputes early in the protection and advocacy process.</P>
            <P>(b) Disputes should be resolved whenever possible through nonadversarial process involving negotiation, mediation and conciliation. Consistent with State and Federal laws and canons of professional responsibility, family members should be involved in this process, as appropriate, where the individual with mental illness is:</P>
            <P>(1) A minor,</P>
            <P>(2) Legally competent and chooses to involve the family member, or</P>
            <P>(3) Legally incompetent and the legal guardian, conservator or other legal representative is a family member or the legal guardian, conservator or other legal representative chose to involve the family member.</P>
            <P>(c) A P&amp;A system must exhaust in a timely manner all administrative remedies, where appropriate, prior to initiating legal action in a Federal or State court.</P>
            <P>(d) Paragraph (c) of this section does not apply to any legal action instituted to prevent or eliminate imminent serious harm to an individual with mental illness nor does it apply in circumstances where administrative procedures do not exist. If in pursing administrative remedies, the P&amp;A system determines that any matter with respect to an individual with mental illness with mental illness with not be resolved within a reasonable time, the P&amp;A system may pursue alternative remedies, including initiating legal action.</P>
            <P>(e) A P&amp;A system shall be held to the standard of exhaustion of remedies provided under State and Federal law. The Act imposes no additional burden respecting exhaustion of remedies.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="205"/>
            <SECTNO>§§ 51.33-51.40</SECTNO>
            <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Access to Records, Facilities and Individuals</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.41</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Access to records.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Access to records shall be extended promptly to all authorized agents of a P&amp;A system.</P>
            <P>(b) A P&amp;A system shall have access to the records of any of the following individuals with mental illness:</P>
            <P>(1) An individual who is a client of the P&amp;A system if authorized by that individual or the legal guardian, conservator or other legal representative.</P>
            <P>(2) An individual, including an individual who has died or whose whereabouts is unknown to whom all of the following conditions apply:</P>
            <P>(i) The individual, due to his or her mental or physical condition, is unable to authorize the P&amp;A system to have access.</P>
            <P>(ii) The individual does not have a legal guardian, conservator or other legal representative, or the individual's guardian is the State or one of its political subdivisions; and</P>
            <P>(iii) A complaint or report has been received and the P&amp;A system has determined that there is probable cause to believe that the individual has been or may be subject to abuse or neglect.</P>
            <P>(3) An individual who has a legal guardian, conservator, or other legal representative, with respect to whom a complaint or report has been received by the P&amp;A system and with respect to whom the P&amp;A system has determined that there is probable cause to believe that the health or safety of the individual is in serious and immediate jeopardy, whenever all of the following conditions exists:</P>
            <P>(i) The P&amp;A system has made a good faith effort to contact the representative upon prompt receipt of the representative's name and address;</P>
            <P>(ii) The P&amp;A system has made a good faith effort to offer assistance to the representative to resolve the situation; and</P>
            <P>(iii) The representative has failed or refused to act on behalf of the individual.</P>
            <FP>(c) Information and individual records, whether written or in another medium, draft or final, including handwritten notes, electronic files, photographs or video or audio tape records, which shall be available to the P&amp;A system under the Act shall include, but not be limited to:</FP>
            <P>(1) Information and individual records, obtained in the course of providing intake, assessment, evaluation, supportive and other services, including medical records, financial records, and reports prepared or received by a member of the staff of a facility or program rendering care or treatment. This includes records stored or maintained in locations other than the facility or program as long as the system has obtained appropriate consent consistent with section 105(a)(4) of the Act. The system shall request of facilities that in requesting records from service providers or other facilities on residents that they indicate in the release form the records may be subject to review by a system.</P>
            <P>(2) Reports prepared by an agency charged with investigating abuse neglect, or injury occurring at a facility rendering care or treatment, or by or for the facility itself, that describe any or all of the following:</P>
            <P>(i) Abuse, neglect, or injury occurring at the facility;</P>
            <P>(ii) The steps taken to investigate the incidents;</P>
            <P>(iii) Reports and records, including personnel records, prepared or maintained by the facility, in connection with such reports of incidents; or</P>
            <P>(iv) Supporting information that was relied upon in creating a report, including all information and records used or reviewed in preparing reports of abuse, neglect or injury such as records which describe persons who were interviewed, physical and documentary evidence that was reviewed, and the related investigative findings.</P>
            <P>(3) Discharge planning records.</P>

            <P>(4) Reports prepared by individuals and entities performing certification or licensure reviews, or by professional accreditation organizations, as well as related assessments prepared for the facility by its staff, contractors or related entities, except that nothing in this section is intended to preempt State law protecting records produced by medical care evaluation or peer review committees.<PRTPAGE P="206"/>
            </P>
            <P>(5) Professional, performance, building or other safety standards, demographic and statistical information relating to the facility.</P>
            <P>(d) A P&amp;A system shall have reasonable access and authority to interview and examine all relevant records of any facility service recipient (consistent with the provisions of section 105(a)(4) of the Act) or employee.</P>
            <P>(e) A P&amp;A system shall be permitted to inspect and copy records, subject to a reasonable charge to offset duplicating costs.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.42</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Access to facilities and residents.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Access to facilities and residents shall be extended to all authorized agents of a P&amp;A system.</P>
            <P>(b) A P&amp;A system shall have reasonable unaccompanied access to public and private facilities and programs in the State which render care or treatment for individuals with mental illness, and to all areas of the facility which are used by residents or are accessible to residents. The P&amp;A system shall have reasonable unaccompanied access to residents at all times necessary to conduct a full investigation of an incident of abuse or neglect. This authority shall include the opportunity to interview any facility service recipient, employee, or other persons, including the person thought to be the victim of such abuse, who might be reasonably believed by the system to have knowledge of the incident under investigation. Such access shall be afforded, upon request, by the P&amp;A system when:</P>
            <P>(1) An incident is reported or a complaint is made to the P&amp;A system;</P>
            <P>(2) The P&amp;A system determines there is probable cause to believe that an incident has or may have occurred; or</P>
            <P>(3) The P&amp;A system determines that there is or may be imminent danger of serious abuse or neglect of an individual with mental illness.</P>
            <P>(c) In addition to access as prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, a P&amp;A system shall have reasonable unaccompanied access to facilities including all area which are used by residents, are accessible to residents, and to programs and their residents at reasonable times, which at a minimum shall include normal working hours and visiting hours. Residents include adults or minors who have legal guardians or conservators. P&amp;A activities shall be conducted so as to minimize interference with facility programs, respect residents' privacy interests, and honor a resident's request to terminate an interview. This access is for the purpose of:</P>
            <P>(1) Providing information and training on, and referral to programs addressing the needs of individuals with mental illness, and information and training about individual rights and the protection and advocacy services available from the P&amp;A system, including the name, address, and telephone number of the P&amp;A system.</P>
            <P>(2) Monitoring compliance with respect to the rights and safety of residents; and</P>
            <P>(3) Inspecting, viewing and photographing all areas of the facility which are used by residents or are accessible to residents.</P>
            <P>(d) Unaccompanied access to residents shall include the opportunity to meet and communicate privately with individuals regularly, both formally and informally, by telephone, mail and in person. Residents include minors or adults who have legal guardians or conservators.</P>
            <P>(e) The right of access specified in paragraph (c) of this section shall apply despite the existence of any State or local laws or regulations which restrict informal access to minors and adults with legal guardians or conservators. The system shall make very effort to ensure that the parents of minors or guardians of individuals in the care of a facility are informed that the system will be monitoring activities at the facility and may in the course of such monitoring have access to the minor or adult with a legal guardian. The system shall take no formal action on behalf of individuals with legal guardians or conservators, or initiate a formal attorney/client or advocate/client relationship without appropriate consent, except in emergency situations as described in § 51.41(b)(3).</P>

            <P>(f) A P&amp;A system providing representation to individuals with mental illness in Federal facilities shall have all <PRTPAGE P="207"/>the rights and authority accorded other representatives of residents of such facilities pursuant to State and Federal laws.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.43</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Denial or delay of access.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If a P&amp;A system's access to facilities, programs, residents or records covered by the Act or this part is delayed or denied, the P&amp;A system shall be provided promptly with a written statement of reasons, including, in the case of a denial for alleged lack of authorization, the name, address and telephone number of the legal guardian, conservator, or other legal representative of an individual with mental illness. Access to facilities, records or residents shall not be delayed or denied without the prompt provision of written statements of the reasons for the denial.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.44</SECTNO>
            <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.45</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of protection and advocacy system records.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Records maintained by the P&amp;A system are the property of the P&amp;A system which must protect them from loss, damage, tampering or use by unauthorized individuals. The P&amp;A system must:</P>
            <P>(1) Except as provided elsewhere in this section, keep confidential all records and information, including information contained in any automated electronic database pertaining to:</P>
            <P>(i) Clients to the same extent as is required under Federal or State laws for a provider of mental health services;</P>
            <P>(ii) Individuals who have been provided general information or technical assistance on a particular matter;</P>
            <P>(iii) Identity of individuals who report incidents of abuse or neglect or furnish information that forms the basis for a determination that probable cause exists; and</P>
            <P>(iv) Names of individuals who are residents and provide information for the record.</P>
            <P>(2) Have written policies governing access to, storage of, duplication and release of information from client records; and</P>
            <P>(3) Obtain written consent from the client, if competent, or from his or her legal representative, from individuals who have been provided general information or technical assistance on a particular matter and from individuals who furnish reports or information that forms the basis for a determination of probable cause, before releasing information to individuals not otherwise authorized to receive it.</P>
            <P>(b) Nothing in this subpart shall prevent the P&amp;A system from. (1) Issuing a public report of the results of an investigation which maintains the confidentiality of the individuals listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section or,</P>
            <P>(2) Reporting the results of an investigation which maintains the confidentiality of individual service recipients to responsible investigative or enforcement agencies should an investigation reveal information concerning the facility, its staff, or employees warranting possible sanctions or corrective action. this information may be reported to agencies responsible for facility licensing or accreditation, employee discipline, employee licensing or certification, or criminal prosecution.</P>
            <P>(c) For purposes of any periodic audit, report, or evaluation of the performance of the P&amp;A system, the Secretary shall not require the P&amp;A system to disclose the identity, or any other personally identifiable information, of any individual requesting assistance under a program. This requirement does not restrict access by the Department or other authorized Federal or State officials to client records or other records of the P&amp;A system when deemed necessary for audit purposes and for monitoring P&amp;A system compliance with applicable Federal or State laws and regulations. The purpose of obtaining such information is solely to determine that P&amp;A systems are spending their grant funds awarded under the Act on serving individuals with mental illness. Officials that have access to such information must keep it confidential to the maximum extent permitted by law and regulations. If photostatic copies of materials are provided, then the destruction of such evidence is required once such reviews have been completed.</P>

            <P>(d) Subject to the restrictions and procedures set out in this section, implementing section 106 (a) and (b) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10806 (a) and (b)), this <PRTPAGE P="208"/>part does not limit access by a legal guardian, conservator, or other legal representative of an individual with mental illness, unless prohibited by State or Federal law, court order or the attorney-client privilege.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51.46</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Disclosing information obtained from a provider of mental health services.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, if a P&amp;A system has access to records pursuant to section 105(a)(4) of the Act (42 U.S.C. 10805(a)(4)) which, under Federal or State law, are required to be maintained in a confidential manner by a provider of mental health services, it may not disclose information from such records to the individual who is the subject of the information if the mental health professional responsible for supervising the provision of mental health services to that individual has given the P&amp;A system a written determination that disclosure of such information to the individual would be detrimental to the individual's health. The provider shall be responsible for giving any such written determination to the P&amp;A system at the same time as access to the records containing the information is granted.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) If the disclosure of information has been denied under paragraph (a) of this section to an individual, the following individuals or the P&amp;A system may select another mental health professional to review the information and to determine if disclosure of the information would be detrimental to the individual's health:</P>
            <P>(i) Such individual;</P>
            <P>(ii) The legal guardian, conservator or other legal representative of the individual; or</P>
            <P>(iii) An eligible P&amp;A system, acting on behalf of an individual:</P>
            <P>(A) Whose legal guardian is the State; or</P>
            <P>(B) Whose legal guardian, conservator, or other legal representative has not, within a reasonable time after the denial of access to information under paragraph (a), selected a mental health professional to review the information.</P>
            <P>(2) If such mental health professional determines, based on professional judgment, that disclosure of the information would not be detrimental to the health of the individual, the P&amp;A system may disclose such information to the individual.</P>
            <P>(c) The restriction in paragraph (b) of this section does not affect the P&amp;A system's access to the records.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBPART>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 51a</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 51a—PROJECT GRANTS FOR MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>51a.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>To which programs does this regulation apply?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>51a.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>51a.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who is eligible to apply for Federal funding?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>51a.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How is application made for Federal funding?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>51a.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What criteria will DHHS use to decide which projects to fund?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>51a.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What confidentiality requirements must be met?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>51a.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What other DHHS regulations apply?</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>51a.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What other conditions apply to these grants?</SUBJECT>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Sec. 1102 of the Social Security Act, 49 Stat. 647 (42 U.S.C. 1302); sec. 502(a), 502(b)(1)(A), and 506(a)(3) of the Social Security Act, 95 Stat. 819-20 (42 U.S.C. 702(a), 702(b)(1)(A) and 706(a)(3)).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>51 FR 7727, Mar. 5, 1986, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51a.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>To which programs does this regulation apply?</SUBJECT>

          <P>The regulation in this part applies to grants, contracts, and other arrangements under section 502(a) and 502(b)(1)(A) of the Social Security Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 702(a) and 702(b)(1)(A)), the Maternal and Child Health (MCH) Federal Set-Aside project grant programs. Section 502(a) authorizes funding for special projects of regional and national significance (SPRANS), research and training projects with respect to maternal and child health and children with special health care needs (including early intervention training and services development); genetic disease testing, counseling and information programs; comprehensive hemophilia diagnostic and treatment centers; projects for screening and follow-up of newborns for sickle cell anemia and other genetic disorders; and special maternal and child health improvement projects. Section 502(b)(1)(A) authorizes funding <PRTPAGE P="209"/>for projects termed community integrated service system (CISS) projects for the development and expansion of: maternal and infant health home visiting; projects to increase the participation of obstetricians and pediatricians in title V and title XIX programs; integrated maternal and child health service systems; maternal and child health centers operating under the direction of not-for-profit hospitals; rural maternal and child health programs; and outpatient and community-based services programs for children with special health care needs.</P>
          <CITA>[59 FR 36706, July 19, 1994]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51a.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Act</E> means the Social Security Act, as amended.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Genetic diseases</E> means inherited disorders caused by the transmission of certain aberrant genes from one generation to another.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Hemophilia</E> means a genetically transmitted bleeding disorder resulting from a deficiency of a plasma clotting factor.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Institution of higher learning</E> means any college or university accredited by a regionalized body or bodies approved for such purpose by the Secretary of Education, and any teaching hospital which has higher learning among its purposes and functions and which has a formal affiliation with an accredited school of medicine and a full-time academic medical staff holding faculty status in such school of medicine.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services or his or her designee.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51a.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Who is eligible to apply for Federal funding?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) With the exception of training and research, as described in paragraph (b) of this section, any public or private entity, including an Indian tribe or tribal organization (as those terms are defined at 25 U.S.C. 450b) is eligible to apply for federal funding under this Part.</P>
          <P>(b) Only public or nonprofit private institutions of higher learning may apply for training grants. Only public or nonprofit institutions of higher learning and public or private nonprofit agencies engaged in research or in programs relating to maternal and child health and/or services for children with special health care needs may apply for grants contracts or cooperative agreements for research in maternal and child health services or in services for children with special health care needs.</P>
          <CITA>[59 FR 36706, July 19, 1994]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51a.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>How is application made for Federal funding?</SUBJECT>
          <P>An application for funding under the MCH Federal Set-Aside project grant programs must be submitted to the Secretary at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe. It must include a budget and narrative plan of the manner in which the project will meet each of the requirements prescribed by the Secretary. The plan must describe the project in sufficient detail to identify clearly the nature, need, and specific objectives of, and methodology for carrying out, the project.</P>
          <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 0915-0050)</APPRO>
          <CITA>[59 FR 36706, July 19, 1994]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51a.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What criteria will DHHS use to decide which projects to fund?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) The Secretary will determine the allocation of funds available under sections 502(a) and 502(b)(1)(A) of the Act for each of the activities described in § 51a.1.</P>
          <P>(b) Within the limit of funds determined by the Secretary to be available for each of the activities described in § 51a.1, the Secretary may award Federal funding for projects under this part to applicants which will, in his or her judgment, best promote the purpose of title V of the Social Security Act and address achievement of Healthy Children 2000 objectives, <SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/> taking, the following factors into account:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> Healthy Children 2000: National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives Related to Mothers, Infants, Children, Adolescents, and Youth is a special compendium of health status goals and national health objectives affecting mothers, infants, children, adolescents, and youth originally published in Healthy People 2000 in September 1990. Potential applicants may obtain <PRTPAGE/>a copy of Healthy People 2000 (Full Report: Stock No. 017-001-00474-0 or Healthy People 2000 (Summary Report; Stock No. 017-001-00473-1) through the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402-9325, (telephone: 202 512-1800).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="210"/>
          <P>(1) The extent to which the project will contribute to the advancement of maternal and child health and/or improvement of the health of children with special health care needs;</P>
          <P>(2) The extent to which the project is responsive to policy concerns applicable to MCH grants and to program objectives, requirements, priorities and/or review criteria for specific project categories, as published in program announcements or guidance materials.</P>
          <P>(3) The extent to which the estimated cost to the Government of the project is reasonable, considering the anticipated results;</P>
          <P>(4) The extent to which the project personnel are well qualified by training and/or experience for their roles in the project and the applicant organization has adequate facilities and personnel; and</P>
          <P>(5) The extent to which, insofar as practicable, the proposed activities, if well executed, are capable of attaining project objectives.</P>
          <P>(c) For the following types of CISS projects, preference for funding will be given to qualified applicants in areas with a high infant mortality rate (relative to the latest average infant mortality rate in the United States or in the State in which the area is located):</P>
          <P>(1) Projects for the development and expansion of maternal and infant health home visiting;</P>
          <P>(2) Projects to increase the participation of obstetricians and pediatricians in title V and title XIX programs;</P>
          <P>(3) Integrated maternal and child health service systems;</P>
          <P>(4) Maternal and child health centers operating under the direction of not-for-profit hospitals;</P>
          <P>(5) Rural maternal and child health programs; and</P>
          <P>(6) Outpatient and community based services for children with special health care needs.</P>
          <CITA>[59 FR 36706, July 19, 1994]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51a.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What confidentiality requirements must be met?</SUBJECT>
          <P>All information as to personal facts and circumstances obtained by the project's staff about recipients of services shall be held confidential, and shall not be disclosed without the individual's consent except as may be otherwise required by applicable law or as may be necessary to provide for medical audits by the Secretary with appropriate safeguards for confidentiality of patient records. Otherwise, information may be disclosed only in summary, statistical, or other form which does not identify particular individuals.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51a.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What other DHHS regulations apply?</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) Several other DHHS regulations apply to awards under this part. These include, but are not limited to:
          </P>
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">42 CFR part 50—Policies of general applicability:</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">subpart B—Sterilization of persons in federally assisted family planning projects.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">subpart C—Abortions and related medical services in federally assisted programs of the Public Health Service.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">subpart E—Maximum allowable cost for drugs.</FP>
            
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 76—Governmentwide debarment and suspension (nonprocurement) and governmentwide requirements for drug-free workplace (grants).</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 80—Nondiscrimination under programs receiving Federal assistance through the Department of Health and Human Service—Effectuation of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 81—Practice and procedure for hearings under Part 80 of this title.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 84—Nondiscrimination on the basis of handicap in programs and activities receiving or benefiting from Federal financial assistance.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 86—Nondiscrimination on the basis of sex in education programs and activities receiving or benefiting from Federal financial assistance.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 91—Nondiscrimination on the basis of age in HHS programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 93—New restrictions on lobbying.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          

          <P>(b) In addition to the above regulations, the following apply to projects funded through grants:
          </P>
          <EXTRACT>

            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">42 CFR part 50—Policies of general applicability:<PRTPAGE P="211"/>
            </FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">subpart D—Public Health Service grant appeals procedure.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 16—Procedures of the Departmental Grant Appeals Board.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 74—Administration of grants to nonprofit organizations.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 75—Informal grant appeals procedures.</FP>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-1">45 CFR part 92—Administration of grants to State and local governments.</FP>
          </EXTRACT>
          <CITA>[59 FR 36707, July 19, 1994]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 51a.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>What other conditions apply to these grants?</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Recipients of project grants will be required to submit such additional information to the Secretary on an annual basis as the Secretary determines, including:</P>
          <P>(1) the number of individuals served or trained, as appropriate under the project;</P>
          <P>(2) a copy of any evaluation conducted by the recipient; and</P>
          <P>(3) a list of Healthy Children 2000 objectives addressed by the project and data on how the project contributed toward meeting the objectives.</P>
          <P>(b) The Secretary may at the time of award of project grants under this Part impose additional conditions, including conditions governing the use of information or consent forms, when, in the Secretary's judgment, they are necessary to advance the approved program, the interest of public health, or the conservation of grant funds.</P>
          <P>(c) Grant recipients of Healthy Tomorrows Partnership for Children Program, a Community Integrated Service System-funded initiative, must contribute non-Federal matching funds in years 2 through 5 of the project period equal to two times the amount of the Federal Grant Award or such lesser amount determined by the Secretary for good cause shown. Reimbursement for services provided to an individual under a State plan under Title XIX will not be deemed “non-Federal matching funds” for the purposes of this provision.</P>
          <CITA>[59 FR 36707, July 19, 1994, as amended at 72 FR 3080, Jan. 24, 2007]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </PART>
      <PART>
        <EAR>Pt. 51b</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 51b—PROJECT GRANTS FOR PREVENTIVE HEALTH SERVICES</HD>
        <CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General Provisions</HD>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>51b.101</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To which programs do these regulations apply?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.102</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.103</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the general application requirements?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.104</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Can personnel, supplies, and related items be provided in lieu of cash?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.105</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Which other HHS regulations apply to these grants?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.106</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What other conditions apply to these grants?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.107</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Is participation in preventive health service programs required by these regulations?</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Grants for Childhood Immunization Programs</HD>
            <SECTNO>51b.201</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To which programs does this subpart apply?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.202</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.203</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Who is eligible for a grant under this subpart?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.204</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What information is required in the application?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.205</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How will grant applications be evaluated and the grants awarded?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.206</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How can grant funds be used?</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <RESERVED>Subpart C [Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Grants for Venereal Disease Control Programs</HD>
            <SECTNO>51b.401</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To which programs does this subpart apply?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.402</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.403</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Who is eligible for a grant under this subpart?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.404</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the confidentiality requirements?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.405</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What information is required in the application?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.406</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How will grant applications be evaluated and the grants awarded?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.407</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How can grant funds be used?</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <RESERVED>Subpart E [Reserved]</RESERVED>
          </SUBPART>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Grants for Research, Demonstrations, and Public Information and Education for the Prevention and Control of Venereal Disease</HD>
            <SECTNO>51b.601</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To which programs does this subpart apply?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.602</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Who is eligible for a grant under this subpart?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.603</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What are the confidentiality requirements?<PRTPAGE P="212"/>
            </SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.604</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>What information is required in the application?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.605</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How will grant applications be evaluated and the grants awarded?</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>51b.606</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>How can grant funds be used?</SUBJECT>
          </SUBPART>
        </CONTENTS>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>Secs. 317 and 318, Public Health Service Act, 92 Stat. 3574 and 3582 (42 U.S.C. 247b, 247c); sec. 1743 Pub. L. 97-35, 95 Stat. 763 (31 U.S.C. 1243 note).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General Provisions</HD>
          <SOURCE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
            <P>48 FR 4473, Feb. 1, 1983, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </SOURCE>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51b.101</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>To which programs do these regulations apply?</SUBJECT>
            <P>The regulations in this part apply to grants for preventive health service programs authorized under section 317 (42 U.S.C. 247b) and for venereal disease prevention and control programs authorized under section 318 (42 U.S.C. 247c) of the Act.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 51b.102</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As used in these regulations:</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Act</E> means the Public Health Service Act, as amended.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Secretary</E> means the Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) or any other officer or employee of that Department to whom the authority involved has been delegated.</P>
            <